— , . I- Jkob. t^xoLsL THE 
i( —J 

BOOK OF JOB; 

THE 

COMIOI ENGLISH VERSION, THE HEBREW TEXT, 

AND THE 

REVISED VERSION 

OF THE 

A- M E R I C ^ ]Sr BIBLE XJ IST I O IN" , 

WITH 

CRITICAL AND PHILOLOGICAL NOTES. 



NEW YORK: 
AMERICAN BIBLE UNION. 

LOtriSVlLLE : BIBLE REVISION ASSOCIATION. CINCINNATI : AMERICAN CHRISTIAN BIBLE SOCIETY. 

LONDON : TRUBNER & CO., No. 12 PATERNOSTER ROW. 

1866. 



l4 



Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1856, by 
THE AMERICAN BIBLE UNION, 
In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the Southern District of New York. 



Gift of 
JftCObH. ScJjiCf 
1912 



MILLER & HOLMAN, 

Printers and Stereotypers, N. Y. 




I 



BOOK OF JOB. 



THE COMMON ENGLISH VERSION, THE HEBREW TEXT 

AND THE 

REVISED VERSION, 

WITH 

CRITICAL AND PHILOLOGHCAL NOTES. 



Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1856, by 
THE AMEKICAN BIBLE UNION, 
In the Clerk's OflBce of the District Court of the Southern District of New York. 



MILLER & HOLMAN, 

Printers and Sterootypers, N. T. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. 



KING JAMES' VERSION. 

CHAP. I. 

There was a man in the land 
of Uz, whose name was Job ; and 
that man was perfect and up- 
right, and one that feared God, 
and eschewed evil. 

2 And there were born nnto 
him seven sons and three 
daughters. 

3 His substance also was 
seven thousand sheep, and three 
thousand camels, and five hun- 
dred yoke of oxen, and five 
hundred she asses, and a very 
great household; so that this 
man was the greatest of all the 
men of the east. 

4 And his sons went and 
feasted in their houses, every 



HEBEEW TEXT. 

CHAP. I. 

w^hn Kill i^ijii dn Ninn la^Nn 

t VI r- • TTT : IT - J* T 

i T t ifT /t;* y :/T*~ rr •• rr : 

t •• i - " i • .. I ; . J* : - IT 

m'xg warn Di£^2 "^^sbx nuibu^ 

»T \ J " i- 't T V p.- 

Isiia KJihn fflixn ints na-i 

IT - j*t •:- a: jt- 

V ; • J t : t T « : IT ; v 'i? •■ ; t • 

nirjbuib ^isipi sinbttJi iaii bin n-'a 



REVISED VERSION. 

CHAP. I. 

There was a man in the 
land of Uz, whose name was 
Job. This man was perfect 
and upright, and one who 
feared God and shunned evil. 
There were born to him seven 
sons and three daughters. His 
substance was seven thousand 
sheep and goats, and three 
thousand camels, and five 
hundred yoke of oxen, and 
five hundred she-asses, and 
very many servants. And 
this man was great, above all 
the sons of the East. 

Now his sons went and 
held a feast, at the house of 



V. 1. y^s, Sept. x^^'i "^V AvaiTiSt. — iaia ai^x ; Hirzel: 
Relativ-satz ; also nicht: Iliob (war) sein Name, sondern : 
Namens Hiob. The relative sign is unnecessary, § 123, 3, b. 

y-^^ "112311 ari, integer et rectus ; a generic expression of 
character. Pagnino^ correctly', perfectus et rectus ; Jun. ^ 
Tremel. integer et rectus; so Heiligsiedt. The substitution 
of specific traits ( Umbreit fromni, Vaih. tadellos u. redlich) is 
not warranted by the principles of translation. 

V. 3. Substance: Ewald, correctly, Besitz. De Wette, 
Vieh ; Vaih. Viehstand. The orig. word, it is true, ordinarily 
denotes that kind of property (cattle, domestic beasts) ; the 
Nomades, from their mode of life, having no other. But the 
term itself is general, being restricted in its application only 
bj"- the nature of the case, as the corresponding term would 
be in English. — trnas) ; abstract for concrete (§ 83, R. 1. Ew. 
§ 346) ; the Germ. Dienerschaft. " Household " (Tyndale &c. ; 
Stuart on Proverbs p. 86) is not definite enough, the Orig. 
denoting only those employed in service. Sept. literally, 
vTiTj^eaia, as also the Chald. Nsn^Q (not agricultural, but 
servitus, ministeritim, as in the Vet. Itala, et ministerium 
copiosum nimis). It means the whole body of servants ; as 



expressed by Jerome: ac familia midta nimis. Castalio, 
happily : Copiosissimumque servitium. There is no good 
ground for the translation, very much husbandry. 

V. 4. Went &c. i. e. leaving their own dwellings, to 
assemble in the one where the feast for the day was held. 
It is not necessary, therefore, to regard the word as redun- 
dant (a familiar pleonasm of the colloquial style) as sug- 
gested by Gesenius (Lex. "r^n, 1). The translation, " were 
accustomed to hold" (/?os. Vmbr. Laur. Brid. &c.), is not 
justified by the Hebr. idiom appealed to (§ 131, 3, Rem. 3; 
Lex. •qbn, 5), which expresses continuance.^ or constant in- 
crease^ not the mere repetition of the act. — That an habitual 
or customary act is here expressed by the Perfect, appears 
from the circumstances narrated, not from its alternation wit'a 
the Imperfect {Ewald, § 612), of which it stands entirely inde- 
pendent, a new connexion commencing here. — At the house 
&c. n"ia accus. of place, and oi"' of time, § 118, 1, 6, & 2, a. — 
Of each : •§ 124, 2, Rem. 1. This is a more simple and natural 
construction, with the words used here, than that suggested 
by Ewald Gr. § 553, im Hause der Reihe eines jeden ; though 
his principle is sustained by other examples. 
3-1. 



4 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. I. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

one his day , and sent and called 
for their three sisters to eat and 
to drink with them. 

5 And it was so, when the 
days of their feasting were gone 
about, that Job sent and sancti- 
fied them, and rose up early in 
the morning, and offered burnt 
offerings accordiyig to the num- 
ber of them all: for Job said. 
It may be that my sons have 
sinned, and cursed God in their 
hearts. Thus did Job continu- 
ally. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

^s-Qii lb a iKun ^i^x ai^ix -uais is 

/ : I" - T J : rr - • j- t 

; Diain-bs ai^x niari nas oaa^a tjiirlsiA 

vr - T 1 * /.'-ir- T n- at t ; • t vi 



REVISED VERSION. 

each, on his day; and they 
sent, and invited their three 
sisters, to eat and to drink 
with them. And when they 
had let the feast-days go 
round, Job sent and purified 
them. And he rose early 
in the morning, and offered 
burnt-offerings, according to 
the number of them all: for 
Job said, it may be that my 
sons have sinned, and have 
forsaken God in their hearts. 
Thus did Job continually. 



V. 5. ' when — round ': when the feast-days had gone round 



V. 5. ' forsaken ' : renounced — or, cursed 



V. 5. Had let, &c. So Gesenius, Thes. (1840) and Lex. 
Man. ed. Hoffmann (1847) and Dr. Robinson''s translation. 
So the Syriac version: and when J-»^iiO wAioa.* aa.Dl 
they had let the days of feasting follow (one upon another), i. e. 
each in its turn. The intrans. use of Hiph. here : -when the 
days of feasting had gone round (Simonis Lex. ed. Winer 
1828, in orbem ivit, rediit; Gesenius, Lex. 1833, in orbem 
iverant dies conviviorum ; De Wette, wenn die Tage des 
Gastmahls umgegangen waren) may be regarded as abandoned, 
though Ewald retains it in the second edition of his trans- 
lation, 1854: wann die Tage des Mahles abgehaufen waren. — 
Sent : not for them, which is not intimated. He sent one to 
them, to attend to the rites of purification, and see that all 
were duly observed. — Purified: ceremonially (Ex. 19 : 14. 
Gen. 35 : 2) as a preparation for the sacrifice on the following 
morning (1 Sam. 16 : 5). — And he rose: the Perfect (not the 
consecutive Imperf.) is used, as in v. 4, commencing a new and 
independent proposition. Meaning : and on the following 
morning, he rose &c. 

V. 5. -130^, § 120, 3 ; Ew.§ 522, 3.— niZJr' § 130, 4, b ; Ew. 
§ 264, 1, b. — Forsaken. So the best modern translations ; e. g. 
De Wette, and Ewald: Gott Lebewohl gesagt; Umbreit, and 
Hirzel: Gott den Abschied gegeben haben ; and many others. 

The original word (to bless) became a form of salutation at 
meeting and parting ; as is evident from comparing vv. 7 and 
10 of Gen. eh. xlvii. Such forms of parting salutation, from 
the nature of the case, readily take in any language the 
secondary senses : 1st, to leave, to depart from, and hence to 
forsake, to abandon ; 2d, to dismiss, to send away, and hence 
to reject with aversion or disdain, and to renounce. These 
secondary senses belong as naturally to Hebrew usage, as to 
that of other languages in which such a usage is of common 
occurrence.* They perfectly suit the connexion in those 

* E. g. the familiar use of x"'^^'^ and valere, of which the 
following are better examples than those commonly quoted in 
the commentaries. Xen. Cyrop. vii. 5, 42 (17), xaiqeiv Tavxrjv 
r>)j' evSnifto^'iav r.sXevo}- I bid this happiness farewell. 



passages of the 0. T., which prove (in the opinion of some) 
that this verb to bless had also the opposite meaning, to curse, 
to blaspheme. (These passages are : 1 K. 21 : 10 ; Ps. 10 : 3, 
Eng. Ver. correctly, blesseth ; Job 1 : 5 and 11, 2:5 and 9). 
But this cannot be regarded as an established use of the 
Hebr. verb. It was long ago questioned by Schultens (on this 
verse), and is denied by some of the ablest philologists of our 
time. There is but one passage in the 0. T. which can be 
regarded as at all favoring it, viz. 1 K. 21 : 10, translated in 
the Com. Ver.: "thou didst blaspheme God and the king." 
But here, the second of the above senses is all that is required 
by the connexion and the occasion. Naboth was to be 
accused of treason against the reigning king, an act by which 
the authority of God was also disowned ; for to renounce the 



Euripid. Frag, xlvii. top voiiov xaiqeiv scSv letting the laic 
farewell = bidding good bye to law. Aesch. Agam. 572, 
nokla ya'ioeiv ^vftcpo^nig y.nTn^uo' I bid misfortunes heartily 
farewell! Plato, Phaednts Iviii. noD.a dnovra ico 
ulrjd-EV Saying a fidl farewell to truth. Euripid. Here. Fur. 
576, xaiQovzmv novnf labors farewell! Horat. Ejxfsi. II. 
1, 180, valeat res ludicra ; farewell to the stage ! Terent. Andr. 
iv. 2, 14, valeant, qui inter nos discidium volunt ; farewell 
they, who wish us put asunder ! Cic. Deor. Nat. 1, 44, si 
maxime talis est Deus, ut nulla gratia, nulla hominum caritate 
teneatur, valeat 1 So also in jEnglish, to bid farewell often 
means, to part from, to dismiss, and to renounce. E. g. 

But farewell compliment ! Shakesp. R. and J. II. 2. 

Farewell sour annoy ! 3 K. Henry VI. v. 7. 

Farewell, fainthearted and degenerate king. 

In whose cold blood no spark of honor bides. 

3 K. Henry VI. I. 1. 

Among the above quotations from Gr. and Lat. writers, 
are the strongest examples of the alleged use of the tern. In 
the sense to curse, as a " formula renuntiandi et male precandi", 
{Rhunken, Dictata in Terentium, Andr. IV. 2, 14), "renuntia- 
tionis et imprecationis verbum" (Donatus, ibid.). But it 
will be seen that, like the corresponding Eng. term, it ex- 
pressed nothing more than entire abandonment and renunci- 
ation; uttered in some instances, as the connexion shows, 
with feelings of strong aversion and resentment, or of con- 
tempt. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. 1. 



5 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

G Now there was a day when 
the sons of God came to present 
themselves before the Lord, and 
Satan came also among them. 

7 And the Lord said unto 
Satan, Whence comest thou? 
Then Satan answered the Lord, 
and said, From going to and fro 
in the earth, and from walking 
up and down in it. 

8 And the Lord said unto 
Satan, Hast thou considered my 
servant Job, that there is none 



HEBREW TEXT. 



X— : ' : • •« IT ^ : t - - j* 

V I - 'T ; I vr T - ~ / T - AT : - 

ro'Jiin '13*1 Nan -pxa vj'^Bn-ix nini 

' <T T - AT ( - J- ■• ' IT T - TT ; 

rrVinnnai y-ikz a^cn "lafi^i hini-nx 

' 1 T" - : • r* I V T T J • - - T : 

■ : • T : J- ' T T - V T I V < - IT 

J- I v T T T ' J" • J* ; - - 



REVISED VERSION. 

Nowit was the day, when the fi 
Sons of God came to present 
themselves before Jehovah ; 
and Satan also came among 
them. And Jehovah said to 7 
Satan : From whence comest 
thou? And Satan answered 
Jehovah and said : From 
roaming over the earth, and 
from walking about upon it. 
And Jehovah said to Satan : 8 
Hast thou observed my serv- 
ant Job, that there is none 



V. 6. ' it was the day, when ': it happened at that time, that ' Satan ' : the Adversary V. 8. ' that ' : for 



king, i. e. to deny allegiance to him, was rebellion against God, 
whose authority was, in civil matters, represented by the 
earthly ruler, however wicked and even impious he might be 
(Rom. 13 : 1, 2, 4).* "To curse" says Hengstenberg, on 
1 K. 21 : 10, (Beitrage, 2'" Band, S. 131; ]). 172 Ryland's 
translation), "is a signification forced upon 'rj'is, by those who 
had taken only a superficial view of this passage, without at 
all perceiving its reference to the Pentateuch. If it loses its 
support here, no one will then think of applying it to Job 
1 : 5, 2 : 5, and Ps. 10 : 3, where it is not at all suitable." 

On the other side, however, there is a very old exegetical 
tradition in the version of the Seventy, and in the Sj-riac 
version ; but apparently proceeding from the above use of 
the word, and only a somewhat stronger expression of it: 
viz. Sept. (Ed. Rom.) ip rfj Siavoiq avTwv xaxa evsvorjaav 
Ti^os d'eov. (Complut., — followed in the Antw. and Paris. 
Polygl., — rifiaQXov, xal ev?,6y?]aav &eov Inl xa^8idg avrcSv the 
teral rendering of the Hebr. and, in any case, of very high 
antiquity). Hence the Itala has : maledixerint Domino 
(retained by Jerome in his revision of it, but altered in the 
Vulg. to benedlxerint). The Syriac also has: q_».j»,o 
-iNn lo^lJ and have reproached God in their hearts. 
To this is to be added the usage of the cognate dialects 
(adduced by Gesenius, Thes. I. p. 241, 5), though it is doubt- 
ful whether that is stronger than the above uses of 'rps. 

While, therefore, there seems to be no sufiicient ground for 
supposing that this verb, in the usage of the 0. T., ever had 



* The case is not, therefore, fairly met by Keil (Kommentar 
iiber die Bticher der KOnige, S. 298), in his objections to 
Hengstenberg's view of this transaction. The charge against 
Naboth was brought by the local authorities, for a pretended 
violation of the Mosaic law. Neither the King nor the 
Queen was known as a party to the accusation, though 
secretly instigated by the latter. Jezebel, by her secret 
instructions, had furnished all that was necessary for con- 
summating the judicial murder, under cover and with the 
sanction of law. — Lee's attempt (Hebr. Lex. and Job, in loc), 
to show that the verb means only to bless, requires no refu- 
tation. 



the meaning to curse, it would be improper not to recognize 
it in a marginal translation, as one sanctioned by the autho- 
rity of distinugished names. 

The rendering of the Itala was revived by Pagnino (1528) 
in his new translation on the basis of the Yulgate, and re- 
appeared in the Genevan version, and then in K. James' 
revision of the English Scriptures. 

V. 6. Di^iJi. The article denotes a particular, definite time, 
viz. the usual or set time for this presentation. "On that 
day", or "at that time" (Gesejii-us, Lex. di'i, 3, a, y) would 
mean a time already mentioned, or in some way implied, 
which is not the case. — Jehovah. The common and long- 
established form of this divine name is retained : 1st, because 
other forms of it are mere conjectures, more or less probable ; 
2d, because, practically, they are mere curiosities of the 
learned, and unsuited to a work designed for general use. A 
translation of the Bible for common use, which should admit 
such literary novelties as Hiob (Job), Yahve (Jehovah), 
Yehosua (Joshua), would soon become itself a curiosity of 
literature. Gesenius, who adopts the pointing nin^_ ( Yahve), 
admits that those who hold the true pronunciation to be 
Jehovah, are not without some apparent grounds for their 
opinion (Lex. sub v. 2d. paragr. e.ri7'.). — "i^^l j with the 
article, the adversary, applied to a particular one by way of 
eminence, and hence used as a proper name, Satan (§ 109, 2). 

V. 7. Diitti has here the sense given it in the Thes. (Rddi- 
ger^s continuation, p. 1378, b), obire terrain ; maxime, 
lustrandi causa. So in Chald. {Buxtorf, Lex.) spatiari, 
deambulare, vagari, peragrare. This verb is so used in 
2 Sam. 24 : 2, 8, " go through all the tribes of Israel ", — in 
order to number the people. — Comp. 1 Pet. 5 : 8. 

V. 8. Observed, gives the original fully, which means, to 
direct attention to, animum advertere. — That : — not for. as 
some translate. The enquiry is : whether Satan had observed 
the piety and blameless life of Job ; and he need not be in- 
formed of that, which he was presumed by the question t< 
have observed himself. 



6 



TPIE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. I. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

jke him in the earth, a perfect 
and an upright man, one that 
feareth God, and escheweth 
evil ? 

9 Then Satan answered the 
Lord, and said, Doth Job fear 
God for nought? 

10 Hast not thou made an 
hedge about him, and about his 
house, and about all that he 
hath on every side? thou hast 
blessed the work of his hands, 
and his substance is increased 
in the land. 

11 But put forth thine hand 
now, and touch all that he hath, 
and he will curse thee to thy 
face. 

12 And the Lord said unto 
Satan, Behold, all that he hath 
is in thy power; only upon him- 
self put not forth thine hand. 
So Satan went forth from the 
presence of the Lord. 

13 And tiiere was a day when 
liis sons and his daughters were 

* eating and drinking wine in their 
chlest brother's house: 

14 And there came a mes- 
senger unto Job, and said. The 
oxen were ploughing, and the 
asses feeding beside them : 

15 And the Sabeans fell tipon 
(hem, and took tiiem away ; yea, 
they have slain the servants with 



HEBREW TEXT. 

' -r IT •• ;t ; v vi r- : 7t t i jt 

1 • /- T T • J- A" - IT : V ' '/T T - 

7 - - : J ■*: I- T : J- T - i -: ¥ vi 

JT - I : T : f V IT T ? T X-': • r ; - - 

I w T - / • A '-• T : K- ; I : IT 

n-n ro^an-bx nini -laxii : r.-z-a^ 12 

<- * ' T T - V T ; V - rlr." : IT : 

nbon-bx l"ibx pi rrnia ib-iiiix-ba 
ifTii : nini 13Q Dya la^an xsi"i rpi 13 

X :- IT ; r* ; r •• ' t t - .... - ^ 

111 diniiii Dib^k iinbsi iiJasi oi'^n 

' • - J* : • : I *r : t t a - 

-bx S3 •nxba!! : "liaan nninx n^ns 14 
niahxm niiij-ih !iin npan lax^ii ai'^x 

I': it: :i jt 'tt- jc — y • 

nabasi ain-iab sisn Qi-issn-nxi 



V. 10. 'p nns< V. 14. mrinsni n"33 



REVISED VERSION. 

like to him on the earth, a 
perfect and upright man, one 
that feareth God and sliiin- 
neth evil? And Satan answer- s) 
ed Jehovah, and said : For 
naught, doth Job fear God? 
Hast not thou hedged him lo 
about, and his house, and ail 
that he hath, on every side? 
The work of his hands thou 
hast blessed, and his sub- 
stance is spread abroad in the 
earth. But, put forth now ii 
thy hand and touch all that 
he hath, — if he will not re- 
nounce thee, to thy face ! And 12 
Jehovah said to Satan : Lo, all 
that he hath is in thy power ; 
only, against himself do not 
put forth thy hand. And Sa- 
tan went out from the pre- 
sence of Jehovah. 

Now it was the day, that 
his sons and his . daughters 
were eating, and drinking 
wine, in the house of their 
brother, the first-born. And 1 ) 
there came a messenger to 
Job, and said : The cattle were 
ploughing, and the she-asses 
were grazing beside them ; 
and Sabseans fell upon and u 
took them ; and the servants 
they have smitten with the 



V. 10. 'earth': land V. 11. 

V. 12. ' Satan ' : the Adversary 



■ touch ' : smite ' if he will not ' : verilj^ he will " renounce ' : curse 

V. 13. ' it was the day, that ' : it happened at that time, that 



v. 10. In the earth : this is better than in the land, as it 
is the Adversary's object to express, in the strongest terms, 
the extent of Job's possessions. 

V. 11. Touch: or, as it may be translated, smite, as below 
in V. 19. But the former sense is more appropriate here, as 
indicating how easily all this worldly prosperity would vanish, 
at the touch of the Almighty. — If he will not (tib-Cist) : a form 
of asseveration, founded on an aposiopesis as natural in 
English as in Hebrew. It is retained, therefore, as represent- 
ing the spirit and manner of the original, better than the plain 
affirmative form given in the margin. So Stickel (das Buch 
Hiob, 1842) : Ob er nicht in dein Angesicht sich von dir 
lossagt ! Schlottmann (das Buch Hiob, 1851): Ob er nicht 
in's Angesicht dir den Abschied giebt. 



V. 13. The day: viz. when it fell to the first-born to prt> 
vide the entertainment at his house, as specified in the follow- 
ing words. * 

V. 15. Sabceans. For the fem. construction, see § 105, 4, a 
extr. and Ew. § 336, 2, a. — With the edge. Gesenius, Tlies. 
b, 3, e, extr. p. 730: etiam de instrumento, quo aliquid fit; 
. . . . "isb nsn percussit ore gladii. Ewald, on the coiitrarv : 
Nach des Schwertes Scharfe, — schonungslos nach Kriegsrecht 
mordend. So Heiligstedt : Secundum aciem gladii, i. e. jure et 
more belli, crudelissime. The objection made to Geseniiis' 
view is obviated, however, by the near relation between the 
ideas of agency and instrumentality; and any other explt Jia- 
tion of his examples is unnatural and forced. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. I. 



7 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

the edge of the sword; and I 
only am escaped alone to tell 
thee. 

16 While he was yet speaking, 
there came also another, and 
said, The fire of God is fallen 
from heaven, and hath burned 
up the sheep and the servants, 
and consumed them ; and I only 
am escaped alone to tell thee. 

17 While he was yet speaking, 
there came also another, and 
said. The Chaldeans made out 
three bands, and fell upon the 
camels, and have carried them 
away, yea, and slain the servants 
with the edge of the sword ; and 
1 only am escaped alone to tell 
thee. 

18 While he was yet speaking, 
theie came also another, and 
said, Thy sons and thy daughters 
were eating and drinking wine in 
their eldest brother's house : 

19 And behold, there came a 
great wind from the wilderness, 
and smote the four corners of 
the house, and it fell upon the 
young men, and they are dead; 
and I only am escaped alone to 
tell thee. 

20 Then Job arose, and rent 
his mantle, and shaved his head, 
and fell down upon the ground, 
and worshipped, 

21 And said. Naked came I 
out of my mother's womb, and 
naked shall I return thither : the 



HEBREW TEXT. 

A-: I- vt;- 'v~ --t- 

Mrr r ~ : * - : •>•-:'- jt ; t • it 

d''V?3jn-^y iiti^as'si Qiiaxi nabiij i >iaa 

- <::-" • T jt: jt 

V AT • ; J • T T : - V : 't • - 

I <v : I V T *r - JT vr I - - ; jv 

i3iart 135)13 I nN3 n^iia mh nam 19 

t:*- vj-*- tjt t 

isT3b isit-p-i ns^axi !in!ia''i diisyi 

• I V J-': •- • It«t- 'liT r -: 

IT : • - T : «.- y • - A V t IT - 

^^tiK diS)"! rj3a insi dis) nax^i 21 

J t t : • f ■•• JV • • t t t 



V. 19. blBii N'-ja 



V. 21. 'N -ion 



REVISED VERSION. 

edge of the sword, and only I 
alone escaped to tell thee. 

Whilst he v^^as still speaking, 16 
there came another, and said: 
The fire of God fell from 
heaven, and burned the flocks 
and the servants, and con- 
sumed them ; and only I alone 
escaped to tell thee. 

Whilst he was still speaking, n 
there came another, and said: 
Chaldseans formed three bands, 
and set upon the camels and 
took them ; and the servants 
they have smitten with the 
edge of the sword, and only I 
alone escaped to tell thee. 

Whilst he was still speaking, 18 
there came another, and said : 
Thy sons and thy daughters 
were eating, and drinking 
wine, in the house of their 
brother, the first-born. And 19 
lo, there came a great wind 
from beyond the wilderness, 
and struck upon the four cor- 
ners of the house, so that it 
fell on the young men, and 
they died; and only I alone 
escaped to tell thee. 

Tlien Job arose, and rent 20 
his garment, and shaved his 
head ; and he fell to the earth 
and worshipped. And he said : 21 
Naked came I forth from my 
mother's womb, and naked 
shall I return thither. Jeho- 



V. 16. The literal translation, Jire of God, is the proper 
one, whether we are to understand by it the lightning, or 
(as Ewald and some others suppose) the Simoom. Burned: 
a expresses merely the relation of the verb to its object 
(§ 151, 3, a, 2). The fire caught or seized upon them, is the 
meaning; not burned up, which is expressed by the next 
word, devoured, i. e. consumed. 

Y. 17. taiijQ, prop, to open, to expand, to spread out ; of 
an invading army, to open its ranks in the order of attack, 
and hence to make an onset upon. So in Judg. 9 : 33 (with 
h'j) "and set upon the city." Comp. its construction with 
bx, 3, the simple ace, and absolutely, in 1 Sam. 27 : 8 ; 2 Chron. 
25 : 13, and 28 : 18 ; 1 Sam. 30 : 14 ; ib. 27 : 10. 

V. 18. 15, whilst (conj.) as in 1 Sam. 14 : 19. Neh. 7 : 3. 



second clause. The other reading (lizj, and defect, ij)) of a 
few Codices, is without critical support. The difference does 
not afiect the translation. 

V. 19. The young men. By some d'liys is regarded here 
as of com. gender, a frequent usage of the Pentateuch. So 
Umbreit: die jungen Leute ; Ewald: die Kinder; Gesenius, 
Thesaur. and Man. Lex. 2; Maurer, hebr. Hwbch. {die jungen 
Leute beiderlei Geschlechts) ; Hirzel, in loc. &c. But it is 
the less necessary to assume such a usage here, as the atten- 
tion of the messenger would naturally be directed to the fate 
of the sons, in which all were involved. 

V. 21. Thither. The condensed expression of the thought, 
in this blending of two naturally related ideas, is one of the 
beautiful negligences of colloquial style. Est hsec a u d a c i a 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. II. 



KING JAMEs' VERSION. 

Lord gave, and the Lord hath 
taken away ; blessed be the name 
of the Lord. 

22 In all this Job sinned not, 
nor charged God foolishly. 

CHAP. II. 

Again there was a day when 
the sons of God came to present 
themselves before the Lord, and 
Satan came also among them to 
present himself before the Lord. 

2 And the Lord said unto 
Satan, From whence comest 
thou ■? And Satan answered 
the Lord, and said, From going 
to and fro in the earth, and from 
walking up and down in it. 

3 And the Lord said unto 
Satan, Hast thou considered my 
servant Job, that there is none 
like him in the earth, a perfect 
and an upright man, one that 
feareth God, and escheweth 
evil? and still he holdeth fast 
his integrity, although thou 
movedst me against him, to 
destroy him without cause. 

4 And Satan answered the 
Lord, and said, Skin for skin, 
yea, all that a man hath will he 
give for his life. 

5 But put forth thine hand 



HEBREW TEXT. 

r~ -i' : 'att it i- ' -t jt : t t 

A • JT T I t T : * I IT : *T : 

I" tT : • ' t-r I ; 

CHAP. II. 

:3a"inn^ dins ■i::'>an-D5 i<fi*i nini-^:^ 

:•; T : 'tt- - «T- AT : 
V." • ' T T - V T : v < — IT : ~ 

J-., • ~ ~ T : V ' iT T - ' AT 

T : V - rr - : * I- | v rr t 

^3 iiix I'naiv-bx rials n^bn rjian 

J- : - V ? : • T : J- -: 'ft- 

I" : yTT : 4T J* I V T T T ' •• 

T \ : ' J- -: 1- V : at •• jt ; v 

vj-fiiii ',"11 !o:n is-^ab ia "laniani 4 

'tt t - f-j-- it • > : - : * • j- - 

J-.' -: : - T J A- - «T : 

l;pfJT -1: t i:- r- i ' f * • t 



V. 1. xiaii x"5a 



REVISED VERSION. 

vah gave, and Jehovah hath 
taken away ; blessed be the 
name of Jehovah ! 

In all this Job sinned not, 22 
nor uttered folly against God. 

CHAP. II. 

Now it was the day, when ] 
the Sons of God came to pre- 
sent themselves before Jeho- 
vah ; and Satan also came 
among them, to present him- 
self before Jehovah. Then 2 
said Jehovah to Satan : From 
whence comest thou? Satan 
answered Jehovah and said: 
From roaming over the earth, 
and from walking about upon 
it. Then said Jehovah to a 
Satan: Hast thou observed 
my servant Job, that there is 
none like to him on the earth, 
a perfect and upright man, 
one that feareth God and 
shunneth evil? And still he 
holds fast his integrity, though 
thou didst move me against 
him, to destroy him without 
cause. 

Satan answered Jehovah 4 
and said: Skin for skin; and 
all that a man hath will he 
give for his life. But, stretch 5 



V. 



' folly against ' : any thing offensive to 

ib. ' Satan ' : the Adversary 



Ch. II. V. 1. ' it was the day, when ' : it happened at that time, that 

V. 3. ' that ' : for 



ib. 



■ though ' 



&c. : and thou didst move me against him, to destroy him, in vain. 



quaedam p o e t i c a , as is justly said by Hupfeld,* sed nec 
rationis expers nec figura prorsus insolita. The meaning is : 
Naked came I forth from my mother's womb ; naked shall I 
return to my mother's womb, — viz. to the earth, the common 
mother of all. 

V. 22. nisPi &c. Ewald: und gab Gott keinen Anstoss. 
On the ground of etymology alone, this is admissible. But 
the entire philological evidence (as fully exhibited by Rudiger, 
Thes. fasc. poster, pp. 1515-16) is decisive for the signification 
insulsum, stultum, and hence impium ; or, as the whole phrase 
is expressed by Rodiger : dare, i. e. edere, impie dicta in Deum. 
So Heiligstedt : neque edidit stultitiam in Deum, i.e. neque 
impii quid adversum Deum commisit. — Impiety, as conceived 

* Quaestiones in Jobeidos locos vexatos, 1853. 



in the 0. T., is folly; as, on the contrary, piety is the only 
true wisdom. In this conception, there lies a moral truth of 
great significance ; and this should not be lost in the trans- 
lation, by the substitution of the more specific term impiety. 

Ch. II. V. 3. ijniQni ; the verb used as in Josh. 15 : 18, 

She moved Mm to ask &c. 

V. 4. Skin for skin &c. Gesenius, Thesaur. II. p. 1006 ; 
cuiem pro cute, i. e. par pro pari (scil. dat homo) ; dictio pro- 
verbialis, quae explicatur et ad Jobi res applicatur verbis 

seqiientibus qucECunque possidet homo, dat pro vita 

sua. (So also in Dr. Robinson's translation of the Manual 
Lexicon, though in Hofiinann's ed. of the original, 1847, 
Gesenius' correction of his earlier view is not given). 

The meaning of the words is obvious, viz. Skin for skin 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. II. 



9 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

now. and touch his bone and his 
flesh, and he will curse thee to 
thy face. 

6 And the Lord said unto 



HEBREW TEXT. 

UvT : J • 'w T - TT : i - tuv : it : 



REVISED VERSION. 

forth now thy hand and touch 
his bone and his flesh; if he 
will not renounce thee, to 
thy face ! And Jehovah said 6 



V. 5. ' touch ' : smite 



' if he will not ' : verily he will 



curse 



(or, a skin for a skin) ; and all that a man hath will he give 
for his life. The improper use of yea (yea, all that ^c.) in 
the Common English Version, embarrasses the sense, by 
anticipating the reader's judgment of the relation of the two 
clauses. Genevan version, correctly : and all that a man 
hath &c. 

The true import and application of these words will be best 
shown, by a review of the different interpretations which have 
been given. By Munster (1535) they were explained to this 
effect : " The inferior members one exposes in defense of the 
nobler, e. g. the arm in defense of the head. [After the Chald. 
paraphrase, member for member]. Or, things of minor value 
are readily contemned for the sake of the more important ; 
and there is nothing which a man does not disregard, in order 
to save his life." A very just thought in itself, and very 
appropriate in the connexion; but how it comes from the 
words skin for skin, is not made to appear. — Vatable (1557) : 
" That is, another's skin for one's own ; and whatever a man 
has he is accustomed to give, to redeem his life. One willingly 
redeems, with another's skin (i. e. life and goods), his own 
life." But another's ' skin ' is not, ordinarily, of the things 
" that a man hath " ; and the phrase, so explained, is no 
illustration of the general truth expressed in the following 
words. Schultens' explanation (viz. that for the sake of life, 
one would willingly be flayed over and over, — i. e. be stripped 
gain and again of his possessions) requires the sense ' skin 
upon skin ', i. e. one upon another = one after another. But 
this is not an authorized use of the preposition ; which, 
moreover, has the same relation and meaning here as at the 
end of the verse. 

The explanations of this phrase may be reduced to two 
classes, viz. 

1. Skin (of another) for skin (of one's self) ; just as by 
life for life, in Ex. 21 : 23, is meant life (of one) for life (of 
another). In this sense of the phrase, skin is taken by some, 

a) For the body, as in Job 18 : 13. (So Rosenmiiller, 
Hufnagel.) 

b) By others, for the body, or person, in the sense of life 
(Gesenius in his earlier lexicons, Dereser (Brentanische 
Schrift, ed. Scholz), B<3ckel, Gaab, Melsheimer, Allioli, 
Hupfeld). 

Meaning of the verse • The bodies (or lives) of others, one 
will part with for his own ; and all that a man hath will he 
give for his life. 

2. Skin for skin, i.e. like for like. In this sense, it is 
understood and applied, 

a) As a proverbial phrase, importing that men willingly 

2 



part with anything for a full equivalent ; and (on this principle) 
aU that a man hath he will give for his life. It was so ex- 
plained by Phil. Codurcus (Annotationes in Jobum etc. 1651) : 
" Hoc vero adagium ex permutatione rerum, emptionibus et 
venditionibus petitum est, in quibus pellis pro pelle ex adverso 
ponitur, et pretium merci exsequatur, et suo res quEeque 
pretio vsenit, et detrimentum pellis pelle asstimatur. Sed vita 
est cuique pretiosissima, prasque ilia vilescunt omnia." A 
similar application was made by Hirzel (1839), to this effect: 
"A man's life is to his external possessions, as one skin is to 
another ; i. e. it is worth as much as all of them together. 
As is said in the proverb: Like for like; so is it with man: 
All for life!" Compare Gesen. Thesaur. II. p. 1006, as 
quoted above. So also Heiligstedt (Comment, in Jobum 
1847): "ipsa verba dare cutem pro cute sunt locutio pro- 
verbialis, quae, quum cutis cuti similis sit, significat dare par 

pro pari Significat igitur Satanas non mirum esse, 

quod Johns cladem suam aequo animo ferat, quum quam 
integram retinuerat vitam tanti aestimat, quanti cuncta quibus 
sit privatus." Vaihinger (1842); "A proverbial saying, to 
the effect : A man freely parts with an external good, if he 
may thereby keep possession of another. So Job can well 
bear the loss of children and property, since the dearest 
earthly good, life and health, are left him." 

b) As meaning merely: One thing for another; an ex- 
change to wit, or an acceptance of the one for the other. Its 
import here: There has been nothing, in Job's case, but a 
barter of external things for that which outweighs them all, 
viz. life itself. The trial is therefore imperfect ; this last and 
most cherished object must be touched, before the trial will 
be complete. So Ewald. 

c) As a mercantile proverb : One thing for another, i. e. all 
things are merchandize and subject to barter. jMeuning of the 
verse : Any external good is bartered for another ; but life 
(the internal treasure) is of such matchless worth, that one 
will take nothing in exchange for it, and rather than lose it 
will part with all else. So Umbreit, who takes the conjunction 
adversatively, and translates: S/ci?i for skin; but all that a 
man hath he gives for his life. A needless departure from 
the simple and natural construction of the words. 

Olshausen (Hirzel's Hiob, 2'" Auflage, 1852), professes 
himself satisfied with no explanation given ; and thinks that 
interpreters have all erred, in connecting this clause with the 
next following one. The key to the true meaning he finds in 
V. 5. " The most natural sense of the proverb is : So long as 
thou leavest his person untouched, so long he will not assail 
thee in person .•" [Skin for ski?i = as you treat me, I will 



10 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. 11. 



KING JAMBS VERSION. 

Satan, Behold, he is in thine 
hand; but save his life. 

7 So went Satan forth from 
the presence of the Lord, and 
smote Job with sore boils from 
the sole of his foot unto his 
crown. 

8 And he took him a potsherd 
to scrape himself withal ; and 
he sat down among the ashes. 

9 Then said his wife unto 
him, Dost thou still retain thine 
integrity"? curse God, and die. 

10 But he said unto her. Thou 



HEBREW TEXT. 

■■ I T T - .... - , : ^ ; - V I ^ 

•TT : • : V :■ u t-|. - I It: :'t /- : \ : - 

nilsnsn nntt "1213 niBx lax'^i mai 

T ; — t- -' : TV" '.• J — |l T 



V. 7. 1:5)1 lip 15)1 



REVISED VERSION. 

to Satan : Lo, he is in thy 
hand; only, spare his life. 

And Satan went out from 7 
the presence of Jehovah, and 
smote Job with grievous 
ulcers, from the sole of his 
foot to his crown. And he 8 
took a potsherd to scrape 
himself therewith, as he sat 
among the ashes. Then said 9 
his wife to him: Dost thou 
still hold fast thy integrity? 
Bless God, and die ! But Job 10 



V. 6. ' Satan ' : the Adversary 



V. 9. ' bless ' : I'enounce ; or, curse 



V. 7. I'fip, from a root which in several of the cognate 
languages (ROdiger, Thes. p. 1389) means to be hot, inflamed, 
with derivatives meaning /ieaf, injiamviation, is strictly the 
intiamed and swollen part breaking out in pustules. The 
latter indication is specially mentioned in Ex. 9 : 9 and 10 ; 
but elsewhere, the whole (the inflamed swelling and eruption) 
is expressed by )'^n^, as in v. 11, and Deut. 28 : 35 &c.; 
hence, a burning sore or boil. The addition of S"i shows that 
it was of the most malignant kind, said in Deut. 28 : 35 to be 
incurable. The sing, has here the effect of a collective ; and 
may be represented either by a collective singular (Ewald: 
mit bosem GeschwVir), or in the plural as by Heiligstedt: 
ulceribus malis. The disease is fully described by "Winer, 
Rwbch. 1. S. 116. 

V. 8. As he sat S,-c. So Ewald: sitzend mitten in der 
Asche. Umbreit translates this clause : und setzte sich in die 
Asche hinein ; but improperly, for it expresses what was 
already existing, prior to the act stated in the preceding 
clause, — as the same form is used 2 Sam. 4 : 7. Ewald, 
Gr. § GOT, a. 

'V. 9. Bless SfV. So Gesenius, Lex.: "Bless God, and die; 
i. e. bless and praise God as thou wilt, yet thou must now die ; 
thy piety towards God is vain. . . . Comp. Gr. § 130, 2, b." 
The import of this taunting reproach, 1 take to be : Bless God 
(if you will) and die ! for that is all it will profit you. — 
The good S^c. The emphasis given by the particle DJ to the 
following word (Gesenius, Gr. § 155, 2, a; Thes. and Lex. 3, 



b o n u m accepimus a Deo etc.) together with the sign of the 
definite accus. and the art., is expressed in the translation by 
the emphatic position of the corresponding word. For the 
same purpose, the exclamation, " What 1" is added in the 
Common Version ; but not in harmony with the style of the 
Original. The first division of the verse is translated by 
Gesenius, Ewald, and some others, aflBrmatively, and the 
second division interrogatively. Thes. I. p. 294, b o n u m 
accepimus a Deo, nonne etiam malum suscipiamus 1* Ewald 
auch das Gute nehmen wir ja von Gott an, und das Bose 
sollten wir nicht annehmen ? But the Hebrew has the same 
form in both divisions ; and the interrogative tone in both is a 
far more spirited expression of the thought. So Rosenmiiller, 
Umbreit, and others. The same form (the double interro- 
gation) is necessary, if the particle is understood as by 
Hupfeld (ubi supra). 

* In this 'construction and translation, it is assumed that 
the verb bap has a modified sense in the second clause : the 
good we have received from God, shall we not also take 
(accept) the evil ? Such a modification is admissible, as one 
of the delicacies (not to say, necessities) of expression, founded 
in the laws of thought, and common in all language.s. But 
the principles of translation require, that the reader of the 
version should be allowed to judge of this for himself; which 
the verbal translation enables him to do, by preserving the 
ambiguity of the original. I understand the word (without 
any modification in the second clause, as Ewald &c.), as ex- 
plained in the notes for the English reader. 



treat you]. But the connection of the two clauses is not left 
to the intei-preter's choice. It is made in the structure of the 
Hebrew sentence, which is violently dissevered in the above 
view. — Meier (die poet. Bucher des A. T. 1854), also flatters 
himself that he is the first who has hit the mark, in the 
explanation of what he calls '• this never understood proverb." 
"The skin of a beast, or the beast itself, one willingly gives 
to escape with a whole skin himself" (which is not unlikely) ; 
'• but all that a man has h^ freely gives for his life, — as e. g. 



children and other treasures which Job had lost :" a palpable 
non sequiiur. — Stuhlmann's suggestion : Every man stoutly 
defends his own life, (Jeder wehrt sich krdftig seiner Haut), 
is grounded on the idiomatic use of the German word, and 
without reference to the form of the Hebrew phrase. 

The second of the above explanations, (No. 2, c) satisfies 
every law of interpretation apphcable in the case. It is the 
natural import of the words, taken in their usual sense and 
construction. It requires no harsh ellipsis, or strange and 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. III. 



11 



HEBREW TEXT. 

N::n-i<b nxr^sa baps ynn-nxi 

IT T ; ■ V ■ 

';• J* TT TJT~ ~ 

"isi::i ihici^ ts/bx 

V IT J T t;- j -rrr • - w t -3 

xbi. pinna Dni3"ij!-nN; t iansp^ 12 

DIN b-ip'in sisn^n cbip ixa^i wn-isn 

t : IT T - I? - it - VTT O :; - - • : 

nraiai Qia'i nsad vn^b inx ■■aa^'i 13 

J- ; • : V T /- : • I T T • til"- 

13 li'n ni^N "a^—p^'i nib-lb 

T J* T T T -• <- » I" ; ^ •■ 

;ni<a -xsn b";-"i3 



REVISED VERSION. 

said to her: Thou speakest 
as one of the foolish women 
speaks. The good shall we 
receive from God, and shall 
we not receive the evil ? In 
all this, Job sinned not with 
his lips. 

Now three friends of Job ii 
heard of all this evil that had 
come upon him. And they 
came, each from his place, 
Eliphaz the Temanite, and 
Biklad the Shuhite, and Zo- 
phar the Naamathite ; for they 
had concerted together, to go 
and mourn with him, and 
comfort him. They raised 12 
their eyes afar oft', and knew 
him not ; and they wept aloud, 
and I'ent each one his garment, 
and strowed dust upon their 
heads toward heaven. And 13 
they sat down with him upon 
the earth, seven days and 
seven nights ; and none spoke 
a word to him, for they saw 
that the affliction was very 
great. 



KING JAMES' VERSION. 

speakest as one of the foolish 
women speaketh. What ! shall 
we receive good at the hand of 
God, and shall we not receive 
evil? In all this did not Job 
sin with his lips. 

11 Now when Job's three 
friends heard of all this evil that 
was come upon him, they came 
every one from his own place ; 
Eliphaz the Temanite, and Bil- 
dad the Shuhite, and Zophar 
the Naamathite : for they had 
made an appointment together 
to come to mourn with him, and 
to comfort him. 

12 And when they lifted up 
their eyes afar off, and knew 
him not, they lifted up their 
voice, and wept; and they rent 
every one his mantle, and 
sprinkled dust upon their heads 
towai'd heaven. 

13 So they sat down vi'ith 
him upon the ground seven days 
and seven nights, and none spake 
a word unto him : for they saw 
that his grief was very great. 

•CHAP. III. 

After this opened Job his 
mouth, and cursed his day. 
2 And Job spake, and said. 



CHAP. III. 

;na.^'"i IS-""! :ioii-nwS 2 



CHAP. III. 

Afterward, Job opened 1 
his mouth, and cursed his day. 
And Job answered, and said: 2 



V. 10. The good we receive from God, and shall we not receive the evil? 
V. 11. 'place': home 'for — together': and met together as they had apppointed 



V. 11. Far they had concerted &c. 1 , as often used, e. g. 
Gen. 26 : 12 (Thes. 3, extr.). — Ewald : und verabredeten 
sich zusammen, hinzugehen &c. So De Wette ; so also 
Gesenius (formerly, Thes. II. p. 605), et convenerunt inter se 
de tempore et loco ad eundum etc. ; later, as in the margin. 

V. 2. ii35), to answer ; often used with a reference, more or 

T T ' 

less direct, to the special circumstances which are the imme- 
diate occasion of speaking. So Ewald : versetzen, iiberhaupt 
auf bestimmte Veranlassung reden, — aTioy.Qi&sls Mat. 11 :25. 

unauthorized use of a word, as skin for life. The thought, 
thus simply and naturally expressed, is suited to the con- 
nection ; being a pointed and terse expression of the selfish 
principle (as alleged) of Job's submissive and apparently 
pious resignation. This obviates Hupfeld's objection (ubi 
■upra), viz. that so general a sentiment here is otiosa ac 



The delicate allusion, conveyed in this fine Heb. idiom, is 
preserved in Ewald's translation ; and though peculiar to the 
Heb. form of conception, is readily understood in another 
language from the connection. As a peculiarity of mental 
habit (not of verbal usage), it can be expressed by the cor- 
responding word in any language ; and a translation which 
neglects it, is not just to the original. In most of the cases 
quoted in support of the signification, to speak up, to beg-in 
speaking, (Gesenius, Lex. 2, and others), the reference to 
something prior, as the occasion of speaking, is clear ; and in 

frigida; for nothing could be more to the point or more 
effective. To his question, "Why should 'skin' be put for 
an example," it is readily answered : that as one of the most 
common articles of household use and barter, it would 
naturally be employed in such a proverbial phrase. 



12 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. III. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

3 Let the day perish wherein 
I was born, and the night in 
which it was said, There is a man 
child conceived. 

4 Let that day be darkness; 
let not God regard it from above, 
neither let the light shine upon 
it. 

5 Let darkness and the shadow 
ol' death stain it; let a cloud 
dwell upon it; let the black- 
ness of the day terrify it. 

6 As for that night, let dark- 
ness seize upon it ; let it not be 
joined unto the days of the year, 
let it not come into the number 
of the months. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

A VJT ■ * - J 

n^h -life nb-^^m 

vrr T J - T T :t — : 

'] V f ' t: - * - 

- AT • - J ■/! J" : : • I- 
rr T : jt t «- - ; 

ATT -: JT T ' T : I* 

Jinn pi i<!in!i 'rh'hr\ 

AT T J- • : - M 



REVISED VERSION. 

Perish the day, wherein I was 
born; 

and the night, which said : A 

manchild is conceived ! 
That day, let it be darkness : 
let not God from above seek 
for it, 

nor light shine forth upon it. 

Let darkness and death-shade 
reclaim it ; 

let clouds rest upon it; 

let darkenings of the day af- 
fright it. 

That night, thick darkness 
seize upon it! 

let it not rejoice among the 
days of the year, 

nor come into the number of 
the months. 



V. 4. ' seek ' : care 



V. 6. ' rejoice among' : be joined with (V. K.) 



all of them, there is ground for the writer's choice of this 
form of conception. See, e. g. Gen. 31 : 36 ; where Jacob's 
words are his answer to Laban's injurious and unfounded 
suspicions. In Deut. 2.1 : 7, the meaning is not : " they shall 
speak and say " ; for it is their answer to the imputation of 
bloodguiltiness, which in this verse they solemnly deny, and 
thus answer for themselves and for the community in which 
they live. Deut. 20 : 5, should be translated : And thou shall 
answer and say ; for it is the response of the one who brings 
the offering, to the priest's presentation of it described in the 
preceding verse. In Deut. 27 : 14, there is a similar reference 
to the imposing arrangements detailed in vv. 11-13 ; and in 
Is. 14 : 10, to the coming of the fallen oppressor just before 
described. 

This is all so happily stated in Liicke's view (on John 2 : 18) 
of the use of the verb to answer in the N. T., that I subjoin 
it here. " But anoy.Qivofiai is never used in the N. T., except 
where the words are occasioned by, or dependent on, some- 
thing that precedes. Hence arises this more general idea : 
viz. of words occasioned by something said with or without a 
question, or by an act or an event of any kind. In Mat. 11 : 25, 
fol., it is his sad experiences of the unbelief of the people 
(vv. 11 fol. and 20 fob), that give occasion to the Redeemer, 
not for complaint, but for thanks to God, that his teachings 

were hidden from the wise and prudent of this world 

The declaration of Jesus in 5 : 17, [but Jesus answered them : 
my Father worketh hitherto &c.],* has its particular occasion 
assigned in v. IG. In the passage before us [Joh. 2 : 18], this 
is the connection: The violent act of Jesus (vv. 15, 16) could 

* On this verse, in its place, he says: " anevi^ivaxo (Comp. 
2 : 18) shows, that the remark was occasioned by the perse- 
cution " 



not be suffered to pass unnoticed, by the Jews (the ofiBcers 
of the temple, the chief of the people) ; and by this occasion 
they were moved (^aTtsK^i&rjaap) to ask him",' &c. 

Fritzsche also, on Mat. 11 : 25, claims this as the true 
meaning of the word, though he is less happy in his illustra- 
tion of it. But he adds very justly: "Nam ne Hebrseos 
quidem adducor, ut credam, adeo inertes fuisse, ut sine ulla 
ratione et consilio ita loquerentur [vid. Gesenii Lex. maj. s. v. 
ilD^l." 

V. 3. ^h^ii, § 127, 4, c, Ew. § 136, b. Omission of the 
relative, § 123, 3, 6, Ew. § 322, a. — Which said. So most 
modern scholars, as Gesenius, Ewald, De Wette, Umbreit, 
Hirzel &c. Schultens : Malui, Nox quce dixit, quam vulgatius 
illud, qua dictum est, vel di.vit aliquis ; quod prius illud sit 

figuratius, et grandiori stylo congruentius Inducitur 

Nox ilia quasi conscia mysterii, et exultans ob spem prolis 
virilis ! 

Seek for: so (in the literal sense) Ewald, Umbreit, 



Let it pass away, as a thing lost and unsought. 



V. 4. 

Hirzel. 

V. 5. Reclaim : the sig. stain, pollute (Com. Ver.) belongs 
to another form of the word. — iiiW, fem. used collectively, 
§ 107, 3, d. — Darkenings of the day. So Gesenius, Thes. II. 
p. 693 ; obscurationes diei, soil, luminis diurni, solis defectiones, 
eclipses. So also Ewald : Triibnisse eines Tages ; De Wette : 
Tagesverfinsterungen ; Hirzel : Tagesverdiisterung ; and others. 
In (from -i:23, after the form linsi^, aiaas), the 

Chireq is an attenuated Pattach, from the lessening of the 
tone in the construct state. 

V. 6. Rejoice : so all the latest and best translations, 
according to the Masoretic text nn"; (§ 29, Note extr., § 75, 
Rem. 3. d), from am. Another form ('in'} , from nni ) has 
the authority of Symmachus, fniSe avva<p&eir] (Sept. fifj eh 



\ 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. III. 



13 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

7 Lo, let that night be soli- 
tary; let no joyful voice come 
therein. 

8 Let them curse it that curse 
the day, who are ready to raise 
up their mourning. 

9 Let the stars of the tw^ilight 
thereof be dark; let it look for 
light, but have none ; neither 
let it see the davpning of the 
day: 

10 Because it shut not up the 
doors of my mothe?-''s womb, nor 
hid sorrow from mine eyes. 

11 Why died I not from the 
womb? why did I not give up 
the ghost when I came out of 
the belly? 

12 Why did the knees prevent 
me? or why the breasts that I 
should suck? 

13 For now should I have lain 
still and been quiet, I should 
have slept : then had I been at 
rest, 

14 With kings and counsellors 
of the earth, which built desolate 
places for themselves ; 



HEBREW TEXT. 

A : ~ J* : ~\ T :j — <- • 

I JTT : » T - 



laws ''SDis nsian^ 



Hi- "TV J <• 

rr ■■ I" T T f- i- ' 



A T VJV " J T<y 

; inxsi "laa^ 



•AT : ■ -J :'• - -\ 

I IT • J- ■ - T - 

t2ip\!3xi innaci nns-i3 

'a : V : • : J- T t i- 



T «T 



I V AT *• -:j : • T ;i 



11 



12 



13 



14 



REVISED VERSION. 

Lo, let that night be barren, 7 
and no sound of joy enter 
therein. 

Let them that curse days, 8 

curse it; 
they that are skilled to rouse 

up the leviathan. 
Let the stars of its twilight 9 

be dark; 
let it wait for light, and there 

be none; 
neither let it behold the eye- 
lids of the morning. 
Because it did not shut the lo 

doors of the womb that 

bore me, 
and hide sorrow from my eyes. 
Wherefore did I not die n 

from the womb — 
come forth from the womb, 

and expire? 
Why were the knees ready for 12 

me, 

and why the breasts, that I 

might suck? 
For now, I had lain down and 13 

should be at rest ; 
I had slept, then would there 

be repose for me : 
with kings and counselors of 14 

the earth, 
who have built themselves 

ruins : 



V. 8. ' to rouse ' &c. : to call forth the serpent 



V. 8. Leviathan is retained, as we have no term equally 
comprehensivG 

V. 9. twiliglit ; whether evening or morning, is to be 
determined by the connection. Here it is the morning, as in 
Ps. 119 : 147. — inia, the break of day, the dawn, here beauti- 
fully conceived as the opening eyelids of day. In propriety 
and dignity, this Hebrew image is incomparably superior to 
that of the Arabic poets quoted in illustration of it. — 3 •IX'l'i, to 
look upon, to behold, with the implied pleasure enjoyed in the 



sis), and of the Targum, inini let it not be joined 
with (Syr. let it not be reckoned in the number of — numbered 
with). This was followed in the Vulgate, and by Pagnino 
(non sit una inter dies anni), and passed into the old Eng. 
versions. "Wyckliff : be it not counted in (as revised, reckoned 
among) ; Coverdale and Tyndale: reckoned among ; Cranmer: 



sight ; which is equally indicated in the English expres- 
sion. 

V. 10. 13133; my womb, for the womb that conceived and 
bore me, Juvenal has used the same liberty of expression, 
Sat. vi. 1. 124 : Ostenditque tuum, generose Britannice, ven- 
trem. A phrase equivalent in meaning must be employed in 
English. 

V. 14. niain, in its usual sense, ruins, which is perfectly 
appropriate here ; see Part II, explanatory notes. 



let it not be joined unto the days of the year, which was fol- 
lowed in the Genevan, Bishops', and the com. version. But 
the Heb. form followed in the text has the highest authority 
in its favor, and accords best with the tone of the passage. 
Ge^enius (Thes. I. p. 446): ne gaudeat ilia nox inter diet 
anni, ubi fingitur pulchra nox de se ipsa gaudere. 



14 



THE BOOK 01' JOB. CHAP. III. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

15 Or with princes that had 
gold, who filled their houses with 
silver : 

16 Or as a hidden untimely 
birth I had not been ; as infants 
ivhich never saw light. 

17 There the wicked cease 
from troubling; and there the 
weary be at rest. 

18 There the prisoners rest 
together; they hear not the 
voice of the oppi'essor. 

19 The small and great are 
there; and the servant is free 
from his master. 

20 Wherefore is light given 
to him that is in misery, and life 
unto the bitter in soul; 

21 Which long for death, but 
it Cometh not ; and dig for it more 
than for hid treasures; 

22 Which rejoice exceedingly, 
and are glad, when they can find 
the grave? 

23 Why is light given to a man 
whose way is hid, and whom 
God hath hedged in? 

24 For my sighing cometh 
before I eat, and my roarings 
are poured out like the waters. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

dnb ant Qi^iia-QS) ix vj 

«T JtT •IK • J 

ninx iioa bsaa ix 16 

/iV : IV J ' TV ■■■JV ; < 

sliiin ni:)a-i tiia 17 

V A :jt • T ;\ JT 

- *• J- ; T /T ; 



■ST IT J- • -: 

I" 'j : IT J 

Kiin diD isTui )bp 19 

A JT r i\ ' j'x 

! TisHx^ losn las'! 

rr -: • j* i t v v : 



"lix b-ash '.tn-i nab 

A J-T : f J" • T«T 

ViT " JT ; • - ; 



sisrxi riab di3n?2;-i 21 

AT •• : V JT~ J* — : I" 

b'^a-ibx n^na^an 22 

-.- 'rr : ; • j* • t 

nitnaa is-i'n— nasb 23 

T AT : • J :- V -: vv :\ 

:i'isa mbs TiCi 

I I- - J V! I V VT - 

Nan innsst lanb ijsb-ia 24 



IT -: I- ■ / : 



V. 18. nnsa ^''la lasiD i<"i'2 



REVISED VERSION. 

or with princes, who had gold, 15 
who filled their houses with 
silver : 

or like a hidden untimely- lo 
birth, I should not be ; 

as infants that never see light. 

There, the wicked cease from 17 
troubling, 

and there, the weary are at 
rest. 

The prisoners all are at ease; is 
they hear not the taskmaster's 
voice. 

Small and great, both are 19 
there ; 

and the servant is free from 

his master. 
Wherefore gives He light to 20 

the wretched, 
and life to the sorrowful in 

heart ; 

who long for death, and it 21 

comes not, 
and search for it more than 

for hidden treasure ; 
who are joyful, even to exult- 22 

are glad, when they find the 

grave : — 
to a man, whose way is hid- 23 

den, 

and God hedgeth about him? 
For with my food, comes my 24 

sighing ; 
and my moans are poured 

forth as water. 



V. 19. 'both are there': are there the same 



V. 18. 'ini ; additur notninibus (pronominibus) copiam vel 
totutn quiddam designantibus, ut base in unum quasi com- 
plectatur (Ges. Thes. II. p. 589). 

V. 19. N>in (§ 121,2) refers to each subject, individually; 
and the emphasis is expressed by the form, '' both are there ". 
Hirzel : ^iin, nachdruckvolle Wiederholung des Subjects : der 
Kleine wie der Grosse, dort ist er. Ewald's objection ( Jahrb. 
d. bibl. Wissensch. III. S. 221) : dieser Gedanke ware dort in 
der Schilderung der Unterwelt sehr untreffend uud fade, is 
witho'fit ground; for Job is describing that state as one, 
where all ranks and conditions meet, and on the same level. 
Equality of condition, in that state, is the ground-thought 
of the whole passage. 

V. 20. ',n7; gives He light Sfc, referring necessarily to the 
Divine Being, as the nature of the act shows. 



V. 24. For as food for me ; or, For before my food 



V. 24. With my food ; lit. before, i. e. in presence of it, and 
hence, in effect, along with it. Meaning : even at that season 
of enjoyment and thankfulness, when food is partaken, I have 
only pain and sorrow. Others : before in the sense of corre- 
sponding to, and hence like as, for (Ges. Man. Lex. nsa, D, 3, 
extr.) ; meaning : my sighs and tears are for meat and drink 
to me (comp. Ps. 42 : 3, 80 : 5). So Schultens (ad faciem, ad 
modum, ad instar), Winer (Lex.), De Wette. But the verb 
' comes ', as justly objected by XJmbreit, is not appropriate. 
Others translate : before my food, i. e. before I partake of it. 
Meaning: my sighs intervene, and hinder my partaking of ^„ 
needful nourishment, and thus pain becomes my only food. 
But the first construction is clearly the correct one. 

V V. 25, 26. So these verses are translated by the Seventy : 
(fofios yaq ov efQovrcoa rjX&i /xoi, xal ov iSsSoiy.eiv avvrivxi]aL 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. IV. 



15 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

25 For the thing which I 
greatly feared is come upon me, 
and that which I was afraid of is 
come unto me. 

26 I was not in safety, neither 
had I rest, neither was I quiet; 
yet trouble came. 



CHAP. IV. 

Then Eliphaz the Temanite 
answered and said, 

2 If we assay to commune 
with thee, wilt thou be grieved ? 
but who can withhold himself 
from speaking? 

3 Behold, thou hast instructed 
many, and thon hast strengthened 
the weak hands. 

4 Thy words have upholden 
him that was fliUing, and thou 



strengthened 



the feeble 



hast 
knees 

5 But now it is come upon 
tliee, and thou faintest ; it touch- 
eth thee, and thou art troubled. 



HEBREW TEXT. 



iDTix^i inins ins is 

•A- T ■f.f; - • : - Tt - J" *■ 



CHAP. IV. 

( - • T I"- i~ ' -r. I 1 

iv; : • I Jv •- jj T r • —. 
IT J- t • • I , • - 



1 p"Mn nis"! QiTiT 



nbm s^bx xian i nnr -^s 

■-- «• - I JV •■ J T T - <• 



26 



V. 26. 'nm nnaa 'Dfi x"3a Ij-'sba x"33 



REVISED VERSION. 

For I feared evil, and it has 25 

overtaken me ; 
and that which I dreaded, is 

come upon me. 
I was not at ease; nor was I 26 

secure ; 

nor was I at rest ; yet trouble 
came. 

CHAP. IV. 

Then answered Eliphaz the 1 
Temanite, and said: 

Should one venture a word 2 
to thee, wilt thou be of- 
fended? 
But who can forbear speak- 
ing! 

Lo, thou hast admonished 3 
many, 

and hast strengthened the 

feeble hands. 
Thy words have confirmed the 4 

faltering, 
and the sinking knees thou 

hast made strong. 
But now, it is come to thee 5 

and thou faintest; 
it toucheth thee, and thou art 

confounded. 



V. 25. 



For the evil which I fear overtakes me, 
and that which I dread comes upon me. 



V. 26. 



5 I have no ease, nor quiet ; 
< I have 



re no rest, j-et trouble comes. 



V. 2. The interrogative particle is here prefixed to a hy- 
pothetical question : Nam, si tentat (aliquis) verbum etc. 
Ewald : Wird's dich, wagt man ein Wort an dich, verdries- 
sen? 



V. 4. Ewald : Strauchelnde stuzten deine Worte, 
sinkenden Knieen gabst du Kraft. 
V. 5. Art confounded; Hirzel, well: da bist du ausser 
Fassung. 



(loi. ovTE ei^rjpmjaa ovre Tjav^rjaa ovre avsnavaafii]v, ^X&s 8e fioi 
oQY'h- Correctly, as I believe ; for the complaint naturally closes 
with the assertion, that these calamities were not provoked by 
a haughty and presumptuous confidence in worldly prosperity, 
while it lasted. On the contrary, he had "walked humbly 
with God " ; knowing the sudden and terrible reverses to 
which such prosperity is exposed, and of which numerous 
examples are referred to in this book. This accords with 
many precepts of the Bible ; as : Charge the rich, that they 
trust not in uncertain riches. It is one of the lessons, which 
men have themselves drawn from the course of Providence. 
E. g. Herodotus, vii. 10. 'O^Sg ra intEqs%ovra t,ma (as xeqccvvoT 
6 d'ebs, ovSe Is. ^avtd^ead'at. ... o^as Se eos is oly.rjfiara ra 
uiyLOxa ... aTtoaxrjTtrsi ra ^ilea ; 0iXeei y a. ^ 6 Osos 
X a vTtEQEXOvra n avr a xoXovstv. 



The first of these two verses is well expressed by Lange 
(1831) : Wovor ich bebte, das hat mich getroffen, Und was ich 
furchtete, ist iiber mich gekommen. But the form of the verb 
is now understood by many as expressing here the present, the 
two verses being a continued description of his sufferings. 
This, though grammatically admissible, gives a feeble and 
languid sense.* The thought, as expressed in the text, is a 
noble and appropriate close. 



* As V. 25 is expressed, e. g. by Heiligstedt: Non tran- 
quillus sum, nec quiesco, nec respire, Et quanquam omni tem- 
pore in hoc statu turbulento versor, tamen venit vexatio, denuo 
semper vex or et turbor. This is as favorable a statement as 
can be made of the case ; and certainly is no commendation 
of it. 



16 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. IV. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

6 Is not this thy fear, thy con- 
ridence, thy hope, and the up- 
rightness of thy ways? 

7 Remember, I pray thee, who 
ever perished, being innocent? or 
where were the righteous cut 
off? 

8 Even as I have seen, they 
that plough iniquity, and sow 
wickedness, reap the same. 

9 By the blast of God they 
perish, and by the breath of his 
nostrils are they consumed. 

10 The roaring of the lion, and 
the voice of the fierce lion, and 
the teeth of the young lions, are 
broken. 

11 The old lion perisheth for 
lack of prey, and the stout lion's 
whelps are scattered abroad. 

12 Now a thing was secretly 
brought to me, and mine ear re- 
ceived a little thereof. 

13 In thoughts from the visions 
of the night, when deep sleep 
falleth on men, 

3 4 Fear came upon me, and 
trembling, which made all my 
bones to shake. 

15 Then a spirit passed before 
my face; the hair of my flesh 
stood up: 



HEBREW TEXT. 



AT T 'J'T J <■ T VI 

: JinnsD iD^'mij-' hsiKi 

IT : • J* T : ■• : 



AT •• ; J • • TV jv -:r 



jt T «• : I : 



I ; • J ■ 



isnui Isipi ni-ix wxo 

- AT ' J : •• : -I J- -: i- 



IT T : • ' T i- ; 

2351 '131 ibxi 

*sT'.. : j7 T - " ;i 

.liti-o ■j^aijj ipTx rij^ni 

T :at j : V i" ■ ■ : m 

: D-'CJx-bi" ninn bE:2 



AT T : ■ - T ' :\ - J- 

! iinsn iniaissi 3'-n 



11 



12 



13 



14 



I A -:r- J-T - - A 



! n^^ir) n^Dn 

I* T ; J- -: 1- ■■ - : 



V. 14. inosS N"33 



REVISED VERSION. 

Is not thy fear thy confi- 6 
dence? 

thy hope, it is the uprightness 

of thy ways. 
Remember now, who that was 7 

guiltless has perished? 
and where were the righteous 

cut off? 

As I have seen : they that 8 

plough iniquity, 
and that sow mischief, reap 

the same. 
By the breath of God they 9 

perish ; 

and by the blast of his anger 

are they consumed. 
The lion's cry, and the voice lo 

of the roaring lion, 
and the teeth of the young 

lions, are broken. 
The strong lion perishes for ii 

lack of prey, 
and the lioness' whelps are 

scattered. 
Now a word was stealthily 12 

brought to me, 
and my ear caught the whisper 

thereof. 

In thoughts from visions of the 13 
night, 

when deep sleep falls upon 
men ; 

fear came upon me, and trem- 14 
bling, 

which made all my bones to 
shake. 

Then a spirit passed before 15 
me : 

the hair of my flesh rose up. 



V. 6. ' fear ' : piety 



V. 6. 2d memb. 1, Gesenius Man. Lex. 1, k, bb, /?/ Thes. I. 
p. 396 : spes iua, hsec est integritas vitce tuce. So, in effect, 
Ewald and Hirzel. 

V. 8. Mischief: so Ewald and De "Wette, Unheil, what is 
harmful, injurious, to others ; wickedness in this more special 
sense. 

V. 9. Blast of his anger ; Hirzel and TJmbreit : Zornhauch ; 
Ewald: seines Zornes Sturm; comp. in 20 : 3, iax )i^'n. 

V. 10. The zeugma of the original is retained. — bnw, a poetic 
designation of the lion, from its peculiar roar, as shown by 



ROdiger, Thes. III. p. 1388. But the use of these different 
names is not a mere poetical variation. What seems to me 
their relation to each other, in this passage, is expressed in 
the translation. 

V. 12. Was stealthily brought: the proper force of the 
Pual. The word is well adapted to the circumstances of 
solitude, darkness, confused and indistinct perception, which 
attended the communication. — yaiD : susurrus (ein leises Flu- 
stern), ROdiger, Thes. p. 1441, where the philological grounds 
are fully exhibited. So Ewald: leisen Laut: T^eWette: ein 
Fliistern. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. IV. 



17 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

16 It stood still, but I could 
not discern the form thereof: an 
image ivas before mine eyes, there 
was silence, and I heard a voice, 
saying, 

17 Shall mortal man be more 
just than God? shall a man be 
more pure than his Maker? 

IS Behold, he put no trust in 
his servants; and his angels he 
charged with folly : 

19 How much less in them 
that dwell in houses of clay, 
whose foundation is in the dust, 
which are crushed before the 
moth ? 

20 They are destroyed from 
morning to evening ; they perish 
for ever without any regarding it. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

fit •• vjv : T : 
IT ; 'j T »T T : 



VIT l~ l • •• t" 



I K —.\~ J T T ' J" 



AT : m IV jv 



iinsi '•ps.-o 
i!n35<i n-^:^ ci-iii 'iba-a 



V. 20. ns:"i 'n -^-c-j 



REVISED VERSION. 

It stood still, but I could not 16 

discern its form ; 
an image was before my eyes ; 
there was silence ; and I heard 

a voice : — 
Shall man be more just than 17 

God? 

Shall a man be more pure 

than his Maker? 
Lo, he trusteth not in his 18 

servants, 
and to his angels he imputeth 

folly. 

Much more, they who dwell 19 

in houses of clay, 
whose foundation is in the 

dust, 

who are crushed like the moth. 
From morning to 

they are destroyed, 
so that, unheeded, they perish 

forever. 



evening 20 



V. 10. ' there — voice ' : and I heard a low voice 
V. 19. ' crushed hke '. consumed as by 



V. 17. ' more just than ' : just before | ' more pure than ' : pure before 
V. 20. ' So that unheeded ' : because none heedeth 



V. 16. ln3!i52Fi, is well expressed by image, in its frequent 
sense of semblance, appearance. 

V. 17. "iia of comparison. So it was understood by Jerome: 
Numquid homo, Dei comparatione, justificabitur ; aut Factore 
suo purior erit vir. So Pagnino: Numquid homo Deo justior 
erit, num Factore suo mundior erit vir ? The sentiment is : 
"Whoever censures the course of Providence, by complaining 
of his own lot (as Job had done), claims to be more just than 
God, the equity of whose government he thus arraigns. This 
obviates the objection of Codurcus: Nemo enim tarn delirus 
tam vesanus fuit, qui hominem plus quara Deum justum esse 
vel suspicatus sit. He translates : a Deo justificahitur ; and 
this use of "jri is now generally adopted here. E. g. Gesenius, 
Thes. II. p. 803: sape etiam de auclore judicii vel Eestima- 
tionis. Job 4 : 17 : num justus est liomo coram Deo . . . . 
proprie ex sententia Jovae. Comp. Man. Lex. 2, c : " Shall 
man be accounted just of God " &c. So De Wette and Ewald : 
1st der jMensch vor Gott gerccht 1 Winer (Lex.), Uuabreit, 
Heiligstedt ; and so, in effect, Hirzel. 

Either translation is grammatically correct ; but the former, 
I think, is the most pertinent here. What Eliphaz condemns 
in Job, is his arrogance in arraigning the Divine government; 
the more presumptuous in man, as even angels, God's minis- 
tering spirits, are in his sight chargeable with folly, i. e. with 
imperfect knowledge and wisdom. I therefore place the former 
in the text, and the latter in the margin. 

V. 19 Are crushed Wee the moth. So Gesenius. Thes. I. 



p. 337 : quos conterunt, i. e. qui couteruntur, consumuntm-, velut 
tinea ; vel sec. plurimos, sicut a tinea, quod vereor ut probari 
possit. So Ewald : die zerstOrbar trotz der Motte sind ; eben 
so leicht wie sogar die Jlotte zerstOrbar. — But in a later work 
(Lex. Man. 1833, and more fully in the still later American 
edition) Gesenius follows the Vulgate, velut a tinea ; " they 
are crushed (lit. they crush them) as ly the moth, in the 
manner of the moth ". — Umbreit: "the comparison fully ex- 
pressed would be ... . crush them as the moth consumes a 
garment ". This is obviously unsuited to the verb xs^, the 
proper force of which is, to crush, Lo hreaJc in pieces, not to 
consume in the manner of the moth. Crushed as the moth is 
crushed, is the idea; destroyed as easily, and as suddenlj'-, as 
this tiny insect. 

V. 20. From morning to evening: i. e. within so short a 
time, so that they have no assurance of life for a single day. 
So Ewald : im Verlaufe eines einzigen Tages. — d''bp '^ba'o: Ge- 
senius, Thes. I. p. 209 (Man. lex. 4, c, /?) : so that.' no one 
heeding or altending. Thus translated, the passage means : 
So sudden is their fate, that they pass away unobserved ; no 
one marks their fall. Diia^: is evidently an elliptical form of 
33 d^b in 1 : 8, 2 : 3 (Gesenius, Man. Lex. d^lb, 4, c). But 
■jTa (in 1^30) may denote the ground or reason, the remote 
cause (lex. 2, f, and 1^3, 4, c, a), viz. that none of them 
heeds these lessons of Providence, so as to turn from his 
wickedness and escape the like penalty. So Jerome : quia 
nullus intcHigit, in eternum peribunt. 



IS 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. V. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

21 Dotli not their excellency 
whidi is in them go away? they 
die, even without wisdom. 

CHAP. V. 

Call now, if there be any 
that will answer thee ; and to 
which of the saints wilt thou 
turn ? 

2 For wrath Idlleth the fool- 
ish man, and envy slayeth the 
silly one. 

3 I have seen the foolish tak- 
ing root : but suddenly I cursed 
his habitation. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

AT JT : • J- • I 
IT ; T : J I T 

CHAP. V. 



tU; J" TV T h: 

IV : • J- *; • V V I 



- AT T -: I- • v: A J* 

! nx:p n'lnn nnbi 

IT :'• /• T 

K : - v: • • TV J* -: 

1 : • J- T ' V V rr 



21 



REVISED VERSION. 

Is not their excellency taken 21 

away with them? 
they die, and without wisdom. 

CHAP. V. 

Call now ; is there any that i 

will answer thee ? 
and unto whom, of the holy, 

wilt thou turn ? 
For grief slayeth the foolish, 2 
and envy killeth the simple. 

I have myself seen the wicked 3 
taking root ; 

but soon, I cursed his habi- 
tation. 



v. 21. Is not their excellency in them taken away? Others: Is not their cord in them torn away? 



V. 21. ini. The signification cord is adopted here by 
many, but in different senses ; by Gesenius e. g. in the sense 
of tent-cord. Man. Lex. ^Tf^/- ''their cord in them is torn 
away, == their tent is thrown down, i. e. they die ; comp. the 
figure of a tent in v. 19, and also Is. 38 : 12 ". In the Thes. is 
added: D3 in iis, nostr. an ihnen, i. e. lis affixa. A better 
construction of the latter is suggested by Hirzel, who connects 
t3 with 5;a3 : wird ausgerissen an ihnen (an ihrem KOrper, als 
dem Gezelte), d. i. von ihnen abgerissen. So it had been ex- 
plained by J. D. Michaelis: Der Strick ihres Gezeltes wird 
abgerissen. — ^Ewald takes the signification cord in another 
sense, viz. as the mysterious life-cord, the thread of life ; when 
this is snapped, they pass away forever. lie finds a parallel 
expression in Eccl. 12 : 6, " when the silver cord is broken ", 
which he expLains (in loc.) as a carrying out of the image 
found here. Eiclihorn had so expressed it : Ihr innerer Lebens- 
faden wiirde abgerissen. But this is altogether remote from 
Oriental imagery, and the verb does not express the idea of 
sundering. — ^Umbreit's reference of it to the bow-string, the 
sundering of which renders the weapon useless, is quite below 
the tone of the passage. The broken bow (Ps. 46 : 9 ; Hos. 
1 : 5, &c.), is a fine emblem of broken power ; but the breaking 
of the string is never mentioned, I believe, as so serious a 
matter. 

Against all these views it may be objected, that they do not 
justify the emphatic form of this clause: "Isnot"&c. An 
older interpretation adopts here another signification of the 
word, which is still preferred by many, viz. excellence, pre- 
eminence Over others, in any respect, as wealth, power, honor 
&c. Mei'cier: quidquid in se eximium habebant. Castell: 
omnis eorum pr^stantia, gloria, amplitudo, et auctoritas, quic- 
quid in illis erat eximium. So Rosenm., De Wette (das Ilerrlich- 
ste), and more recently Schlottmanu (ihr Bestes). The sug- 
gestion made by some (among others by Lee, Heb. Lex. 



Niph.), that with this rendering of the noun the verb must be 
pointed i'G3, is groundless. The change of pointing, which is 
without authority, is unnecessary ; Niph. being here (as often 
when Kal is intransitive) passive of Hipli. The verb means in 
Hiph. to cause to remove or dep>art, to hear away, to pluck up, 
Niph. to be made to remove ^c. Gussett, Lex. Niph. s&s au- 
fcrri, transferri. So Is. 38 : 12 might be rendei'ed : niT/ habi- 
tation is removed ^c. 

Their excellency in them, might be regarded as an emphatic 
pleonasm, of which an example occurs in ch. G : 13. But ts 
may also be connected with "&5, in a frequent sense of s (Thes. 
18, Man. Lex. B, 2), as by KOster: Nonne abripitur magnifi- 
centia eorum cum ipsis ; BOckel : Wird ihre GrOsse doch mit 
ihnen ausgetilgt; and by Schlottmanu: Ja ihr Bestes wird 
entraift mit ihnen. — Tyndale : Is not their dignity taken 
away %vith them. 

On this interesting and difiicult verse, the ancient versions 
throw no light. Thus the Sept. : Ivefvarias yaq avroZg y.al 
£^)]odvd'r]aav (Alex, irelevrrjaav). So in the Itala : afliavit 
enim eos, et aruerunt. This, whatever may have been its 
origin (Schleus. Thes. art. Ificpvaaio, Bockel, Spec, animadv. in 
Gr. Jobi interp.), is no expression of the Heb. Text. The 
verbal form of the Heb. is more nearly followed in the Com- 
plutensian text of the Sept. viz. aw^^fjos rb vitoXeififia avrmv 
Iv avxoXs, which is found in 248, and (excepting avrcov) in 
161 of Holmes and Parsons. 

Ch. V. V. 1. tand'ip is applied to good men, Deut. 33 : 3 ; 
Ps. 16 : 3, &c. ; and also to angels, Deut. 33 : 2, and is so 
understood here by Gesenius and others. The translation, 
holy (or holy ones, holy men), by Tyndale, Goverdale, Cranmer, 
and the Bishops, is therefore preferable to saints (Wyclifife, 
Genevan, and com. ver.), as it enables the reader to judge 
of the application for himself. The term saints, moreover, has 
become too equivocal in such a connection. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. V. 



19 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

4 His children are far from 
safety, and they are crushed in 
the gate, neither is there any to 
deliver them. 

5 Whose harvest the hungry 
eateth up, and taketh it even out 
of the thorns, and the robber 
swalloweth up their substance. 

G Although affliction cometh 
not forth of the dust, neither 
doth trouble spring out of the 
ground ; 

7 Yet man is born unto trou- 
ble, as the sparks fly upward. 

8 I would seek unto God, and 
unto God would I commit my 
cause : 

9 Which doeth great things 
and unsearchable ; marvellous 
things without number : 

10 Who giveth rain upon the 
earth, and sendeth waters upon 
the fields : 

11 To set up on high those 
that be low; tliat those which 
mourn may be exalted to safety. 



HEBREW TEXT. 



I- - ' J" : J : - • t 



^ixi ajn I in'^sp lax 
idb-^n d"i522 &xi»5i 



'V AT ^ T I" J" I V 



b'oi'i Q'lX 13 

AT JT T : T Tl J* 

/TV -I : V • T 

I- T : • r r • vi v i 

'*.• A- ' J" : :i Jv 

it:* ' r* — t;* 

I V ^ J" : - T Tl ' J" - 



11 



- IV : JT ■ : ' I : 



V. 7. p111!3 -inx EJi'I 



REVISED VERSION. 

His children are far from safe- 4 
ty; 

they are oppressed in the gate, 

and there is no deliverer. 
Whose harvest the hungry 5 

shall devour, [thorns: 
and take it, even out from the 
and the snare is gaping for 

their substance. 
For evil goes not forth from 6 

the dust, 
nor does trouble sprout up 

from the ground ; 
for man is born to trouble, 7 
even as sparks fly upward. 

But I, to God would I seek ; 8 
and unto God commit my 
cause. 

Who doeth great things, and 9 

unsearchable ; 
things wonderful, without 

number. 
Who giveth rain on the face lo 

of the earth, 
and sendeth water on the face 

of the fields. 
He sets the humble on high, ii 
and the mournins; are raised 

to prosperity. 



V. 5. ' the snare is gaping ' : the thirsty long 



V. 7. 'sparks': birds of prey 



V. 



5. Even out from ike (horns : comp. Gesenius, Man. Lex. 
b. So Ewald: und sie sogar aus Dornen nimmt. The 
ancient versions are all at fault here. Pagnino, correctly: et 
de spinis toilet earn, — according to the Masoretic text, of the 
correctness of which there can be no doubt. — Snare (D^a^) : 
see Gesenius, Thes. III. p. 1173. Ewald, after most of the 
ancient versions (Aq. Sym. Syr. Vulg.), prefers still the 
meaning thirsty, — but in violation of the laws of the language. 
So also De Wette. The literal image, snare, is appropriate 
here, and need not be exchanged for the tropical sense, de- 
struction. 

V. 7. Second member : Vav adcuquationis, connecting things 
similar, which are to be compared together. — t]!i5) siniasi , § 142, 
4, Rem. 1. — Sparks : lit. sons of flame. Many (as Gesenius, 
De Wette, and others), taking the secondary sense lightning, 
translate : sons of lightning, i. e. birds of prey (from the 
swiftness of their flight). So the ancient versions. But the 
primary meaning flame suggests a still more obvious sense of 
the phrase, and a more appropriate image. Pagnino : scintillEe 
elevabunt volatum. This rendering was first introduced into 
the Eng. Scriptures in Cranmer's version : lyke as the sparkes 
flye up out of the bote coles. The Genevan, more happily : 



as the sparks flie upward ; Bishops' : like as the sparks flie up. 
So Ewald translates : So wie die Feuerfunken fliegen hoch ; and 
also Hirzel : So wie die Funken in die Hohe fliegen. The latter 
says, justly: Die von den alten Vers, ausgehende Erklarung: 
blilzschnell fliegende Raubvdgel, welcher die meisten neueren 
Ausleger folgen, ist sprachlich durchaus nicht begrundet, son- 
dern ruht auf der leeren Vermuthung, dass, wcil vom Fliegen die 
Rede ist, die fliegenden Subjecte den Vogeln angehuren werden. 

V. 10. miiain, prop, what is on the outside ; hence the 
tracts outside of the city walls, viz. the open fields, left free 
for tillage or pasturage ; which are thus distinguished from 
y"iX, viz. the whole earth without limitation. Another dis- 
tinction has been suggested (Gesenius, Lex. 1, b), viz. " the 
(tilled) land, and the deserts ". But to this there are two 
objections : 1. there is nothing to indicate such a limitation of 
•j/'nx, (tilled land) ; 2. the distinctive meaning of m"2in is ob- 
scured. This limitation of •jr'nx is also inadmissible in Prov. 
8 : 26, where first the whole earth, then the fields, then the first 
clod of earth, are mentioned in a descending climax. 

V. 11. diibb ; § 132, Rem. I, 1, E<v. § 237 ; Heiligstedt : (est) 
ponendo, i. e. ponit. 



20 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. V. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

12 He disappointeth the de- 
vices of the crafty, so that tlieir 
hands cannot perform their enter- 
prise. 

13 He taketh the wise in tlieir 
own craftiness : and the counsel 
of the froward is carried head- 
long. 

14 They meet with darkness 
in the daytime, and grope in the 
noonday as in the night. 

15 But he saveth the poor 
from the sword, from their mouth, 
and from the hand of the mighty. 

16 So the poor hatli hope, and 
iniquity stoppeth lier mouth. 

17 Behold, happy is the man 
whom God correctetli : therefore 
despise not thou the chastening 
of the Almighty: 

18 For he maketli sore, and 
bindeth up : he woundeth, and 
his hands make whole. 

19 He shall deliver thee in six 
troubles: yea, in seven there 
shall no evil touch thee. 

20 In famine he shall redeem 
thee from death : and in war from 
the power of the sword. 

21 Thou shalt be hid from the 
scourge of the tongue: neither 
shalt thou be afraid of destruction 
when it cometh. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

IT - I'v •■ : T /V -: I- I : 

AT : T : J* T -: j~ 



T IT c • J- T ; 



■ 1 *.* A : - : tf 

\ bi^rtSS iiiaia'ai nb'i'isi 

• IT t; tT - J : - I T : : 



' I : ■/ • JT T v" • 



! nig n:ifip 

T I" T : 'jT T T : 

IT : • - - - 



T IV : • jTT : I - : • 



Ti J" ; 



ri1!!3^ Til's 35-13 

V AT • Ji ; IT T T :i 

: 3'nn ^^^-o rthn'b-a'2'i 



N3nin )i^'b aii!33 

A" T I" ' TV J ; 



12 



13 



14 



16 



17 



18 



19 



21 



V. 16. tlT\Wj^ K"33 V. 18. 'p 11111 
V. 21. N31 N"D3 



REVISED VERSION. 

He breaks up the devices -of 12 

the crafty, 
that their hands shall not do 

the thing purposed. 
He ensnai'es the wise in their 13 

craftiness, 
and the counsel of the cunning 

is made hasty : 
by day, they meet darkness, 14 
and grope at noonday, as in 

the night. 
So he rescues the victim from 15 

their mouth, 
and the needy from the hand 

of the strong. 
Thus there is hope to the ic 

weak, 

and iniquity shuts her mouth. 
Lo, happy is the man whom 17 

God correcteth ; 
therefore, spurn not thou the 

chastening of theAlmighty. 
For he woundeth, and bindeth 18 

up, 

he smiteth, and his hands 

make whole. 
In six troubles, he will deliver 19 

thee ; 

yea in seven, there shall no 

evil befall thee. 
In famine, he will free thee 30 

from death, 
and in war, from the power 

of the sword. 
From the scourge of the tongue 21 

thou shalt be hidden, 
and shalt not be afraid of de- 
struction when it cometh. 



V 15 (V K ) ^ ^® rescues, from the sword, from their mouth,- 
i and from the hand of the strono;, — the needy. 



V. 15. He rescues the victim : according to the punctuation of 
3irT(3 (3-inTo), suggested by J. D. Michaelis, viz. one destroyed, 
made the yictim of rapacity and violence. This form (in the 
•plur. fern.) is found in Ezek. 29 : 12, and the Perf. of the same 
conj. occurs in 26 : 2. There is, therefore, no ground for the 
objection (Heiligstedt) that it is "vox rarissima ". Ewald: 
so reisst Vertilgte er aus ihrem Munde. Vogel has justly 
said : membrorum parallelismus puncta, vocabulo 31)1/2 a 
Masoretis subscripta, nullo modo ferre potest; and Ewald: 



fiir das hier ganz storeude 3iri^ (ist) gewiss 31!nT3 zu 
lesen. 

V. 21. Bi"i53; 3 expresses the relation in the most general 
manner, viz. that the hiding, or being hidden, stands in con- 
nection with the evil to be feared and shimned. Heiligstedt : 
in Jlagello linguae, .... tutus eris, sc. ab illo flagello, te non 
flagellabit. It is therefore equivalent to the form : from the 
scourge of the tongue &c. The sense is the same, if uia is 
taken for the Inf., as e. g. by Ewald : wenn peitscht die Zunge. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. VI. 



21 



KING JAMES VEKSION. 

22 At destruction and famine 
thoii shalt laugh: neither shalt 
thou be afraid of the beasts of 
the earth. 

23 For thou shalt be in league 
with, the stones of the field : and 
the beasts of the field shall be at 
peace with thee. 

24 And thou shalt know that 
tliy tabernacle shall he in peace ; 
and thou shalt visit thy liabi- 
tation, and shalt not sin. 

25 Thou shalt know also that 
thy seed shall he great, and thine 
offspring as the grass of the 
earth. 

26 Thou shalt come to thy 
grave in a full age, like as a shock 
of corn Cometh in in his season. 

27 Lo this, we have searched 
it, so it is; hear it, and know 
thou it for thy good. 



CHAP. VI. 

But Job answered and said, 

2 Oh that my grief were 
thoroughly weighed, and my 
calamity laid in the balances 
together ! 



HEBREW TEXT. 

' AT I • 'jTT ; J ; 

IT ■ - I V T T - 1" 



I A? • : JV - - J" ; - • ^' 

irr T : ; T v t - / — j 



I AT T: IT J T I' T : -IT :\ 



:t *t :'-fT 



lAV J- • T : - IT :i 



V 'AT •• .-: -Jv : J T 



tt'in-p n!i5^!:>n snNi-nsn 

•It - It - i T V T : 



CHAP. VI. 



itoi's ^jpttji biptt: >i!5 



22 



23 



24 



26 



27 



V. 2G. i^an K"2a v. 2. 'p inim 



KEVISED VEKSION. 

At destruction and at famine 22 

thou shalt laugh ; 
and of the beasts of the earth 

thou needst not be afraid. 
For with the stones of the field 23 

shalt thou be in league, 
and the beasts of the field shall 

be at peace with thee. 
So shalt thou know, that thy 24 

tent is in peace, 
and shalt visit thy pastures, 

and miss nothing. 
And thou shalt know, that 25 

numerous is thy seed, 
and thy offspring as the green 

herb of the earth. 
Thou shalt come to the grave 26 

in hoary age, 
as the sheaf is gathered in, in 

its season. 
Lo this, we have searched 27 

it out ; so it is : 
hear it, and know thou, for 

thyself. 

CHAP. VI. 

Then answered Job, and 1 
said : 

0 that my grief could be fully 2 

weighed, 
and all my calamity be laid in 

the balances. 



0 that my grief could but be weighed, 

and with it, my calamity be laid in the balances. 



V. 22. K'n'iri ^X, § 152, Ew. § 310, a. Heiligstedt: non est, 
quod timeas ; Hirzel : du darfst dich nicht fiirchten. — Beasts 
of the earth. Wild beasts are meant ; but the reason for thus 
designating them, is just as intelligible in English as in 
Hebrew, and should not be lost to the Eng. reader (see Ex- 
planatory Notes). This is true also of the synonym, beasts 
of the field (v. 23). But of the use of the latter, the reader 
of the translation should be allowed to judge for himself, in 
such passages e. g. as Ex. 23 : 11 ; Joel 1 : 20, 2 : 22; Dan. 
4 : 25 ; Hos. 4:3. 

V. 24. And miss nothing. So Gesenius, Thes. I. 4G4 : ct 
nihil desideras, nihil deest, omnes pecudes adsunt; and 
Ewald: nichts Yermissen. Umbreit: NBtl steht hier in der 
Grundbedeutung, fehlen, verfehlen; denn svindi- 
g e n passt gar nicht in den Zusammenhang. 



V. 26. In hoary age ; Ewald : im Silberhaar. 

V. 27. nxT, absolutely, as for this, § 145, 2. — nnsj;, em- 
phatic. — 'r^, for thyself, as the one whom it concerns ; dative 
of the one affected or interested. 



Oh. VI. V. 2. bp^^"] Ijipd ; § 131, 3, a, and Rem. 2. The 
emphasis may be expressed by fully weighed, or exactly 
weighed, i. e. to its full, or exact amount ; or it may lie 
simply in the idea of weighing, — as much as to say, would it 
were possible that grief could be weighed, so that the exteut 
of mine might be fully known. — ^ryi, is used here as in 3 : 18. 
to express, emphatically, the sum total of a thing, copiam vel 
totum quiddam (Thes. and Lex. e). So H. A. Schultens 
(German by Weidenbach) : Dass man ganz in die Schaale 



22 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. VI. 



rma james version. 

3 For now it would be heavier 
than the sand of the sea : there- 
fore my words are swallowed up. 

4 For the arrows of the Al- 
mighty are within me, the poison 
whereof drinketh up my spirit: 
the terrors of God do set them- 
selves in array against me. 

5 Doth the wild ass bray when 
he hath grass ? or loweth the ox 
over his fodder ? 

6 Can that which is unsavoury 
be eaten without salt ? or is there 
any taste in the white of an egg ? 

7 The things that my soul re- 
fused to touch are as my sorrow- 
ful meat. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

1351 biai bin-Q nfny 13 

AT ; • J' *" J •• T - J* 

IT J- r I ' " - 

in*rt iiniii anrn ii!3x 

tf JT T T —.v jv -: 

• 1 : ~ I- - J vt V I- 

■.'AT •• V -A * J- I • -I 
IT- J* : 

irsi i'ias^ n3x^2 

f. . ~ - J : • JT -: I" 

:ian^ 1113 naii 



REVISED VERSION. 

For now, it would be heavier 

than the sands of the sea; 
for this cause, my words have 

been rash. 
For the arrows of the Almighty 

are within me, 
whose poison drinketh up my 

spirit : 

the terrors of God array them- 
selves against me. 
Does the wild-ass bray, by 
the fresh grass ; 

or lows the ox, at his fodder? 

Can that which is tasteless be 
eaten without salt, 

or is there any relish in the 
white of an egg? 

My soul refuses to toucb ! 

they are as food which I 
loathe. 



V. 6, 2d memb. : Or is there ilavor in the tasteless herb ? 



V. 4. r^^'^, should be translated spirit (not life, Gesenius, 
Lex. 2), the vital enei'gies, both in a physical and moral sense. 
Comp. such expressions as "his spirit revived" Gen. 45 : 27, 
''there was no spirit in them" Josh. 5 : 1, "his spirit came 
again" Judges 15 : 19. 

V. 6. ^an, without taste, insipid. It is not, therefore, well 
expressed by unsavory, which is ambiguous, and more common- 
ly means, of a bad, or offensive taste. — n^lTiVtn Ti*!, white of an 
egg. So Ewald: oder ist Geschmack im Eiweiss? So also 
De Wette, Umbreit, Vaihinger, and others. 

This version rests on the authority of the Targum and the 
Rahbins, according to which the Heb. J^iiafen is equivalent to 
the Ohald. 'jia^n from the same root. Of this Gesenius says, 
Thes. I. p. 480 (1835) : Ex recentioribus assensi sunt per- 
multi; neque deest etymon vitello satis aptum, quum i^iia^n 
vel pinguedinem ovi, vel rohur vilale significare possit. Ac- 
quiesci igitur potest in hac sententia, &c. 

Another signification of the word has been derived from 
the Syriac version, as understood by the Arabic interpreter, 
viz. the herb purslain, proverbially insipid. .To this Gesenius 
subsequently gave the , preference ; see Hebr. Lex., by Dr. 



Robinson, fifth edition. It is not certain, however, that the 
true sense of the Syriac has been given by the Arabic trans- 
lator. 

The older tradition cannot properly be set aside, for a signi- 
fication not yet fully established. Ewald : Ueber nia^sn I'^l 
ist noch das Sicherste diess, dass es die fliissige Masse, den 
Schleim (Speichel) der festern kernigen Masse, (d^n ist fest, 

o , 

gesuhd, vgl. ,_;JU&. das Mark gewisser Dinge), des Eies, also 
das an sich ziemlich geschmacklose und Vielen ekelhafte Eiweiss 
bedeute, wie das Targum es versteht. — The reading of the 
Sept. iv ^rifiaai y.evoig (which of course was meant for para- 
phrase), accords with the true application of this language 
(see Explanatory Notes). Surely nothing is more incongru- 
ous, than the comparison of such aiSictions to tasteless food. 
Job's sufferings are as great an offense to him. as an egg with- 
out sale, — or as purslain broth ! 

V. 7. As food which I loathe: lit. as my loathsome food 
(§106, 1, Rem. 1), i. e. as food which is loathsome to me. 
The construction (1st memb.),: what my soul refuses to touch\ 
is abandoned by the latest and best authorities, there being 
nothing to justify the assumption of such an ellipsis of ^HJij;. 



legte mein schreckliches Elend. But Gesenius takes it here 
in the signification simul, eodem tempore, and translates the 
verse (Thes. II. p. 588) : utinam ponderetur impatientia [mea], 
meaque calamitas simul in trutina ponatur. So Ewald: 
TViirde doch geivogen nur mein Unmuth, und hilb man mit 
der Wage zugleich mein Leiden. The thought, in itself, is 



just;* but there is this objection to it: that it is not an 
appropriate answer to Eliphaz, whose admonitions were not 
based on the disproportion of the sufferer's grief to its cause. 

* Vaihinger is mistaken, however, in saying that the error 
of Eliphaz was just at this point, viz. the exact estimate of 
Job's suffering. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. VI. 



23 



KING JAMEs' VERSION. 

8 Oh that I might have my 
request; and that God would 
grant me the thing that I long 
for! 

9 Even that it would please 
God to destroy me ; that he 
would let loose his hand, and 
cut me off! 

10 Then should I yet have 
comfort; yea, I would harden 
myself in sorrow: let him not 
spare ; for I have not concealed 
the words of the Holy One. 

11 What is my strength, that 
I should hope ? and what is mine 
end, that I should prolong my 
life? 

12 Is my strength the strength 
of stones? or is my flesh of brass? 

13 Is not my help in me? and 
is wisdom driven quite from me ? 

14 To him that is afflicted pity 
sliould be shewed from his friend; 
but he forsaketh the fiear of the 
Almighty. 



HEBREW TEXT. 



K T :■: w J T f ■■ •\ 

- I VI I J" • • T ' : • 1 



• iv' : - I* - J" 1 



• T <Ti.- ■ : I 

A : ~ J T • :v jt: " 



-: J' - V - 



IT i- T ; 
A- J* T : V ' J" • - 



• IV • JT : • T • II 



V AT J" *• (•■ JT- 



11 



12 



13 



14 



V. 11. i<"3n 



REVISED VERSION. 

0 that my request might 8 
come; 

that God would grant my 

longing : 
and that it would please God 9 

to destroy me ; 
that he would let loose his 

hand, and cut me off. 
For it should still be my solace, 10 
yea I would exult, in pain that 

spares not, 
that I have not denied the 

words of the Holy One. 
What is my strength, that 11 

I should hope, 
and what is my end, that I 

should be yet patient? 
Is my strength the strength 12 

of stones, 
or is my flesh of brass ? 
I s no t m y help within m e go ne ? 13 
and recovery driven away from 

me? 

Kindness, from his friend, is 14 
due to the despairing, 
ready to forsake the fear of the 
Almighty. 



V. 10. So that I might yet have consolation, and exult, &c. ' That I have not ' : for I have not 

V. 11. ' hope ' : wait V. 13. ' Eecovery ' : deliverance ; or, succor 

-y 2^ ^ To the despairing, kindness is due from his friend ; 
t else he v^ill forsake &c. 



V. 8. The optative form, § 136, 1, Ew. § 319, 1.— nipn. Hup- 
feld's emendation (Specimen &c.) is founded on too exclusive 
a view of the laws of usage in language ; for a special appli- 
cation of a word, however frequent, cannot be regarded as 
excluding its use in the more general sense. 

V. 9. § 142, 3, a. — Cut me off: i. e. make an end of me ; for 
it is not probable that the figure, fully expressed in Is. 38 : 12, 
is intended here. 

V. 10. "iiiri*!, and let it he = it shall be ; the Jussive with 
Vav. consec. expressing a consequence or result. Ilupfeld: 
turn hoc foret solatium meum. It would also be grammati- 
cally correct, to regard the Jussive as expressing the olject or 
end; soEwald: damit doch &c. ; lleiligstedt : ut esset. But 
this sense is less pei'tincnt than that given by Gesenius and 
Hupfeld, — / would exult ; this expression of will or purpose, 
corresponds to the use of the coJiortative in this clause, in 
distinction from the Jussive in the preceding one. — Thai 
I have not denied ifc. (Gesenius), is the true sense of the 
third member, as well stated by Hupfeld : Ilffic enim integri- 
tatis et fidei illibataa conscientia, per totam disputationem, 



summum ejus est solatium et presidium adversus mala et 
amicorum criminationes, quod usque obtendit, u n u m quidem 
sibi relictum hoc loco voce lis innuens. — ^ian'i ; the relative 
clause, with Tdx implied (§ 123, 3, a). The construction : in 
pain which he (God) spares not, i. e. which he inflicts unspar- 
ingly, takes the verb in an unauthorized sense. 

V. 11. 1:333, Gesenius, Lex. 3, 2d If, a. Vulgate: patienter 
agam ; Ewald : dass ich mich dulde ; De Wette : dass ich Lang- 
muth haben soil ; Heiligstedt : non rccte alii, ut diuiius vivam, 
quod esset la'i t|'^'ii<X. 

V. 13. rt^o^in ; recovery, or restoration, is nearer the signi- 
fication of the root (prop, the act of setting upright), than 
deliverance, or succor (Gesenius). Ewald: festes ileil; Do 
Wette & Ilirzel : Eettung; Heiligstedt: salus; all too general. 

V. 14. &53^ ; b in the sense of piertaining or belonging to 
(§ 115, 2). De Wette : dem Verzagten gebiihrt von seiucm 
Freunde Liebe ; Hirzel : dem Zerfiiessenden, d. h. dem Ver- 
zweifeluden, ist, gebuhrt, Liehe. — Second member : change of 
construction from the participial form to that of the finite 
verb (§ 134, Rem. 2) ; lit. and who will forsake, i. e. is about 



24 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAR VL 



KING- JAMEs' VERSION. 

15 My brethren have dealt 
deceitfully as a brook, and as 
the stream of brooks they pass 
away ; 

16 Which arc blackish by 
reason of the ice, aiid wherein 
the snow is hid : 

17 What time they wax warm, 
they vanish : when it is hot, they 
are consumed out of their place. 

18 The paths of their way are 
turned aside ; they go to nothing, 
and perish. 

19 The troops of Temalooked, 
the companies of Sheba waited 
for them. 

20 They were confounded be- 
cause they had hoped ; they came 
thither, and were ashamed. 

21 For now ye are nothing; 
ye see my casting down, and are 
afraid. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

"AT ! J : IT 1 

: ni^ns pisns 

!iri?3Si iQ'nn 17 

AT : • J : I : j- ; 
IT ' : • I —. I • \ : 

ns'nn ninix ^insibi is 

AT : - J : T : IT -f 

AT •■ J ; T • •{ 

IT T ; J • 

AT T !■ J 

n" ; V - T V 1- jT 

Isb cniiM nn;-' 13 21 

IT * - - / : • 

V. 19. nsibn v. 2i. 'p ib i.s'nin 



REVISED VERSION. 

My brethren are deceitful, like 15 

the brook, 
as the channel of brooks that 

pass away : 
that become turbid, from ic 

ice; 

the snow hides itself in them. 

At the time they are poured 17 
off, they fail; 

when it is hot, they are con- 
sumed from their place. 

The caravans, along their way, 18 
turn aside ; 

they go np into the wastes, 
and perish. 

The caravans of Tema looked ; 19 

the companies of Sheba hoped 
for them : 

they were ashamed that they 20 
had trusted ; 

they came thither, and were 
confounded. 
For now, ye are become 21 
nothing ; 

ye see a terror, and are dis- 
mayed. 



V. 15, 2cl niemb. : as the valley-brook, they pass away 

V. 15. That 2'>ass away: this act is not predicated of his 
friends (as construed by some), but of the streams to which 
they are compared. — Sivelling or sivollen streams (Ewald), is 
not the tcrtium comparalionis required here. 

V. 16. i:3^55> ; referring to the descent of the melting snow 
and ice, down upon and into the vallej^-streams. 

V. 17. i^'r. Gesenius' definition is the only one sustained 
by satisfactory evidence. Vulgate: tempore, quo fuerint 
dissipati. — ians, Suff. used impersonally; Ewald: wenn es 
heiss ist; Ileii'igstedt : ubi incaluit. 



V. 18. ' along ' &c. : turn aside, on their way 



V. 18. The Masoretic pointing is followed in the text, 
Tlieir ivajj, viz. of these streams (not merely the way to them, 
as Schlottmann). Caravans of (heir ivai/ are those which take 
the course of these streams, or the route crossed by them (use 
o^constr. st. comp. § 116). The change of punctuation proposed 
by some (Gesenius, Thes. I. p. 149, Ewald, Hirzel, and others), 
gives also a good sense, viz. turn aside, on their ivay (or, as to 
their way) ; i. e. leaving their direct route, in search of water, 
so that CS'i'n is not wholly oliant. But the Masoritcs saw a 
more significant connection ; viz. that caravans were ac- 
customed to direct their own course by that of the streams. 



to forsake. Hirzel: Das Particip wird im 2. Gl. durch das 
Verb, finit. fortgesetzt,* .... Die gewohnliche Erklarung 
des 2. Gl. : sonst vcrlnsst cr die Furcht des AUmachtigen, hat 
gegen sich, dass "i nirgends so?ist bedeutet. In a connection 
like this, such a use of 1 is impossible ; though after a negative 
(as in Ps. 51 : l8, 55 : 13), its effect may be so expressed, — 
strictly, for (were it so), for (in that case). There is in these 
passages, as Gussett suggests (Lex. p. 407), a natural con- 

* Ewald admits that, with the present reading, this is the 
only possible construction (dem der verzweifelt und .... ver- 
lasst) and can be avoided only by rewriiing the text, the reasons 
for which (-Jahrb. der Bibl. Wissensch. 111. S. 120-1) are quite 
insuflicient to justify a less presumptuous act. 



nection of antecedent and consequent. Gesenius allows it 
also here (Thes. I. p. 397), assuming that the affirmative 
assertion, misero decet ah amico henevolentia is equivalent to 
the double negation: non decet amicum, benevolentiam negare 
misero ; nam hoc facto desereret timorem Dei. It would be 
far more easy and natural to assume the ellipsis suggested by 
Gussett (et nisi soletur derclinqueret timorem Dei) though 
this is contrary to the laws of elliptical expression, as ex- 
hibited by Herrmann, de Elli]}si. The construction : Even 
should he forsake — even when he forsakes (Schlottmann, — 
nearly as proposed hj Berg), though grammatically^ the easiest, 
gives a sense which is not to the point. So extreme a case is 
not intended. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. VII. 



25 



KINa JAMES VERSION. 

22 Did I say, Bring unto me? 
or, Give a reward for me of your 
substance? 

24 Or, Deliver me from the 
enemy's hand? or, Kedeem me 
from the hand of the mighty ? 

24 Teach me, and I will hold 
my tongue : and cause me to 
understand wherein I have erred. 



25 How forcible are right 
words ! but what doth your 
arguing reprove ? 

26 Do ye imagine to reprove 
words, and the speeches of one 
that is desperate, which are as 
wind ? 

27 Yea, ye overwhelm the 
fatherless, and ye dig a pit for 
your friend. 

28 Now therefore be content, 
look upon me; for it is evident 
unto you if I lie. 

29 Return, I pray you, let it 
not be iniquity; yea, return 
again, my righteousness is in it. 

20 Is there iniquity in my 
tongue ? cannot my taste discern 



perverse things ' 



CHAP. VII. 



Is there not an appointed time 
to man upon earth ? are not his 
days also like the days of an 
hireling ? 



HEBREW TEXT. 



I ; • J* ■ IT V ■ 



K -: 1- J- -:(- • I 
!• )• T • • T 



22 



23 



24 



26 



27 



28 



29 



* ; - i- • -r. : 1- 

ju3xi3 mnbn 

K : J' T - :i 

tiWj 'inn-'iiji N3 ilia 

AT ; - J* : - Ti J*.. 

nbi5> ''3i-i3ba-ain 

1 - ' ;'T I 



CHAP. VII. 

I V AT •■ J IV JT T I -: 

: 11^1 ^lab la^Di 

IT T J- T • J 



V. 29. lain: 5{"32 'p la-im V. 1. 'p 



REVISED VERSION. 

Have I said: Give to me; 22 
or. Bestow of your wealth for 

my sake : 
or. Deliver me from an enemy's 23 

hand, 

and from the hand of the vio- 
lent set me free? 
Teach ye me, — and I will 24 
keep silence ; 

and make me know wherein I 
have erred. 

How forcible are right words ! 25 

but what does your upbraid- 
ing prove ? 

Do ye intend to censure words, 26 

when the words of the despair- 
ing are as wind? 

Ye would even cast lots for 27 
the orphan, 

and dig a pit for your friend. 
And now, consent to look 28 
upon me; 

for I will not speak falsely to 
your face. 

Return I pray; let there be 29 
no wrong: 

yea return ; I yet have a righte- 
ous cause. 

Is there wrong in my tongue? 30 

cannot my taste discern what 
is perverse? 

CHAP. VII. 

Has not man a term of war- i 
fare on the earth, 
and are not his days as the days 
of a hireling ? 



V. 28. 2d memb. : For it is manifest to you, if I lie 



Ch. yii. V. 1 : ' warfare ' : service 



V. 28. Consent to look : § 142, 3, 6.— dN, § 155, 2, f, extr., 
Lex. 0, c. So Ewald (in his notes): Ihnen nicht .... frech 
ins Angesicht liigen werde ; Hirzel : Eucli ins Angesicht Itigen 
werd' ich doch wahrlich nlcht; Heiligstedt: et in os vestrum 
profecto non mentiar. Ou the contrary, Gesenius (Lex. n3Q, Gr. 
1, a) : it is he/ore your eyes (manifest) whether I lie. But^his 
connects less happily with the preceding member ; and though 
it was clear to Job himself, he could not assert that it was so 
evident to them. 

V. 29. The Cliethibh (laa) gives no consistent sense ; and 
this (as Schlottmann justly says) is one of the few cases in 
which the Qeri, as a correction of an error in transcribing, is 



entitled to the preference. — I still have a righteous cause. Lit. 
still, my right is in it, — my right is there (Ewald : noch hab' 
ich Recht darin), viz. in the matter under discussion. This 
must be expressed by an equivalent Eng. phrase. Heilig- 
stedt: adhuc justitia mea in eo (ea re) est; adhuc causa mea 
justa est ! 

Ch. VIL V. 1. The evident meaning of the Heb. is: that 
man's life upon earth (his whole earthly life) is like a term of 
service; but the form of expression is not more definite 
than in the translation. 



26 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. VII. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

2 As a servant earnestly de- 
siretli the shadow, and us an 
hireling looketh for tlie reward 
of his work : 

3 So am I made to possess 
months of vanity, and wearisome 
nights are appointed to me. 

4 When I lie down, I say, 
When shall I arise, and the night 
be gone? and I am full of tossiugs 
to and fro unto the dawning of 
the day. 

5 My flesh is clothed with 
worms and clods of dust; my 
skin is broken, and become loath- 
some. 

6 My days are swifter than a 
weaver's shuttle, and are spent 
without hope. 

7 O remember that my life is 
wind: mine eye shall no more 
see good. 

8 The eye of him that hath 
seen me shall see me no more: 
thine eyes are upon me, and I 
am not. 

9 As the cloud is consumed 
and vanisheth away : so he that 
goeth down to the grave shall 
come up no more. 

10 He shall return no more to 
his house neither shall his place 
know him any more. 



HEBREAV TEXT. 



I TirT rr'- 



- — - . _ - - J- ; T 



I AT "I - •( 



• : - T : • 1 - T 

Vat - • ' Ti J- T 

I vrx - -: J* \ I • J e T I 

nai ^nba iijal? 



AT T J : 



r* T • - - T r 



V AT ■ • '-1 J- T 

! nipri GBxa siBaH 



AT - - J • l\ 



/f ' J- •-• n I 



IA~" ~ 'T Tl JT T 



I 1 : J V • - J : 



V. 5. N^-'jJT'siip my\ 



REVISED VERSION. 

As the servant pants for the 2 

shadow, 
and as the hireling longs for 

his wages; 
So I am allotted months of 3 

wretchedness, 
and wearisome nights are ap- 
pointed me. 
When I lie down, I say : 4 
when shall I arise, and the 

night be gone! 
and I am wearied with toss- 

ings, till the morning. 
Myflesh is clothed with rotten- 5 

ness, and clods of earth ; 
my skin closes up, and breaks 

out afresh. 
My days are swifter than a 6 

weaver's shuttle, 
and consume away, without 

hope. 

Remember, that my life is 7 

a breath ; 
my eye shall not again see good. 
The eye of him that seeth me, 8 

shall behold me no more ; 
thine eyes will seek me, but I 

shall not be. 
The cloud consumes away, 9 

and is gone ; 
so he that goes down to the 

un^er-world, shall not come 

up. 

He shall not return again to lo 

his house, 
and his place shall know him 

no more. 



V. 4. ' and the night be gone ' : for long is the night 



V. 5. ' rottenness ' : worms 



V. 4. And the night he gone. So EosenmuUer: quando 
recesserit nor. ■ De Wette : und [wann] weichet die Nacht ; 
Vaihinger : wann weicht die Nacht ; (taking I'na as a verbal 
noun from 1^5, departure, flight). So Gesenius, formerly 
(Lex. Man. 1833) : et (quando) erit fuga noctis ? poet, pro : 
quando fugiet, desinet nox ? So Lange (prefaced by Gesenius, 
1831): Wann steh' ich wieder auf, Und [wannj entflieht die 
Nacht 1 But most philologists now prefer a modification of the 
construction proposed by Lud. de Dieu from the Arabic (Tn^a 
Piel of 'fj-o, Arab, to he extended, or protracted ; comp. 1 K. 
17 : 21). Thus Gesenius (Thes. II. p. 766, after the Arab, 
version of Saadias : extensa (s. longa) fit nox ; Ewald : und 
es dehnt sich lang der Abend (-J. D. Michaelis : die Nacht 
dehnt sich lang) ; Heiligstedt : et longe extendttur (in longum 
extrahitur, diu durat) vespera. 



But the former construction, received by the earlier Christian 
Hebraists from their Jewish teachers, is grammatically correct, 
and has the authority of the accentuation in its favor. xMercier : 
recessus vesperi ; quando tandem nox recesserit? Drusius : 
recessus vespercE ; defecta oratio, quas plena erit si subaudias, 
quando erit ? aut aliquid tale ; ut dicat, quando tandem nox 
recedet ? — Evening, poetically used for night. 

V. 5. Rottenness : the prop, etymol. meaning of the word, and 
given in the best modern versions. Ewald : meinen Leib deckt 
Jloder und Erdkrusten ; Hirzel : Moder, d. h. hier modernde _ 
Geschwilre; Heiligstedt: induit caro mea putredinem. — 
Gesenius (Lex. art. tiVj), dust ; better here as in Lev. 14 : 42, 45. 

V. 8. la, (directed) at, or towards, me ; i. e. in search of me. 
Heiligstedt: Oculi in me erunt, dirigentur, conjicientur j 
Ewald: deine Augen suchen mich. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. VIL 



27 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

11 Therefore I will not refrain 
my mouth ; I will speak in the 
anguish of my spirit ; I will com- 
plain in the bitterness of my 
soul. 

12 Am I a sea, or a whale, 
that thou settest a watch over 
me? 

13 When I say. My bed shall 
comfort me, my couch shall ease 
my complaint; 

14 Then thou scarest me with 
dreams, and terrifiest me through 
visions : 

15 So that my soul choosetli 
strangling, and death rather than 
my life. 

16 I loathe it; I would not 
live alway : let me alone ; for my 
days are vanity. 

17 What is man, that thou 
shouldest magnify him ? and that 
thou shouldest set thine heart 
upon him? 

18 And that thou shouldest 
visit him every morning, and try 
him every moment ? 

19 How long wilt thou not 
depart from me, nor let me alone 
till I swallow down my spittle ? 

20 I have sinned; what shall 
I do unto thee, O thou preserver 
of men ? why hast thou set me 
as a mark against thee, so that I 
am a burden to myself? 



HEBREW TEXT. 

r * I T v: r.- V • 

» J- : T : :v 

: Ides ^na nn^'ix 



c lasffi^a won i<tai 

r T 1 • • • : «■ • 



A -: I- ■ ; • I 

• I- -: r I : V I" 

AT I - ' J- -: I- J- : • - 
IT I - I- r T 

IT T 7 n r * T • I — : 

AT : - : J* ■.Ti T 

I r: • JT •* f T r I 

r.* T : • ' T : • 

'i* \ r I • - . .. i - J 



11 



/T T IT V- 



Iw JT : • I • J- : - T«T 

!N->a52b lbs rrinxi 



12 



13 



14 



1-J 



16 



17 



18 



19 



J- T v.* : IV T 



V. 14. '3 N"D3 ni?3lbn3 K"33 

lb. nuinnai k":3 V. 20. b^ybai na-i 



REVISED VERSION. 

As for me, I will not restrain 11 

my mouth; 
I will speak, in the anguish 

of my spirit ; 
I will complain in the bitter- 
ness of my soul. 
Am I a sea, or a monster of 12 

the deep, 
that thou shouldst set a watch 

over me? 
When I say: My bed shall 13 

comfort me, 
my couch shall lighten my 

complaint; 
then thou scarest me with 14 

dreams, 
and terrifiest me by visions. 
So that my soul chooseth 15 

strangling, — 
death, rather than my bones! 
I waste away; I shall not al- i> 

ways live ; 
cease from me; for my days 

are a vapor. 
What is man, that thou n 

shouldst magnify him, 
and set thy thoughts upon 

him ; 

that thou shouldst visit him 18 

every morning, [him? 
shouldst, every moment, try 
How long wilt thou not look 19 

away from me, 
nor let me alone, till I can 

swallow my spittle? 
If I sin, what do I unto thee, 20 

thou observer of men ? 
Wherefore hast thou made me 

thy mark, 
that I should become a burden 

to myself? 



V. 16. I loathe it; I would not live always | 'yapor ' : bi'eath V. 20. 



If I sin in what I do unto thee, thou observer of 
wherefore dost thou make me thy mark, [men, 
so that I am become a burden to myself? 



V. 13. a KiH3 ; a partitive, Ges. Lex. A, 2, b, and Nbs 
4, b ; comp. especially, Num. 11 : 17 ; Neh. 4 : 11. 

V. 14. Hirzel : So dass lieber meine Seele Erstickung wahlte, 
Tod als (diese) meine Gebeine ; Ewald : lieber Tod als diese 
Knochen. This is pertinent ; and no other construction of '^■o 
is allowable. The sense proposed by Gesenius (Thes. II. 
p. 1058 : mortem malo quam dolores meos), has less of point, 
and there is no authority for the change of reading suggested. 



V. 10. J shall not live, — is the meaning of this form of the 
verb, and the sense required by the connection. 

V. 20. If I sin, what do I Sfc. (§ 155. 4, a). So Hirzel; a 
construction far more pertinent than Ewald's: If I have 
sinned in what I do unto thee, why hast thou made me 
ifc, — a challenge vrithout any pretence of justifica- 
tion. 



28 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. VHI. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

21 And wby dost thou not 
pardon my transgression, and 
take away mine iniquity? for 
now shall I sleep in the dust; 
and thou shalt seek me in the 
morning, but I shall not be. 



CHAP. VIII. 

Then answered Bildad the Shu- 
hite, and said, 

2 How long wilt thou speak 
these tJiino-s ? and how Ions; shall 
the words of thy mouth he like a 
strong wind ? 

3 I)oth God pervert judg- 
ment? or doth the Almighty 
pervert justice ? 

4 If thy children have sinned 
against him, and he have cast 
them away for their transgres- 
sion ; 

5 If thou wouldest seek unto 
God betimes, and make thy sup- 
plication to the Almighty ; 

6 If thou ivert pure and up- 
right, surely now he would awake 
for thee, and make the habita- 
tion of thy righteousness pros- 
perous. 

7 Though thy beginning was 
small, yet thy latter end should 
greatly increase. 

8 For inquire, I pray thee, of 
the former age, and pi-epare thy- 
self to the search of their fathers : 



HEBREW TEXT. 

'^jiujEj K^an-N'b I 1^2*1 21 

AT : V JT T IV T -1 I* 



CHAP. VIII. 



AT ; • J"- : " "I 
A : rr I /v t 



A" V J" - : T -V 

'it - : * - - V I 



IT T- : b- 

I AV T .■ T -1 !■ 



AT : ■ jl : r •• jt t : 



' A ■ J : Ti - : I* 



V. 8. ^"i^ x"3a 



REVISED VERSION. 

And why wilt thou not pardon 21 

my transgression, 
and remit my iniquity ? 
For soon, I shall lie down in 22 

the dust ; 
and thou wilt seek me, — but 

I shall not be. 

CHAP. VIII. 

Then answered Bildad, the 1 

Shuhite, and said : 
How long wilt thou speak 2 
these things, 
and the words of thy mouth 

be a strong wind? 
Will God pervert right, 3 
or will the Almighty pervert 
justice? 

Though thy sons have sinned 4 
against him, 

and he hath given them into 
the power of their trans- 
gression : 

if thou thyself wouldst seek 5 
God, 

and make supplication to the 

Almighty ; 
if thou wert pure and up- 6 

right ; 

surely even now, he would 
awake for thee, 

and make thy righteous dwell- 
ing secure. 

Then, though thy beginning 7 
be small, 

thy end shall be exceeding 
great. 

For inquire, I pray, of the 8 
former generation, 
and note what their fathers 
have searched out. 



V. 4. "When thy sons sinned against him, | he gave 



V. 6. ' awake for ' : watch over 



Ch. VIII. V. 4. C15); concessive (§ 155, 2, g, Lex. C, 2), as in 
9 : 15 and 30. If taken as simply conditional here (which is 
not at all in the spirit of Bildad), it must still be regarded 
as affecting both clauses of the verse, — viz : if thy sons 
have sinned against him, and he hath (accordingly) given 
tfe. 

V. 6. tip)?: not then, in that case, (Hirzel, Ewald, &c.) 
which is far below the emphasis here. Meaning : surely, now 
(even in this extremity of wretchedness), he would awake for 



thee (arouse himself for thy deliverance). — Dwelling: the 
other meaning, pastures, is not appropriate here. The place 
where the righteous man dwells, may properly be called a 
righteous dwelling ; but there is no such ground for the phrase 
righteous pastures. Moreover, the restoration of Ms pastures 
(Hirzel), was not the most pressing want of a man who had 
no hope of life. Make thy dwelling secure, comprehends all. 
The 'Suff. belongs to the complex idea, § 121, 6. 
V. 7. niM ; Perf. as in 7 : 20. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. VIIL 



29 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

9 (For we are hit of yester- 
day, and know nothing, because 
our days upon earth are a sha- 
dow :) 

10 Shall not they teach thee, 
and tell thee, and utter words 
out of their heart ? 

11 Can the rush grow up with- 
out mire ? can the flag grow with- 
out water ? 

13 Whilst it is yet in his 
greenness, and not cut down, it 
withereth before any other herb. 

13 So are the paths of all that 
forget Grod ; and the hypocrite's 
hope shall perish : 

14 Whose hope shall be cut 
off, and whose trust shall he a 
spider's web. 

15 He shall lean upon his 
house, but it shall not stand : he 
shall hold it fast, but it shall not 
endure. 

16 He is green before the sun, 
and his branch shooteth forth in 
his garden. 

17 His roots are wrapped 
about the heap, and seeth the 
place of stones. 

18 If he destroy him from his 
place, then it shall deny him, 
saying, I have not seen thee. 



HEBREW TEXT. 




AT" J : : — :i J : i* 


9 


1 V IT • : J"T «• <■ 






1 


:bifej: iiKisii Qiiai 




AT • J : •: \. V : i* : 


11 


• IT • : rr v ; • 




'<v't -J . ;v J... 


12 


J mil -|ian-^3 iDB^sl 

XT • J* T T f ; • : 






13 






Tl5t33 aipi-'itix 


14 


it:* , • t - r* 




A -:|- J : "V - Ij" T • 


TJ 


MP J : ' ^- a- 




^ad-iJEi^ Kin ab'n 

V AT " : • ^ J T 


J.6 






!i5a&i ii^a-iiii h-^Jiy 

AT 'i ; JT T IT -V — 


17 


r." VI I'.' J' T T 






18 






V. 11. nSttJi X"i3 V. 12. will N"23 
V. 16. 31B"I X"23 V. 18. lapa^ N"n 



REVISED VERSION. 

For we are of yesterday, and 9 

know nothing; 
for our days upon earth are a 

shadow. 
Will not they instruct thee, 

and tell thee, 
and utter words from their 

heart : — 
Does the paper-rush shoot 

up, except in the marsh ? 
will the marsh-grass grow 

without water ? 
While yet in its greenness, 

and they cut it not, 
it drieth up, sooner than any 
. herb. 

So are the ways of all who 

forget God ; 
the hope of the impure shall 

perish. 

For his confidence shall be 
cut off ; 

and his trust, it is a spider' s- 
web. 

He shall lean upon his house, 
but it shall not abide ; 

he shall lay hold on it, but it 
shall not stand. 

He, in the face of the sun, is 16 
green, 

and his sprouts shoot forth 

over his garden. 
Over a stone-heap are his i" 

roots entwined ; 
he seeth the habitation of 

stones. 

When he shall be destroyed I8 

from his place, 
it shall deny him : I have not 

seen thee. 



10 



11 



12 



13 



14 



V. 10. !i"iai{i, the asyndote construction ; comp. § 155, a. 

V. 12. They cut it not, (lit. it is not cut, being not yet 
ready to be gathered). So Ewald paraphrases : noch nicht 
abzuschneiden. — Second member, 1 before the apodosis, § 155, 
a, 3d Tf. 

"V. 14. uipi ; the root ap, in the form aap, intrans. 

V. 17. So Gesenius (Thes. and Lex.), De "Wette, Heilig- 
Btedt, Vaihinger and most of the earlier translators. It is the 
only version that suits the simple and natural expression of the 
original ; and the explanation long ago given by Olympiodorus 
Is doubtless the true one ; viz. that the wicked is here likened 



to a plant springing up in a stony soil, and perishing for lack 
of depth of earth. — Second member ; Umbreit : am Gemauer 
rankt er hin ; Ewald : fest am Hiigel schlingen sich die "Wur- 
zeln; Steine trennt er von einander. Of these and similar recent 
versions, Heiligstedt justly says: duras et nimis artificiosae 
sunt. An interpretation which assumes here a climling jlant, 
already overtopping the house, takes much for granted. The 
construction put upon QiD3X n^S, though grammatical, is not 
its strict, idiomatic use, and the material is wholly without 
significance in the connection. 

V. 18. The impersonal for the passive (§ 137, 3, Note *). 



■ 



30 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. IX. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

19 Behold, this is the joy of 
his way, and out of the earth 
shall others grow. 

20 Behold, God will not cast 
away a perfect man, neither will 
he help the evil doers : 

21 Till he fill thy mouth with 
laughing, and thy lips with re- 
joicing. 

22 They that hate thee shall 
be clothed with shame ; and the 
dwelling place of the wicked 
shall come to nought. 



CHAP. IX. 

Then Job answered and said. 



now 



2 I know it is so of a truth : but 
how should man be just with 
od? 

If he will contend with him, 
cannot answer him one of a 
thousand. 



4 He is wise in heart, and 
mighty in strength : who hath 
hardened himself against him, and 
hath prospered ? 

5 Which removeth the moun- 
tains, and they know not : which 
overturneth them in his anger ; 

6 Which shaketh the earth 
out of her place, and the pillars 
thereof tremble ; 

7 Which commandetli the sun , 
and it riseth not ; and sealeth up 
the stars; 



HEBREW TEXT. 



A : J : I ' V 



AT - I • J "K I V 

I" -I -1 ' • ".r /I 



IT I I V T I 



r.- " T 1 T ^ I 



CHAP. IX. 
'iD-lS ISSJII t23^2X 

i'bit.-ti'J p'n:!:'=t-n?2!i 

'7 TT •• J — r-ir / 

n's yiaxi dsn 

~ * I J* - ; T "t J — : 



*T T J 1 • T\ ' J* I - - 



I - » JTT -I er -T 



'it-;* TV - I 



AT : • J I 



I : - J' T I V : 



19 



JjiQ pinto 21 



22 



i-l 



V. 20. i"ii:£2 i<"3i V. 21. 'X tDp32i 

V. 7. Qirin-i x"3a 



n 



REVISED VERSION. 

Lo, that is the joy of his 19 
way, 

and from the dust shall others 

sprout up. 
Lo, God will not spurn the 20 

upright, 
nor take hold of the hand of 

the wicked. 
While he fills thy mouth with 21 

laughter, 
and thy lips with rejoicing, 
they that hate thee shall be 22 

clothed with shame : 
but the habitation of the 

wicked, — it comes to 

naught. 

CHAP. IX. 

Then answered Job, and i 
said : 

Of a truth, I know that it is so ; 2 
for how can man be just with 
God? 

If he should desire to contend 3 

with him, 
he could not answer him, for 

one of a thousand. 
Wise in heart, and strong in 4 

power ! 

who withstands him and is 
secure ? 

He that removeth mountains, 6 

ere they are aware ; 
who overturneth them in his 

anger. 

He that makes the earth to 6 
tremble from its place ; 

and the pillars thereof are 
shaken. 

He that bids the sun, and it 7 

shineth not, 
and sealeth up the stars ; 



J- 3 ^ If He were pleased to contend with him, 



he could not answer Him 



V. 7. ' shineth ' : riseth 



V. 20. TaJce hold of the hand: as in Is. 42 : 6 ; Ps. 73 : 23. 
V. 21. TJ, (Lex. C, 1), as in 1 : 18. 

Ch. IX. V. 3. yh'^^l' expresses active volition, as in 13 : 3. 

V. 5. Gesenius (Thes. II. p. 570), non animad- 

vcrti dicuntur ea, quse tam inopinato et subito fiunt, ut jam 
facta sint, antequam animum ad ea advertas. (Man. Lex. B, 



1, a). Tyndale: or ever they he aware; so Coverdale, Cran- 
mer, Bishops. This fine expression of the Hebrew conception, 
was first lost to the English reader in the Genevan Tersion. 

V, 7. h^l"^ : in its strict etj^m. signification (spargere ra- 
dios), as in 2 K. 3 : 22. So Hirzel : und sie strahlt nicht 
(mehr) ; n^T steht nicht bloss vom Aufgange der Sonne, 
sondern auch Tom ErglSnzen des Lichtes iiberhaupt. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. IX. 



31 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

8 Which alone spreadeth out 
the heavens, and treadeth upon 
the waves of the sea ; 

9 Which maketh Arcturus, 
Orion, and Pleiades, and the 
chambers of the south ; 

10 Which doeth great things 
past finding out ; yea, and won- 
ders without number. 

11 Lo, he goeth by me, and I 
see him not : he passetli on also, 
but I perceive him not. 

12 Behold, he taketh away, 
who can hinder him? who will 
say unto him, What doest thou ? 

13 If God will not withdraw 
his anger, the proud helpers do 
stoop under him. 

14 How much less shall I 
answer him, and choose out my 
words to reason with him ? 

15 Whom, though I were 
righteous, yet would I not answer, 
but I would make supplication to 
my judge. 

16 If I had called, and he had 
answered me ; yet would I not 
believe that he had hearkened 
unto my voice. 

17 For he breaketh me with 
a tempest, and multiplieth my 
wounds without cause. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

■{•na^ di^ad nab 

rr •• t; rr - I I 

naiDi bias tjy nms 

T • : r I Ti V J 

: -.Tan iiini 
:^s&^i nixbaii 

rr ; - if - t : • i 

I ' J- T It I .1- I 



r.- -: t- - T - r- r 

A - J* T I - Vtl 

■ (T " : J T IT : " 

rfrv: r.* J' IT r ' -i 

^■ftiv J • ' : - TV • JV 

'IT - 1 V • : I I • 



•A" - * T 'ti 
ft I y -:tr t- ' ■ -: I- i 



•A" : *T T : • :■ 



11 



12 



13 



14 



16 



17 



V. 8. -j-in V. 9. ■jTiin 

V. 13. 'p i"innn V. 14. k"d2 



REVISED VERSION. 

He spread out the heavens, 8 
alone, 

and treads upon the heights 

of the sea. 
He made the Bear, Orion, and 9 

the Pleiads, 
and the secret chambers of the 

South. 

He doeth great things, beyond lo 

searching out, 
and wonders, without number. 
Lo, he goes by me, but I ii 

see him not ; 
he passes along, but I do not 

perceive him. 
Lo, he seizes the prey; who 12 

shall hinder him ? 
who will say to him : What 

doest thou ? 
God will not turn away his 13 

anger ; 

proud helpers bow beneath it. 
Should I then answer him ? — 14 
choose out my words against 
him ? 

Whom, though I be righteous, 15 
I would not answer ; 

I would make supplication to 
my judge. 

If I called, and he answered 16 
me, 

I would not believe that he 
listened to my voice. 

For he dashes me in pieces 17 
with a tempest, 

and multiplies my wounds 
without cause. 



V. 8. ' spread out ' : bows 



V. 11. ' goes by ' : assails V. 17. ' For ' : He that | ' dashes me in pieces ' : assails me 



V. 11. Goes by me 0>'S as in Lex. 3); so Ewald: Da zieht 
mir vorbei; Ileiligstedt : En praDterit me; Vaihinger: Er 
falirt an mir Yorbei ; Schlottmann: Er fiihrt vorViber an mir; 
so Hirzel, and others. Gesenius (Lex. 'lay, 5, b), he rushes 
upon (or assails) me ; but the other sense better suits the 
connection. 

V. 13. dn'i, in its etyra. signification. Ileiligstedt: Sub eo 
incurvant se, ei succumbunt adjutores ferocice, adjutores fero- 
ces i. e. ii, qui suo robore et potentia freti et inflati alios, qui 
Deo repugnant, adjuvare conantur. Its special application to 
Egypt (adopted by many here), is not suited to this con- 
nection. Hirzel's objection to the former, that there is nothing 
to show what helpers are meant, is obviated by the questions 



in the previous verse. Any such are meant, as presumptu- 
ously interpose between him and the object of his displeasure. 

V. 14. Umbreit : Und i c h sollte Ked' ihm stehen ? 
Ewald : Wie nun sollt' i c h ihm erwiedern ? — ti'J : prop, the 
constr. prcegn., — (to contend) with == against. 

V. 15. ax concessive, with the Per/., Lex. 4, 2. — ''::ai^i2 ; 
not my assailant (Gesenius, Lex.), is qui mecum litigat (Ilei- 
ligstedt), which has very little point ; but, him that judgeth 
me. So De Wette, Hirzel, Vaihinger and others. L^mbreit 
has well expressed the meaning: I would not contend with 
God as an adversary ; but would recognize him as my judge 
and humbly entreat him to declare my innocence. 

V. 17. Tijjt^ in the sense of for = yaQ (§ 155, e, c ; Lex 



32 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. IX. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

18 He will not suffer me to 
take my breath, but filleth me 
with bitterness. 

19 If I speak of strength, lo, 
lie is strong: and if of judgment, 
who shall set me a time to idcad ? 

20 If I justify myself, mine 
own mouth shall condemn me : 
If I say, I am perfect, it shall also 
prove me perverse. 

21 Though I were perfect, yet 
would I not know my soul : I 
would despise my life. 

22 This is one tldng, therefore 
I said it, He destroyeth tlie per- 
fect and the wicked. 

23 If the scourge slay sudden- 
ly, he will laugh at the trial of 
the innocent. 

24 The earth is given into the 
hand of the wicked : he covereth 
the faces of the judges thereof; 
if not, where, a7id who is he? 



HEBREW TEXT. 

insi-i aii3n lisni -vih 18 

K J- T I 

nsn v'-'^ie. nb'b-Qx 19 



; 15115)11 la DEiDap-dXI 

I J' T : • : • ; 



135)10-11 1Q p'^2S<-dN 
. i3Tap5)i1 1DX QPl 



1^35 3)"ix-s<^5 15M; nn 21 
iniax Niii-nnx 22 

• : A" T 'j" - - 

sn^sn !!4)in 5)on' 

iv- : J T T : n 



dxns) niai aia-Qst 23 
! 55)^1 djp^ n&a'b 

5)i:i-iia nspii 1 rnx 24 

T T - 1: T ; • J V <v 

ntDSi inii:2Siii-i5Q 

Av- : T jv : I r- : 



V. 18. di'm-iaa n"::^ V. 22. i^apn 

V. 23. diip3 N"3:: 



■1^5) 



REVISED VERSION. 

He will not suffer me to re- I8 
cover my breath ; 

but fills me with bitter 
plagues. 

If it be of might, lo he is the 19 
Strong ! 

and if of right, who will ap- 
point me a time ? 

Though I were righteous, my 20 
own mouth would con- 
demn me ; 

if I were perfect, he would 
show me perverse. 

Though perfect, I should take 21 
no thought for myself, 

nor should I value my life. 

It is all the same ; therefore I 22 
say, — 

he consumes the righteous 

and the wicked. 
When the scourge shall sud- 23 

denly destroy, 
he mocks at the distress of 

the innocent. 
The earth is given into the 24 

hand of the wicked; 
the face of its judges he vails ; 
if not, who then is it ? 



y -j^Q 5 If i'' ^® °f might of the strong: — Lo, here am I; 
\ and if of right : — "V 



-Who will appoint me a time ? 



B, 3, extr.). If taken as a relative, referring to the subject of 
the last clause, (Hirzel : geht auf das Subject in "jilXi ), the 
general sense is the same. — ; clearly the same as the Aram, 
pjj.ui and 5)5^y, tercre, conterere. The comparison with t]i<'ii: 
(Umbreit, Ewald), has far less probability. 

V. 18. 13, after a negative, hut on the contrary (= son- 
dern) ; § 155, e, d, Lex. B, 3, a. 

V. 19. The general sense of vv. 19-21 is well expressed by 
Schnurrer (Diss, philol-crit. p. 213) ; sensus hujus loci hie est : 
quocunque modo rem aggrediar, sive vi sive jure, vincere Deum 
in mea causa frustra conabor. — b, in the sense of belonsrinn- or 
pertaining to ; if it depends on might &c. The remainder 
of the verse I take in the simple and natural construction 
given in the text. So. in the main point, it is expressed by 
Schlottmann : Kommt es auf Kraft an : sieh da den Gewalti- 
gen ! oder auf Recht : wer will ihn vorladen ! The separation, 
as he remarks, of n'd from 'j'lJaX is not contrary to the accents ; 
for these also connect the latter with fi:n. The construction 
adopted by most of the recent translators (which regards the 



last clause of each member as language ascribed to God), is 
given with much spirit by Ewald : 

Gilt's des Starken Kraft ?— " sieh da !" 

oder gilt es Eecht? — " wer wird mich fordern?" 

V. 21. Tliough ifc. Of the other possible combinations of 
these words, the one now adopted by many after Schnurrer's 
suggestion (Diss, philol-crit. p. 215), seems the only admissi- 
ble one in the connection, viz. (v. 21) Insons ego sum — non 
euro me — odi vitam meam. (v. 22) Perinde est, hinc dico : 
insontes una cum improbis (Deus) absumit. But though 
grammatically correct, it does not connect well with the pre- 
ceding course of thought, nor make a happy transition to the 
following one. As expressed in the text, it forms a proper 
close of the thought. 

V. 22. Kin ntix, it is one and the same thing. There is no 
need of supposing an ellijjsis (of Tn-o e. g., there is one measure 
for all), as suggested by Hirzel, after the explanation of the 
Targum. 

V. 21. it35<, is connected by Gesenius (Lex. b), with the 
preceding negative ; but by the accents, more properly, with 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. IX. 



33 



KING JAMES' VERSION. 

25 Now my days are swifter 
than a post : they flee away, they 
see no sood. 

26 They are passed away as 
the swift ships : as the eagle that 
hasteth to the prey. 

27 If I say, I will forget my 
complaint, I will leave off my 
heaviness, and comfort mijsclf; 

28 I am afraid of all my sor- 
rows, I know that thou wilt not 
hold me innocent. 

29 If I be wicked, why then 
labour I in vain? 

30 If I wash myself with snow 
water, and make my hands never 
so clean ; 

31 Yet shalt thou plunge me 
in the ditch, and mine own 
clothes shall abhor me. 

32 For he is not a man, as I 
am, that I should answer liim, 
ajid we should come together in 
judgment. 

33 Neither is there any da5^s- 
man betwixt ns, that might lay 
his hand upon us both. 

34 Let him take his rod away 
from me, and let not his fear 
terrify me : 

35 Then would I speak, and 
not fear him ; but it is not so with 
me. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

I AT • • '-1 j-T : 

IT / I : IT 

nax ni'iDx-Qi" tsisn 26 
inib nnsdx iir^s-dx 27 

T !• ; : J- T VT : ■-■ r/ 

irib^5!-bD ipi'niii 28 

AT ; - T • :/ T 

fisin xb-is iRrJn^ 

AT : V i- FT 

rr • V jv V T IT 

V AT * : - : r-T : • 

IT J ; • • :i- 

"isbsiatn nri-ia ix 31 

IT : - • I* I 

*1S55.'X iJi-cS tjiX-NV"i3 32 

Avv: r.* ■ J T J' I • 

IT : * - T ; /T 

u^'zi'D iijiais-a"' !sb 33 

- A- J" •• J 

p" : ~ J T v 

^is-Q '•toi 34 



• 1- -: t- : - T I" : 



I- T • ' r If 



V. 



V. 30. 'p 112:3 

31. inoi':: 



inn N jn 

V. 34. inni 'a 



REVISED VERSION. 

My days are swifter than a 25 

runner ; 
they are fled, and have seen 

no good. 
They have passed by, like the 26 

reed-skiffs ; 
as the eagle darts upon the 

prey. 

If I say : I will forget my 27 
complaining, 

I will change my aspect, and 
be joyous : 

then I shudder at all my woes ; 28 

I know thou wilt not declare 
me innocent. 

I, I am accounted guilty ; 29 

why then should I weary my- 
self in vain! 

Though I wash myself in so 
snow-water, 

and cleanse my hands with 
lye; 

then, thou wilt plunge me 31 

into the pit, 
and my clothes would abhor 

me. 

For he is not man, like me, 32 
that I should answer him ; 

that we should enter into 
judgment together. 

There is no arbiter between 33 
us, 

that might lay his hand upon 

us both. 
Let him turn away his rod 34 

from me, 
that the dread of him may 

not overawe me : 
I will speak, and will not be 35 

afraid of him ; 
for not so am I, in myself. 



V. 26. like robber-ships (V. R.) V. 27. 'be joyous': look cheerful Y. 30. 'snow-water': suow (Y. R.) 



the following interrogative, — now who = who then. So Ewald : 
Wenn nicht, — nun wer ist's denn? Heiligstedt: interroga- 
tionem Yividiorem reddit; in quis quceso? quisnam? 
This the accentuation requires here (though not. indeed, where 
the same form occurs in Gen. 24:25); and Olshausen is, 
therefore, mistaken in saj^ing, that it is durch die Acccnt- 
setzung im A. T. durchweg widerlcgt. 

Y. 29. i^piSJJ, emphatic ; I am singled out to be treated as 
the guilty one. — Am accounted guilty: such is the force of 



the Imperf. here, expressing a continued state or condition ; 
lit. I shall be guilty, i. e. shall be held to be so. Yaihinger : 
Ich, ich soil schuldig sein. Schlottmann, in the same sense : 
Ich bin einmal verdammt 1 So Ilirzel : I c h bin nun einmal 
dazu verurtheilt. 

Y. 35, 2d member. This is well expressed and explained 
by Hirzel: Denn nicht also (d. h. wie einem der sich vor ihm 
fiirchten miisste im Bewusstsein seiner Schuld), tin ich lei 
mir (d. h. sieht es bei mir, in meinem Inneren, aus). 



34 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. X. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 
CHAP. X. 

My soul is weary of my life ; I 
will leave my complaint upon 
myself; I will speak in the bit- 
terness of my soul. 



2 I will say unto God, Do not 
condemn me ; shew me where- 
fore thou contendest with me. 

3 Is it good unto thee that 
thou shouldest oppress, that thou 
shouldest despise the work of 
thine hands, and shine upon the 
counsel of the wicked ? 



4 Hast thou eyes of flesh ? or 
seest thou as main seeth ? 

5 Are thy days as the days of 
man? are thy years as man's 
days, 

6 That thou inquirest after 
mine iniquity, and searchest after 
my sin ? 

7 Thou knowest that I am 
not wicked ; and there is none that 
can deliver out of thine hand. 

S Thine hands have made me 
and fashioned me tosrether round 
about ; yet thou dost destroy me. 

9 Eemember, I beseech thee, 
that thou hast made me as the 
clay; and wilt thou bring me 
into dust again? 



HEBREW TEXT. 
CHAP. X. 

i^na hiiisD n-jp3 

K • J- T jT : V r." 

?jiB3 SIS'; G5<'!2n 13 

iPissin Q'lS!'::-! m^'-^ssi 



"W JT T J" " t- 

1 T J v: J" • — 

A- -: I- 'j- - : i- 



i5ni;!)5) ^an2-i3 NJ-ist 

• AT • V J - I- T(. T : 



REVISED VERSION. 
CHAP. X. 

My soul is weary of my i 
life ; 

I will give free course to my 
complaint ; 

I will speak in the bitterness 
of my soul. 

I will say unto God, do not 2 
hold me guilty ; 

show me, wherefore thou con- 
tendest with me. 

Does it seem good to thee, 3 
that thou shouldst op- 
press, 

shouldst contemn the work 

of thy hands, 
and shine upon the counsel 

of the wicked ? 
Hast thou eyes of flesh, 4 
or seest thou as man seeth? 

Are thy days as man's days, 6 
or are thy years as the days 

of a man ? 
That thou shouldst seek after 6 

my iniquity, 
and shouldst search for my 

sin ; 

though thou knowest I am 7 

not wicked, 
and none can deliver from 

thy hand. 
Thy hands have fashioned 8 

me, and made me, 
in every part ; and yet thou 

dost destroy ma ! 
Remember now, that thou 9 

hast formed me, as with 

clay; 

and wilt thou bring me to 
dust again ? 



v. 3. Is it a pleasure to thee ; or, Is it seemly for thee 



' shine upon ' : favor 



Ch. X. V. 1. Lit. I will let loose within me my complaint, 
i. e. will not restrain it within myself, but give it utterance; 
bs>, as in 30 : 16, comp. Lex. 3, e. Heiligstedt, not so well : 
ilsy super me, i. e. ita, ut querela mea me superet. Hirzel, 
better : ich will sie bei mir loslassen, sich frei ergiessen 
lassen. 

V. 7. Vj, Gesenius, Lex. A, 1, b, §. 

V. 8. 31310 : all around, on every side, = in every 



part. — i5^"i!3lri1 ; the Vav. cons, denoting here succession of 
time. Hirzel : und nun, nachdem du mich mit solchem Fleisse 
gebildet hast, willst du mich verderben ! Heiligstedt : et nunc, 
postquam tanta diligentia et cura me formasti, me deles ! The 
effect of the Vav is adversative. 

V. 9. 'n^DHS : 3, § 118, Rem. c ; art. designating the common 
and well known material for moulding. Schlottmann: Ge- 
denke, dass wie aus Thon du mich gemacht. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. X. 



35 



KING JAMES VERSIOjNT. 

10 Hast thou not potived me 
out as milk, and curdled me like 
clieese ? 

11 Thou hast clothed me with 
skin and flesh, and hast fenced 
me with bones and sinews. 

12 Thou hast granted me life 
and favour, and thy visitation 
hath preserved my spirit. 

13 And these ihins-shast thou 



hid in thine heart 
this is with thee. 



I know that 



14 If I sin, then thou markest 
me, and thou wilt not acquit me 
from mine iniquity. 

15 If I be wicked, wo unto 
me ; and if I be righteous, yet 
will I not lift up my head. Jam 
full of confusion ; therefore see 
thou mine affliction ; 

16 For it increaseth. Thou 
huntest me as a fierce lion : and 
again thou shewest thyself mar- 
vellous upon me. 

17 Thou renewest thy witness- 
es against me, and increasest 
thine indignation upon me ; 
changes and war are against me. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

' ft' • - T T '.1 J : 

• A" • : - T T ^ J 



K T • 



T J* T 



JT : IT 



aa^ba PUBS rkii^. 

Iavt : • T :j-t ■/ •• :v 



• AT : - : 



ft- JT V I • ' ; - T :\ 

jiiDy nxi^i 'ii'ip rab 
'^j'isian ^n-is 

: J- V : • ^ 

i- /T - ; • T : 

i'i53S' trci's ami 

■ jl : - I- '.■-■VI 

! IKS! ni3"iin 



11 



12 



13 



14 



la 



16 



17 



REVISED VERSION. 

Didst thou not make me flow lo 

as milk, 
and thicken like the curd ; — 
clothe me with skin and li 

flesh, 

with bones and sinews inter- 
weave me? 

Life and favor thou hast 12 
granted me, 

and thy providence has pre- 
served my spirit. 

Yet these things thou didst 13 
hide in thy heart ; 

I know that this was in thy 
mind. 

If I sin, thou observest me, 14 
and wilt not absolve me from 

my guilt. 
If I am wicked, woe unto me>J 15 
and if righteous, I may not 

lift my head, — 
filled with shame, and the 

sight of my misery ! 
If it lift itself up, thou dost I6 

hunt me, like the lion, 
and show again thy wondrous 

power upon me. 
Thou renewest thy witnesses 17 

against me, 
and increasest thy displeasure 

towards me, — 
with host succeedina: host 



V. 10. nai23:i n 



against me. 



V. 13. 'hide': lay up 



Y./&. Jnn'iliiS : as the zeugma cannot be retained here, the 
scnsv must be expressed by a verb suited to both objects. 



V. 13. 
V. 15, 



W : Lex. 2, 
last clause. 



c. 



In this diflBcult combination, nx'i may 



be regarded as Inf. constr. (comp. § 75, Remarks, 17), construed 
as a second limitation of the Adj. (§ 112, 2), — and with seeing*. 
If wo regard it as the constr. of i-i^^i (as suggested by 
Schultens, satiatus et videns, i. e, experiens, and approved by 
Gesenius, Heiligstedt, Schlottmann and others), the general 
sense is the same. Therefore behold thou (Rosenmiiller, 
Bottcher) though grammatically easiest, interrupts the course 
of thought. 

* This, I find, has alrcad}' been proposed by Bottcher, Pro- 
ben alttestamentlicher Schrifterklarung, S. 22. I think him 
mistaken, however, in confining -p^p to its active sense : Satt 

det Schm-ach (von Freunden und Bekannten). It was the sense 
of shame, and of personal dishonor, caused by the sight of his 
miseries viewed as evidences of God's displeasure, that would 
not allow him to lift up the head. It does not appear, that 
the reproaches of his friends had any such effect upon him. 



V. 16. iiXii'i'i : there can hardly be a doubt of its reference 
(as construed in all recent versions), to bx'i, as proudly raised 
in conscious innocence. Junius & Tremellius : Quum attollil 
sese, nimirum caput mcum ; and so Cocceius : et erigerelur, 
scil. caput meum. The older view (Mercier and others), re- 
ferring it to effertur, or effert sese, does not suit the 
connection. — Second member ; ailJn, § 142, 3, h. Hirzel : und 
aufs Neue deine Wunderkraft an mir beweisen ; Schlottmann : 
zeigst wieder deine Wundermacht an mir. — The shortened form 
of the Impf. (vv. 16, 17), in a conditional clause, as in § 128, 
2, c. 

V. 17. i':t53 : Strictly, over against me, confronting me. 
Ewald : fiihrtest neue Zeugen wider mich ; Schlottmann : du 
erneuerst gegen mich deine Zeugen; Heiligstedt: coram me, 
i. e. mihi ex adverso = adversus, contra me.— Third member ; 
lit. ivith changes and a host (the adverb, accus.) ; by Hendia- 
dys, with alternating hosts = with host succeeding host. 
The Hendiadys can seldom be expressed in English, and an 
equivalent phrase must be used. 



36 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XI. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

18 Wherefore then liast thou 
brought me forth out of the 
womb ? Oh that I had given up 
the ghost, and no eye had seen me! 

19 I should have been as 
though I had not been ; I should 
have been carried from the womb 
to the grave. 

20 Are not my days few ? 
cease then, and let me alone, that 
I may take comfort a little, 



21 Before I go whence I shall 
not return, even to the land of 
darkness and the shadow of 
death ; 

32 Aland of darkness, as dark- 
ness itself; and of the shadow of 
death, without any order, and 
where the light is as darkness. 



CHAP. XI. 

Then answered Zophar the 
Naamathite, and said, 

2 Should not the multitude of 
words be answered ? and should 
a man full of talk be justified? 

3 Should thy lies make men 
hold their peace? and when thou 
mockest, shall no man make thee 
ashamed? 

4 For thou hast said. My doc- 
trine is pure, and I am clean in 
thine eyes. 

5 But Oh that God would 
speak, and open his lips against 
thee ; 

6 And that he would shew 
thee the secrets of wisdom, that 
ihe^j are double to that which is ! 



HEBREW TEXT. 



:b3>ix '-s^ 



AT -: r J- T J- : I -: 

n : T ; - ; ■ V • i- t 

V rr : - : ' I v j I v v.* 

I : T T - I V <7 

• T : 1 : V T : - 1 

V I : - / - 

CHAP XI. 



1 IT : • • J- T : \- ■ : 



A"- - J •:: 'J- - r- t ; 



' I IT • JT T : V- ; • : 



T : T J •., -: I- I : : 

*T • i: -A- : * f 



18 



19 



21 



22 



V. 18. "iDnxsn k"d3 v. 20. 'p 

ib. 'p ni'iji ns"i 'a V. 3. b-i^JSa 5<"53 



REVISED VERSION. 

Why then didst thou bring 18 

me forth from the womb V 
I should have died, and no eye 

would have seen me. 
I should be, as if I had not lo 

been ; — 
should have been borne from 

the womb to the grave. 
Are not my days few ? Let 20 

him forbear ! 
let him withdraw from me, 

that I may rejoice a little 

while : 

before I shall go, and not re- 21 
turn ; 

to the land of darkness and of 

death-shade ; 
a land of gloom like the thick 22 

darkness, 
of death-shade, without order ; 
and the light is as thick dark- 



ness. 



CHAP. XI. 



Then answered Zophar, 1 

the Naamathite, and said : 
Shall the multitude of 2 

words not be answered ? 
or shall a man of talk be 

accounted right ? 
shall thy boastings put men 3 

to silence, 
that thou mayest mock, and 

none make thee ashamed ; 
and say : My doctrine is pure, 4 
and I am clean in thy sight ? 

But, would that God would 5 
speak, 

and open his lips against 
thee ; — 

and would show thee the 6 
secrets of wisdom, 

how manifold is understand- 
ing ; 



V. 20. Forbear then (V. R.) withdraw from me (V. R.) 



V. 6. how far they exceed comjjrehension 



V. 20. Let him forhear : according to the Chethibh. This 
delicate turn is sacrificed, in the Qeri, to preserve a tame uni- 
formity. — ijaa tniai ; let him 2^ut (away) from me, — the verb 
used absolutely ; comp. 4 : 20, 7 : 19. Ewald : eigentlich : 
seine AufmerJcsamTceit von jem. ahwenden. — SJSW; the fern. &s 
neut. and imj^ers. 



Ch. XI. V. 5. 'jri'i ia the optative form, § 136, 1, b. 

V. 6. How manifold is understanding. This is tlie proper 
sense of these words, taken in their simplest construction ; 
lit. quod (sunt) coniplicaliones intellig entice (b, § 115, 2), that 
understanding is manifold. The first and second members 
thus correspond, and express the sentiment: wisdom and 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XL 



KING JAMEs' VERSION. 

Know tlierefore that God exact- 
eth of thee less than thine ini- 
quity dcservcth. 

7 Canst thou by searching find 
out God? canst thou find out 
the Almighty unto perfection ? 

8 It is as liigli as heaven ; 
what canst thou do? deeper than 
hell ; what canst thou know ? 

9 The measure thereof is long- 
er than the earth, and broader 
than the sea. 

10 If he cut off, and shut up, 
or gather together, then who 
can hinder him ? 

1 1 For he knov\^eth vain men : 
he seeth wickedness also ; will 
he not then consider it ? 

12 For vain man would be 
wise, though man be born like a 
wild ass's colt. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

liv -: I" v: tI : v: - r ~ : 



NS'^tn rii'ba ^pnrt 



rtT ; • • - T\ J" : T 

IT •■ - : ■ 'it ■. -: 



fT • • T T ; 

Kit ' / : I- • 



: AT •• : J- T V 

'IT : • J : 'v T :- - 

a^bi aiiaS iriNI 

A"T • TV • : 

: l^iii Q'li* X'nis ^■'i'l 

i"T • iT T V ■.* -I- : 



11 



12 



REVISED VERSION. 

then shalt thou know, that 

God remembers not all 

thy guilt against thee. 
Canst thou find out the deep 7 

things of God, 
or find out the Almighty, to 

perfection ? 
It is high as heaven ; what s 

canst thou do ? 
deeper than the under-world ; 

what canst thou know? 
Longer than the earth, in its a 

measure, 
and broader than the sea ! 
If he pass by, and shall appre- lo 

hend, 

and call an assembly, who will 

answer him? 
For he, he knows evil men ; il 
and sees iniquity, when he 

seems not to regard it. 
But vain man is void of un- 12 

derstanding ; 
a foal of the wild-ass, is man 

from his birth. 



V. 7. or reach the perfection of the Almighty 



Y. 12. ' Tain ' : empty. 



understanding have depths and intricacies, which, if fully 
declared, would show how little we comprehend of God and 
of his government. — Another construction (of which the sense 
IS given in the margin), makes n^'iaw^ Ci"^^?? predicate, the 
subject being a pronoun referring to the preceding words. So 
Heiligstedt: quomodo ea sint duplum intclligeniia; Hirzel: 
wie (ndmlich) das Doppelte an Einsiclit sic seien, d. h. wie sie 
deine Einsicht um das Doppelte ubersteigen. But n^ia^in 
properly stands in the same relation as iraSti, viz. wisdom and 
understanding in the abstract ; not tJiy understanding {Heil. & 
Hirz.), nor Godh understanding (Gesenius : nam complica- 
tiones sunt sapienli<e ejus, i. e. Dei sapientia est complicata, 
cet.). Still less happilj^, Ewald: wie sie namlich doppclt, noch 
einmal so stark sei an hestcr Einsicht ; and Schlottmann : 
denn da ist doppelte Einsicht (wiirtl. Doppeltes an Einsicht) ; 
d. h. die gottliche "VTeisheit ist immer zwiefach so gross, als 
audi der weiscste Mensch es ahndet. — Third member; 
SJTi, § 130, 1, a. — Remembers not &fc. : lit. forgets for thee (a 

part) of thy guilt. 

V. 7, 2d member : the parallelism, both of the thought and 
expression, favors the division made by the accentuation ; viz. 
or, to perfection, find out the Almighty, — i. e. to a perfect 
comprehension of him. 

V. 8, 1st clause ; prop, an exclamation : Heights of heaven! 
i. e. such is that which thou wouldst search out. So Hirzel : 
Q'^aiiJ ifias ist cas. absol., und als Ausruf zu fassen. The 



sense is the same, however, if taken as the abstract used for 
the adjective (§ 100, Rem. 1, 2d Tf), as by Schlottmann : Heights 
of heaven (is it). — The fern, adj., in this and the following verse, 
is most naturally consti'ued as neuter, referring to the thing 
sought, or to be searched out: deep (is it). 

V. 10. Pass by ; so Vaihinger : wenn er voriiberfahret ; and 
Schlottmann: fahrt er voriiber. — I'^Sp';;,, to shut tip (in prison), 
or deliver over (to an officer), means here to apprehend, to put 
under arrest for trial. — Will answer him (Lex. iiitJ, Hiph. 4, b), 
is the sense required here, as in 13 : 22. 

V. 11. 'sisini ; in its proper sense, to show himself attentive, 
to seem to take note of. Its subject is most naturally that of 
the preceding verb. So Hirzel and Heiligstedt (but in another 
sense, viz. without attentively regarding it) : nec animum ad 
id atlendit ; und er (Gott) merlct nicht darauf, d. h. braucht 
nicht erst darauf aufmerksara zu sein, hat nicht nothig, die 
Menschen lange zu beobachten, um zu wissen, ob sie etwa im 
Geheimen siindigen. As either makes a good sense, it is un- 
necessary to assume here an expression of the indeterminate 
2d pers. {when no one perceives it ; or, when no one is aware, 
viz. of his seeing it) ; or to regard this as a relative-clause, as 
Schlottmann : und den Unverstandigen. 

V. 12. S>133. Its position, and the accentuation, require 
that it should'be taken with lyix, as a part of the subject ; so 
Olshausen (Hirzel's Hiob, 2'® Auti.). — lii^V is without heart 
(understanding). This signification (objected to by Hirzel), is 



38 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XI. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

13 If thou prepare thine 
heart, and stretchout thine hands 
toward him ; 

14 If iniquity he in thine hand, 
put it far away, and let not wick- 
edness dwell in thy tabernacles. 

15 For then shalt thou lift up 
thy face without spot ; yea, thou 
shalt he steadfast, and shalt not 
fear : 

16 Because thou shalt forget 
thy misery, and remember it as 
waters that pass away ; 

17 And tldne age shall be 
clearer than the noonday ; thou 
shalt shine forth, thou shalt be 
as the morning. 

18 And thou shalt be secure, 
because there is hope ; yea, thou 
shalt dig about thee, and thou 
shalt take thy rest in safety. 

19 Also thou shalt lie down, 
and none shall make thee afraid ; 
yea, many shall make suit unto 
thee. 



HEBREW TEXT. 



niJ'isn nnx-tDX 13 

I IV- JT " VT : - IT 



n!i5aT3 tiiiiD !!<"i'n i ts-'^s 

/, • 1 JVT JT • <T I* 

I ; ' T \ T /• T : 



IT • J : 



AT : • JTT T -I I- 

I : • J ; IT • V- : 

V AT ' JT • - T: IT • \ 

• n'^ntn 'ipiss nsrri 

IV : f - T \ T 



hiptn 1^1-13 nn-j3!i 

at': • J" • T : - IT i 



K -: I- ' J" : T : - IT :\ 

! tii'i s'lsa !ism 



16 



17 



18 



19 



V. 15. 1^2 pi£ia M;"Di 



REVISED VERSION. 

And thou, if thou direct 13 

thy heart, 
and spread forth thy hands, 

unto him ; — 
if iniquity is in thy hand, put 14 

it- far away, 
and let not wrong abide in 

thy dwellings ; — 
surely, then shalt thou lift 15 

thy face without spot, 
and be steadfast, and shalt 

not fear. 
For thou shalt forget sorrow; 16 
as waters passed away, shalt 

thou remember it. 
And brighter than noon-day, 17 

shall life arise ; 
the darkness shall become as 

the morning. 
Then wilt thou trust, because 18 

there is hope ; 
yea, thou wilt search, and lie 

down without fear. 
Thou shalt repose, and none 19 

make thee afraid ; 
yea, many shall make their 

court to thee. 



V. 13. prepare thy heart ; or, firmly set thy heart 

V. 17. should darkness come, it shall be as the dawn 



V. 14. (V. R.) dweUing 



established by the Arabic usage adduced by Gesenius (Thes. & 
Lex.), and is required by the connection. 

Another view is taken of this verse. E. g. Hirzel : der Holil- 
Icopf selhst ivird (oder wiirde) dann verstdndig, der tvilde 
Esel muss (oder miisste) zum Menschen werden; Ewald: so 
wird leicht ein leerer Mann gelehrt, ein wilder Esel neu als 
Mensch geboren ! Heihgstedt : vir cavus (stupidus) cordatus 
(prudens) Jit, et aselLus Silvester homo nascitur, (homo fit, hu- 
manus fit). But this is a forced construction of the 2d 
member ; and this verse cannot be taken (as by Heiligstedt) 
for the apodosis to the conditional clause in v. 10, which is ob- 
viously the last clause of that verse. 

V. 13. li^x, in the 2d member, belongs in effect to both 
(Heiligstedt, Schlottmann). Hirzel, on the contrary, takes 
O''-''''?'^ (absolutely, as in Ps. 78 : 8. But in favor of the 
former, is the customary use of the full phrase (Lex. 'jls, Hiph. 
3, a & b), as well as the parallel expressions in 5 : 8, 8 : 5. 

V. 14. Dwellings : or dwelling, as in many MSS. and 
in ancient VSS. 

Y. 17. The darkness : according to the punctuation of the 
Heb. word in three of De Rossi's MSS. (so the Syr. & Chald. ; 
an ancient Schol. ns'^S' ; Vulg. ad vesperam) which is 

preferred by many to the common Masoretic pointing. E. g. 
Gesenius, Thes. II. p. 1002: concinnior etiam erit sententia, 



si cum tribus codd. Rossianis legas nom. i-i&iii'ri caligo ; caligo, 
ut mane erit. Ewald : die Dunkelheit wird gleich dem Morgan 
sein. This I regard (with Olshausen) as most naturally re- 
ferring to Job's present afflictions : (das jelzige) Dunkel wird 
Qiell) wie der Morgen werden. — As a verb (the Masor. point- 
ing), it might be the 2d person : though thou- art (or, shouldst 
be) covered ivith darkness ; so Gesenius, Lex., Rosenmiiller. 
But it is better to take it (with Heiligstedt) for the 3d fern. 
used as a neuter: si tenebrescet (si tenebrae oborientur), erit 
id ut mane (lengthened Imperf. in a conditional clause, § 128, 
1, d). 

V. 18. MrrnSrt, from isn to dig, and then to explore, to 
make search. So Junius & Tremellius (literally correct, though 
explained differently) : si perscrutalus fueris, secure cubahis. 
Ewald : nniBM kann hier nicht von ^sn = ^an errothen 

T ; - T - T 

(6 : 20) kommen, da diess keinen zum Zusammenhange passen- 
den Sinn gibt ; sondern es ist von lan in der gerade diesem 
Buche haufigen Bedeutung erspalien, 3 : 21, 39 : 21, 29. 
Schlottmann: und spahst umher — legst sicher dich nieder. 
So Vaihinger and others. — Gesenius, on the contrary (from 
'iSn to he red, to blush, to be ashamed) : and (though now) 
thou art ashamed, (then) shalt thou lie down in quiet. But 
against this conditional sense, is the afSrmative use of the 
corresponding form in the parallel member, — there being no 
occasion for a different construction of it in the two members 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XII. 



39 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

20 But the eyes of the wicked 
shall fail, and they shall not 
escape, and their hope shall be as 
the giving up of the ghost. 



CHAP. XII. 

And Job answered and said, 

2 No doubt but ye are the 
people, and wisdom shall die 
with you. 

'3 But I have understanding; 
as well as you; I am not inferior 
to you: yea, who knoweth not 
such things as these? 

4 I am as one mocked of his 
neighbour, who calleth upon 
Grod, and he answereth him : the 
just upright man is laughed to 
scorn. 

-5 He that is ready to slip with 
his feet is as a lamp despised in 
the thought of him that is at 
ease. 



HEBREW TEXT. 



VIT - TT • : 



CHAP. XII. 



AT V - J* T : T\ 

IT ; T J T V T • I 



OS'S ijbsX %ri<^ 
sQioPi pii^ pinfe 

W : I- J : - : v j- - 

V IT J : ' T 

V. 6. p-iTija s<"3:a 



REVISED VERSION. 

But the eyes of the wicked 20 

shall waste away ; 
refuge vanishes from them ; 
and their hope, it is the breath- 

ins. out of life. 

CHAP. XII. 

Then Job answered and i 
said: 

Of a truth, ye are the peo- 2 
pie; 

and with you, wisdom will 
die! 

I also have understanding, as 3 

well as you ; 
I am not inferior to you : 
and who has not such things 

as these? 
I am become one, that is a i 

mockery to his friend ; 
who has called upon God, and 

he answered him ; 
a mockery is the just and the 

upright ! 
There is scorn for misfortune, 5 

in the thought of the se- 
cure, 

ready for those who waver in 
their steps. 



Schlottmann : und ruhst, ohn' alle Storung. Repose answers 
to the figurative form of the original, which is too literally 
expressed by Lange : wirst liegen hingestreckt. und niemand 
schreckt dich auf. — >ihT} ', to smooth the face, to stroke the 
face ; then (like mulcere) to soothe, to caress, to flatter, to 
make court to. Here it is used in this general sense, as in 
Ps. 45 : 12 (com. version too specific: shall entreat thy 
favor). Und schmeicheln werden Viele dir (Ewald), und 
Viele suchen deine Gunst (Schlottmann), are too specific ; 
the expression is general, and comprehends both. 

V. 20. tiaJTiQa ; Schlottmann : des Lebens Aushauch. 
Ilirzel: ITOchst bedeutsam filr Hiob ist Zophar's letztes 
Wort; der Frevler Hoffnung ist — der Seele Aus- 
hauch ! 



Ch. XII. V. 3. la n^t (with whom ? apud quem ? in whose 
possession?). The expression is more contemptuous, in form, 
than " who knows not " ; implying, who has them not at his 
command, for use as occasion may require. — IVIio has called : 
the Part, used with reference to past time, § 134, 1. 

V. 4. So Ewald : Gelachter seinem Freunde muss ich sein ; 
einer der rief zu Gott und fand ErhOruno-: Gelachter der Ge- 



rechte, Fromme ! — fi^fii^ ; Ewald and others : 7nuss ich sein. 
The Imperf. here expresses, rather, what has come to he, as the 
result of antecedent circumstances. 

V. 5. TJiere is scorn Sfc. Gesenius, Thes. II. p. 759 : in- 
fortunio (Tisb a ^ et 113) contemtio juxta cogitaiiones securl, 
ea (contemtio) parata est his quorum pedes nutant. So 
Ewald: Dem Ungluck Aechtung nach des Sichern Sinne ! Sie 
wartet auf die, deren Fuss ist wankend; Hirzel: Dem Un- 
giiick .... eig. (geliihrt) Verachtung nach den Gedanken 
des Gliicklichen ; and most of the later translations. — In the 
thought: after the pointing nsiPiO:>, in the most accurate MSS. 
and many EDS.— -pba; "Part. Niph. geht auf Tin" (Hirzel). 
—Lit. /or the wavering of foot (§ 112, 2), for those of wavering 
feet, whose steps are no longer firm and secure. 

Of the construction in which ^iSib is taken as a noun {lamp, 
torch), the only form deserving of attention is : A torch de- 
spised, in the thought of the secure, is he that is ready to waver 
in his steps. So Koseumiiller ; and also De Wette, formerly. 
But a torch, in itself, is not a thing despised; and (as Hirzel 
suggests) the epithet requires some ground for its application. 
A consumed, or expiring, torch would be pertinent; but a 
torch despised, is like any thing else that is despised. More- 
over, in this construction, -j-iDj is superfluous ; and the form 



40 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XII. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

G The tabernacles of robbers 
prosper, and they that provoke 
Grod are secure ; into M^hose hand 
Grod bringeth abundantly. 



7 But ask now the beasts, and 
they shall teach thee; and the 
fowls of the air, and they shall 
tell thee: 

S Or speak to the earth, and 
it shall teach thee ; and the fishes 
of the sea shall declare unto thee. 

9 Who knoweth not in all 
these that the hand of the Lord 
hath wrought this? 

10 In whose hand is the soul 
of every living thing, and the 
breath of all mankind. 



HEBREAV TEXT. 

• : I : • T I <T : • 

iiT^a Jni^x Kian 'y^vi^ 



T IJV : I V JT T - J* < 

•: K- T ; J- T I -K 
I T : JT T : - J* 

in-'bd tisi i-i^a i-ax 

AT T VJV T :v jv : 



V. 6. dinnvab N"Di 



REVISED VERSION. 

Peaceful are the tents of the c 
spoilers, 

and secure are they that pro- 
voke God, — 

he into whose hand Grod bring- 
eth. 

But ask now the beasts, and 7 

they will teach thee ; 
and the birds of heaven, and 

they will show thee. 
Or speak to the earth,' and it 8 

will teach thee ; 
and the fishes of the sea will 

tell it thee. 
Who knows not, by all these, 9 
that the hand of Jehovah does 

this ; 

in whose hand is the breath 10 

of all living, 
and the spirit of all the flesh 

of man? 



V. 6. he who brings God in his hand 

V. 9. ' by ' : among lb. 



di'ti'i-o is without example (Hirzel). Do Wette, who followed 
this construction in the earlier editions of his translation, 
abandoned it in the third, and adopted the former one : Dem 
Unglucke Verachtung nach des Sicheren Gedanken, bereit fiir 
die mit dem Fusse "Wankenden. 

V. 6. iTia .... ^axb, to him into xvhose hand, I take to 
be the construction of the third member; the relative I'is 
including the antecedent {he who), and giving a relative sense 
to the following personal pronoun (§ 123, 1, and 2). The form 
merely repeats the subject for this additional comment; 
it is, therefore, in efiect the same as, one into whose hand &c., 
the import of which is expressed in the translation. — But the 
construction followed in the margin is the one now generally 
adopted ; e. g. by J. D. Michaelis : .... die Gott crziirnen, 
und ihren Gott in der Faust mitbringen ; Gesenius, in Thes. 
and Lex. ; Ewald : der welcher bringet Gott in seiner Hand ; 
De Wette : die Gott fiihren in ihrer Faust ; Hirzel : derjenige, 
welcher Gott fiihrt in seiner Hand. d. h. welchem seine Hand 
sein Gott ist ; and others. So general a concurrence in this 
view, is itself a strong argument for its correctness. Yet I 
venture to suggest, that the thought is thus expressed very 
coarsely, as to form, when it might be done in the Hebrew 
with great felicity. Brings is also quite superfluous, even 
with Olshausen's modification, viz. that the weajjon in his 
hand is meant. I prefer the construction followed by Le'Clerc 
in his translation : Tranquilla sunt tentoria praedonibus, et 



V. 8. ' speak to ' : the plant of 
' Jehovah ' : God (V. R.) ' does ' : has made 



securaj [sedes] iis qui Deum provocant, eique cui Deus [optata] 
in manum tradit. 

V. 7. ;Tj'^h, with aplur. suhj. § 146, 3. 

V. 9. -Isra ; S = Germ, an, as in Gen. 15 : 8, 13 six ,1533 

hy ivhat shall I know, that. So Heiligstedt ; Hirzel : an die- 
sen alien; Schlottmann: an dem alien. On the contrary. De 
"Wette, Ewald, and others: among all these. But this is not 
so well ; for it is not what leasts, birds and fishes know, but 
what they teach, — what lessons of instruction they furnish to 
those who attentively observe them. — Second member; does 
this : margin : has made this, — viz. this universe of animate 
and inanimate beings, as the expression is understood by 
many. But the connection demands, as it seems to me, an- 
other application of the words; see Explanator3'- Notes. — 
Jehovah : Schlottmann : Dies ist in den Reden Hiob's und der 
Freunde die einzige Stelle wo der Name mni vorkommt .... 
lliefiir finden wir eiuen hinlanglichen Erkliirungsgrund in 
dem feierlichen Ernst, mit welchem Hiob erklaren will, dass 
er von der Herrlichkeit des in der Natur sich oifenbarenden 
Gottes eben so tief, ja noch tiefer durchdrungen sei als die 
Freunde. 

V. 10. und ^335 unterscheiden sich wie Ttpevjua und 

^'/.ij; wenn dieser Unterschied auch nicht iiberall streng 
beobachtet wird, so steht doch hier sicher das n^ll nicht 
absichtlos gerade neben dem a^lS;— lias-^S (Schlottmann). 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XII. 



41 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

11 Doth not the ear try words? 
and the mouth taste his meat"? 

12 With the ancient is wis- 
dom ; and in length of days un- 
derstanding. 

13 With liim is wisdom and 
strength, he hatli counsel and un- 
derstanding. 

14 Behold, he breaketh down, 
and it cannot be built again : he 
shuttethup a man, and there can 
be no opening. 

15 Behold, he withholdeth the 
waters, and they dry up : also he 
sendeth them out, and they over- 
turn the earth. 

16 With him is strength and 
wisdom : the deceived and the 
deceiver are his. 

17 He leadeth counsellors 
away spoiled, and maketh the 
judges fools. 

18 He looseth the bond of 
kings, and girdeth their loins 
with a girdle. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

'jnan ^'■h-Q Its-Nbri li 
ii^'D'n Dio''ia-ia 12 

AT : T J' • r 

IT : j> T I ■.- I : 

nnsn Tas 13 

AT : JT : T -i 



Av T • J : —.-\ 'J- 

- i"T • J : • - J i • 



uti'z'^^ tjiaa iM 1-j 

^ AT • : 'J- - J : - ' <~ 



fTstiiini is lay 16 

r." : - r- 



AT J- -: 1 1 J* 

nna disb^a "ibsia 18 

- A- ■ J' T : J- 



REVISED VERSION. 

Does not the ear try words, 11 
even as the palate tastes food 

for itself? 
Among the aged, is wisdom? 12 
and is length of days under- 
standing ? 
With Him are wisdom and 13 
might ; 

to him belong counsel and un- 
derstanding. 
Lo, he casts down, and it shall ll 

not be built up ; 
he shuts up a man, and he shall 

not be set free. 
Lo, he withholds the waters, 15 

and they dry away ; 
and he sends them forth, and 

they lay waste the earth. 
With him are strength and 16 

counsel ; 
the erring, and he that causes 

to err, are his. 
He leads counselors captive, 17 
and judges he makes fools. 

The girdle of kings he looses, 18 
and binds a cord upon their 
loins. 



V. 18. ' girdle ' : bond ; or, authority 



V. 11. "rjni ; Vav adequationis, as understood hy some. 
But the two members are rather to be regarded as two distinct 
illustrations of the same thing. 

V. 12. The connection seems to me to require the inter- 
rogative tone in these words (§153,1). Job certainly does 
not make his appeal to the wisdom of the aged, and of former 
generations, in support of his positions; and their maxims, 
quoted by his friends, he treats with contempt (13 : 12). 
Such an appeal, on his part, would be inconsistent with the 
plan of the book ; which makes his friends the representatives 
of the old and prevailing ideas. 

V. 14. Shuts, or closes, against ; or perhaps (Gesenius, Lex. 
b), shuts over, referring to the subten-aneau prison ; comp. 
Lam. 3 : 53. 

V. 17. Part, followed by the Lnperf. (134, Rem. 2), prop, 
one who leads, as in the following verses ; but the finite form 
(§ 134, 2, a), is required in English. — hbiitii ; distributive dictum 
(Rodiger, Thes. fasc. posterior, p. 1421). Prop, stripped, i. e. 
" naked and barefoot " (Is. 20 : 4), as was customary with 
captives. 



V. 18. Girdle £,-c. So the Vulgate : Ealteum regum solvit, 
et praecingit fune renes eorum. Heiligstedt : la^ia est status 
constr. nominis ^ai'a (= '^SX^:)- In hac status constructi forma 
vocalis 0 in breviorem u transiit (§ 27, Rem. 1). In every 
other passage of the 0. T. it is used in the sense of land, or 
hand, viz. of the yoke as a symbol of subjection. In this 
sense, bond of Icings must mean, that with which thej' bind 
the yoke upon others. Heiligstedt, on the contrary : Sensus ; 
Deus alios reges vinculis adstrictos in libertatem restituit, alios 
in vinoula conjicit. So also Ewald and Hirzel. But this is 
contrary to the construction of the sentence ; for the same 
subject is represented by the antecedent, " kings ", and by its 
pronoun " their ". Schlottmann, more correctly : das Band der 
KOnige ist dasjenige, womit sie die Untergebenen gefesselt 
halten. Die LOsung des Bandes bedeutet die Hinwegnahme 
der Ilerrschaft. — But the Vulgate is undoubtedly right in 
taking it as a girdle for the loins ; for otherwise, there would 
be no point in the antithesis : he binds a cord upon their loins, 
— i. e. the girdle of state shall give place to the cord of servi- 
tude. — Hirzel : litx ist wahrscheinlich nur wegen des Wort- 
spieles mit n&io statt des gew. ths gewahlt worden. 



42 



THE BOOK OF JOB, CHAP. XIII. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

19 He leadetli princes away- 
spoiled, and overthrowetli the 
miglity. 

20 He removeth away the 
speech of the trusty, and talceth 
away the understanding of the 
aged. 

21 He poureth contempt upon 
princes, and weakeneth the 
strength of the mighty. 

22 He discovereth deep things 
out of darkness, and bringeth 
out to light the shadow of death. 

23 He increaseth the nations, 
and destroyeth them : he enlarg- 
eth the nations, and straiteneth 
them again. 

24 He taketh away the heart 
of the chief of the people of the 
earth, and causeth them to wan- 
der in a wilderness ivhere there is 
no way. 

25 They grope in the dark 
without light, and he maketh 
them to stagger like a drunken 
man. 

CHAP. XIII. 

Lo, mine eye hath seen all 
this, mine ear hath heard and un- 
derstood it. 

2 What ye know, the same do 
I know also : I am not inferior 
unto you. 

3 Surely I would speak to the 
Almighty, and I desire to reason 
with Grod. 

4 But ye are forgers of lies, 
ye are all physicians of no value. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

AT J- -: I I J* 



'it • J* : - \- : 



19 



IT • 'j" • -: - V : 



f V T - J" T "l J- •• 

CHAP. XIII. 

^- ■• JT -: IT A ' '-• 

IT ' V JT - •IT IT : IT 

ijx-dj, ins'ii damS'-'is 

•AT - • : J- T 

IV • J* IT V* I 

^ : J V • T 

iVanx isN-lsx nsim 

I IT : V J" V - V : 

^po-i^sb dnx dB^xi 



21 



22 



23 



24 



V. 20. X11U:3 i<"D3 V. 22. !iai N"3:3 



REVISED VERSION. 

Priests he leads captive ; 19 
and the long established he 

overthrows. 
The trusted he deprives of 20 

speech, 

and takes away the wisdom 

of the aged. 
He pours contempt upon 21 

nobles, 

and looses the girdle of the 
strong. 

Deep things he reveals, out 22 
of the darkness, 

and the shadow of death he 
brings forth to light. 

He gives the nations growth, 23 
and he destroys them ; 

he extends the bounds of na- 
tions, and he leads them 
away. 

The leaders of the people of 24 
the land he deprives of un- 
derstanding, 

and makes them wander in a 
pathless waste. 

They grope in darkness, and 25 
there is no light ; 

he makes them reel like the 
drunken man. 

CHAP. XIII. 

Lo, my eye has seen it all ; 1 
my ear has heard, and per- 
ceived it. 
What ye know, I know also ; 2 
I am not inferior to you. 

But I, to the Almighty will 3 
I speak ; 
unto God I desire to make my 
plea. 

But ye, — forgers of lies, 4 
botchers of vanities, — are ye 
all. 



V. 19. d'^snix, prop, the perpetually enduring, the unceas- 
ing ; referring to the ancient order of the Priesthood just 
spoken of, the most firmly established and most permanent in 
the state. Schlottmann: Fesistehende, eig. Eingewurzelte ; so 
werdeu hier die Priester genannt, deren Ansehen und Herr- 
schaft seit langer Zeit gegrundet ist. Das tqbd steht im Ge- 
gensatz gerade gegen die Bezeichnung diD!i"'N. 



V. 20. ^i&p, construed as in Gesenius' Lex. Hiph. 1, a. 
V. 23. h as in Gen. 9 : 27. 

Ch. XIII. V. 4. Botchers of vanities ; so Ewald : Flicker 
von Nicht'gem seid ihr alle; cui interpretation! membrorum 
parallelismus et sententiarum nexus (cf. vs. 7 seqq.), favent 
(Heiligstedt). 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XHI. 



43 



KING- JAMES VERSION. 

5 0 that would altogether 
hold your peace ; and it should 
be your wisdom. 

6 Hear now my reasoning, and 
hearken to the pleadings of my 
lips. 

7 Will ye speak wickedly for 
Grod? and talk deceitfully for 
him? 

8 Will ye accept his person ? 
will ye contend for GodV 

9 Is it good that he should 
search you out ? or as one man 
mocketh another, do ye so mock 
him? 

10 He will surely reprove you, 
if ye do secretly accept persons. 

11 Shall not his excellency 
make you afraid? and his dread 
fall upon you. 

12 Your remembrances are 
like unto ashes, your bodies to 
bodies of clay. 

13 Hold your peace, let me 
alone, that I may speak, and let 
come on me what will. 

14 Wherefore do I take my 
flesh in my teeth, and put my 
life in mine liand ? 



HEBREW TEXT. 

IT : T : JVT V ; 

A- : - I IT : • 

AT :- J : - ; •• I -K 



' A T • 



' I • : i-T * 

;i3 Jilsnnn u5i:x2 bni-is-ox 



fcsnx n'^5^^ nsin 
dsri!!?; ny^n inxla xbri 

IT J-T I -a- : 



ijon I'nba stiBx i n^-by 

AT • ; J- T : jT V -"T 

• 1533 Qhiax 1^531 



V. 6. m'na 'an N"3a 
V. 9. nsi 'b !!<"3i 5"n "intt 



11 



12 



13 



14 



REVISED VERSION. 

Would that ye would be al- 5 

together silent ; 
for it would be your wisdom. 

Hear now my defense ; 6 
and listen to the pleadings of 

my lips. 

Will ye, for God, speak that 7 
which is wrong, 

and for him will ye utter de- 
ceit? 

Will ye regard his person, 8 
or will ye contend for God? 

Is it well, that he should 9 

search you out ? 
or, as a man is deceived, can 

ye deceive him? 
He will surely rebuke you, lo 
if ye secretly have regard for 

persons. 

Shall not his majesty make u 

you afraid, 
and the dread of him fall upon 

you? 

Your wise sayings, — they are 12 

maxims of ashes ; 
your towers of defense are 

towers of clay. 
Keep silence before me, that 13 

I now may speak; 
and let come upon me what 

will. 

Why do I take my flesh in my i-t 
teeth, 

and put my life in my hand ? 



V. 9. ' deceived ' : mocked | ' deceive ' : mock 



Y. 14. Why should I take 



Y. 12. Wise sayings ; etym. things to he remembered, me- 
morable sayings of the wise. Gesenius (Thes.) : sententia 
memorialis (Denkspruch), oatoyd'eyfia.. — Towers S^x. Gese- 
nius: arces lutces arces vestrce ; Schlottinami : Eure Denk- 
sprliche sind Aschenspriiche ! Lehmburgen eure Burgen. 

Y. 13. Keep silence before me (Schlottmann : schweiget vor 
mir), expresses tlie sense, whether -(^j is construed as by Ge- 
senius (Lex. t3"in, Hiph. b), " lo be silent from any one, i. e. 
not to interrupt him " ; or, as by Schlottmann, als des 
Ausgehens, denoting the source or cause. — iDX-ri^3^X1, the 
lengthened Imperf expressing the object or end (§ 128, 1, c). 
As the whole point of the thought lies in the emphasis on the 
first person, it is necessary to mark this in the version. — 
= guicguid. anything whatever. 



Y. 14. Take my flesh in my teeth. ROdiger (Thes. fasc. 
posterior, p. 1453): carnem meam dentibus fcro, i.e. vitam 
meam summo periculo expono, Job xiii. 14 (quae enim denti- 
bus tenemus, facile elabuntur). So Gesenius (Man. Lex.) : 
"/ talce my fl,esh in my teeth, i. e. expose my life to danger ; 
since what is thus carried in the mouth ia apt to be 
dropped ". Not very, one would think ; especially if, as is 
clearly the case, the image is derived from a wild beast, which 
has robbed the fold, and is bearing off the prey in its teeth, 
from the pursuing shepherd. The idea of a man, bearing his 
flesh (life) in his teeth, is simply grotesque. This is not the 
habit of men ; and such an image would not, therefore, suggest 
itself.— See Expl. Notes. 

Others take the first member in the sense of the Latiu rem 



44 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XIII. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

15 Though he slay me, yet 
will I trust in him : but I will 
maintain mine own ways before 
him. 

16 He also shall he my sal- 
vation : for a hypocrite shall 
not come before him. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

iniaix I'lia-'ijx ifji^-tix 



V. 15. 'p lb 



REVISED VERSION. 

Behold, he will slay me ; I 15 
may not hope : 

yet, in his presence, I will de- 
fend my ways. 

And he too will be my de- 16 
liverance ; 

for the impure shall not come 
before him. 



V. 15. (V. R.) Though he slay me, I will trust in him 



V. 16. And this too 



lb. that the impure 



mordicus tcnere, to hold fast with the teeth, not to give up. 
So Heiligstedt: Ducta est hasc imago a bestia rapace, quffi 
prtedam, ne sibi eripiatur, dentibus aufert et in tuto collocat. 
Schlottmann: Wozu triig^ ich mein Fleisch zivischen den Zdh- 
nen fort, d. h. w^arum sollte ich mit aiigstlicher Anstrengung 
mein Leben zu retten suchen, indem ich das gegen Gott nicht 
aussprache, was auszusprechen mein innerstes Bewusstsein 
mich di-angt. Das Bild ist YOn dem Wilde hergenommen, das 
seine Beute vor dem verfolgenden Jager zwischen den Zahnen 
davontragt ; vgl. Jerem. 38 : 2, auch den lat. Ausdruck : mordi- 
cus tenere. So Hirzel : '• Shall I bo anxious for life ? Shall 
I keep silence, lest my words should cost me my life ?" But 
the thought is not so well suited to the connection ; nor is this 
the use of the phrase in the second member, as Schlottmann 
concedes : Sonst kommt der Ausdruck iiberall in der Bedeu- 
tung vor: sein Leben auf's Spiel setzen, Richt. 12 : 3 ; 1 Sam. 
19 : 5 ; 28 : 21 ; Ps. 119 : 109. Hirzel and Heiligstedt evade 
this by separating the two members, in construction, reading 
the first interrogatively, and the second afSrmatively : Where- 
fore should I take 7mj Jiesh hi my teeth ? I ivill even put my 
Ufe in my hand! But there is no necessity for thus disjoin- 
ing the two clauses, both of which naturally depend on the 
interrogative phrase. 

The meaning of the phrase: To put the life in the hand (to 
peril life, to put it in jeopardy), is so obvious in itself, and so 
clearly established by usage (Judges 12 : 3 ; 1 Sam. 19 : 5, 
28 : 21), that the explanation proposed by Eichhorn, TJmbreit 
and others, is not to be thought of, viz : to seek anxiously to 
save one's own life, — carrying it in the hand, as one does that 
which he would carefully preserve ! So easy is it, to overlook 
the true origin and import of the simplest phraseologJ^ He 
who " takes his life in his hand", takes it (by implication) from 
a place of security, and bears it where it is exposed to every 
hazard. 

An unusual construction was given to Tiiz bs? by Schultens, 
viz : super quocumque tandem eventu ; i. e. nulla ratione habita 
gravissimorum periculorum. But this form is everywhere else 
interrogative, and there is no occasion to depart from the 
settled usage here. Gesenius, formerly (Lex. Man. 1833) : 
quovis pretio, pr. oh quidquid est ; omitted in the Thes. (1840), 
and later eds. of the Lexicon. 



V. 15. / ynay not Jiope ; according to the reading of the 
Hebrew text, which is followed in all the recent versions. The 
sense and connection are well expressed by Rosenmiiller : En, 
occidet me, non speraho ; i. e. etsi occideret me, nihilque mihi 
supersit spei, etiamsi actum sit de me, . . . attamen etc. So 
Ewald : Doch wird er tOdten mich ! ich hofFe nicht ; nur meine 
"VYege u. s. w. ; and others. 

On the contrary, the Vulgate has : Etiamsi occiderit me, in 
ipso sperabo ; verumtamen vias meas in conspectu ejus arguam. 
This was followed by Cranmer : Lo, though he slaye me, yet 
will I put my trust in hym. But I wyl reprove myne owne 
wayes in hys syght. The Genevan adopted this : Lo, though 
he slay me, [yet] will I trust in him, and I will reproove my 
wayes in his sight ; as also the Bishops' : Loe, though he slay 
me, yet will I trust in him ; but I will reprove mine own waies 
in his sight ; and the common version, with the correction of 
an error in the second member : but I will maintain mine own 
ways before him. 

/ icill trust in him (the Qeri of the Masoretic text), is a 
very ancient reading, found in the Syriac, Ohaldee, Vulgate, 
Arabic of Saadias, and several MSS. ; though in many MSS. 
the Qeri is wanting. It is, however, justly regarded as an 
error, which arose from confounding blT^X ixb with the fre- 
quent and familiar phrase of the same sound "bTt^^ ib ; and 
from the date of Pagnino's version (ecce occidet me, non 
sperabo), it has been generally rejected in translations made 
directly from the Hebrew^ The sentiment is just in itself ; 
nor is it, as asserted by Umbreit, Hirzel and others, contrary 
to the spirit of the book. But it is not suited to the con- 
nection here, which is happily given by Rosenmiiller: quod 
igitur in hac vita sperem, nihil amplius superest ; at vitas in- 
tegritatem meae ne sic quidem vereor supremo ipsi probare 
judici. As an ancient reading of the Text, it is placed in the 
margin, that the reader of the version may judge for himself. 

V. 16. Margin ; so the Seventy : Kal rovro [loi aTto^r^asrai 
elg acorrjoiav- which is followed by many, taking ^^'n as neuter. 
To this it is well objected by Schlottmann : Aber von einem 
Umstande wiirde im Hebraischen schwerlich gesagt W'erden, 
dass er jemandem zur Hiilfe sei ; daher es sowohl natiir- 
licher, als fiir den Sinn nachdriicklicher ist, Nlii masculinisch 
zu nehmen. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XIII. 



45 



KING JAMES VEKSION. 

17 Hear diligently my speech, 
and my declaration with your 
ears. 

18 Behold now, Ihave ordered 
my cause ; I know that I shall be 
justified. 

19 Who is he that will plead 
with me ? for now, if I hold my 
tongue, I shall give up the ghost. 

20 Only do not two things 
unto me: then will I not hide 
myself from thee. 

21 Withdraw thine hand far 
from me : and let not thy dread 
make me afraid. 

22 Then call thou, and I will 
answer: or let me speak, and 
answer thou me. 

23 How many are mine ini- 
quities and sins ? make me to 
know my transgression and my 
sin. 

24 Wherefore hidest thou thy 
face, and holdest me for thine 
enemy ? 

25 Wilt thou break a leaf 
driven to and fro ? and wilt thou 
pursue the dry stubble ? 

26 For thou writest bitter 
things against me, and makest 
me to possess the iniquities of 
my youth. 

27 Thou puttest my feet also 
in the stocks, and lookest narrow- 
ly unto all my paths ; thou settest 
a print upon the heels of my feet. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

^rh>-'2 si?2':3 si^-aia 

A'T • - T\ J : - 



jiiiS'rn 'ipis'ny NS-iiifi 

rtT : • • : J- T •• • 



!p'ri:iX i5!s;-^3 ipii'ii 



t:i'nnx 

IT : v : J* i~ VT - I* 



I" TV J I V T ■ iT 



' A- : - j-T I" I : - V 



naSX 135X1 iVfp^ 



AT": J -: -\ JT- 

K : - I IV T T IT 

iiT J" : 

A : j-T J : ■ I- 

!^"iirD nisi:? ^riri^ini 

IT : J i ■ *• • I : 



17 



18 



19 



21 



22 



23 



24 



26 



27 



AT : T T 



V. 23. i&n &ipinx;2'i x"3i 
V. 27. ^nom K"sa lb. imms x"d3 



REVISED VERSION. 

Hearattentively my speech, 17 
and that which I declare in 

your ears. 
Behold now, I have made 18 

ready my cause ; 
I know that I am innocent. 
Who is he that can contend 19 

with me ? 
For then would I be silent, 

and die. 

Only, two things do not thou 20 

unto me; 
then will I not hide myself 

from thee. 
Thy hand remove thou from 21 

upon me, 
and let not thy terror make 

me afraid : 
then call thou, and I will 22 

answer ; 
or I will speak, and answer 

thou me. 
How many are my iniqui- 23 

ties and sins ? 
My transgression and my sin 

make known to me. 
Wherefore dost thou hide thy 24 

face, 

and regard me as thine enemy ? 
A driven leaf wilt thou put in 25 
fear, 

and pursue the dry chaff? 

For thou writest bitter things 26 

against me, 
and makest me inherit the 

sins of my youth : 
and puttest my feet in the 27 

stocks, 

and watchest all my paths ; 
thou settest a bound to the 
soles of my feet. 



V. 17. Hear attentively ; with unremitted attention (§ 131, 
3, b). 

V. 26. Inherit (not possess, Gesenius' Lex. Hiphil. 1) ; for 
the sins- of youth are here represented not merely as the 
■possession of age, hut as an inheritance hequeathed to it from 
that season of indiscretion and folly. 

y. 27. Settest a hound Sfc. Such is the proper meaning of 
this phrase, with all the different explanations given to the verh 
Mpriinti. E. g. Gesenius, Thes. and Lex: around the roots (soles) 
of my feet hast thou digged, i. e. hast made a trench so that 



I can go no further, thou hast stopped my way ; oomp. 19:8; 
Lam. 3 : 7. Usually, around the roots of my feet hast thou 
drawn lines, i. e. made marks how far I may go ". Heilig- 
stedt : circa planias pedum meorum tibi (i. e. ad eflSciendum 
quod cupis, sc. ut me coarctes) incidis sc. terminos ; i. e. plan- 
tis pedum meorum certos terminos, extra quos progredi mihi 
non licet, constituis. Hirzel: Gr&bst dich ein um die Wur- 
zeln meiner Fiisse her; legst dich gleichsam als eine Kreislinie 
um meine Fusssohlen her . . . starkerer Ausdruck fiir . . . 
engst meine Schritte ein. Schlottmann : Meinen Fusssohlen 
schreihst du Gesetze vor. Mit Recht halt Ewald diesc schon 



46 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

28 And lie, as a rotten thing, 
consumeth, as a garment that is 
moth eaten. 



CHAP. XIV. 

Man that is born of a woman 
is of few days, and full of trouble. 

2 He Cometh forth like a 
flower, and is cut down: he 
fleeth also as a shadow, and con- 
tinueth not. 

3 And dost thou open thine 
eyes upon such an one, and 
bringest me into judgment with 
thee-? 

4 Who can bring a clean thing 
out of an unclean ? not one. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

niai 3pn3 Kilni 
-,m tex 1533 

IT JT : .• .• 

CHAP. XIV. 

ncw^ i^ibi d'lN 

AT • - T T". I J- ; 



i<^-L^-Q nni! ini-ia 

T • TV fj 



28 



V. 3. X"52 



REVISED VERSION. 

And he, as rottenness, shall 28 

waste away; 
as a garment, which the moth 

consumes. 

CHAP. XIV. 

Man, of woman born, i 
is of few days and full of 
trouble. 

Like a flower he goes forth, 2 

and is cut oft'; 
he fleeth as the shadow, and 

abideth not. 
And on such an one openest 3 

thou thine eyes, 
and me dost thou bring into 

judgment with thee ? 
Who can show a clean thing, 4 

out of the unclean ? 
There is not one ! 



V. 2. and withereth V. 4. 0 that a clean thing could come out of the unclean ! lb. Not 



von Aben Ezra (^13.i1 prt t3ii!)ri) vorgetragene Erkliirung des 
iip'ntMi fiir die wahrscheinlichste. But in his second edition 
(1854), Ewald takes another view, viz. der Sohlen meiner Fiisse 
dicli versiclierst ; d. h. ja sogar meiner Fusssohlen, wo sie seien 
und wo sie gezwungen ohne alle Bewegung bleiben sollen, dich 
versiclierst; so wie allerdings ein strenger Wachter wissen 
muss, wie welt er auch ihnen Freiheit verstatten wolle. — Dies 
[sich versichern] bedeutet niimlich am wahrscheinlichsten das 

hpnwi, nach § 121a von pn gebildet, wie (^. '^-^ mit ^^J^ 
sich einer Saclie vergewisscrn, wie ahnlich ^^JLa j^X^" sich 

willkiirlich iiber etwas zumRichter machen, willkiirlich darflber 
verfugen. But it is an unsafe principle, in the lexicography 
of any language, to admit a particular usage, often' the effect 
of peculiar historical and local influences, as evidence of a 
general one ; and the more so, the more distinctive it is, and 
remote from the primary meaning. In this case, it is unne- 
cessary to go beyond Hebrew usage, where the meaning and 
uses of this root are fully established, and give a pertinent 
sense. 

V. 28. i^iilil. The simple conjunction makes the connection 
with the best eCfect. It is marked too prominently by Evvald 
.and Hirzel : Da er doch ; Heiligstedt : Et quanquam ille.— 
And he ; Schlottmann, less happily : Da ich doch ; ^iin steht; 
wie ovrog, Seiy.riy.cog von der eigenen Person. The spirit of 
this fine expression is thus wholly lost; see Expl. Notes. — 
Which the moth consumes; Heiligstedt: quam tinea corrodit, 
enuntiatio relativa. 



Ch. XIV. V. 1. Homo, muliere natus, est hrevis diehus, . . . 
et satiatus vexatione (Heiligstedt). '\ "'y . / 

V. 2. As the shadow (definite), viz. that which marks the 
passing and declining day. As a shadow would not, there- 
fore, be appropriate. ' As a flower, on the contrary; viz. as 
any flower. — IVitherelh (Margin), is preferred by many 
(Ewald : verwelkt) ; but is not well sustained. _ ^ : ^ 

V. 3. iTi-i^-t]St ; an equivalent emphasis is exjfjressed by, 
on such an one. — Openest thou Sfc, — 1. e. so much as open 
the eyes upon him, so much as look upon him. Others (with 
the contrary emphasis) : to set, or fix, the eyes upon ; to ob- 
serve closely, to watch. In either case, the translation should 
be literal. Ewald, on the contrary: Und auf den hast du 
gescharft dein Auge. — "^tiNV: placed, for emphasis, before the 
verb (§ 121, 4, Rem; comp. § 145, 1, c) ; and 7ne, — such an one 
as I am. 

V. 4. 'jtn'^ This form occurs about twenty times in the 
writings of the 0. T. ; and in every instance, except this and 
Ch. 31 : 31, its idiomatic use as the Optative form (§ 130, 1, 
Ew. § 319, c), is perfectly clear. The presumption is, there- 
fore, that it is so used in these two passages. Accordingly, 
many translate here (in the form of a wish) : Could hut a 
clean thing come out of the unclean ! i. e. would that this were 
possible ! So Umbreit : Dass doch ein Reiner vom TJnreinen 
kame ! — " 0 kilme doch einmal ein Reiner von dem TJnreinen !" 
d. i. wie ist dieses miiglich, dass von dem unreinen Menschen 
ein reiner erzeugt werdel Und, auf Hiob angewandt: wie 
kann Gott mit ihm, an dem die Schwache seiner Abstammung 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAR XIV. 



47 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

5 Seeing his days are deter- 
mined, the number of his mouths 
are with thee, thou hast ap- 
pointed his bounds that he can- 
not pass ; 

6 Turn from him, that he may 
rest, till he shall accomplish, as 
an hireling, his day. 

7 For there is hope of a tree, 
if it be cut down, that it will 
sprout again, and that the tender 
branch thereof will not cease. 

8 Though the root thereof 
wax old in the earth, and the 
stock thereof die in the ground ; 



HEBREW TEXT. 



• 1 AT • JT T : : ■ 



(ST ; V : JT T !-■ J" ; 

IT : ■•• J ' : - 

A : T I V JT T ' 'j- ; - 



V. 5. 'p T^pn 



REVISED VERSION. 

If his days are determined, 
if the number of his months 

is before thee ; 
if thou hast set his bounds, 

that he cannot pass ; 
look away from him, that he 

may rest, 
so that he may enjoy, as a 

hireling, his day. 
For there is hope for the tree, 
if it be cut down, that it will 

flourish again, 
and that its sprout will not fail. 
Though its root become old 

in the earth, 
and its trunk die in the ground ; 



V. 6. Until he shall have paid, as a hireling, his da.y. 



liaftet, so streng verfohren ! Ewald : Kilm' doch nur ein Rei- 
ner vom Unreinen ! Hirzel : eig. 0 briichte man einen Reinen 
vom Unreinen ! d. i. 0 kame doch ein Solcher ! Vaihinger : 
0 kame doch einmal ein Reiner vom Befleckten ! Schlott- 
mann : 0 dass ein Reiner kame vom Unreinen ! * 

But such an idiomatic use of a phrase, however frequent, 
does not exclude the use of its elements in their proper sense 
and application. If a man had occasion to say : who will give 
me food ? the Ileb. phrase could as properly be used interro- 
gatively, as it is optatively. Here, the optative sense is not 
well suited to the connection. The desire would in itself be 
nothing to the purpose ; and it is understood, by those who 
adopt that construction, merely as implying what is directly 
asserted in the other. I prefer, therefore, the construction 
given by Gesenius, Thes. II. p. 927: ia bifariam accipi- 
tur ; a) quis mihi dahit, s. monstrabit hoc illudve 1 ubi est ? 
i. e. nemo dabit s. monstrabit. . . . Job. XIV. 4: cedd purum, 
qui ab impuro genitus sit. So in the Man. Lex. — Clean and 
unclean are preferable to pure and impure, as preserving the 
primary idea, which was never lost sight of in the secondary 
one. 

Second member ; ^ may be the accusative after -jpii 
(Hirzel : auch ^nx ist Accusativ ; nicht Einen, nilmlich wird 
man bringen) ; or it may be taken as an aflSrmation by itself: 
Not one! = (there is) not one. — To the second member, Ewald 
gives a peculiar turn (in his second edition t) : 

Kiim' doch nur ein Reiner vom Unreinen, 
war' es auch nur einer ! 

* Give = furnish, supply, is improperly taken by Stickel 
(1842), in the sense to produce, to bring out: Wer brachte 
einen Reinen vom Schuldigen? In the same sense, Koster 
(1831) : Wie kann ein Reiner kommen vom Unreinen? 

t First ed. Aber ach, nicht einer ! 



Das V. 4 & muss nach § 346 b einerlei sein mit !i^5 : und ent- 
halt dies Glied eigentlich einen mehr abgebrochenen wie seuf- 
zenden Wunsch, so erklart sich auch seine auffallende Ktirze. 
• — But these particles, though originally the same (§ 155, 2, /, 
note), are not interchangeable in usage. And, moreover, why 
should he desire one such specimen ? Plainly, the desire is 
nothing to the purpose, except as implying, that not one such 
is to be found ; and precisely this is asserted in the proper and 
usual construction of the words. 

V. 5. TiSi*; Lex. nx (II), 1, a; comp. t^, 10: 13. — The 
force of is of course implied in the two following members, 
and cannot be omitted in English without ambiguity. 

V. 6. na'^'i may mean to satisfy, as a debt (Lex. 3), to pay 
off what is due. This sense is pertinent here ; but its common 
signification, to delight in, to enjoy, is generally adopted. Ge- 
senius (Lex. 1): until he shall delight, as a hireling, in his 
day, sc. as past, in the rest and quiet of evening." But the 
idea is not: turn from him now that he may by and by enjoy 
himself; but that he may, in the mean time, enjoy so much as 
is consistent with his lot. See the versions in the following 
note. 

V. 7. Rest Sfc. ; comp. Expl. Notes. — 1V, as a conj. even to 
such an extent ^ so that. So it is understood by Gesenius 
here (Lex. C, 3). So Ewald : damit er raste, seines Tages 
doch wie ein Lohnling froh werd' ! Schlottmann : Um wie 
ein Miethling seines Tages sich zu freuen. Heiligstedt : 15), h. 1. 
usque eo ut = ut saltern significans, indicat quietis modum, 
qui homini saltern concedendus est. 

V. 8. QX, with Imperf, Lex. 0, 2, 



48 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XIV. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

9 Yet through the scent of 
water it will bud, and bring 
forth boughs like a plant. 

10 Butmaiidieth,andwasteth 
away: yea, maji giveth up the 
ghost, and where is he ? 

11 ^5 the waters fail from the 
sea, and the flood decayeth and 
drieth up : 

12 So man lieth down, and 
riseth not: till the heavens be 
no more, they shall not awake, 
nor be raised out of their sleep. 

3 3 0 that thou wouldest hide 
me in the grave, that thou 
wouldest keep me secret, until 
thy Avrath be past, that thou 
wouldest appoint me a set time, 
and remember me ! 

14 If a man die, shall he live 
again ? all the days of my ap- 
pointed time will I wait, till my 
change come. 

15 Thou shalt call, and I will 
answer thee: thou wilt have a 
desire to the work of thine hands. 



HEBREW TEXT. 



1 ^"^^p fTJJ:."1 

~iT : J* 't it t : 



! i^xi Ci^ix 

I - I JT T V- : • - 



rtT - • •-\ : IT 



! mil ami ^'nsT 

i"T : v: I'.' TT : 



T J • - TV J' : • 

ITT : ■ ■• t i 

■tpasi^n Hx'^^a I 'n'l ia 13 



nin"'n imj n^^ai-cis 14 

A— J- T ; J- : T 



TiSi'x tt'npin tj 

W ; • I .'V T V I- i 



REVISES VERSION. 

through the scent of water it 9 

will bud, 
and put forth boughs like a 

sapling. 

But man dies, and wastes 10 
away ; 

yea, man expires, and where 
is he ! 

Waters fail from the pool, 11 
and the stream decays and 

dries up : 
so man lies down, and will 12 

not arise ; 
till the heavens are no more, 

they will not awake, 
nor be roused from their sleep. 
0 that thou wouldst hide 13 

me in the under-world, — { 
wouldst conceal me till thy 

wrath is past, — 
wouldst appoint me a time 

and remember me. 
If a man die, will he live 14 

again ? 

All the days of my warfare 

would I wait, 
until my change come. 
Thou wilt call, and I will an- 15 

swer thee ; 
thou wilt yearn towards the 

work of thy hands. 



V. 10. and is at an end 



V. 14. ' warfare ' : appointed time 



V. 15. ' wilt ': wouldst | 'will': would 



V. 9. Sapling : Sept. vsorfvrop. — Scent fyc. Sept. literally, 
ajro oafifjs vSaros avd^rjaei. 

V. 10. t3^ni,, with Imperf. A, expressing helplessness and 
decay; he has no inward power of recovery, and utterly 
perishes. — Is al an end (Margin) ; Gesenius : debilis, caducus, 
confectus est, propr. prostratus est; Ewald: und ist vernich- 
tet ; Schlottmann : der Mann stirbt, und liegt da. 

V. 14. The import of the question must be determined by 
the connection and train of thought ; see Expl. Notes. Many 
understand it as denying, or at least questioning, the possibili- 
ty of any existence after death. The perplexity, which such 
a supposition necessarily involves, cannot be better expressed 
than in Heiligstedt's interpretation of the passage. Sensus 
versus 14: ut vero Deus me mortuum ab inferis excitare 
possit, me reviviscere necesse est. Quid 1 Num homo mor- 
tuus ad vitam redire potest ? (Valde quidem dubito hoc fieri 
posse ; tamen) si hoc fieret, conditionem meam molestissimam 
et in terra et in orco patienter perferrem, donee ab inferis 
excitares. . . . Postquam optavit, ut ab inferis excitaretur, 



rationem, qua id futurum sit, describit. Vocares, ex orco me 
revocares, et ego tihi rcsponderem, te vocante venirem. Truly, 
a man must be much at leisure, to carry out such a speculation 
so minutely, without any belief in its reality ! 

Warfare. The figurative form of the original should be 
retained here, as in other passages, e. g. Is. 40 : 2. — Appointed 
time (Margin), by which some translate the word, expresses 
only what is necessarily implied in warfare, viz. that is for a 
limited term. 

My change: the word may be taken in its proper sense, 
viz. a change from that state of being to a happier one. But 
many regard it as a continuation of the figure of military 
service, expressing the alternation of soldiers on duty. Schlott- 
mann : das iiai^n entspricht treOend dem Bilde des N^n^. Ge- 
senius (Lex.) : " until I am relieved by others ; the miserable 
state of the shades in Sheol being compared to the hard 
service of soldiers on guard." The translation, in either case, 
should be the same. 

V. 15. SfnpS ; the translation, call now (in the forensic 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XIV. 



49 



KING JAMES' VERSION. 

16 For now thou numberest 
my steps : dost thou not watch 
over my sin ? 

17 My transgression is sealed 
up in a bag, and thou sewest up 
mine iniquity. 

18 And surely the mountain 
falling Cometh to nought, and 
the rock is removed out of his 
place. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

A : ■ J- T ; T -\ I- 

I* T - - : • / 

dnn 17 
biai bsirnn sbiixi 18 

A • J" - T :v 

t ' : - * J- : : 



REVISED VERSION. 

For now, thou numberest my 16 
steps ; 

dost thou not watch for my 
sin? 

My transgression is sealed up 17 

in a bag ; 
and thou sewest up my ini- 
quity. 

But the mountain falling 18 
crumbles, 
and the rock is removed out 
of its place. 



V. 18. falling lies prostrate 



V. 16. But now, V. 17. And thou devisest additions to 



sense), and I will answer thee (Le Clerc, Schultens, Kosen- 
muUer, and De Wette formerly), is decidedly erroneous, and 
was abandoned by De Wette in his third edition : Du riefest, 
und ich antwortete dir. Thou wilt call, or thou wouldst call, 
is the common rendering, and the only admissible one. Sept. 
slra y.aXEOEis, iyco Si aoi vnay.ovaofiat. 

V. 16. fnPiSJ ''S ; Rosenmiiller, correctly : Nunc enim, ut res 
mese sunt in hac vita, ut nunc affligor. In this and the fol- 
lowing verse, the grounds are assigned for the desire expressed 
in vv. 14, 15. The adversative sense of 13, allowing it to be 
admissible in such a connection as this, is not so pertinent 
here. E. g. Schlottmann : Jetzt aber ; 13 bezieht sich auf die 
im Vorhergehenden liegende Negation, und geht nach dersel- 
ben, wie gewohnlich, in die adversative Bedeutung uber. The 
negation, understood by this writer, is the denial (or doubt) 
:f a future return to life (ein gegen die keimende Iloffnung 
alsbald erhobener schneidender Zweifel). But such a negation 
would not give to "for " an adversative effect ; for the severi- 
ty described in these verses is not the opposite of the thing 
denied (or doubted), and is not implied, therefore, in the 
denial of it. The same objection lies against Gesenius' ex- 
pression of the relation indicated by this particle here (Lex. 
13, 3, b, extr.) : '• O that thou wouldst hide me in Sheol . . . 
until thy wrath he past (and afterwards recall me to life, 
though I know this cannot be !). But no ! instead of this, 
thou numberest my steps ; so far from dealing kindly with me, 
thou even liest in wait as it were against me." But, on the 
other hand, this unsparing strictness and severity is a good 
reason for desiring the concealment and repose of the grave, 
until His wrath shall be turned away. 

Second member ; niaian xb, with the interrogative tone as 
in 2 : 10 (§153, 1). So Rosenmiiller: Noune custodem agis 
super peccatis meis ? Hirzel : und hdltst du nicht Wache uber 
m.eine Siinde, dass dir ja keiner meiner Fehltritte unbemerkt 
entgehe? — TTiou dost not give heed to my sin (in the sense, 
thou dost not carefully observe it, so as to inflict a punishment 
proportioned to it), proposed by Ewald, and followed by Hei- 
ligstedt and Schlottmann, is an arbitrary application of the 
7 



phrase, unsustained by usage as Ewald concedes (diese Bedeu- 
tung des "lao ungewOhnlich ist) ; and in the corrigenda to 
his second edition, he substitutes what he regards as the read- 
ing of the Sept. (ihi'n), — where it is more probable, however, 
that the sense of the common reading is expressed in para- 
phrase. 

V. 17, second member. Ewald: Zugendhet hast du meine 
Strafe ; das bfiu bedeutet eigentlich Mehen, haften, anein- 
anderfiigen, daher auch, wie das verwandte 'ispi, ndhen (mit 
bsJ iiber etwas, oder etwas zundhen). Others : " thou devisest 
(falsehoods) upon my iniquity,* i. e. makest my sins more 
numerous by false accusations in addition" (Gesenius, Lex.); 
et concinnas (excogitas, fingis culpam) super culpam meam, i. e 
culpam meam falsis criminationibus auges (Heiligstedt) ; and 
so Hirzel, Vaihinger and Sclilottmann (and to the same efl'ect, 
Rosenmuller). For this use of the verb, see 13 : 4 ; but the 
sense of the phrase, as given by Ewald, is doubtless correct, 
and accords with the parallelism. — There is no occasion for 
departing from the literal signification of the words lyiTQ and 
1315), which is the appropriate one here. 

V. 18. dbixi ; the signification and surely (Gesenius, Thes. 
profecto, revera), is rejected in Gesenius' later eds. of his lexi- 
con, and in others, e. g. in Maurer's and in Furst's hebr. u. 
chald. HandwOrterbuch. The adversative signification is the 
only one now recognized. — bl'a'^ ; Hirzel : eig. abwelken, von 
Pflanzen gesagt ; dann aber auch von anderen Korpern, welche 
sich aujlosen, schwinden, zunichte warden ; hier so viel als 
gdnzlich zusammensiiirzen, und so verschwinden. Heiligstedt : 
marccssit, prorsus corruit, dissolvitur et evanescit. Ewald: 
sinkt morschend hin. This expresses the proper import of 
the verb, when applied to a mountain. It is lost in Gesenius' 
translation : mons, qui cecidit, jacet iners. 



* This has no parallel in the language of Job elsewhere. 
His complaint is, that he is treated as a wicked man ; the 
ground of which he does not comprehend, nor can he reconcile 
it with God's impartial justice. 



50 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XV. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

19 The waters wear the 
stones: thou washest away the 
things which grow out of the 
dust of the earth; and thou de- 
stroyest the hope of man. 

20 Thou prevailest for ever 
against him, and he passeth : 
thou changest his countenance, 
and sendest him away. 

21 His sons come to honour, 
and he kno weth it not ; and they 
are brought low, but he per- 
ceiveth it not of them. 

22 But his flesh upon him 
shall have pain, and his soul 
within him shall mourn. 



CHAP. XV. 

Then answered Eliphaz the 
Temanite, and said, 

2 Should a wise man utter 
vain knowledge, and fill his belly 
with the east wind? 



HEBREW TEXT. 

bii sipniiJ I ci'iiS!* 19 

• - * -: IT <■ T 

T : IT v: r.' J '-" V" ' : • : 



STi iiiil 1123 siiaai 21 

AT - J : T Ti J : : • 

IT I fT I ; -: : • : 

2X31 11^5) i-itoa TlX 22 

AT : • JTT T :\ Ij- 

IT IV /T T • - : 

CHAP. XV. 

niivnsi nasi tiinn 2 

- A "I- JV -: I- T T IV ■ 

! irja diip x^aii 

I : ■ i* 't V- - I* 



REVISED VERSION. 

Water wears out the stones; 19 
its floods sweep away the dust 

of the earth : 
so thou destroyest the hope 

of man. 

Thou assailest him continual- 20 

ly, and he goeth hence ; 
thouchangest his countenance, 

and sendest him away. 
His sons come to honor, and 21 

he knows it not ; 
and they are brought low, but 

he heeds them not. 
Only, his flesh for itself shall 22 

have pain, 
and his soul for itself shall 

mourn. 

CHAP. XV. 

Then answered Eliphaz the 1 

Temanite and said: 
Shall a wise man answer 2 

with windy knowledge, 
and fill his breast with the 

East-wind ; 



V. 22. 'itself': himself 



lb. 2d memb. 'itself - : himself 



V. 20. npPl, von gewaltsamen Angriffen, Ueberfdllen, auch 
15 : 24 ; hier, von den Angriffen Gottes auf Gesundheit und 
Leben des Menschen (Hirzel). 

V. 21. I'^b is to be referred to D^sa. Hirzel : lab ist auf 

T 'T ^ 

d'laa zu beziehen ; er hat keine Einsicht^ Kenntniss von 
ihnen . There is no occasion to abandon the simple and 
natural construction, and to regard the suffix as neuter. Hei- 
ligstedt: sufBxum in i?2b (pro Q!ib) neutrius sensumhabet; 
ea (non animadvertit), sc. id, quod liberi sui contemti sunt. 

V. 22. bs>, expressing the cause or ground. Lex. 2, d. Suff. 
pron. as a reflexive, § 124, 1, h. Such, I think, is the only 
consistent construction of this clause, as demanded by the 
connection and the arrangement of the words. So Heilig- 
stedt: Nonnisi de se caro (corpus) ejus dolet, (nonnisi in se 
ipso dolores sentit corpus ejus), Et anima ejus de se luget 
(suam ipsius sortem luget). Ewald's translation: Nur sein 
eigner Leib schmerzt ihm, seine Seele trauert ihm, rests on a 
construction of ax3i 1ibs>, and iiasn l^lss), which is not justi- 

- : • T T ' - v: r.- t t - 

fied. Nor is the thought in itself a just one. There is no 
ground for saying, that his body pains him &c. ; but there is 
a foundation for the fine poetical conception of the original 
(see Expl. Notes). There is, perhaps, less objection to the 
false emphasis (the Italics are not meant, but the form "his 
Dwn body" &c.), though it is certainly not the form in which 
the thought is expressed in the original. Equally wrong is 
Schlottmann : Ueber ihn selbst nur fuhlt Schmerz sein Fleisch, 



iiber ihn selbst nur trauert seine Seele. In no consistent 
sense, even in poetical conception, could his flesh be said to 
feel pain for hitn ; though he might properly be said to grieve 
for the body mouldering to dust. — Umbreit translates : Nur 
iiber sich empfindet Schmerz sein Leib, nur ttber sich fllhlt 
Trauer seine Seele. This admits of a correct interpretation, 
though a false one is given it ; viz. that in the gloomy realm 
of the dead, he is occupied solely with his own miserable 
condition, "liaa and iaB3 being, together, a periphrasis for the 
whole man. So easily are the finest points obscured and lost, 
in a process of false generalization. The Sept. long since gave 
the sense correctly : alk' rj at adpy.sg avrov rjXyrjaav, r] Se ^vxfj 
avTov ETtevd'rjaav. 

Ch. XV. V. 2. (liil n?5; knowledge of wind (genitive of 
quality) = windy knowledge (Ewald : wind'ges Wissen), i. e. 
empty and sounding as the wind, a vain and ostentatious 
pretension of knowledge. '■'■Vain knowledge''^ (Gesenius, Lex. 
n^l'i, 1, bb) may serve as an explanation, in part at least, but 
not as a translation ; the original image is required, as an 
introduction to the next member. — di'ip is not simply synony- 
mous with n!)^ (Gesenius. Lex. Qilp, 2, extr.), " of anything 
vain and empty". There is reference here to its vehemence 
and violence, and in Hos. 12 : 2 (Heb. text), to its injurious 
and fatal efl«cts. Heiligstedt, correctly : d^lp eurus, quod 
voci nn'i in primo membro parallelo, ut Hos. 12 : 2, respon- 
det, non solum inanitatis, sed etiam vehementia imago est. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XV. 



51 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

3 Should he reason with un- 
profitable talk ? or with speeches 
wherewith he can do no good ? 

4 Yea, thou castest off fear, 
and restrainest prayer before 
God. 

5 For thy mouth uttereth 
thine iniquity, and thou choosest 
the tongue of the crafty. 

6 Thine own mouth condemn- 
eth thee, and not I: yea, thine 
own lips testify against thee. 

7 Art thou the first man that 
was born? or wast thou made 
before the hills ? 

8 Hast thou heard the secret 
of God? and dost thou restrain 
wisdom to thyself? 

9 What knowest thou, that we 
know not ? what understandest 
thou, which is not in us ? 



HEBREW TEXT. 

I A : • J T T :v - J" 
IT i> J • 

AT I • J- f T -V ' - 

I IT- r* I '-• T : 



«-T - T Ti ' J • 



; Fi^^in ms35 iDsbi 

T : IT J T : V : ■ : 

5)53din ."nibx lioin 8 

AT ; • - J v: J : - 

IT : T 1 jv V- : • ; 



Nil PlS/'I's-na 9 

AT" J : T ; -Tt - 

I JT ■ I : ) • T 



V. 5. ffi5i3 t<"32 7. '1 -iini 8. ns-i 'nn N"5n 



REVISED VERSION. 

reproving, with speech that 3 

helps not, 
with words wherein is no 

profit ? 

Yea, thou thyself dost cast oflT 4, 
fear, 

and withh oldest prayer before 
God. 

For thy mouth teaches thine 5 

iniquity, 
although thou choosest the 

tongue of the crafty. 
Thy mouth condemns thee, 6 

and not I; 
and thy lips testify against 

thee. 

Art thou the first man born, 7 
and before the hills wast thou 

brought forth ? 
Hast thou listened, in the 8 

council of God ; 
and reservest thou wisdom to 

thyself? 

Wliat dost thou know, and we 9 

know it not, 
or understand, and we have 

not the same ? 



V. 3. ' reproving ' : arguing lb. whereby he is not profited ? 

V. 4. ' cast ofif ' : aboHsh lb. ' withholdest ' : make light of | ' praj'er ' : devotion 



V. 3. So Gesenius, Thes. II. p. 592 : arguendo verbis quee 
nil prosunt ; and Lex. Man. (ed. Hoffmann), ?55)i : verha qui- 
bus nihil proficiunt. — naiii the Inf. ahs. construed as adverb, 
accus. § 131, 2, and 'jsa'n t<b, da ... as relative clauses; so 
Gesenius, Heiligstedt, Hirzel &c. — bijsii, the indeterminate 3d 
person (§ 137, 3) ; Gesenius, Lex. Man. 1831, and (ed. Hoff- 
mann) 1847. The verb may be transitive or intransitive ; and 
this peculiarity is retained in the version. Less happily (Ge- 
senius' Lex. Am. ed.) : words, by which he is not profited. The 
verbal idea, in each member, is expressed absolutely : that 
does not help, or profit, — viz. any one, himself or others. Sept. 
ekeyy^mv Iv ^rjfiaaiv oJs ov 8el, xal Iv Xoyois oTs ov8ev b<peXog. 
Arnheim and Ewald, in the same sense, but with a less simple 
and natural construction: Zticht'gen mit Worten — dienet 
nicht ; und Reden — damit ntitzt man nicht ! " Mit Worten ", 
viz. with words alone, without corresponding acts. Hirzel's 
objection (womit sollte er es anders thun ?) is, therefore, un- 
founded. 

V. 4. To break fear is to break through its restraints (as 
to break a law, and to break a covenant, is to break through 
the restraints, and the obligations, which they impose) ; 
hence equivalent to the Eng. phrase, to cast off fear. — Thou 



emphatic ; even thou thyself art not restrained by the fear 
of God. The common rendering (Margin), is less consistent 
with this form ; and, as a constructive view of Job's language, 
is less probable here. — Second member ; Ewald : und schma- 
lerst die Andacht vor Gott. 

V. 7. Lit. art thou born the first man; expressing, not 
a transient act, but a permanent relation, which explains the 
apparently anomalous use of the Imperfect (comp. § 127, 4, c). 
— Here the adjective is not the subordinate (§ 112, 1), but the 
principal idea, and therefore stands first; comp. §112, 1, 
Rem. 1. There is, therefore, no occasion for the construction : 
Worth bist als der erste der als Mensch geboren (Schlott- 
mann). — The coincidence in form with Prov. 8 : 25, in the 
most natural expression of so common an idea, is no evidence 
that the same subject is intended in both. 

V. 8, Gesenius, Thes. II. p. 602 : num auscultasti in con- 
sessu Dei? — Second member; the sense is given correctly 
by Schlottmann : und ziehst alle Weisheit an dich ? Ewald 
(from Arabic usage) : und saugst zu dir ein Weisheit, — a later 
development of the verbal idea, not so pertinent here. 

V. 9. Pcrf and Imperf., § 126, 3, 2d % 



62 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XV. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

10 With US are both the gray- 
headed and very aged men, much 
elder than thy father. 

11 Are the consolations of 
God small with thee? is there 
any secret thing with thee ? 

12 Why doth thine heart carry 
thee away ? and what do thy eyes 
wink at, 

13 That thou turnest thy spirit 
against God, and lettest such 
words go out of thy mouth ? 

14 What is man, that he 
should be clean? and he which is 
born of a woman, that he should 
be righteous ? * 

15 Behold, he putteth no trust 
in his saints ; yea, the heavens 
are not clean in his sight. 

16 How much more abomina- 
ble and filthy is man, which 
drinketh iniquity like water ? 



HEBREW TEXT. 

AT J' T - JT - 

: Tinas' 1311 

I iT • ft T T : 

?]3^ tinis^j-n^ 12 

1 AT J" V J' T l- 

» I* • I J' * TV : 



n3ti-"i3 imsx-ina 14 

IT • J : • - : • (• : 



ilijiya iiST-iib diiffii 

IT •• : J- 1 • - T : 

AT ■-■nv ; JT : * r ' - 1 



V. 15. 's ririp:3 



REVISED VERSION. 

The aged also, and the hoary- 10 

headed, is with us, 
older than thy father. 

Are the consolations of God 11 

too little for thee ; 
and the word that gently 

deals with thee ? 
Why does thy heart carry 12 

thee away ; 
and why twinkle thine eyes; 
that against God, thou dost 13 

turn thy spirit, 
and utter words from thy mouth. 
What is man, that he should 14 

be pure, 
one born of woman, that he 

should be righteous? 
Lo He trusteth not in his holy 15 

ones, 

and the heavens are not clean 

in his eyes. 
Much more, the abominable I6 

and polluted ; 
man, that drinks in iniquity 

like water. 



V. 12. ' thy spirit ' : thine anger, 



V. 14. and that he should be righteous, that is born of woman 1 



V. 10. Qiai 

• T 

like grand(Bzus. 



• ■ T^as (§ 112. 2), in form- and signification 
Some suppose, with little probability, that 



"with us" means, in the little circle of Job's opponents in 
this controversy, and that Eliphaz himself, the oldest of them, 
is intended. The translation should be so expressed, as not 
to exclude this supposition. 

V. 11. ?j53p US;53 less than thou, i. e. less than thy need, or 
desire ; so ^ap a^, 1 K. 19 : 7, greater than then, i. e. greater 
than thy strength, too great for thee. Comp. Lex. 'ja, 5, b. 
Little in thy account, i. e. contemned, despised by thee, is not 
the meaning of the Heb. phrase. — Second member. Lit. that 
(is) gently with thee, i. e. treats thee with gentleness ; the fre- 
quent adverbial praedicate (expressing manner of being) after 
a subst. verb expressed or implied. 

V. 12. Gesenius, Thes. II. p. 739 (and Lex. Am. ed. ab, 1, 
b, exit.) quo te rapit cor tuum? But this is not a recognized 
sense of na, and is not suited to the next member. It is a 

T ' 

form of reproachful expostulation (§ 153, 2, Note f). — isiani ; 
the significations, to roll the eye (Ewald); trotzig, schrecklich 
sein, von den Augen (Maurer, Hdwbch), are without any 
reliable basis. The translation, quid innuunt oculi tui (Gese- 
nius, Thes. in. p. 1280), is feeble. 

v. 13. In the rendering of the Vulgate, hujuscemodi ser- 
mones (followed in all the old English versions), the idea 
such, of such a nature, is a sheer addition to the text, not im- 
plied in the words nor necessary to the full expression of their 



meaning, and therefore unjustifiable. To cherish evil thoughts 
of God, is the sense of the first member; to utter them in 
words, is that of the second. Umbreit: Wir miissen bj{"bx 
aus dem vorhergehenden Versgliede wieder hinzudenken. So 
Heiligstedt : Et adversum eum educas ex ore tuo (ore tuo pre- 
fers) verba. 

V. 14. Literally : What is man, that he should be pure, 

and, that he should be righteous, one born 
of woman ? 

That is : what is one born of woman, the interrogative being 
mentally repeated in the second member. This construction 
is required by the connection of thought, and is favored by 
the accentuation. Ewald, on the contrary: Was ist der 
Mensch, dass rein er ware, und dass gerecht des Weibes 
Sohn ! (so Umbreit, Vaihinger, Schlottmann &c.) ; which 
makes this connection : What is man, that the son of a woman 
should be righteous ? 

V. 15. Holy ones. Angels are undoubtedly intended here, 
as in ch. 4 : 18 ; compare the references in the note on ch. 5 : 1. 
The word saints (in all the old English versions), would not 
now express the sense. 

V. 16. So all the later versions in accordance with the ob- 
vious connection of thought, and the structure of the Heb. 
sentence. The sense was correctly given by Tyndale (fol- 
lowed by Cranmer and the Bishops), though the grammatical 
structure was lost in a single point : How moch more then an 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XV. 



53 



KING JAMEs' VERSION. 

17 I will shew thee, hear 
me ; and that which I have seen 
I will declare; 

18 Which wise men have told 
from their fathers, and have not 
hid it: 

19 Unto whom alone the earth 
was given, and no stranger passed 
among them. 

20 The wicked man travaileth 
with pain all his days, and the 
number of years is hidden to the 
oppressor. 

21 A dreadful sound is in his 
ears : in prosperity the destroyer 
shall come upon him. 

22 He believeth not that he 
shall return out of darkness, and 
he is waited for of the sword. 

23 He wandereth abroad for 
bread, saying, Where' is it ? he 
knoweth that the day of dark- 
ness is ready at his hand. 

24 Trouble and anguish shall 
make him afraid ; they shall pre- 
vail against him, as a king ready 
to the battle. 

25 For he stretcheth out his 
hand against God, and strength- 
eneth himself against the Al- 
mighty. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

ib-5)atj T]!inK 17 

IT -: I" ■ * : 

v'nxn n5pi5 tn^ih dnb 19 

I V AT T JT : • T - :i JVT 

IT : JT - KT I ; 

^iiinn^a Kin 5>d-i lai-bs- s 

A" : • J T Ti J" : T 

\ I' T IV / : : • • T /- : • 

i^STxa d-iina-^Jip 21 

AT : T ; • T ; '1 

r.' ; J" T - 

'nizjn-iaT: •3.^-6 1153^x1 -xb 22 

V IT ■• v: J V T : 

IT'S dnfeb Niin nib"" 23 

M' - VJV- J 

:Tii23n dii iT^a 'iibj-is 1 5>'i'' 

I V I J J T : 'it r - T 

'at : J- ■- -: - :i 

ill ^x-^x n-L2ri3 

AT J" V JTT I- 



REVISED VERSION. 

I will show thee ; listen 17 

thou to me : 
and that which I have seen I 

will declare ; 
what the wise make known, is 
and have not hidden, — from 

their fathers. 
To whom alone the land was 19 

given, 

and no stranger passed among 
them. 

All the days of the wicked 20 

man, he is in pain, 
and the number of years that 

are laidup for the oppressor. 
Sounds of fear are in his ears ; 21 
in peace, the destroyer comes 

upon him : 
he trusts not that he shall 22 

escape out of darkness; 
and he is destined for the 

sword. 

He wanders about for bread : 23 
Where is it? 

he knows that a day of dark- 
ness is ready, at his hand. 

Trouble and distress make 24 
him afraid — 

overpower him, as aking ready 
for the battle. 

Because he stretched out his 25 
hand against God, 

and proudly set himself against 
the Almighty; 



abhominahle and vyle man, whiche drincketh wickedness like 
water. The Genevan, following the Vulgate, strangely mis- 
represents the meaning and application of the verse ; and was 
followed and amended for the worse in the common version : 
Howe much more [is] man abominable and Jilthie (common 
version, how much more abominable and filthy is man). Bad 
as the heavens are, man is still worse ! 

V. 18. Heiligstedt, correctly: dtniax^ cum silis'i conjun- 
gendum est, quia !i'iri3 jt^i est enuntiatio interjecta, quae ad 
illia"! pertinet. 

V. 20. The rendering of the Targum is here followed in 
the old Eng. versions, and by some modern scholars (e. g. 
Eichhorn, Rosenmiiller, Umbreit), viz. the number of years is 
hidden from the oppressor. But this is no less true of the 
righteous than of the wicked ; and what is evidently the lead- 
ing thought of the verse, is thus wholly lost in the second 
member. 

The two clauses, " all the days of the wicked man ", " and 



the number of yeajs that are laid up for the oppressor ", cor- 
respond to each other (as designations of time), and the third 
clause, "he is in pain ", is common to both. Ewald: 
So lang Frevler lebt, wird er gequalt, 
wieviel Jahre dem Tyrann gespendet. 
Das zweite Glied ist nur weitere Beschreibung der Zeit : so 
lange er auch leben mag, und sicher ist ihm immer nur eine 
gewisse, oft kurze Frist aufgespart, wird er immer gequalt. 
So Heiligstedt : Omnes dies improbi, quoad vivit improbus. hie 
torquetur ... Et per numerum annorum qui repositus (desti- 
natus) est violento, per tot annos, quot destinati sunt violento 
(sc. improbus cruciatur).— ■jri-iyb >1JS123 est enuntiatio relativa 
(Heiligstedt) ; § 148, 1. 

V. 21. d'^ina-bip expresses the plural of the compound 
idea sound of fear (108, 3,c), the two words being treated as 
a compound noun. 

V. 22. !is^ for tiias, § 75, Rem. 5. 

V. 23. Ewald: Schweift umher nach Erode — wo?- , 
Schlottmann : Er irrt umher nach Speise: wo? 



54 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XV. 



KING JAMEs' VERSION. 

26 He runneth upon him, even 
on Ids neck, upon the thick bosses 
of his bucklers : 

27 Because he covereth his 
face with his fatness, and maketh 
collops of fat on his flanks. 

28 And he dwelleth in deso- 
late cities, and in houses which 
no man inhabiteth, which are 
ready to become heaps. 

29 He shall not be rich, neither 
shall his substance continue, 
neither shall he prolong the per- 
fection thereof upon the earth. 

30 He shall not depart out of 
darkness ; the flame shall dry up 
his branches, and by the breath 
of his mouth shall he go away. 

31 Let not him that is de- 
ceived trust in vanity : for vanity 
shall be his recompense. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

IXias 1i^55< V'l"!"' 26 

Kf : JT *• I J T 

IT • IT r* - • -: I- 

is^na iiss nss-is 27 

V IT •■ -: JT • -T~ 

miiriss di;n5 i 'jisiij^i 28 
ibin Q!ipi-j<bi nmi -ixb 29 

IT : • I v JT T K! • I : 
V at; - J— : a 

:liQ ro'na 

I- " J : T ; 

nyms iiiia iiaxi-bx 31 

AT : • : JT " ' J" ": I- ~ 
I T I ; iV : r : T r 

V. 31. 'X i&n 



REVISED VERSION. 

ran upon him, with stiffened 26 
neck, 

with the thick bosses of his 

bucklers. 
Because he covered his face 27 

with his fatness, 
and gathered fat upon the loin ; 
and abode in desolated cities, 28 
whose houses none inhabit, 
which are destined for stone- 
heaps. 

He shall not be rich, nor shall 29 

his wealth endure; 
nor shall their possessions 

spread abroad in the earth. 
He shall not escape out of 30 

darkness ; 
a flame shall diy up his 

branches ; 
and by the breath of His mouth 

shall he pass away. 
Let him not trust in evil; 31 

he is deceived, 
for evil shall be his reward. 



V. 28. houses where none dwell lb. ' are ' : were 

V. 29. his wealth shall not mount up, nor shall their possessions bend down to earth. lb. 'possessions ' : fold (V. R.) 
V. 31. ' evil ' : vanity ] ' he is deceived ' : the deceived one lb. 2d memb. ' evil ' : vanity 



V. 27. nias, 5 53, 2, Note *. 

T T ' * ' ' 

V. 28. The sense is the same, whether a'iJ'^ is taken active- 
ly as the indeterminate 3d person (they inhabit not = none 
inhabit), or intransitively and passively, as by Gesenius 
(Lex. 4) and others. — lab, used with reference to the fem. 
substantive (§ 121, Rem. 1) ; and with the relative sense 
(§ 123, 3, fc). But the general sense is the same, if iab is 
taken, as is commonly done, for the pleonastic dative (§ 154, 
3, e) ; or, with more probability, as the designation of place. 
So Hirzel: iab steht nicht pleonastisch, sondern ist Ortsbe- 
zeichnung ; vgl. b aiij"! Ps. 9 : 5. — iiinSTirt, passive, § 54, 3, d. 

Another relation of vv. 25 fol. has been recognized by some, 
as RosenmuUer, De Wette formerly, Ewald in his first edition, 
and others ; viz. v. 25 Because he stretched out Sfc, v. 27 he- 
cause he covered 8fv., v. 28 fol. therefore shall he inhabit Sfc. 
This construction, unnatural in every view, is abandoned by 
De Wette (3d ed.) and by Ewald (2d ed.). But the connection 
of ']iati'=;l with b^^T. is equally against De Wette's construc- 
tion of the former in his 3d edition ; viz. darum bewohnet er 
7erwustete Stadte ; which, moreover, is not a common mode 
of punishing the oppressor, as this language implies. 

There is less objection to Ewald's view (2d ed.), of the rela- 



tion of vv. 27, 28, as the protasis : though he may have covered 
4r. (for has he = for if he have ; hence, though he has) ; and 
of vv. 28 fol. as the apodosis : yet is he not made rich. But 
this change in the use of 13 is unnecessary ; and the terms 
of V. 28 plainly show that the crime is made the prominent 
thing, and not the advantage obtained or sought from the 
act. 

V. 29. b na'^ ; Gesenius, Thes. II., p. 877 : Intrans. expan- 
dit, i. e. diffudit se (grex alicujus in terra) ; De Wette, und 
nicht breitet sich aus im Lande sein Besitz. The objection to 
this use of the phrase is not valid ; the inherent intransitive 
sense of the verbal stem being apparent in its derivatives, and 
this use of b, especially in poetry, is clearly established (Lex. 
B. 1, extr.). ' 

On the contrary, Schlottmann (after Ewald's suggestion, but 
with a happier conception of the figure) : nicht steigt seine 
Habe, nicht senkt sich auf die Erde sein Besitz ; an image of 
a tree, with its towering trunk, and branches bending to the 
earth with fruit. — abD53. The etymology suggested by Schul- 
tens is now generally admitted. Ewald : tnbia scheint das Er- 
worbene zu bedeuten, nbj = b^S Jlj erreichen. So Heiligstedt 
and others. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XVL 



55 



KING- JAMES' VERSION. 

32 It shall be accomplished 
before his time, and his branch 
shall not be green. 

33 He shall shake off his un- 
ripe grape as the vine, and shall 
cast off his flower as the olive. 

34 For the congregation of 
hypocrites shall be desolate, and 
fire shall consume the taberna- 
cles of bribery. 

35 They conceive mischief, 
and bring forth vanity, and their 
belly prepareth deceit. 

CHAP. XVI. 

Then Job answered and said, 

2 I have heard many such 
thina:s: miserable comforters are 
ye all. 

3 Shall vain words have an 
end? or what emboldeneth thee 
that thou answerest. 

4 I also could speak as ye do : 
if your soul were in my soul's 
stead, I could heap up words 
against you, and shake mine head 
at you. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

xbapi iai'i-x^ja 32 

TIT-: I- J T • : 

inpa 'JB53 &bni 33 

IT* • — • 1i- : - : 

A : - 'j- T J--: I- 
- I " t: IT . <T : rr - ; 

-iix h-os nnn 

AT J T : T Tl J T 

IT ; • ' T T : • 

CHAP. XVI. 

A - V J- : • : J- T 
r.' t \ JTT «r -r : 

n-ianst ti33 13364 I oa 4 

T /- : V.*T "IT «- 



REVISED VERSION. 

Before his time, it is fulfilled; 32 
and his Palm is no longer 
green. 

He shall shake off, like the 33 

vine, his unripe grapes, 
and, like the olive, cast 

away his blossoms. 
For the household of the im- 34 

pure is desolate, 
and a fire devours the tents of 

bribery. 

They conceive mischief, and 35 
bring forth vanity ; 

and their womb matures false- 
hood. 

CHAP. XVI. 

Then answered Job, and i 
said: 

I have heard many such 2 
things ; 

miserable comforters are ye all. 
Is there any end to words of 3 
wind? 

or what emboldens thee, that 

thou shouldst answer? 
I also could speak as ye do ; 4 
were your soul in place of mine, 
I could frame words against 
you, 

and could shake my head at 
you. 



V. 34. is famished V. 3. what provokes 



v. 32. Comp. !r|ris> it^s Eccl. 7 : 17.— xban it is made (or 
makei itself) full, complete, either referring to im|iaPl, as un- 
derstood by Hufnagel, Hirzel and others (or to time, Gesenius, 
Lex. Niph.) ; or the fern, is used as neuter : impletur, actum 
est de eo, immatura morte absumitur (Heiligstedt) ; ist es aus 
mit ihra (De Wette). But tt^MFi can hardly be taken as = 
actum est de e o. Ewald, more happily : es erfullt sich, geht 
vorbei, zu Ende. The form of the original should be pre- 
served, as it gives a clear and consistent sense, and enables the 
reader to judge of the connection. Before his time, i. e. pre- 
maturely, it is fulfilled (viz. the recompense for his wickedness ; 
or, in the neuter sense, it is finished, actum est), in overwhelm- 
ing misfortune and untimely death. 

And his Palm. Ewald: seine Palme grunet nicht (2d 
ed. grunet nie). There is no ground for the general signifi- 
cation a branch, a hough*; while there is here a special reason 
for the use of the Palm, or Palm-branch (see Expl. Notes). 



* Hupfeld (Spec. Qusest. in Jobeidos locos vexatos): 



V. 4. would speak | would frame | would shake 



V. 34. Desolate: So Schlottmann (wiist) correctly, from 
the etym. meaning hard (of the soil), hence unproductive, 
barren, waste. 

V. 35. fnti, T^i, Inf. abs. (131, 4, b, a) an emphatic ex- 
pression of the thought. — 'jiDO prepares, in the sense, brings 
to maturity. Ewald: und ihr Bauch macht — Tauschung reif ! 

Ch. XVL, V. 3. n, implying a negative answer (§ 153, 2, 
2d T[), the question being equivalent to a negative assertion. 
We cannot translate : shall vain words have an. end, in the 
sense, shall not vain words have an end ; for the interrogative 
Iri is not so used (see remarks on Ch. 20 : 4). — in a dis- 
junctive question, § 153, 2, 3d T[. 

V. 4. ills, § 155,/, and note. — Could frame words. So Ge- 
senius, Lex. Hiph : necterem contra vos nexus verbis i. e. verba 

iiQ3 enim non quemvis ramum indicat, ut temere statuunt 
sed palmse tantum, qua primum arborum nobilium exem- 
plum cernitur. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XVI. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

5 But I would strengthen you 
witli my mouth, and the moving 
of my lips should assuage your 
grief. 

6 Though I speak, my grief 
is not assuaged: and though I 
forbear, what am I eased? 



7 But now he hath made me 
weary : thou hast made desolate 
all my company. 

8 And thou hast filled me with 
wrinkles, which is a witness 
against me: and my leanness 
rising up in me beareth witness 
to my face. 

9 He teareth me in his wrath, 
who hateth me: he gnasheth 
upon me with his teeth; mine 
enemy sharpeneth his eyes upon 
me. 

10 They have gaped upon me 
with their mouth; they have 
smitten me upon the cheek re- 
proachfully ; they have gathered 
themselves together against me. 



HEBREW TEXT. 



tt : /» : I' — : 



K " t 1 J- Ti" I T ; - —I 

• AT : V /T - ' 1 - 



r T T T 



AT T J- : 

lani ia tap''! 

• : - i> 'Ttj- 
17 -: I- /- T : 

AT * : J- T ' J- T 



AT T : J - T : V ;i 

' IT-:* i-T - - 



V. 8. nna tiura st":3 



REVISED VERSION. 

I would strengthen you with 6 

my mouth, 
and the comfort of my lips 

should uphold ! 
If I speak, my grief is not 6 

assuaged ; 
and if I forbear, does it at all 

depart from me? 
But now, He hath wearied 7 

me out: 
thou hast made all my house- 
hold desolate; 
and me hast thou seized — it is 8 

become a witness; 
and my leanness rises up 

against me, 
it bears witness, to my face. 
His anger rends, and it pur- 9 

sues me ; 
he gnashes on me with his 

teeth ; 

my enemy sharpeneth his eyes 
at me. 

They gape upon me with their lo 

mouth; 
with scorn, they smite me on 

the cheek ; 
together they combine against 

me. 



V. 5. and the moving 



V. 6. my pain 



sc. inania, mendacia contra vos serere possem. Comp. § 138, 
Rem. 3, Note. Ewald : mit Worten klugeln, nach dem Arab, 
wo ^nn wissen bedeutet; aber der hebr. Sprachgebrauch 
gniigt (Hirzel) ; a remark equally applicable to many similar 
cases. — The lengthened hnperf., in the first person, is some- 
times continuative merely (here following an implied or ex- 
pressed condition), and hence is used with Vav. consec. (§ 49, 
2, b, extr.). Its use to express purpose, I would, or I will, 
speak (ds alone seems to me decisive against this) is not so 
appropriate here. See Expl. Notes. 

Your soul is not to be taken as a periphrasis of the personal 
pronoun (a doubtful usage, Gesenius' Lex. ffisj, 5, med.). Soul, 
the seat of intelligence, mental activity, and emotion, stands 
as the representative of these faculties in man, and is specially 
appropriate here, where there is immediate reference to what 
is thought, felt, and suffered. The force of the expression is 
lost, therefore, by substituting ye and me. 

V. 6. Assuaged. The literal form, is not restrained, in 
English would mean, is not repressed in utterance ; and the 
^rue meaning must be given by an equivalent phrase. — Second 
member : lit. as to what, in what respect, does it depart, =«= 



does it at all depart. — Lengthened Imperf. in a conditional 
clause, § 128, 1, d. 

V. 7. iniy ; as in 15 : 34. The reading of the Syriac 
(ifi'ii'), followed by TJmbreit and some others, arose probably 
from in the following verse. Of the correctness of the 
Masoretic pointing (Targum, "^MiO ^3 xri'^'is) there can be no 
doubt. 

V. 8. liap, as in 22 : 16. So Sept. Inela^ov fiov Sym. 
y.aTsSijaag fis. The signification to wrinkle, a secondary usage 
of the Syriac {corrugare, a constringendo et contrahendo), 
passed from the Vulgate (rugse meas testimonium dicunt con- 
tra me ; Tyndale : whereof my wrinkles hear witness), and 
Pagnino (et rugare fecisti me ; in testem fuit), into Luther's 
and the old English versions. Luther: Er hat mich runzlicht 
gemacht, und zeuget wider mich ; Cranmer and the Bishops' : 
And that thou haste filled me with wrynkles, my fieshe is re- 
corde ; Genevan : And hast made me full of wrinkles, which 
is a witness thereof. But it has no claim to be regarded as a 
Hebrew usage, and is rejected in all recent versions. 

So Gesenius, Thes. & Lex. 
mutuum sibi auxilium prse- 



V. 10. lixipn"!, comhine tfc. 
pr. compleverunt se vicissim, i. e, 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XVI. 



57 



KING JAMES' VERSION. 

11 God hath delivered me to 
the ungodly, and turned me over 
into the hands of the wicked. 

12 I was at ease, but he hath 
broken me asunder : he hath also 
taken me by my neck, and shaken 
me to pieces, and set me up for 
his mark. 

13 His archers compass me 
round about, he cleaveth my 
reins asunder, and doth not 
spare ; he poureth out my gall 
upon the ground. 

14 He breaketh me with 
breach upon breach; he runneth 
upon me like a giant. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

bilS) 11 

! ija-i"! tii5)u3-i iii-^si 

IT T - : . ^- I . : - 

1121 I -i^y ^130^ 13 

T - - T < T 

A : - J : - : -v J- - : 

: ^nn^^: rnxV 'ns^ii'i 

I- T I" : I V T T • I / : • 



REVISED VERSION. 

God delivers me up to the il 

unrighteous, 
and casts me into the hands 

of the wicked. 
I was at rest, — and he 12 

shattered me ; 
he laid hold of my neck, and 

dashed me in pieces, 
and set me up for his mark. 
His strong ones beset me 13 

round; 

he cleaves my reins, and does 

not spare ; 
and pours out my gall upon 

the earth. 
He breaks me, with breach 14 

upon breach ; 
he runs upon me like a warrior. 



V. 13. His arrows ; others, His archers. 



stiterunt, altero alterius lacunas qs. explente ; sq. by con- 
junctis viribus impetum fecerunt in aliquem, Job. XVI., 10. So 
Arabic, conj. VI. inyicem juverunt, concordarunt ac unanimes 
fuere. 

The ancient versions are mere conjectures drawn from the 
context : Syr. and Targ. are filled with rage against me ; 
Vulg. satiati sunt poenis meis. — The rendering of Pagnino: 
simul adversura me congregati sunt (Mercier : contra me con- 
gregantur), passed into the old English versions. Cranmer : 
they gather themselves together against me ; so the Genevan, 
and the com. version (have gathered). But the sense, simply 
to collect, to assemble, does not lie in any form of this word. 
Have made themselves full soil, in number (Ludov. de Dieu : 
impleverunt se, id est pleno numero congregarunt se), more 
nearly corresponds to its use in other forms ; but is without 
direct support, and is not suited to the connection. Gesenius' 
definition is drawn naturally from the primary signification 
and the form of the word ; and is sustained by the use of the 
corresponding form in the Arabic. Vaihinger : Zusammen ge- 
gen mich sind sie verbiindet. Less happily, Schlottmann: 
allmiteinander kommen sie zu Hauf; and Heiligstedt: Una 
contra me se complent, pleno numero conveniunt, 1. e. cuncti 
contra me congregantur ; ... ad Nii^Hfi cf. 5ib?a Jes. 31 : 4. 
Hirzel's suggestion: sich in voile Kiistung werfen, sich voll- 
etandig bewafFnen, is without a shadow of probability. In 
the passage appealed to (2 Sam. 23 : 7), the verb has for its 
complement bns ; no proof, certainly, of an ellipsis of this 
word 

8 



V. 13. Beset me round, expresses the combination ^'by 
1301 . — Strong ones as in 35 : 9 ; Lex. 2, a) ; comp. 

" host succeeding host ", in 10 : 17. Gesenius, Thes. III. 
p. 1254: quidni retineas cingunt me multi ejus i. e. agmina 
ejus, vel fortes, potentes ejus i. q. 1"''ni3H 1 cui magis etiam con- 
venit verbum natj. The translation, his arrows (or darts), 
has the concurrent testimony of the ancient versions, Sept., 
(and Itala), Syr., Targ., Vulg. It is still retained by some 
leading philologists; e. g. Ewald: 3"! erklaren die alten 
Uebersetzer ganz richtig als Geschoss ; Hirzel: 3*1, Gewor- 
fenes, Pfeil, nach Analogie von T3 Erbeutetes, Beute ; Stammw. 
33"i (Perf. 3'l), 1 Mos. 49 : 23, welches s.v. a. n3-i, vgl. 1 Mos. 
21 : 20. So Heiligstedt and others. But the philological 
grounds for it are not fully conclusive, and it is rejected by 
Gesenius. 

The Rabbinic interpretation, Ms archers, was adopted by 
early Christian Hebraists (Pagnino : circuierunt adversum me 
jaculatores ejus ; on the contrary, Seb. Munster, Dictionarium 
Hebraicum, anno 1523, " jacula Job 16 ") ; and also in 
some of the early Eng. versions.* E. g. Cranmer : His archers 
compasse me rounde aboute ; so the Genevan, Bishops', and 
common version. It has no philological support, and is now 
generally rejected. Maurer (Hdwbch.) appeals to this pas- 
sage, and to Jer. 50 : 29, Prov. 26 : 10, as instances of this 
usage ; but they furnish no proof of it. 



* But in Tyndale's (the oldest from the Heb.) : he hath 
compassed me rounde aboute with his dartes. 



58 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XVI. 



KING JAMES' VERSION. 

15 I have sew^ed sackcloth 
upon my skin, and defiled my 
horn in the dust. 

16 My face is foul w^ith weep- 
ing, and on my eyelids is the 
shadow of death ; 

17 Not for any injustice in mine 
hands : also my prayer is pure. 

18 0 earth, cover not thou 
my blood, and let my cry have 
no place. 

19 Also now, behold, my wit- 
ness is in heaven, and my record 
is on high. 

20 My friends scorn me : hit 
mine eye poureth out tears unto 
God. 

21 0 that one might plead for 
a man with God, as a mtin jpleadeth 
for his neighbour ! 



HEBREW TEXT. 

N : ■ J" -: • : - T\ ^ jr 
r- JT T r.* • : v- i 

,155-1553 rria-ijafi ijq 16 

• (W • • \ J I - TA J-T 

V IT ; - i - V- ; 

^5133 &^n-xi bS" 17 

AT- : JT T I -4 

! nst irbansi 

IT- t'T • i 

lan issn-'iix ynt. is 
I inpsstb aifja ini-bxi 

ins c=iaii)3 tiifi nny-da 19 

K " 'J-T - J- ■■• T -» 

! diaiiaa inniui 

r : - • t: iT : 

15>"I i:si^a 5 

fit" J- ■ I 
■• •• n : \T - v; 

nibx-ds) ins^^ naiii 21 

V. 16. nna tiuna 6<"d2 ib. 'p Tna^an 
V. 19. nna fians 'lay 



REVISED VERSION. 

I have sewed sack-cloth upon is 

my skin, 
and have thrust my horn into 

the dust. 
My face is inflamed with weep- 16 

and a death-shade is on my 
eyelids ; 

although no violence is in my 17 

hands, 
and my prayer is pure. 

Earth, cover not thou my I8 

blood ! 

and let my cry have no resting- 
place ! 

Even now, behold my wit- 19 

ness is in heaven, 
and my attestor is on high. 
My mockers, are my friends : 20 

unto God my eye poureth 

tears ; 

that he would do justice to a 21 

man with God, 
as a son of man to his fellow. 



V. 15. And have thrust (itnb^iS'i). So Gesenius, Thes. II. 
p. 1033 : immisH in pulverem cornu meum, and in the Man. 
Lex. Am. edition ; but formerly (Lexicon manualis, 1833) : 
male hahui caput meum pulvere i. e. fcedavi, totum conspersi 
pulvere.* 

V. 17. bj), as in 10 : 7 ; comp. Lex. B, 1. 

T. 18. Hirzel : dipa, Ort wo mein Schreien stehen bleibt, 
wo es in seiner weiteren Verbreitung gehemmt wird, also ver- 
hallt. 

V. 19. My attestor : iniu, an eye-witness ; one who can 
attest, from personal knowledge. Ewald, happily : mein Mit- 
wisser. The sense was' correctly given by Tyndale (followed by 
Cranmer) : and he that Jcnowethe me is above in the heygth ; 
Bishops' : and he that Jcnoiveth me is in the height ; Genevan 
(followed in the com. version) : my record. 

V. 20. isi^sa my mockers, the predicate placed first for 
emphasis (§ 145). 

V. 21. So Gesenius, Thes. II. p. 592 : ut jus dicat viro in 
lite quam habet cum Deo, i. e. jus ejus tueatur. The form : 
to a man with God, shows clearly what is meant ; viz. that 
man, in a cause between Mm and God, may receive justice, 
— that the infinite disparity between the parties should not 
prejudice his cause. It is as a man he here speaks of him- 

* Still quoted as his view in Olshausen's 2d ed. of Hirzel 
(and in a recent American work on Job, 1854), and retained in 
Hoffmann's ed. of the Lexicon. 



self; and the ground-thought here is the same as in ch. 9 ; 32. 
(See Expl. Notes). This, the main point, is lost in Ewald's 
version and explanation : Zu Gott mein Auge thrdnet, dass er 
dem Mann vor Gott Recht gebe ; erklarend, dass der fur schul- 
dig gehaltene schwache, nun verblichene Mensch, Hiob, dtanoch 
vor Gott gerecht sei. This, moreover, claims too much ; for 
Job does not assert that a man can be just with God (just in 
the sight of the infinitely Wise and Holy), but the contrary ; 
see ch. 9 : 2. The point on which he desires that justice may 
be done, between him and God, is his complaint of the severity 
of God's chastisements ; comp. chs. 8 : 20 ; 9 : 22-24 ; 10 : 2, 3. 

The general idea is more nearly expressed by Schlottmann: 
Dass er entscheide zwischen dem Mann und Gott. But here 
again, the principal point in the original, viz. that justice be 
done to man, the weaker party, is not expressed. His ex- 
planation of the form of the original is nearer the mark: 
wOrtlich, dass er fur den Mann die Entscheidung trefife mit 
Gott, d. h. in seinem Verhaltnisse zu Gott. 

Heiligstedt : nsli'i pendet ab hemistich, posteriore v. 20 ; 
obsecro Deum, ut jus dicat. So Gesenius, Umbreit, Ewaldj 
Hirzel, Schlottmann, Vaihinger, and others. There is nothing 
in the form or the connection to indicate an Optative (0 that 
one might contend for a man with God), which is entirely out 
of place here, and with the second member (as a son of man 
for his fellow), makes no sense at all. — Second member : Vav 
of comparison, as in 5 : 7 (Lex. 1, dd). 

After what has been said, it is unnecessary to add any refii- 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XVII. 



69 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

22 When a few years are 
come, then I shall go the way 
whence I shall not return. 

CHAP. XVII. 

My breath is corrupt, my days 
are extinct, the graves are ready 
for me. 

2 Are there not mockers with 
me ? and doth not mine eye con- 
tinue in their provocation ? 

3 Lay down now, put me in 
a surety with thee : who is he 
that will strike hands with me? 



HEBREW TEXT. 



1 t v: r*.' J T I - V I 



CHAP. XVII. 

T i • /* T T T V J* 

I* r T 

T AT ■ "J" : T TV T J* 

iJ'pni nib N!in-ia 



22 



V. 2. nai csnn 'rn 



REVISED VERSION. 

For a few years will pass, 
and I shall go the way that I 
return not. 

CHAP. XVII. 

My breath is consumed, 
my days are extinct; 
the graves are my portion. 
Of a truth, mockeries beset me ; 
and my eye must dwell on 

their provocation. 
Give a pledge, I pray thee ; 
be thou my surety with thee : 
v»'ho is there, that will give 

his hand for mine ? 



22 



V. 
V. 



1. My spirit 

Do not mockeries beset rhe 1 
aad does not my eye dwell 



lb. the grave is 
V. 3. that will strike hands with me 



tation of the assumption, by Ewald, of an entire change in the 
construction of nisin in the second member (und richte gegen 
seinen Freund den Menschen) ; or of the construction which 
assumes, that the b of the first member is implied in the same 
sense before D'lN "(3 in the second, while the b expressed in 
the second corresponds, in construction and sense, to n? 
in the first ! It was not the writer's object to amuse himself, 
or puzzle his reader, with mere riddles in construction. 

Ch. XVir. V. 1. My breath Sfc. So Gesenius, Lex. (bnn, Pu.) : 
halitus vi^us destructus est, i. e. vis vitalis exhausta (but later, 
in the Am. edition : " my spirit is destroyed, i. e. my vital 
power? are spent"). Ewald: vernichtet ist mein Geist. The 
signification breath is preferable here. So Hirzel : niii der 
Athem, s. V. a. die Lebenskraft ; and Schlottmann : mein Odem 
ist zerstort. — T7ie graves: § 108, 4, Rem. 2. The use of the 
plural is not an idiom of the language, but a peculiarity of the 
writer's conception. As such it should be retained, the ex- 
pression being as admissible in English as in Hebrew. Heilig- 
stedt: similiter apud Gr£ecos Tatpai de unius sepulchro dicitur; 
of. Herod. 5, 63. Soph. Aj. 1090. — Lit. the graves are mine ; 
i. e. nothing else remains to me. The literal form would not, 
in English idiom, convey the true sense. 

This verse is now commonly, but improperly I think, con- 
nected with the preceding paragraph. The thought is there 
fully closed with v. 22; and this addition drags feebly and 
heavily. The new connection, in ch. 17, properly begins with 
this allusion to his hopeless condition (see Expl. Notes), as 
aggravating the unkindness of which he complains, and against 
which he pleads for the divine interposition. 

V. 2. Jib DN (§ 155, 2, f, 2nd If, Lex. dN, D, 2), a strong 
asseveration, as in ch. 1 : 11, 2 : 5, 31 : 36. Cocceius : Asse- 
verat autem, ludibrio se esse amicis. The same sense is given 
by the interrogative form in the margin, which some adopt 



here (Seb. Schmidt, Rosenmuller, De Wette in his earlier 
eds.) ; but the combination jib DK is found in the interrogative 
sense, only as the second member of the disjunctive question 
(Is. 10 : 9, 40 : 28), where n, as usual, is followed by dx- The 
sense of this verse is well expressed by Schlottmann : Wahr- 
lich, Spottereien umgeben mich ; auf ihrem Hohn muss mein 
Auge weilen. 

The whole connection is so clear, in this simple and natural 
construction of the words, that it is hardly necessary to take 
notice of others which have been proposed. E. g. Pareau : 
xb dS, if not (= if it were not so), mockings would stilt 
longer await me, &fc. Ewald (in the same sense of jib dX: but 
taken as the expression of a wish, Lehrb. § 3196) : trieb man 
nur Spottereien nicht mit mir ; i. e. if only these were spared 
me, I would cheerfully submit to my hard fate. Umbreit: 
(fib dX taken as strictly conditional, the first member forming 
a conditional protasis, followed by the apodosis in the second) : 
Musst' ich nur nicht Spottereien dulden, bei ihrem Hadein 
wiird' ich ruhig bleiben. De Wette (3d ed.) and Hirzel : IJ 
falsehood is not with me (= since there is no deception in me), 
my eye can (calmly) dwell on their opposition ; i. e. I can still 
endure their assaults on my innocence. 

Literally: mockeries (there is no occasion for substituting 
the concrete, mockers, which enfeebles the expression), are 
with me ; i. e. they are continually present, besetting me 
without intermission {umgeben mich, Schlottmann). — Dibnn 
mockings ; comp. 1 K. 18 : 27. — My eye must dwell on (prop, 
dwells on continually), i. e. cannot avoid the sight (§ 127, 4, 6: 
and 3, d). — TJieir, referring (as is not unfrequent with the 
pronoun), to a subject necessarily implied in the thought. 

V. 3. naib. absolutely, Lex. 3, h. Heiligstedt : dib ponere 
sc. pignus (ein Pfand einsetzen), cf. . . . . Gr. rid-sad-ai, Lat. 
ponere. — Be thou my surety vnth thee. The true import of 
this is well expressed by Le Olerc: sponsor esto 7neus tecum; 



60 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XVII. 



KING JAMES' VERSION. 

4 For thou hast hid their 
heart from understanding ; there- 
fore shalt thou not exalt them. 

6 He that speaketh flattery to 
his friends, even the eyes of his 
children shall fail. 

6 He hath made me also a by- 
word of the people; and afore- 
time I was as a tabret. 

7 Mine eye also is dim by 
reason of sorrow, and all my 
members are as a shadow. 

8 Upright men shall be as- 
tonished at this, and the inno- 
cent shall stir up himself against 
the hypocrite. 

9 The righteous also shall hold 
on his way, and he that hath 
clean hands shall be stronger 
and stronger, 

. . . nec mirum -videri debet, in oratione figurata, Deum orari 
ut sit ipse, apud se, sponsor innocentias hominis. 

IFlio will give his hand for mine 7 The elliptical phrase in 
Prov. 11 : 15 (to strike viz. the hand, to give a pledge) is here 
used in the reflexive or passive form : who will pledge him- 
self (by giving the hand) for my hand, i. e. as though it were 
mine (comp. Thes. and Lex. h, 13). Niphal verbi signi- 
ficationem reflexivam habet: dextra data sponsionem pro all- 
quo interponendam in se r e cip er e (Heiligstedt). 

But another construction is commonly given to the phrase, 
viz. u'ho is he that will strike with my hand ? i. e. that vrill 
strike hands, or pledge himself, for me (Gesenius, Thes. and 
Lex. i'pPi) ; or, who is he that will strike into my hand, i. e. as 
a pledge that he will be surety for me (Hirzel, Schlottmann), 
or that he will assert my innocence (Ewald). In this con- 
struction, however, the reflexive or passive form is not re- 
quired. Striking hands was the confirmation of a contract 
or a promise of any kind. The debtor, e. g. confirmed the 
promise to pay by giving his hand ; the surety bound himself 
for the fulfillment of the promise, by giving also his hand to 
the creditor. It has been said, that the surety gave his hand 
both to the creditor and the debtor ; * but of the latter there 
is no proof, as indeed there was no ground or occasion for 
the act. 

v. 4. Exalt them: the accus. of the living object omitted 
(§ 121, 6, Rem. 2), being necessarily implied in the connection 

* Ewald, Alterth. des Jild. Volkes, S. 165 : Der Burge gab 
sowohl dem Schuldner als dem Glaubiger in gerichtlicher Zu- 
sammenkunft die Hand. 



KE VISED VERSION. 

4 For their heart thou hast kept 4 
back from wisdom ; 
therefore, thou wilt not exalt 
them. 

^ Whoso betrays friends for a 5 
prey, 

even the eyes of his children * 
shall fail. 

6 And me has He set for the 6 
peoples' by-word ; 

I am become one to be spit 
upon in the face. 

7 My eye is bedimmed with 7 
grief, 

and my members, all of them, 
are as the shadow. 

8 The upright will be astonished 8 
at this, 

and the innocent will be roused 
against the impure. 

9 But the righteous will hold 9 
on his way, 

_ and he that is of clean hands 
will increase in strength. 

of thought. There is, therefore, no necessity for Schlott- 
mann's suggestion: das ist ohne Zweifel eine zusam- 

mengezogene Form fiir daTSTnn. Das Dagesch ist nach der 
langen Sylbe ausgefallen. — Ewald: Darum ist keine Bes- 
serung ; Dai"in von Hithpael nach § 161 gebildet, und nach 
der Bedeutung des Bildes Hos. 11 : 7 (2d ed. 1854). He 
adds : man konnte auch meinen, das "Wort laute nach § 62 a 
so fiir D?a?2i^Sn, drum wirst du sie nicht siegen lassen ; allein 
so bestimmt sieht Hiob in diesem Zusammenhange keineswegs 
die Niederlage seiner Freunde durch Gott voraus. This ad- 
mits all that is required. The objection is founded on a 
theory, of the manner in which Job desired to be justified, 
before his fellow men. But to this there is no reference here ; 
and the expression is explained by ch. 13 : 7-11. Sept. Sia 
Tovro ov fit] vycua/js avrovg. So also Symmachus and Theo- 
dotion. Vulgate : propterea non exaltabuntur. 

V. 5. For a prey : Lex. 13. So Ewald, zu7n Loose ; Hei- 
ligstedt, ad pradam ; Schlottmann, zum Pfande. The as- 
sumption of the concrete sense {spoil for spoilers, Gesenius 
Lex. p^n, 2), is unnecessary. — Whoso: omission of the rela- 
tive and its pronominal antecedent, § 123, 3, c. 

V. 6. ROdiger (Thes. fasc. poster, p. 1497) : talis fio, cui 
in faciem inspuunt ; i. e. pro sputalicio habeor, xaramvarog, 
omnium mortalium vilissimus et contemtissimus sum. Gene- 
van version (misled by a false etymology) : / am as a tabret 
before them; Bishops': whereas afore I was their joy (margin: 
or, tabret). The common version, combining the two, has* 
and aforetime, I was as a tabret. 

v. 7. As the shadow: article, § 109 Rem. 1, a. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

V AT • 1 ;j- T T •! f 

fiiss^ T^ai phrib 

A- - J ; ■ — * * R 

:nins< taiisb n&rn 

iv : IV J* T : \ I 

K " - J- • - J- - 

IT \ J" - c \ r 

A - J* T ; J T 

IT ; • !i" T - **T : 

■isi'n pii}£ inxii 
V. 4. tatjin st"3a v. 5. nrbDn s":3 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XVH. 



61 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

10 But as for you all, do ye 
return, and come now: for I 
cannot find ont wise man among 
you. 

11 My days are past, my pur- 
poses are broken off, even the 
thoughts of my heart. 

12 They change the night 
into day: the light is short be- 
cause of darkness. 

13 If I wait, the grave is mine 
house : I have made my bed in 
the darkness. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

•Dan D33 NSiax-xbi 



■ T J'.' T \T ; V I 



sipns imssT >i~a5> 



I* T : J" T 1 

iniQ-i ™n3 



11 



12 



13 



V. 10. litm i-ipi isni a^na x"33 



REVISED VERSION. 

But as for them all, — come on lo 

again I pray ; 
for I find not a wise man 

among you. 
My days are passed; my 11 

plans are broken off, 
the treasures of my heart! 
Night is joined to day; 12 
Light is just before darkness. 

Lo, I wait my abode in the 13 

Tinder-woiid, 
in the darkness I have spread 

my couch ; 



V. 10. But as for you all (V. R.) 

V. 13. 



< If I wait my abode in the under-world, 
. \ in the darkness spread my couch ; 



V. 12. Night they make day. 



V. 10. In D^3 D^!!< est paranomasla, propter quam Db^5< in 
DiiX mutatum est (Heiligstedt). — dfes, with suff. ^dpers., though 
the subject of the verb is 2d pers., as in 1 K. 22 : 28 ; Mic. 1:2; 
comp. § 121, Rem. 4, extr. It is to be preferred, therefore, to the 
reading 03^3 in two MSS. of Kennicott, three of De Rossi, 
Syr. Vulg. (not Chald. as sometimes stated, which has "jiin^iiB). 
— >is3!i in^itiri, § 142, 3, a. 

V. 11, 2d member: Sept. ioQayr; Sh ta a^d'^a rrjs xa^Siag 
fiov. Mit Unrecht hat Ewald die Erklarung des Perissolides 
ni^Jlla = ti^ma (LXX: a^d-^a) emeuert (Schlottmann). 
Ew. : des Herzens Bande, u3"ii53 willkiirlich identificirend mit 
"inia, und dieses wieder mit in^ia oder nni (Hirzel). 

V. 12. Night is joined t« day ; i. e. follows close upon it. 
Lit. they put night to day, the impers. plur. for the passive, 
137, 3, note. So Gesenius construes the plural here (Gr. as 
above), though with a different sense of the phrase, viz. night 
is made day (Thes. and Lex. A, 2). 

The verb may have for its subject a pronoun, referring to 
his opponents (or, as construed by some, to m'ai*) ; or it may 
be taken impersonally, ponunt = ponitur. With the first 
construction : they make night day, viz. in their vain promises 
of a brighter future (comp. 5 : 17-26; 8 : 20-22; 11 : 13-19). 
So J. D. Michaelis, Dathe, Umbreit, Ewald (dennoch Nacht zu 
Tag sie machen), Hirzel, Heiligstedt, Schlottmann. With the 
last construction : night is made day ; i. e. pain banishes 
sleep, so that night is no longer a season of repose from the 
cares of the day. The phrase has also been taken as in Is. 
5 ; 20. But neither of these senses harmonizes well with the 
connection, or with any construction which the next member 
will bear. 

Second member : Gesenius, Lex. 3i"i|3, c, a : the light is not 

* Mercier : noctem in diem ponunt, sc. hae mese cogitationes 
noctem mihi in diem convertunt, efficiunt, ut noctes ducam in- 
eomnes, ac mihi sit nox loco diei. 



far from darkness : i. e. will soon be merged in it. Thes. Ill, 
p. 1235 : ninp, construitur h. 1. sq. ijQa, ut arab. ^jjo 
et lat. prope abesse a re. This is the proper construction of 
the words; and i2Qa indicates a receding, or retreating, of 
light before the darkness, which follows close upon it. So 
Schlottmann paraphrases (^a^b'^ implied before nis): dies 
Licht, dem das Dunkel schon naht. 

Of the other constructions, which have been given to this 
unusual combination, none are now deserving of notice but 
the two following. Light is near, in the presence of darkness ; 
i. e. they represent light as near, where there is nothing but 
darkness (Umbreit, Vaihinger, Hahn). Lux propior est facie 
tenehrarum, tenebris apertissimis ; i. e. dicunt (amici) felicitatem, 
qua3 a me prorsus est remota, mihi esse propiorem calamitate 
apertissima, in qua nunc versor '^an ija fades tene- 
hrarum, i. e. tenebrse, quae quasi faciem suam monstrant, h. e. 
qua3 apertissimas sunt, in omnium oculos incurrunt (Heilig- 
stedt). So Ewald: Licht ist naher als das klare Dunkel! 
Hirzel: ^liin iJQ ist die gleichsam ihr Gesicht zeigende, d. h. 
offen und deutlich vor eines Jeden Auge daliegende Finster- 
niss, die den Hiob umgiebt. But this construction of 133a 
is unnatural in itself (as justly objected by Schlottmann), and 
is contrary to the settled and uniform usage of the language. 

The tone of this fine passage is greatly lowered, when it is 
so expressed (by Ewald, e. g. and others), as to make it merely 
the proof of the assertion in v. 10, " I find not a wise man 
among you." Moreover, this charge itself, so understood, 
amounts to very little; and such a limitation of it is un- 
warranted by anything in the connection. It refers, evident- 
ly, to the main points in dispute between them and him. I 
regard the verse as a continued description of his own state, 
without any reference to the erroneous views of his friends, 
and therefore place the other view in the margin. See Expi. 
Notes on vv. 12, 13. 

v. 13. DX, Gesenius' Lex. A. If taken as a conditional 



62 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XVIII. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

14 I have said to corruption, 
Thou art my father: to the 
worm, Thou art my mother, and 
my sister. 

15 And -where is now my 
hope? as for my hope, who shall 
see it? 

16 They shall go down to the 
bars of the pit, when our rest 
together is in the dust. 



CHAP. XVIII. 

Then answered Bildad the 
Shuhite, and said, 

2 How long xvill it he ere ye 
make an end of words? mark, 
and afterwards we will speak. 



HEBREW TEXT. 



nm last inx'ip 



T IV : J* • T ' : • ; 
T ■■ J : J" - 



CHAP. XVIII. 
; 152X^1 ificn 'I'nlss iss'Ji 



:i3"i5 ^nxi >i3''nn 



14 



16 



V. IG. 1=1X11: x"d2 lb. nsnxa nns 



revised version. 

I have called to corruption, 14 

My father art thou, 
to the worm, My mother and 

my sister ! 
And where then is my hope? 15 
yea my hope, who shall see it ! 

It will go down to the bars of 16 

the under-world, 
so soon as there is rest in the 

dust. 



CHAP. XVIII. 

Then answered Bildad the 1 
Shuhite, and said : 

How long will ye hunt for 2 
words ? 

understand ; and afterward let 
us speak. 



V. 14. 



Buy to the grave, My father art thou, 
to the worm, My mother and my sister ; 

will ye set snares for words. Others : 
How long, ere ye make an end of words 



V. 15. then where is my hope ? 



V. 2. 



particle (Margin), the only apodosis is found in v. 15. Com- 
pare Maurer, on Hos. 12 : 12, p. 85. But the falsa assurances 
of his friends, supposed to be referred to, excluded this sup- 
position.* 

Whether we take biX'iD as the direct object (with which 
in'^a stands in apposition), or as the accus. of place, the 
general sense is the same as that given in the translation, 
which is the best expression of it in English. 

V. 14. Corruption. So Ewald : ruf dem Moder zu : mein 
Vater da ! Schlottmann : nniiJ ist hier wohl mit den alten 
Versionen und Nachmanides nicht von nua, sondern von nM;!J 
als Wurzel abzuleiten. Dafur spricht das folgende Bild des 
ax, welches ein Mascul. zu fordern scheint ; so entsprechen 
sich nnffl und ii^al der Bedeutung und der Form nach, eben 
60 wie ax und dX- The last suggestion makes the distinction 
of gender of some account. The propriety of the image de- 
mands it ; and there is no solid objection to the derivation of 
the word from nnttJ. 

- T 

V. 16. tiiTiFi ; Heiligstedt: de forma femin. singul. imperf., 
cf. Jud. 5 : 26 ; Jes. 28 : 3. Ew. § 191. But here, (comp. Ges. 
Gr. § 47, Rem. 3), the plur. form may have reference to the 

* Fiirst (Hdwbch., bs, 1, a), makes an easy solution of the 
case: oder, es steht sst in dem den Zustand beschreibenden 
Satze so, (?) dass gar kein Nachsatz folgt (Hiob, 17 : 13), wo es 
ganz uniibersetzt bleibt. But there was something in the 
speaker's or writer's mind, which suggested the word to Jiim, 
whether we choose to express it or nor. 



collective sense implied in impti; a usage familiar to the 
Hebrew, but not allowable in English. 

Second member ; lit. when at the same time. Schlottmann 
well : Wenn erst im Staub ich Ruhe finde ; wOrtl. wenn zu- 
gleich auf oder im Staub Ruhe ist. 

Ch. XVIH. V. 2. "lujp ; the etymology suggested by 
Schultens (in loc.) is now very generally approved, both for 
its inherent probability, and its appropriateness here. Heilig- 
stedt : i:J5p derivandum est a yip — y^j^ venari (Schultens. 



J. D. Michael. Ew. Hirz. al.), unde •jrjp 



laqueus. 



"plbp^ i^ip d'lto laqueos pioncre verMs, i. e. venari, aucupari 
verba. Ewald : das nur hier vorkommende i^jp ist zwar sei- 
ner naheren Bedeutung nach etwas dunkler ; scheint aber von 
ijaJ3 (Waquid. Aeg. p. 9, 6, und sonst) abgeleitet am sicher- 
sten Fangwerkzeuge zu bedeuten ; wie venari, aucupari verba. 
The sense is well expressed by Hirzel : wie lange wollt ihr 
nach Wortcn jagen ? d. h. nur darauf ausgehen, irgend etwas 
zu sagen, wenn es auch noch so gehaltlos ware 1 Daher Vulg. 
dem Sinne nach nicht unrichtig : ad quern finem verba jacta- 
bitis. 

With this etymology of i^ap, there is no reasonable doubt 
that the phrase means, to hunt for words ; and its import is 
expressed by this corresponding phrase in English. The 
charge is : that all their skill and craft are expended in hunt- 
ing for words merely. The grounds for the older view ("^SSp 
Aram, form for i2p) are fully given by Gesenius, Thes. lU. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XVIII. 



63 



KING JAMES' VERSION. 

3 Wherefoi'e are we counted 
as beasts, and reputed vile in 
your sight? 

4 Pie teareth himself in his 
anofer: shall the earth be for- 
saken for thee? and shall the 
rock be removed out of his 
place ? 

5 Yea, the light of the vpicked 
shall be put out, and the spark 
of his fire shall not shine. 

6 The light shall be dark in 
his tabernacle, and his candle 
shall be put out with him. 

7 The steps of his strength 
shall be straitened, and his own 
counsel shall cast him down. 

8 For he is cast into a net by 
his own feet, and he walketh 
upon a snare. 

9 The gin shall take him by 
the heel, and the robber shall 
prevail against him. 

10 The snare is laid for him 
,in the ground, and a trap for 

him in the way. 

11 Terrors shall make him 
afraid on every side, and shall 
drive him to his feet. 

12 His strength shall be 
hungerbitten, and destruction 
shall he ready at his side. 

13 It shall devour the strength 
of his skin : even the firstborn of 
death shall devour his strength. 



HEBREW TEXT. 



■is&s lizisj tiib 
r-ix :3Ti'n S3a?ain 

I ■-• AT -JT " I : - i- ; -I 



•nsii di5)B'n Tin 

MT : • J* T : J «- 

1 • J- J - • II 



TTon "nix 

A t: IT : ! J- T I 
1 IT : • JT T ■• : 

i3li< illSl 

A J"-:i- 

IT-: V • : - ; 

AT ; - ; ■.• jv : j- ■. r 

ItT - : • T T ; - : 

i 

AT 'j- T : J" 

1- - JT T 

i^an v'^^^s iiaa 



I- T J- - 



ninba !inin5>2 s^aiD 11 

AT- J"-. -: 1* -TV 
IT : - : / ■- • IV 



iJK asi-i-irri 12 

II-: ' JT " ; 



i-liS 1^12 ^35<i 13 

im?2 -liaa ii^a bsxi 



REVISED VERSION. 

Wherefore are we accounted 3 

as the brute, — 
are impure in your eyes ? 
One that teareth himself in 4 

his rage ! 
for thee, shall the earth be 

forsaken, 
and the rock remove out of 

its place? 
Yea, the light of the wicked 5 

shall go out, 
and the flame of his fire shall 

not shine. 
The light darkens in his tent, 6 
and his lamp above him goes 

out. 

His strong steps become 7 

straitened, 
and his own counsel casts him 

down. 

For he is driven into a net by 8 

his own feet, 
and he walks upon snares. 
The trap will seize by the heel, 9 
the snare will take fast hold 

of him. 

Hidden is its cord in the earth, 10 
and its noose upon the path- 
way. 

On every side, terrors affright 11 
him, 

and pursue him, at his foot- 
steps. 

His strength becomes fam- 12 
ished; 

and destruction is ready, at 
his side. 

It devours the parts of his 13 
skin ; 

his limbs the first-born of 
death devours. 



p. 1223, art. pp. The objections to this view are well stated 
by Hirzel, viz. 1) das Auffallende des Plur. an sich, anstatt 
des Sing, ■jrp, welcher auch oben 16 : 3, in ganz gleicher Yer- 
bindung vorkam ; 2) das Ungewohnliche dieser Pluralform, da 
der Sprachgebrauch anstatt Qi^p andere Formen eingefiihrt 
hat, z. B. 26 : 14 ; die Unmoglichkeit, dass n3it"15 warm 1 
heisse, wie man es um dieser Erkl. des Qi23p willen zu iiber- 
setzen genothigt ist ; vgl. 8:2; 19:2. 

Maurer (Hdwbch.) takes the phrase in another sense ; viz. 
w5e lange werdet ihr euch einander in euren eiteln Reden zu 
fangen trachten ? But the phrase cannot mean this. It might 



mean the same as &rj^Bvaai n. (Luke 11 : 54), which is not 
appropriate here ; but it is not equivalent to ayqsveiv tiva loyco 
(Mark. 12 : 13), or to nayiSeveiv riva Xoyco (Matt. 22 : 15). 

V. 3. Ewald : es liegt gar keine Ursache vor, dem !i521?;l:3 
die blosse vermuthete Bedeutung " wir sind verstopft, d. i. ver- 
nagelt, dumm " zu geben, welche hier sogar viel zu schwach 
und unpassend ware. 

Y. 13, second member. His limhs : lit. his parts, i. e. 
portions or members of his body ; the same signification as 
in the preceding member, but with a different application. 



61 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XIX. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

14 His confidence shall be 
rooted out of his tabernacle, and 
it shall bring him to the king of 
terrors. 

15 It shall dwell in his taber- 
nacle, because it is none of his: 
brimstone shall be scattered 
upon his habitation. 

16 His roots shall be dried up 
beneath, and above shall his 
branch be cut off. 

17 His remembrance snail 
perish from the earth, and he 
shall have no name in the street. 

18 He shall be driven from 
light into darkness, and chased 
out of the world. 

19 He shall neither have son 
nor nephew among his people, 
nor any remaining in his dwell- 
ings. 

20 They that come after him 
shall be astonied at his day, as 
they that went before were 
affrighted. 

21 Surely such are the dwell- 
ings of the wicked, and this is 
the place of him that knoweth 
not God. 



CHAP. XIX. 

Then Job answered and said. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

A - : • t: • j"T • 

A • : ■ t: IT n » J : • 



!■ ; T J" 



■1535)3 155-Si!3l W 

IT : • • T ' I" : 



- IT -:jt - 



AT- J : : • V -1 1 - 



I" - rr I 



CHAP. XIX. 

- , - . r -/- - 



14 



16 



17 



AT • JTT IT - - •! 

I • ': /- • ■ 



I V AT • ■ - Tt ; • 



l\ ■ : / 



19 



21 



V. 14. inn5)2m K"5a v. is. luj^a N 'sa 

V. 18. nai 'n 5<"33 V. 20. tSiJIins ^"33 



REVISED VERSION. 

He shall be torn from the u 

security of his tent, 
and be led away to the king 

of terrors. 
There shall dwell in his tent 15 

they that are not his ; 
brimstone shall be showered 

upon his habitation. 
Beneath, his roots shall dry IG 

up; 

and above, his branch shall be 
cut off. 

His memory perishes from 17 
earth ; 

and he has no name on the 
face of the fields. 

He shall be thrust forth from 18 
light into darkness, 

and shall be driven from the 
habitable world. 

He has no offspring and no 19 
progeny among his people, 

and no survivor in his dwell- 
ings. 

They that come after are 20 

astonished at his day ; 
and they that were before are 

terror-stricken. 
Such only are the habita- 21 

tions of the wicked, 
and such the place of him that 

knows not God. 

CHAP. XIX. 

Then answered Job, and 1 
said: 



V. 16. His branch shall wither 



V. 14. Lit. from his tent, his security ; i. e. his place of 
security, where he accounted himself safe. This construction 
is altogether preferable to that of Gesenius (Lex. na3?2, 2) : 
his security shall be torn from his tent, i. e. he himself in his 
too great security. Heiligstedt : ina353 est appositio vocis 
"ibrtKa; Hirzel: iriMa, Appos. zu ibnxa, aus seinem Zelte, 
auf welches er als eine sichere Stiitte dauernden Gliickes 
baute ; vgl. 8 : 14 ; Schlottmann : Man reisst ihn aus dem 
Schutz seines Gezelts; wortl. aus dem Zelt, seinem Schutz, 
seiner Zuflucht. — Second member: T^S^n, fern, as a neut. 
impers. 



V. 15. Heiligstedt, correctly: Femin. 3. pers. singul. 'jisi^pi' 
notat neutrum. . . . ib"i^3^3 ex iis qua ei non sunt, i. e. quae 
ei non sunt, i. e. homines alieni. On the contrary, Gesenius 
(Lex. 1^3, 4, c, /?) ; (terror) shall dwell in his tent, so that (it 
shall be) no longer his; ofifenbar sehr gezwungen, as justly 
said by Schlottmann. 

V. 21, second member; Qip?a, § 116, 3. — jj'i'i knows (not re- 
gards, or cares for) ; the Hebrew form of conception, and the 
moral truth implied in it, should be preserved in the trani- 
lation. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XIX. 



65 



KING JAMES' VERSION. 

2 How long will ye vex my 
soul, and break me in pieces with 
words ? 

3 These ten times have ye 
reproached me : ye are not 
ashamed that ye make yourselves 
strange to me. 

4 And be it indeed that I have 
erred, mine error remaineth with 
myself. 

5 If indeed ye will magnify 
yourselves against me, and plead 
against me my reproach : 

6 Know now that God hath 
overthrown me, and hath com- 
passed me with his net. 

7 Behold, I cry out of wrong, 
but I am not heard : I cry aloud, 
but there is no judgment. 

8 He hath fenced up my way 
that I cannot pass, and he hath 
set darkness in my paths. 

9 He hath stripped me of my 
glory, and taken the crown from 
my head. 

10 He hath destroyed me on 
every side, and I am gone : and 
mine hope hath he removed like 
a tree. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

K I- ' J : I T Ti - 
• A • ; - • -r VJV -v 

r T : V - T J' ; 

• AT ; • - J v: I- "V i: 

K : • J- T I" • :i 
(• V j v -: - T - 

rr^Kl 'iJ^n*^ 1 

"U- "IT • -J- : • 

V. 2. 'iiijin K"3a V. 7. bu&a N"n 



REVISED VERSION. 

How long will ye vex my 2 
soul, 

and break me in pieces with 
words ? 

These ten times do ye re- 3 

proach me; 
without shame, ye stun me. 

And even if, in truth, I have 4 
erred, 

my error abides with m3rself. 

If, indeed, against me ye will 5 
make your boast, 

then prove against me my re- 
proach. 

Know now, that Grod has 6 
wrested my cause ; 
and his net he has cast around 
me. 

Lo, I cry out for wrong, and 7 

am not answered; 
I call aloud, and there is no 

justice. 

My way he has hedged up, 8 

that I cannot pass, 
and has put darkness over my 

paths. 

He has stripped me of my 9 
glory, 

and taken the crown from my 
head. 

He breaks me down on every lo 

side, and I perish ; 
my hope he uproots like the 

tree. 



Y. 3. ye contend with V. 5. \ ^^^^^r^^ ^^J^"' 



Ch. XIX. V. 3. iiT (which some explain by reference to 
§ 122, 2, Rem. ; Lex. 3), is better taken in its strict pronomi- 
nal use. — Second member. ^llSfiP) (§ 142, 3, b) ; Gesenius, 
Thes. I. p. 376 : Hiph. ohtudit, stuporem incussit (betauben, 
iibertauben). Job, XIX, 3: . . . sine pudore ohtundilis me 
sermonibus impudentibus et contumeliosis, schaamlos uber- 
taubet ihr mich. (Later, as in the Man. Lex. Am. ed. "Better 
perhaps i. q. Arab, y-^^ injure, to litigate pertinaciously ; 
whence in Job, 1. c. shameless ye injure me"). 

Y. 5, second member ; Gesenius, Thes. II. p. 592 : probate 
mihi opprobrium meum, probate me jure meritoque opprobrio 
afiBci. Schlottmann : Wollt ihr wirklich euch iiber mich erhe- 
ben, so thut meine Schande mir dar ! 

Some have taken this verse as a hypothetical protasis, the 

9 



apodosis following in the next verse. So Heiligstedt : Si re 
vera adversus me fastuose agere vuliis, et exprobrare mild 
(vultis) ignom,iniam meam (ignominiam, quam patior) ; scitote, 
qucEso, Deum me incurvasse (jus meum pervertisse, injuria me 
affecisse) &c. But the former construction is the preferable 
one. — Ewald (qx interrogative) : Oder — wollt ihr denn wirk- 
lich hohnen mich, und mir vorwerfen — meine Schmach 7 

V. 6. nw, as in Sam. 3 : 36. As we have no single word 
to express its force with a pronoun, a corresponding phrase 
must be used. This sense of the word is necessary here ; for 
the translation, know now that God has overthrown (or, has 
humbled) me, only affirms what they had themselves alleged 
in proof of his guilt. Schlottmann: dass Gott mein Eecht 
gebeugt. 



66 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XIX. 



KING JAMEs' VERSION. 



11 He hath also kindled his 
wrath against me, and he 
counteth me unto him as one of 
his enemies. 

12 His troops come together, 
and raise up their way against 
me, and encamp round about my 
tabernacle. 

13 He hath put my brethren 
far from me, and mine ac- 
quaintance are verily estranged 
from me. 

14 My kinsfolk have failed, 
and my familiar friends have for- 
gotten me. 

15 They that dwell in mine 
house, and my maids, count me 
for a stranger: I am an alien in 
their sight. 

16 I called my servant, and 
he gave me no answer; I en- 
treated him with my mouth. 

17 My breath is strange to 
my wife, though I entreated for 
the children's sake of mine own 
body. 

18 Yea, young children des- 
pised me ; I arose, and they spake 
against me. 

19 All my inward friends ab- 
horred me: and they whom I 
loved are turned against me. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

T - T - 

I* t: IT : J' T ^. 

• H \ • J-T I- - -I 

:i2!a^ iiit-nx li'l^i 

• r.* - IT "1 - - : I I 



' 1 • : V- T ■. : I 



r.- •■ I" : • J* T ■ ; T 



A- : ■ : TjT • \ 
I* : ■ I" ; • - - I 

A" ~:jT • • -rt - 

A J" : T ■ —,y \ 

V. 15. imnaxi N"3a 



11 



12 



13 



14 



16 



17 



18 



19 



REVISED VERSION. 

He makes his anger burn il 

against me; 
as his enemies, does he regard 

me. 

Together come all his bands ; 12 
they cast up their way to 
me, 

and encamp around my tent. 

My brethren he has removed 13 

far from me ; 
and they that know me are 

wholly estranged from me. 
My kinsmen stand aloof ; 14 
and my acquaintances have 

forgotten me. 
Sojourners in my house, even 15 

my maid-servants, count 

me a stranger; 
I am become an alien in their 

eyes. 

I call to my servant, and he 16 

answers not ; 
with my mouth, I entreat him. 
My breath is strange to my 17 

wife ; 

I am offensive to the sons of 

the same womb. 
Yea, children spurn at me ; 18 
if I would rise up, they speak 

against me. 
All my familiar friends abhor 19 

me; 

and they whom I love are 
turned against me. 



V. 17. is loathsome 



V. 11. Lit. lie accounts me to him (in the same relation to 
iiim), as he accounts his enemies. The meaning is not, he 
.iccounts me an enemy to him ; but, he esteems (and of course 
■,reats) me, as he does his enemies. 

V. 12. nn'i ; Gesenius, Thes. and Lex. f. 

V. 17, first member. Ewald : mein Athem is zuwider mei- 
nemWeibe; Heiligstedt: Halitus mens {(cetens) alienus (mo- 
lestus) est uxori meee ; Schlottmann: mein Odem ist zuwider 
meinem Weibe. On the contrary, Gesenius (Lex. "iit (II), 
3) my spirit (as agitated, querulous) is loathsome to my wife ; 
which is not favored by the connection. 

Second member. Ewald: iibel riech' ich meines Leibes 
Sohnen ; Heiligstedt : et fceleo (foetor mens fastidio est) liberis 
ventris mei (liberis a me oriundis, nepotibus meis). "^niSIil 
est 1. pera. sing. perf. Kal verbi "[jri h. 1. = ar. ^ fatarem 



emittere ; 1 est Vav consecut, propter quod ultima syllaba 
accentum habet, of. Ewald § 234. — Gesenius (Lex. nsn, 2) : 
and my prayers (are loathsome) to S^-c. To this Heiligstedt 
justly objects : Sed Kal verbi non significat supplicare, 
quam significationem hoc verbum tantummodo in Hitpael 
habet ; nec m'2n (quod non pluralis nominis nsn, sed infinit. 
in Kal est, cf. Ew. § 238, 3) idem est, atque nsnn, of. Ps. 
77 : 11. 

Sons of my womb, \. e. of the womb that bore me ; comp. on 
3 : 10. The sense is best given by the equivalent phrase in 
the text. 

V. 18, second member : n^^ipx (conditional clause, § 128, 1, oJ), 
the lengthened imperf. expressing purpose, or effort. Ewald r 
will ich aufstehen. Hirzel: Bedingungssatz (vgl. zu 11 : 17) 
will ich aufstehen ; erganze : und bin zu schwach dazu. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XIX. 



67 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

20 My bone cleaveth to iny 
skin and to my flesh, and I am 
escaped with the skin of my 
teeth. 

21 Have pity upon me, have 
pity upon me, 0 ye my friends; 
for the hand of God hath touched 
me. 

22 Why do ye persecute me 
as God, and are not satisfied vs^ith 
my flesh ? 

23 O that my words were 
now written ! O that they were 
printed in a book ! 

24 That they were graven 
with an iron pen and lead in the 
rock for ever ! 

25 For I know that my Re- 
deemer liveth, and that he shall 
stand at the latter day upon the 
earth : 

26 And though after my skin 
worms destroy this body, yet in 
my flesh shall I see God : 



HEBREW TEXT. 



HI' in : IT • T : * V j* : 



•>5."-i DFix ijjn i:sn 21 

M •• J-.— -J-.T •\^ 
i- T : jT - vi - r 

ijs'n-ipi nab 22 

tr : 'jt, : : ■ Try 
IT ; • J • T : • 

1^:2 'iians^i iSK ipii-ia 23 

fi% ■ ' J : IT • : ""v ' J- * r 
I n\ : V J- - ' • r 



VAT : IT " ; 

riiasni liisa 'li-b' 

' ( : rr -• / - - t 

in i^jxa 10311 13X1 na 

AT • -:j • : - TV J* 

:C-ipi nas-iss linnxi 

' 1 T ;t T - / 1- : 

nj<t-!iBpD I'liy inxi 2,6 
:ni^jK ntnx i^baisn 



I -n It v.- 



REVISED VERSION. 

My bone cleaves to my skin 20 

and to my flesh ; 
so that I am escaped with the 

skin of my teeth. 
Have pity on me, have pity 21 

on me, ye my friends; 
for the hand of God hatli 

touched me. 
Why do ye pursue me as God, 22 
and are not satiated with my 

flesh ! 

Oh that my words were 23 

written ! 
oh that they were inscribed in 

the book! 
that with an iron stile, and 24 

lead, ' 
they were graven in the rock 

forever ! 
But I, I know my redeemer 25 

lives, 

and in after time will stand 

upon the earth ; 
and after this my skin is de- 2G 

stroyed, 
and without my flesh, shall I 
/'see, God. 



V. 25. my deliverer ; or, my avenger 



lb. vfill stand up on the earth ; or, on the dust 



V. 26. and from my flesh 



V. 23. Ewald: Ins Buck — O dass sie wiirden eingezeich- 
net. He means, not merely that his words might be written, 
which is expressed in the preceding member ; but written 
where all might read them, as indicated by the article. Schul- 
tens (in loc.) : intelligit Librum Publicum, in quo acta illu- 
striora enotabantur, a Qinso scribis civitatium, in earundem 
tabellariis reponenda. Comp. the same use of ana in Ezek. 
13 : 9. Such registries belong to the earliest ages of the Semi- 
tic race (see e. g. Gen. 36 : 9-43) ; and remarkable incidents 
of individual history were occasionally inserted, as in Gen. 
5 : 24 and 29 ; 10 ; 8-12. 

V. 24. Heiligstedt: tTi&i"] non pendet a t:5)a, ita ut ver- 
tendum sit: stilo ferreo et plumb eo ; sed tantummodo a a: 
stilo ferreo et plumbo, i. e. litteris stilo ferreo incisis, in quos 
plumbum liquatum infundatur, ut iis major firmitas addatur. 
So Hirzel : nicht von ai' abhangig, sondern allein an a anzu- 
schliessen. Ewald: Mit Eisengriffel und mit Blei. Schlott- 
mann : Mit eisernem GrifFel und Blei. 

V. 25. Gesenius (Thes. and Lex. Isjsia II, 1): ego scio, quod 
redempior mens vivit. Deus ipse me ex his calamitatibus 
vindicabit. — Hirzel : iJitl, ich meinerseits ; Gegensatz gegen die 



T 



ihn verkennende Mitwelt. He a3ds with just emphasis : Sli 
driickt die feste Ueberzeugung aus. welche sich durch keine 
Gegenreden irre machen lasst. 

Second member: •jiinx, as an adjective, one belonging to 
after times; posterior, or postremus. So Gesenius (Thes. I. 
p. 73) : et postremus in pulvere stabit (vindex meus) ; i. e. 
postremo, tandem in terra comparabit Deus vindex. Ewald's 
supposition, that 'jiiriN; (Nachmann) is a designation of the 
avenger of blood, has no philological support. Nor is there 
any ground for such an allusion here, as justly said by 01s- 
hausen (Hirzel's Hiob, 2te Aufl. S. 124): Der Blulrdcher ge- 
hort in keiner "Weise hieher, sondern allein der Befreier ; wie 
Gott Israels Befreier aus der Knechtschaft ist, Jes. 49 : 7, 
vgl. 2 Mos. 6 : 6, Jes. 43 : 1, u. s. w. ; und der Psalmist ihn 
i^JiiS" 11.12 nennt, Ps. 19 : 15. — Upon the earth: 1S3), as in 
ch. 41 : 25. stands for the earth (Gesenius, Thes. 1, a, and Lex.), 
including the idea of vileness, associated with dust. 

V. 26, first member. Gesenius, in his Lehrgebaude (1817), 
p. 798, gives this as the preferable construction of this 
member: nachdem diese meine Haut (das ist mein Fleisch) 
zerstort sein wird ; the plur. impers. with the effect of the 



68 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XIX. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

27 Whom I shall see for my- 
self, and mine eyes shall behold, 
and not another ; though my reins 
be consumed within me. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

i •'jx "ids 

AT : J T J- " : 



27 



REVISED VERSION. 

Whom I, for myself, shall see, 27 
and my eyes behold, and not 

another, 
when my reins are consumed 

within me. 



V. 27. My reins consume within me ! 



■passive. So in the Thes. (1829) art. nnx, 3: postquam de- 
struxerunt hanc cutem meam, i. e. quando destnictum erit cor- 
pus meum.* 

The construction : post cutem meam, (quam) deslruxerint 
= postquam cutem meam destruxerunt (comp. Thes. tjp3, 3, 
Piel), gives the same sense. To T^'mpe's objection (nam nST 
non potest coha3rere cum femininum cum masculino; 

annott. in Nold. 80), it is well answered, that the feni. is here 
used as neuter, and (by its position) with emphatic reference 
to from which it is separated for the sake of this effect. 
So Ewald {nach meiner Haut, die man abgescklagen, dieser) ; 
Heiligstedt ; Schlottmann {und nachdem diese meine Haut zer- 
schlagen ist. ... Es steht nichts im Wege, es ncatrisch und 
8eiy.Tiy.cos zu fassen und so auf i"i'5> zuriick zu beziehen, wo- 
durch die Rede eine besondere Lebendigkeit erhalt).t — 
-inx (= >nirx ^ns), as in ch. 42 : 7.— siasi ; comp. Is. 10 : 34, 
to cut down, lience to destroy. The arbitrary insertion of the 
word worms," as the subject of this verb (Pagnino: vermes 
contriterunt hanc carnem), and of " hody" as the complement 
of the pronoun, passed from the Genevan into the common 
version. 

Second member. The negative sense of ']p (11 : 15 ; 21:9) 
is the proper one here, in connection with the first member. 
Ewald: und ohne mein Fleisch (iiber s. §217&), ohne dass 
ich dies noch hiitte. So Heiligstedt: sine came mea ; Schlott- 
mann: werd' auch ohne mein Fleisch ich Gott schauen. 

On the contrary, "lius^ is by some understood to mean, /row 
my Jlesh. Thus Eosenmiiller: tamen e came mea (i. e. cor- 
pore meo redintegrate) videbo Deum. But this, though gram- 
matically admissible, does not connect well with the preceding 
member. Hat man einmal bei dem ersten Gliede die Vor- 



* But in the Man. Lex. (1833), and Thes. II. p. 912 (1840), 
he adopts the construction of the pronoun proposed (after the 
Chald.) by Stickel, de Goele Com. phil-hist-crit. 1832, p. 105 : 
et postquam cutem meam decusserint, hoc sc. futurum est 
(nempe illud, quod in membro proximo antecedenti dictum 
crat, posthac Deum super terram appariturum esse). But the 
construction given in the text is grammatically correct, and 
is otherwise altogether preferable. The one here proposed, 
it has been justly said, is hochst schwerfallig und prosaisch 
(Schlottmann). 

t The latest construction, and the worst, is that recently 
proposed by Furst, (Hdwbch., art. inx, 2, a) : und nach die- 
sem, d. h. und dann — meine Haut haben sie ahgeschunden — 
und aus meinem Leibe, d. h. sinnlich, werde ich Gott (als ^kj) 
schauen. 



stellung von dem giinzlich zerschlagenen Leibe, so wird man 
auch durch den nachsten einfachen Eindruck des zweiten 
Gliedes gleichsam genOthigt, das inmno in einem ahnlichen 
Sinne zu fassen (Schlottmann). 

V. 27; Schlottmann: Ja ich werde ihn selber schauen, 
worth welcher ich selbst mir schauen werde ; ^'^jx nimmt man 
am besten nominativish und ankniipfend, wie 34 : 19. But 
there is no reason for departing from the simple relative con- 
struction (whom I shall see) ; Hirzel, better: nax bezieht sich 
auf ni^sx. — Second member; and not another. Verwerfiich ist 
die Auflassung : " meine Augen sehen ihn nicht als Fremden, 
d. h. nicht als Feind"; denn "i? kann nicht ohne Weiteres, 
sondern nur in bestimmter Beziehung Feind bedeuten, inso- 
fern namlich der Fremde, der Auslander zugleich als Feind 
gedacht wird. n ist daher, wo es Feind bedeutet, uberall der 
nationale Feind (Schlottmann). — Third member : a designation 
of time (my reins are then consumed), with the relative ad- 
verb of time implied. Gesenius (Lex. nibs, 2, and nbs. Kal, 3), 
and others, regard it as an exclamation of earnest and im- 
passioned longing for this sight (as expressed in the margin). 
But the former sense is far more pertinent, and the omission 
of the relative (whether pronominal or adverbial), is of common 
occurrence. — ipna = ''3"ih'3 5 comp. 1 K. 22 : 35. 



In support of the view, which is here given in its essential 
featui-es, four reasons haye been stated by Cocceius, with much 
point and force : 

1. Interpretationis simplicitas ; 

2. Argumenti et scopi concinnitas ; 

3. Rei Veritas ; 

4. V erborum, non minuenda interpretatione, majestas. 

That the language here refers to an existence beyond the 
grave, is asserted by the latest and best interpreters. Ewald, 
in many respects the ablest of the recent translators and 
interpreters of the book, regards this as undeniable ; and the 
view which restricts the language to an earthly hope, as op- 
posed to the proper force of the words, to the connection of 
thought, and to the spirit and tenor of the whole book. 
(Pg. 202, 2d ed. 1854). The same view, essentially, is taken 
by Schlottmann, who has also written with ability on this 
book (1851) ; and by Vaihinger (1842), whose work, though 
less valuable for philology, is a good exhibition of the general 
argument of the book, in a popular form. — For a discussion 
of these points, the reader is referred to the Introduction. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XX. 



69 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

28 But ye should say, Why 
persecute we him, seeing the 
root of the matter is found in 
me ? 

29 Be ye afraid of the sword : 
for wrath hri7igeth the punish- 
ments of the sword, that ye may 
know there is a judgment. 



CHAP. XX. 

Then answered Zophar the 
Naamathite, and said, 

2 Therefore do my thoughts 
cause me to answer, and for this 
I make haste. 

3 I have heard the check of 
my reproach, and the spirit of 
my understanding causeth me to 
answer. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

: inn ^nici 

nin nia'iy nan -is 



CHAP. XX. 



I - • T -;i 1 t- I i 



• A • : J- • : ' Ti 



AT ; v J* T • : J- 

:i33S>i 1N1352 niini 



28 



29 



V. 29. 'p 'JiniO 



REVISED VERSION. 

If ye say: How will we 28 

pursue him ! 
and the root of the matter is 

found in me, 
be ye afraid of the sword; 29 
for wrath is a crime for the 

sword, 

that ye may know there is a 
judgment. 

CHAP. XX. 

Then answered Zophar the i 

Naamathite and said: 

For this, do my thoughts give 2 
answer to me, 

and because of my eager haste 
within me. 

My shameful chastisement 3 
must I hear ; 

and the spirit, from my un- 
derstanding, will answer 
for me. 



V. 2. and therefore is my 



A brief refutation of the objections to this view, is given in 
the Expl. Notes. 

The early Christian Fathers differed in their interpretation 
of the passage. But their views are of little account on either 
side, being based on the defective translations of the Septua- 
gint, Itala, and Vulgate. 

V. 28. 13, Gesenius, Lex. 4. So all the recent translations ; 
e. g. Ewald : Denkt ihr, wie woUen wir ihn verfolgen ! Schlott- 
mann : Wenn ihr sprecht : wie wollen wir ihn verfolgen ? — 
^153, as an exclamation. Lex. B, 2. — Second member : if taken 
as the assertion of his friends, it is a transition from the 
oratio directa to the indirecta: and there is no ground for 
the reading is in some MSS. and VSS. 

V. 29. ni3iS; Gesenius, Thes. II. p. 1000: Sq. genit. . . . 
pcense, qua puniendum est, ut 3'nn nisiS) crimina gladio pu- 
nienda. — Der Plural erkliirt sich daraus, dass not! collectivisch 
von den einzelnen Aeusserungen des Zornes gesagt ist (Schlott- 
mann). — 'ji'n'ij ; Kodiger, Thes. fasc. poster, p. 1367 : comp. ex 
"6 — liax quod, et 'ji'n vel '^'n judicium. So Gesenius, Thes. III. 
p. 1345, Hirzel, Schlottmann, Lee and others. The assumption 
of a Chald. plur. form ('ji'nti = i^J'??) tie regarded as 

abandoned (Ewald, 2d ed. ; Heiligstedt). 

Ch. XX. V. 2. 'niSSa, in its usual construction with the 
following word. So Gesenius, Thes. and Lex., iij*in, 2, a: 



propter impetum sive fervorem meum in me, i. e. quo agor. 
There is no necessity for departing from this construction, as 
suggested by Ewald : vv. 2-3 wird man schwerlich je ver- 
stehen, wenn man nicht fest halt, dass 'iinys in jeder Be- 
ziehung dem "(Sb entspricht, und nur deshalb ohne Erganzung 
steht, weil diese aus dera "jS in ',3^ deutlich ist. Vgl. das 
zweite b>3 Jes. 59 : 18. So also Heiligstedt: propterea, voci 
'fdb in hemistichio priore respondens ; and Schlottmann : Und 
daroh sturmet es in mir. Zu liai'S ergiinzt man am leichte- 
sten "jS aus dem vorhergehenden 'ph (vgl. bs"3 Jes. 59 : 18). 
Wortl. : deshalb istmein Stiirmen in mir. — For the connection 
of thought, see Expl. Notes on v. 2. 

To the connection between vv. 2 and 3, on which Ewald 
lays so much stress, it is well objected by Schlottmann, that 
too partial an application is thus given to this verse. All 
that is sought in this connection, is gained by the easier and 
more natural construction above given. 

V. 3. Dathe : castigationem ignominiosam audio ; Heilig- 
stedt: casiigationem ignominice mece (castigationem ignominia 
me alBcientem) audio ; Hirzel : mich beschimpfende Riige 
muss ich horen ; Schlottmann : schmahliche Ruge must' ich 
hOren. Must I hear: the Imp/, as in 17 : 2, 2d member. — ■ 
Answer for me : the suff. pron. as a dative. Compare Zech. 
7 : 5, lipiajn did ye fast for me? Job 31 : 18, ijb^a he grew 
up to me (§ 121, 4). 



70 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XX. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

4 Knowest thou not this of 
old, since man was placed upon 
earth, 

5 That the triumphing of the 
wicked is short, and the joy of 
the hypocrite hut for a moment? 

6 Though his excellency mount 
up to the heavens, and his head 
reach unto the clouds; 

7 Yet he shall perish for ever 
lilce his own dung: they which 
have seen him shall say, Where 
is he ? 

8 He shall fly away as a dream, 
and shall not be found : Yea, he 
shall be chased away as a vision 
of the night. 

9 The eye also wJdch saw him 
shall see him no more ; neither 
shall his place any more behold 
him. 

10 His children shall seek to 
please the poor, and his hands 
shall restore their goods. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

I V IT ■• -: JT T \- <• ■ 



A "t * • T : J- : • <• 



- rr •• -; ij" T v* : - : 
A • ■ J- T - jv -: 1- 

lasi n2:b i^^ss 
iinxiS'ai Nil ti!i5>i bi^ns 

A\T : • J : ' TV I 

T : IT " \ : 

"i rt- J : -T ;v ' 'J- 

liaipia !i3lTOn lii'-s^M 



D^bT ^2Ti 'ii;3 

- J - : T -r V 



V. 4. nsnsn nra 



REVISED VERSION. 

Dost thou know this to 4 

have been from of old, 
since man was placed upon 

the earth ; 
that the triumj)htng of the 5 

wicked is short, 
and the joy of the impure for 

a moment ? 
Though his height mount up 6 

to the heavens, 
and his head reach to the 

clouds : 

according to his greatness, so 7 

shall he perish forever; 
they that saw him shall say: 

Where is he ? 
As a dream shall he fly, and 8 

not be found; 
and be chased away, as a 

vision of the night. 
The eye that saw him shall 9 

see him no more, 
and his place shall no more 

behold him. 
His sons the weak shall op- 10 

press; 

and his hands shall make res- 
titution of his wealth. 



V. 4. The question implies, that the contrary would be in- 
ferred from Job's language. There is, therefore, no necessity 
for translating, nonne hoc scis? (ri = N^fi, Gesenius, Thes. 
and Lex.). — Die Verbindung v. 4a ist so kurz zusammengezo- 
gen wie die lat. hoccine scis ceternum esse? (Ewald). So 
Schlottmann: Das '■ip ist aber nicht mit Pi^"ni, sondern 
mit nx" zu verbinden: weisst du, dass dies vonjeher so war? 

V. 6. The word Nib (occurring only here) etymologically 
means, a lifting up, or a rising up (comp. Nib, Ps. 89 : 10). 

Altitude, height (Chald. Rispl", Syr. oiioe?), corresponds best 
with the next member. Maurer (Hdwbch.) : Hoke. — Aq. 
Sym. Theod. snaqua amov. 

V. 7. According to his greatness. Dathe (following the 
etym. suggested by A. Schultens) : ibbas, vulgo ut stercus, sive 
ut gluma, ex syr. et arab. significatione. Sed obstat affixum, 
quod h. 1. non ex pleonasmo explicari potest. Igitur melius 
baud dubie comparatur cum Arabico J^i^_^, splendor, honor. 
Sic quoque at 6 videntur intellexisse : orav yaQ Soy.fj rjSrj y.are- 
arriQixd-ai. — Ewald : iVac/t seiner Grdsse geht er unter, so 
dass sein TJntergang desto grosser ist je grosser er selbst. 
Diess scheint ibb.'O zu bedeuten. vielleicht ib^jjs zu lesen : die 
Masora mit Vulg. Targ. u>ie stin Koth, ein wohl zu unedles, 



hier auch, da von "Wegraumen oder Zertreten nicht die Rede 
ist, nicht recht passendes Bild, vielmehr scheint v. 18 6 ver- 
glichen werden zu miissen. — So Hirzel ; and Heiligstedt : 
ib^53 (quod fortasse ihh'iS legendum est), secundum magnitu- 
dinem suam, cf. arab. J^^j^^ majestas, splendor, et Chald. hh;\ 

gravitas, magnitudo, cf. Esr. 5:8; 6:4. Alii interpretes 
(Rosenmiiller, Gesenius, TJmbreit, De Wette, Stickel), secun- 
dum Vulg. et Chald. ''is'i 1^5^33 reddunt: ut stercus suum in 
perpetuum peril, coll. 1 Reg. l4 : 10. Cui interprets tioni id 
obstat, quod ista imago indecora est ideoqne a libri Jobi 
auctore aliena esse videtur ; deinde quod stercus Tel lutum 
non interire sed conculcari (2 Sam. 22 : 43; Jes. 10 : 6; 41 : 25), 
aut everri (Jes. 14 : 23 ; 1 Reg. 14 : 10) dicitur. 

V. 10 ; ist . . . nach § 121 a von na*] = -[rsil, da die 

Redensart deutlich mit der v. 19 a wiederkehrenden zusam- 
menhangt (Ewald). Comp. n3"lPl, 39 : 23. Sept. 
avzov 6}Jaaiaav TjrTovsg. So it is understood by Hirzel and 
Heiligstedt. The signification, seek to please, with liaa for 
the subject, gives a feeble sense. E. g. Dathe : liberi ejus 
graiiam tenuium implorahunt; Gesenius, Lex.: "Afs sons shall 
seek the favor of the poor = shall conciliate the poor, viz. 
by the restoration of extorted wealth." 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XX. 



71 



HEBREW TEXT. 

A-f -: J : IT T I -K 



IT : • tr r 



nT T J* : 1 J* : - 



nsatsji Kil nibs iibni 

I • I J : T '.- T : - : 

r&m 113133 i^nb 

lAT J ■•• JT " : : ~K 



siixpii SJba bin 
:bi< !i3iani iiaa'b 



pail QiDnsB-aNi 

' AT • J* T : I 

:n^BX -jiiab ws'inn 



A - ; . vr* 

insian'i da'n ibw inns, 
isbai Nbi SSI ai':5i2 

AT : • J ; T Tl J* -* 

;&?3i xbi ih-iion bins 



nnsai j<bi bii nia 



11 



12 



13 



14 



■l-J 



16 



17 



IS 



19 



V. 11. 'p lia^bs) V. 15. 'iS^UIIi k"53 



REVISED VERSION. 

His bones are full of his youth; ii 
but it shall lie down with 

him in the dust. 
Though evil be sweet in his 12 

mouth, 

though he hide it under his 
tongue ; 

though he be sparing of it, and 13 

will not let it go, 
and hold it in his palate ; 
his food is turned in his 14 

bowels, 
the gall of asps within him ! 
He swallows down riches, but 15 

shall disgorge them ; 
God will dispossess them from 

his belly. 
He shall suck in the poison 16 

of asps ; 
the tongue of the adder will 

slay him. 
He shall not look on the 17 

water-courses, 
the flowing streams of honey 

and milk. 
The fruit of toil he restores, 18 

and shall not devour, 
as his borrowed possession, 

and shall not rejoice in it. 



Because he oppressed, aban- 19 

doned the weak, 
the houses he has plundered 

he shall not build up. 



KING JAMES' VERSION. 

11 His bones are full of the sin 
of his youth, which shall lie 
down with him in the dust. 

12 Though wickedness be 
sweet in his mouth, though he 
hide it under his tongue; 

13 Though he spare it, and 
forsake it not ; but keep it still 
within his mouth: 

14 Yet. his meat in his bowels 
is turned, it is the gall of asps 
within him. 

15 He hath swallowed down 
riches, and he shall vomit them 
up again: God shall cast them 
out of his belly. 

16 He shall suck the poison 
of asps : the viper's tongue shall 
slay him. 

17 He shall not see the rivers, 
the floods, the brooks of honey 
and butter. 

18 That which he laboured 
for shall he restore, and shall 
not swallow it down : according 
to his substance shall the resti- 
tution be, and he shall not rejoice 
therein. 

19 Because he hath oppressed 
and hath forsaken the poor; be- 
cause he hath violently taken 
away a house which he builded 
not; 

V. 11. but 

V. 11. Are full of his youth. So the Sept. : oara avrov 
IvsTclrjod'rjoav veoTt^rog avrov. To the same effect the Chald., 
are full of his strength ; and the Syr., are full of his marrow. 
— Some understand by it secret sins*, appealing to Ps. 90 : 8. 
But it is well objected (by Heiligstedt and others) that dJibs, in 
itself, means merely what is secret or hidden ; and that only 
the connection (in Ps. 90 : 8), requires it to be understood 
of sins that are concealed. Comp. Ps. 19 : 13. — asan (fern, 
sing, with the plur. of an inanimate object for its subject, 
§ 146, 3), may have for its subject either iiniaas, or iixjiibs* 

V. 17 ; das bi< driickt hier nur die Theilnahme des Redenden 



* Vulgate: ossa ejus implehuntur vitiis adolescentice ejus; 
which was adopted in the Genevan, and thence in the common 
version. Tyndale : From his youth, his bones are full of vice ; 
Cranmer, full of pleasures ; Bishops, full of sinnes. 



they shall 

an dem verneinenden Satze, den er ausspricht, aus (Schlott- 
mann). 

V. 18. The Part, makes a closer connection with the pre- 
ceding, than can be happily expressed in English = one who 
restores. — 5!Si , the product of labor ; here, not his own labor, 
but that of others. 

Second member, Schlottmann's explanation of in'ilari binS), 
gives the only pertinent sense ; viz. sein Gut der Wiederer- 
stattung = ein von ihm geborgtes, und daher auch wieder zu 
erstattendes Gut. Heiligstedt : ut opes retributionis ejus ; 
i. e. ut opes, quas mutuatus est, et ad assem reddere debet. 
Such a possession, is the fruit of unrequited labor ; and is held 
in subjection to the rightful claim of another, — which is the 
point of comparison. 

V. 19, second member; ni.a and its suff., the sing., used 



72 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XX. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

20 Surely he shall not feel 
quietness in his belly, he shall 
not save of that which he desired, 

21 There shall none of his 
meat be left; therefore shall no 
man look for his goods. 

22 In the fulness of his suf- 
ficiency he shall be in straits: 
every hand of the wicked shall 
come upon him. 

23 JVJien he is about to fill his 
belly, God shall cast the fury of 
his wrath upon him, and shall 
rain it upon him while he is 
eating. 

24 He shall flee from the iron 
wea,pon, and the bow of steel 
shall strike him through. 

2-5 It is drawn, and cometh 
out of the body; yea, the glitter- 
ing sword cometh out of his gall : 
terrors are upon him. 

26 All darkness shall be hid 
in his secret places : a fire not 
blown shall consume him ; it 
shall go ill with him that is left 
in his tabernacle. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

A : • : J" T J- T <• 



A : T : r r I 

1 I- T I ' ■■ 



A ■•■ J- ' : -i J : • 

A - ' J -: I - - : 



bna pptpz n;i3i 
•.nama nap iins^snn 

Cibu3 

^ r I ; I* ' T T V 

I- •• IT ^ 1 

rr ; - ' v t 1 ■.* t 



I t; IT ; J- T _ V* 



21 



22 



23 



24 



26 



V. 22. "1 "i"ini lb. i3xinn K'i'z 

V. 25. QiaiX !)i"5a V. 26. b^Siba 



REVISED VERSION. 

Because he knew no rest in 20 

his bosom, 
of all his delights he shall 

save nothing. 
His greedy appetite nothing 21 

escaped ; 
therefore his prosperity shall 

not endure. 
In the fullness of his superflui- 22 

ty, he shall be straitened; 
every hand of the wretched 

shall come upon him. 
His belly shall be filled ! 23 
God shall cast on him the fury 

of his wrath, 
and shall rain his food upon 

him ! 

If he flee from the iron 24 

weapon, 
the bow of brass shall strike 

him through. 
He plucks it out ; it comes 25 

forth from his body, 
the gleaming weapon, from 

his gall ! 
terrors come upon him! ■ 
All darkness is hoarded up 26 

for his treasures ; 
a fire not blown shall con- 
sume them; 
it shall devour the remnant 

in his tent. 



collectively. — Heiligstedt : Alii interpretes hemistich, posterius 
explicant ; domos rapuit^ quas non (sdificaverat ; sed si hie 
esset sensus, haud dubie irnperfectum ^iMSai positus non esset; 
to which Schlottmann also objects the consecutio teniporum 
(*lii5ai . . . bn ; a^ai . . . ini ). — Lit. lie has plundered houses, 
and shall not build them up ; but this construction would not 
readiljr suggest the true sense to the English reader. 

V. 21 Heiligstedt; nihil reliqum fuit vorationi ejus (nihil 
elfugit ejus voracitatem, i. e. omnia devoravit), propterea non 
firma est (n,ou durat) bonum (felicitas) ejus. 

V. 22 ; mxbp (Ketib, in quo 1 maler lectionis est, cf. Dan. 
2:9; Jud. 8:1; Keri iegit nsb:?, cf. Lev. 12 : 4; 8 : 33), est 
infinitivus verbi ; cf. E\v. gr. ampl. § 238, e, Ges. §74, 
adnot. 2 (Heiligstedt). 

V. 23 ; iri";, the Jussive used impersonally. Not merely, will 
be filled ; the jussive form expresses here the feeling of the 
speaker, in connection with what he asserts. — X^s^b, § 132, 
Rem. 1 ; lit. there shall be a filling of his belly. 



Third member, a "ifiai : this common Heb. idiom (a instru- 
menti, where the simple accus. might also be used, § 138, 
Rem. 3, note ; ch. 16 : 4), is best expressed here by the direct 
object of the verb. — ia^lsy ; comp. the statement, § 103, 2, a, 
2d paragraph of the note. As the sing, is used collectively 
throughout this passage, the pron. should here be translated 
by the sing., in conformity with our idiom and the sense of 
the original. A literal conformity would only perplex the 
reader, and enfeeble the expression. 

V. 25, second member ; according to the accentuation in the 
edition of Joseph Athias. 

V. 26, second member : iin^SXFi est imperf. Kal, pro 
W^axn ; cf. Ew. gr. ampl. § 253, a (Heiligstedt) ; Gesenius 
(Man. Lex. Piel) : = iin^JSXFi, vowel lengthened in the open 
Syl. made by omission of the doubling point; Hirzel: = 
!inb3f<Pi, with the impure 0 in place of the pure u, where the 
Syl. ceases to be sharpened. In either case, the translation 
is the same. — The noun tis is here treated as fem. ; but only 
the nearest praedicate conforms to it in gender (§ 147, Rem. 1). 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXI. 



73 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

27 The heaven shall reveal 
his iniquity ; and the earth shall 
rise up against him. 

28 The increase of his house 
shall depart, and his goods shall 
flow away in the day of his 
wrath. 

29 This is the portion of a 
wicked man from God, and the 
heritage appointed unto him by 
God. 

CHAP. XXI. 

But Job answered and said, 

2 Hear diligently my speech, 
and let this be your consola- 
tions. 

3 Suffer me that I may speak ; 
and after that I have spoken, 
mock on. 

4 As for me, is my complaint 
to man ? and if it were so, why 
should not my spirit be troubled ? 

5 Mark me, and be astonished, 
and lay your hand upon yoiir 
mouth. 

6 Even when I remember I 
am afraid, and trembling taketh 
hold on my flesh. 

7 Wherefore do the wicked 
live, become old, yea, are mighty 
in power ? 

8 Their seed is established in 
their sisht with them, and their 
offspring before their eyes. 

9 Their houses are safe from 
fear, neither is the rod of God 
upon them. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

A • J- T J - ; 



i'b^-a i'-i-Qii. fh'^^^ 



CHAP. XXI. 

1 • ■ i-t — 
Tbia siiaffl w^aia 



laix 133X1 ij^ixa 

/t ; 4- IT : • T\ 

iniia cixb isbxri 

K ' JT T : -IT -.I 

I".' - JT V : 

• ; AT ; • : • :/— r • ; 

I T - • T : r- T '. 

• IT :iT - • : IT 



AT • JV •■ ; • ' J T «T : - 

idniDiyb dn"iNSN2i 

- AT • J T JV " IT 

idnilss) tniix ana k^ji 



29 



V. 2. d3imain:n x' a 



REVISED VERSION. 

27 Heaven shall reveal his ini- 27 
quity, 

and earth stand up against 
him. 

28 1 The increase of his house 28 
shall depart, 
shall flow away, in the day 
of His wrath. 
This is the portion of a 29 
wicked man from God, 
and his appointed lot from 
the Mighty One. 



CHAP. XXI. 

Then answered Job and i 
said: 

Hear ye attentively my 2 

speech ; 
and let your consolations be 
. this. 

Suffer me, that I may speak ; 3 
and after I have spoken, 

mock on. 
As for me, is my complaint 4 

to man? 
Or wherefore should I not be 

impatient? 
Look upon me, and be aston- 5 

ished, 

and lay the hand upon the 
mouth ! 

For when I remember, I am 6 

dismayed ; 
and trembling seizes my flesh. 
Wherefore do the wicked live, 7 
grow old, yea become mighty 

in power? 
Their seed with them is estab- 8 

lished in their sight, 
and their offspring before their 

eyes. 

Their houses are in peace, 9 

without fear ; 
and no scourge of God is upon 

them. 



n 



V. 4. is my complaint of man. 



V. 28 ; m'-iW, Niph. Part, of -i55 . So Ewald, Hirzel. Heilig- 
Btedt, Schlottmann. Less happily Gesenius (Man. Lex.), Niph. 
Part, of ^nj. Prop, diffluentia {fern, as a neut. subst.), in 
apposition with ifls'] ; or, as Heiligstedt : Est (sc. proventus 

10 



domus) res diffluens, aquas efFusae instar diflfluit. Hirzel : er 
(seines Hauses Ertrag) ist Zerjliessendes (zerrinnt) am Tagc &c. 

V. 29. Lot of command = commanded, or appointed, lot ; 
hence, with suff., his appointed lot. 



74 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXL 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

10 Their bull genclereth, and 
faileth not: their cow calveth, 
and castetli not her calf. 

11 They send forth their little 
ones like a flock, and their chil- 
dren dance. 

12 They take the timbrel and 
harp, and rejoice at the sound of 
the organ. 

13 They spend their days in 
wealth, and in a moment go 
down to the grave. 

14 Tlierefore they say unto 
God, Depart from us; for we 
desire not the knowledge of thy 
ways. 

15 WJiat is the Almighty, that 
we should serve him? and what 
profit should we have, if 
pray unto him? 

16 Lo, their good is 
their hand : the counsel 
wicked is far from me. 



we 



not in 
of the 



17 How oft is the candle of 
the wicked put out ? and hoiv oft 
Cometh their destruction upon 
them ? God distributeth sorrows 



in his ani^er. 



18 They are as stubble before 
the wind, and as chaff that the 
storm carrieth away. 

19 Grod layeth up his iniquity 
for his children : he rewardeth 
him, and he shall know it. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

H : ~ J : - 'i J 

iii3u3n Nil ih'iE -jian 

I- - : J : T IT /" - : 

! 'ji'iis'i'i dninb;!! 
'Ti-^'i Sh2 Jixia'i 

IT tj : ; : • I 

: sinni. ijijja w^ai 

: IT T J I V T : /- : 



AV : - I- I" I- - 



■ r." 't -: JT • T : r—. 



It;- <• t ; «t - 

Diix ia^bs xnii 

AT •• J" t J t : 

:iQxa psni QiBan 



: naiD iiPiaaj va=ii 

IT /-T : I ; 



11 



12 



13 



14 



la 



IG 



17 



18 



A IT T : » : ■ - v:v 

IT" : JT *■ - ; 

V. 13. ibs-i n"3 'p ibai lb. s"oa nn3 
V. 15. ui^a K"53 V. 17. !:)"cii< xba ■jrap 
V. 18. yiasi N"5n 



REVISED VERSION. 

His cattle breed, and fail not; lo 

his kine bring forth, and mis- 
carry not. 

They send out their little 11 
ones like the flock, 

and their children dance. 

They shout, with tabret and 12 
harp, 

and rejoice, to the sound of 

the pipe. 
In prosperity they spend their 13 

days, 

and in a moment go down to 

the under-world. 
And they say unto God: De- 14 

part from us ; 
for we desire not the know- 
ledge of thy ways. 
What is the Almighty, that 15 

we should serve him? 
and what are we profited, if 

we pray unto him ? 
Lo, their good is not in 16 

their hand ! 
Far from me is the counsel 

of the wicked. 
How oft, does the lamp of 17 

the wicked go out, 
and their destruction come 

upon them, 
or He, in his anger, distribute 

sorrows ? 
or they are as stubble before 18 

the wind, 
and as chaff, which the whirl- 
wind snatches away? 
Will God treasure up his ini- 19 

quity for his sons ? 
on him let him requite it, that 

he may know ! 



Ch. XXI. V. 10. Sept. ^ fiovs avrSv ovx cofior6y.r]as (Aq. ovy. 
iie^aXe' Sym. ovy. l^ir^wae) ; Vulg. hos eorum concepit, et non 
ahortivit. So Gesenius, formerly (Thes. I. art. h'S^, Hiph.) : 
hos i. e. vacca ejus condpit nec respuit sc. tauri semen ; i. e. 
abortum non patitur. Later, however (Man. Lex. 1833, art. 
V^'a ; and Thes. II., 1840, art. laSJ, Piel) he expressed some 
preference for the view of Saadias and Kimchi : Malim tamen 
fere taurus ejus init vaccam, neque abjicit sc. semen, i. e. non 
frustraneus est coitus, concipiunt vaccse ; ita ut in priore he- 
mistichio de coitu prospero et fecundante, in posteriore de 
partu felici agatur. With this Rodiger agrees (Thes. fasc. 



poster, p. 1382) : at Job XXI, 10 ["il'a] est taurus de mea 
quidem sententia. The reasons for both views are fully given 
by Gesenius, Thes. II. p. 984, art. ^53, Piel. 

V. 16. 7s far from me. The optative use of the Perf. (Hei- 
ligstedt: remotum sit. i. e. procul absit, a me ; and so others), 
is not sustained. The fact is simply afBrmed by the speaker. 

V. 17. How of 1 is the question of one who doubts whether 
such a thing occurs = very seldom (Gesenius, Lex. jr^, D, 2). 

V. 18 J 1in53a, in a relative clause. 



• THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXI. 



76 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

20 His eyes shall see his de- 
struction, and he shall drink of 
the wrath of the Alraigthy. 

21 For what pleasure hath he 
in liis house after him, when the 
number of his months is cut off 
in the midst ? 

22 Shall any teach God know- 
ledge? seeing he judgeth those 
that are high. 

23 One dieth in his full 
strength, being wholly at ease 
and quiet. 

24 His breasts are full of milk, 
and his bones are moistened with 
marrow. 

25 And another dieth in the 
bitterness of his soul, and never 
eateth with pleasure. 

26 They shall lie down alike 
in the dust, and the worms shall 
cover them. 

27 Behold, I know your 
thoughts, and the devices which 
ye wrongfully imagine against 
me. 

28 For ye say. Where is the 
house of the prince ? and where 
are the dwelling places of the 
wicked? 



HEBREW TEXT. 

inis ^ry ^kii 

A • JT " : * 



AT *: I- J ■■ ; J : ■: ~ «' 

n \ JTT t: t : • 



21 



n3--1533i Isxsn 22 



I : • J* T \ I 



ian K£S3 niis-i riT 23 

A •- V JV : TV 

t" T : UT : - \ 

3l:n ^xba T'S'iaS' 24 

AT T J : IT T .-.^ 

T.* \ : JT : - - I 

t;s53 ri^ioi !iti na 

AT T vjv : T4 V : 

IT - - T t I 

!i23ai i&s-bsi ^ni 26 

AT •• 1 : : - ■ : - Tk ' •• 



A*T I" - : I <• 

V. 20. 'p l-ijij) 



REVISED VERSION. 

Let his eyes see his destruction, 20 
and let him drink of the wrath 

of the Almighty. 
For what is his concern in his 21 

house after him, 
when the number of his 

months is cut off? 
Shall one teach God know- 22 

ledge, 

when it is he that judgeth the 
high? 

One dies in his full prosperity ; 23 
he is wholly at ease, and se- 
cure. 

His sides are full of fat, 24 
and the marrow of his bones 

is moistened. 
And another dies in bitterness 25 

of soul, 
and has not tasted good. 
Together they lie down in the 2G 

dust, 

and the worm covers them. 

Lo, I know your devices, 27 
and the plots with which ye 
would oppress me. 

For ye say : AVhere is the 28 

house of the Noble ; 
and where the tent, in which 

the wicked have dwelt? 



V. 22. that judgeth on high V. 24. His folds are full of milk (V. R.) 



V. 26. and rottenness covers them 



V. 21 ; YV^i cibscindi, i. e. h. 1. exigi, finiri, of. yp et n:^p 
Jinis a y:i^ et n^)5 abscindi (Heiligstedt). 

V. 22 ; Qiri'i is properly understood of persons, the lofty, 
those eminent in power &c. Gesenius, excelsa cceli. 

"V. 23 ; iari Q?£??3, in ipsa, i, e. in media, incolumitate ejus 
(Schlottmann). 

V. 24, 1st member. Sept. t« Se eyy.ata airov nXjj^rj ariarog 
(with the pointing abn) ; Vulg. viscera ejus plena sunt adipe ; 

Syr. l^iJ. i ^ i «NVi ^ca.^ his sides are full of fat, a significa- 
tion of "paS) supported by some collateral evidence (Gesenius, 

Thes. II. p. 1015). Lee, Heb. Lex. (from Arab. J^; 

to moisten and prepare skins, xXdaS « skin moistened and 

prepared), a skin, put for a skin-hoille. Fiirst, Concord, 
(■jay = "lU-lJ to bind together), muscle, sinew ; Ilahn : seine 
Sehnen sind voll Saft. Mere conjecture. 

The case is fully discussed by Schultens (in loc.) and by 
Bochart Hieroz. I. pp. 505-7, Leipz. ed., and the essential 



points are collected by Gesenius, Thes. II. p. 1015, art. y^v 
The oldest interpretation, that of the Sept., Vulg., and Syr. 
(essentially the same), is still entitled to the preference. 
Bochart's suggestion is of weight : that T^J^aS and I'lrl^s^i', 
and a^n and nia, must correspond in the parallelism, as 
members and substances of the human body. Nor is this 
answered by the explanation of Cocceius (Lex. art. y^:)) : 
Jobus per abundantiam lactis significat cmnem rerum neces- 
sariarum copiam ; per irrigationem meduUse sanitatem cor- 
poris. This is well in itself; but it does not make a paral- 
lelism, as claimed by J. H. Michaelis, in loc. 

The groundless conjecture of the Chald. Targ. K3^n JiX'^barx 
iiti3j was adopted by Pagnino ( Ubera ejus plena sunt lacte), 
and in the Genevan version (his breasts are fall of milk)'; 
and thence passed into the Bishops', and the common version. 

V. 27 ; !iGbnri in a relative clause, with the adverb, 
accus. ids implied. 

V. 28 ; , a title of honor, given to men of wealth, and 
of high rank j hence more comprehensive than prince. Qe- 



76 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXI. 



ICING JAMES' VERSION. 

29 Have ye not asked them 
that go by the way ? and do ye 
not know their tokens. 

30 That the wicked is reserv- 
ed to the day of destruction? 
they shall be brought forth to 
the day of wrath. 

31 Who shall declare his way 
to his face ? and who shall repay 
him ivhat he hath done ? 

32 Yet shall he be brought to 
the grave, and shall remain in 
the tomb. 

33 The clods of the valley 
shall be sweet unto him, and 
every man shall draw after him, 
as there arc innumerable before 
him. 

34 How then comfort ye me 
in vain, seeing in your answers 
there remainetli falsehood ? 



HEBREW TEXT. 

T-ii I'laia dFibxo tibn 29 

I— ; J T I ; 

AT ■ I V JT ■• "\ J : «• 

IT J T -: \ : 

ism TiD5-bs) iiji-ia 31 

At" JT T - J' - I- 

I V - : J- T T : 

ba^ii ninapb NHfii 32 

AT J T ' : • 

bns ifii"i iB-!ipn53 33 

-fT " : • ' : IT 

tli^jai Dix-bs iiinxi 

1 A ; • JT T T T :i 

! -iQOa lissbJi 

IT ; • ' J" T T : 

bnri ijiiansn Tp^^i 34 

V ,sT • J -a- ; I " :^ 

:b??a— ixiTD tiDinn^iiann 



REVISED VERSION. 

Have ye not asked the way- 29 
farers ? 

and do ye not know their 
tokens ? 

That the wicked is kept unto 3o 

the day of destruction ; 
they are brought on to the 

day of wrath. 
Who, to his face, will declare 31 

his way ? 
and what he has done, who , 

will requite him ? 
And he, to the graves is he 32 

borne away, 
and watch is held over the 

tomb. 

Sweet to him are the clods 33 

of the valley ; 
and all men will draw after 

him, 

as before him, without number. 
How then comfort ye me in 34 
vain, 

when in your answers there 
remains only deception ! 



^ C That the wicked is kept in the day of destruction ; 
^ ' ' \ they are brought on in the day of wrath. 



senius (Lex. 4), sa3'S it is used "also in a bad sense, a tyrant. 
Job 21 : 28 ; Is. 13 : 2." So Ewald : wo ist doch des Tyrannen 
Hans ? But the " bad sense " lies in the connection, and not 
in the word itself. Schlottmann, more correctly : wo ist das 
Haus des Vornehmen ? 

V. 29. Do ye not know 1 The second member assumes an 
afBrmative answer to the first, and that the knowledge thus 
obtained is unheeded. — Ewald : und ihre Zeichen kennt ihr 
nicht? Heiligstedt :. tt signa eorum ignoratis ? 

V. 30. No other construction can be given to this verse, 
consistently with the proper force and connection of the 
words. E. g. Heiligstedt: Die calamitatis (tempore, quo cala- 
mitas ingruit) parcitur mala, (calamitas malum non attingit). 
Die irarum (iras divinte) ducuntur (abducuntur, sc. mali) ; 
i. e. tempore, quo a Deo calamitates ad homines puniendos im- 
mittuntur, mali e mortis periculo salvi abducuntur. But 
h T^iiJni is properly (as understood by Gesenius, Thes. and 
Lex.), the passive form of the phrase "1^ t^^'b ipisiari 'niaNt, in 
eh. 38 : 23. Nor does sibaif mean ducuntur, in the sense in- 
tended by the explanatory dbdueuntur. Is. 65 : 12, to which 



Schlottmann appeals for this sense, is not in point ; for it is 
there said: ye shall be led on (conducted, escorted), in 
peace . — Ewald has revived the relative construction of this 
clause (in die, quo irce inducuntur) : den Tag da Zornes- 
Fluthen heranfahren. But this is inconsistent with the radi- 
cal idea and the constant use of the verb. 

V. 32. n'piai, impers. Not, he shall watch over his tomb 
(viz. in his monumental statue, or figured sarcophagus bearing 
his image on its cover), which would be a grotesque conceit. 
The meaning of the clause is given by Rodiger (Thes. fasc. 
poster, p. 1473) : et super tumulo (ejus) vigilant (Tiptji 
impers.) : i. e. adeo tumuli ejus viri curam habent, monumen- 
tum sepulcrale vel mausoleum extruentes, vel quocunque modo 
defuncti memoriam colentes. DiflBcilius videatur sumere, 
ipsum defunctum super tumulo suo excubias agentem, ad 
arcendam ignominiam, vel in monumento suam ipsius me- 
moriam conservantem ; quam sententiam sequuntur Ewald, 
Hirzel, Heiligstedt. 

v. 34. Lit. and as to your answers, there is left deception ; 
i. e. nothing but deception remains. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXH. 



77 



KING JAMES VERSION. 
CHAP. XXII. 

Then Eliphaz the Temanite 
answered and said, 

2 Can a man be profitable 
unto God, as he that is wise 
may be profitable unto himself? 

3 Is it any pleasure to the 
Almighty, that thou art righte- 
ous ? or is it gain to him, that 
thou makest thy ways perfect ? 

4 Will he reprove thee for fear 
of thee? will he enter with thee 
into judgment ? 

5 /s not thy wickedness great? 
and thine iniquities infinite ? 

6 For thou hast taken a pledge 
from thy brother for nought, and 
stripped the naked of their 
clothinoj. 

7 Thou hast not given water 
to the weary to drink, and thou 
hast withholden bread from the 
hungry. 

8 But as for the mighty man, 
he liad the earth ; and the 
liooourable man dwelt in it. 

9 Thou hast sent widows away 
empt}^ and the arms of the 
fatherless have been broken. 



HEBREW TEXT. 



CHAP. XXII. 
t^aN'JI "liialTl!! tSi^X '(S)?!^ 

VAT ' T : • I" : - 
I* : - J" T ' I : • I* 

irpD'Tn SFin-is j;:i3-DXi 



IT I • - I : • / T 

(KT - Ji ; IT T J -: 

AT • I jv - J : - I' 

1 ai':3sn ciiriiiy iism 



'av : - 'jrr • -\ i 

V IT - : !■ - T I" 

J V AT T J - :v J- ; 

!f1S QibS N^lbJ!! 

rr V J" • T t • 



V. 6. p-ii;;) "inx vuii V. 8. iii^tn 'un >asi 



EE VISED VERSION. 
CHAP. XXII. 

Then answered Eliphaz the 
Temanite, and said : 
Can a man profit God ? 
for it is himself the wise man 
profits. 

Is it a pleasure to the Almigh- 
ty, that thou shouldst be 
righteous, 

or a gain, that thou shouldst 
make thy ways perfect? 

Will he, for thy fear, rebuke 
thee, 

enter into judgment with thee? 
Is not thy wickedness great? 
and there is no end to thy 

iniquities. 
For thou hast taken a pledge 

of thy brother for naught, 
and stripped off the garments 

of the naked. 
The faintina: thou cavest no 

water to drink, 
and from the hungry thou hast 

withholden bread. 
But the man of might, his 

was the land ; 
and the honored one, he dwelt 

therein. 
Widows thou hast sent empty 

away, 

and the arms of the orphans 
were broken. 



Y 2 S Can a man profit God, 

( when he wisely seeks his own profit. ? 



V. 4. for thy pietj' ; others : Will he, for fear of thee, confute thee ? 



Ch. XXII. V. 1. The form of this verse, and its meaning, 
are well expressed by Heiligstedt: Num Deo prodest vir 
(homo) ? Immo vero sihi ipsi prodest intelligens (pius) ! 
Sensus : homo pius pietate sua non Deo, sed sibi tantum, utili- 
tatem affert. 

The second member, with 13, is confirmatory of the negative 
assertion implied in the preceding question (Lex. 13. 3, b) ; so 
Evvald, Hirzel (13 schliesst sich, wie 5 : 2, an die in der Frage 
enthaltene Verneinung an: nein! sondern), and Schlottmann. 
Gesenius, less happily (Lex. "13, 4) : num homo prodest Deo, 
quum (s. ubi) prudenter sibi consulit ? — 12'^^?', refei'ring to a 
collective noun ; § 103, 2, a, note, 2d Tf. 

V. 4. For thy fear, i. e. thy fear of God. The word has 
been twice used, in this sense, by Eliphaz (5:6; 18 : 4), and 
the contrast in the next verse favora it. So Ewald : Wird er 



ob deiner Gottesfurcht dich strafen, wird mit dir gehen ins 
Gericht? As the words are construed by others, there is less 
pertinency and propriety in the thought. E. g. Gesenius (Lex. 
MD"^, Hiph. 3) : Will he, for fear of thee, confute thee 7 Hei- 
ligstedt: Num ex timore tui (te timens) puniet te, Veniel 
tecum in judicium, sc. ad te accusandum et condemnandum. 
Sensus: Deus non propterea improbum punit, quod ejus vio- 
lentiam timet, ideoque eum facultate nocendi privare vult; 
nam non est, quod Deus omnipotens improbum infirmum et 
caducum timeat. — Will he confite thee, i. c. disprove thy 
charge, as one one who dreads thy censure. 

VV. 6, 7 ; Imperf. of customary or repeated action, as in 
1 : 15, last clause. 

V. 9, spin ; the sing, individualizes the thought, — each one 
empty (corap. § 146, 4).— ss^';, § 143, 1, 1, 6. 



78 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXII. 



KING JAMEs' VERSION. 

10 Therefore snares are round 
about thee, and sudden fear 
troubleth thee ; 

11 Or darkness, that thou 
canst not see ; and abundance 
of waters cover thee. 

12 Is not God in the height 
of heaven ? and behold the height 
of the stars, how high they are ! 

13 And thou sayest, How 
doth Grod know? can he judge 
through the dark cloud? 

14 Thick clouds are a covering 
to him, that he seetli not; and 
he walketh in the circuit of 
heaven. 

15 Hast thou marked the old 
way which wicked men have 
trodden ? 

16 Which were cut down out 
of time, whose foundation was 
overflown with a flood : 

17 Which said unto God, De- 
part from us : and what can the 
Almighty do for them ? 

18 Yet he filled their houses 
with good things : but the coun- 
sel of the wicked is far from me. 

19 The righteous see it, and 
are glad : and the innocent laugh 
them to scorn. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

Dins Tjininiao p -}>-j i 
njj'in Ti^n-ix ii 
Di?3i!3 nnj rri^K -xbrt 12 

• AT T -J - v;i I -: 

IT • J* T I i : 

s)i''-nia s-i^xi 13 

A" -JT - T : - T A 
1 3 • JVT V- ; - 

■liT - : . • - T / : 

A : * JT "J - 

IT " ; J :jt vv 

n^-iibi !i-j!2!?-it3x * 16 

it : ' tt 

AV • J •• Tl J- I 1 T 

IT J — V- : • 

mrj QfT'i-ia xfea Ksini is 

A JV "IT J" - < ; 

:i:?3 npn-i t'^j.-an nasi 

• r." 't -:jt • t : /--tr* 

AT : • : 'j* ■ ~ J : • 
IT - : • *• T ; 

V. 13. mi'2 'uri N"2a 
V. 15. QipioEfl ison iisn v. is. csna "ids 



. REVISED VERSION. 

Therefore snares are round lo 

about thee, 
and fear suddenly confounds 

thee ; 

or darkness, that thou canst ii 

not see ; 
and the flood of waters covers 

thee. 

Is not God in the height of 12 

heaven ? 
and behold the summit of the 

stars, how high ! 
And thou sayest : How does 13 

God know? 
can he judge through the 

thick cloud ? 
Clouds are a covering to him, 14 

and he sees not ; 
and he walks upon the vault 

of heaven. 
Wilt thou keep the old way, 15 
which wicked men have 

trodden ? 
Who were seized before the I6 

time ; 

their foundation was poured 

away in a flood. 
Such as say unto God : De- 17 

part from us ; 
and, What can the Almighty 

do to them ? 
When he their houses had 18 

filled with good : 
but far from me is the counsel 

of the wicked ! 
The righteous look on, and 19 

rejoice ; 
and the innocent mock at 

them : 



V. 15. Dost thou mark the old way, 



V. 11, by some is construed thus: or seest thou not the 
darkness, and the flood of waters that covers thee ? That is : 
or art thou heedless of the threatening danger, and of the 
destruction to which thy sins are hurrying thee ? But it is 
obvious how inapt the words are for the expression of this 
sense; and how mucli more readily (when so construed), 
they suggest another which is quite out of place. 

V. 12 ; iial 13, worth dass sie hoch sind, was hier ungefahr 
ilenselben Werth hat mit : ivie hoch sie eind! 



V. 16 ; TiS lit. and (it was) not time. Sept. ol avvslrj- 

(pd-ijaav acoQoi. — Second member ; Sept. to the same effect : 
noTUfibs kni^^icov ol d'sfiilioi aircSv. So Ewald : zum Strome 
fliissig ward ihr fester Grund ! Heiligstedt : Flumen effusum 
est fundamentum eorum ; in flumen abiit dilabendo funda- 
mentum eorum, i. e. sedes eorum firmse prorsus labefactae (flu- 
minis instar) dilapsse sunt ; Olshausen : deren Grundfeste 
ward ein hingegossener Strom, d. i. in einen solchen ver- 
wandelt. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXII. 



79 



KING JAiAIES' VERSION. 

20 Whereas our substance is 
not cut down, but the remnant 
of them the fire consiimeth. 

21 Acquaint now thyself with 
him, and be at peace : tliereby 
good shall come unto thee. 

22 Receive, I pray thee, the 
law from his mouth, and lay up 
his words in thine heart. 

23 If thou return to the Al- 
mighty, thou shalt be built up, 
thou shalt put away iniquity far 
from thy tabernacles. 

24 Then shalt thou lay up 
gold as dust, and the gold of 
Ophir as the stones of the brooks. 

25 Yea, the Almighty shall 
be thy defence, and thou shalt 
have plenty of silver. 

26 For then shalt thou have 
thy delight in the Almighty, and 
shalt lift up thy face unto God. 

27 Thou shalt make thy prayer 
unto him, and he shall hear thee, 
and thou shalt pay thy vows. 

28 Thou shalt also decree a 
thing, and it shall be established 
unto thee : and the light shall 
shine upon thy ways. 

29 When men are cast down, 
then thou shalt say, There is lift- 
ing up ; and he shall save the 
humble person. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

sijiaip in23 xb-iax = 

I" T : JT T ; • : 

tibm iay itrison 21 

AT : J • JT ' V : - 

IT / I : IT : V T 

niin TIB'S ai-up 22 

AT 4* ■ JT 

I r.' T : • T T -: r t 

n:an -'i^-iv s^itjn-nx 23 

4-T • \ ~ J T 

I r: t: IT " r : - ' r : - 

ns3 'ns5!-^s-n'i'Ui 24 

'.• AT JT T - • : 

:"iiaiK D'l'bnj ^iisai 

I- J* T : K ; 

I A? T - J JT T ; 

•liT J T I ' :■ Kt t 

;:3.'tnn 20 

] r.-T - J ••■ »T • : 
T)A- T -. • : T "v J- : - 

"nb t3p"ii lak-nnm 28 

Mat 'tjt ; .* v - : • it 
I - JT I V T : - 1 

ma i^xm ;i^)iai:3n -•'s 29 

AT.. v J - • ; -v (■ 

- 1* -J- •• «- t 

V. 29. 5)iffl1i K"22 



REVISED VERSION. 

truly, our adversary is cut off; 20 
and what is left to them a fire 

consumes. 
Now acquaint thyself with 21 

him, and be at peace ; 
thereby shall good come upon 

thee. 

Take now the lav/ from his 22 
mouth, 

and lay up his words in thy 
heart. 

If thou return to the Almighty, 23 

thou shalt be built up, 
if thou remove wickedness far 

from thy dwellings. 
And cast to the dust the pre- 24 

cious ore, 
and the gold of Ophir to the 

stones of the brooks ; 
for the Almighty will be thy 25 

precious ores, 
and silver, sought with toil, 

for thee. 
For then shalt thou have de- 26 

light in the Almighty, 
and shalt lift up thy face unto 
God. 

Thou wilt pray to him, and he 27 

will hear thee ; 
and thou wilt perform thy 

vows. 

For thou wilt purpose a thing, 28 

and it shall stand ; 
and light will shine upon thy 

ways. 

When they are cast down, thou 29 
shalt say : There is lifting 
up ! 

and the meek-eyed he will 
save. 



V. 29. When they are depressed 



V. 21 ; ^l^xiari est 3 pers. femin. sing, imperf. Kal verbi 
Kia cum terminatione femin. n- et suflaxo ?j ; cf. Prov. 1 : 20 ; 
8:3; Ezek. 23 : 20 ; Ew. § 191^ adnot. ** (Heiligstedt). 

V. 25, niSS'in- There can be no doubt of the correctness 

' T 

of Gesenius' latest explanation of this word (Thes. II. p. 610; 
Lex, last Am. ed.) : labores ; Job XXII, 25, nisaiFi ar- 
gentum lahorum i. e. gravi labore partum, dein qua labors 
partie sunt, opes. (Formerly: argentum thesaurorum, h. e. 
maxima argenti vis, to which Hirzel justly objected). 
V. 28 ; the dative of the one concerned, or interested, in 



the act (the so-called pleonastic dative, § 154, 3, e), which can 
seldom be given in English, and is not needed for the expres- 
sion of the sense. 

V. 29 ; si^j'^airn, either intransitive, as in Is. 57 : 9, or the 
impers. 3d pers '. (§ 137, 3, note), for the Passive, in the same 
general sense. So Gesenius (Lex. isa, Hiph. 1) : Intrans, de- 
primi (pr. deprimere, sc. se), Job 22 : 29. So under the art. 
ilia: '■^when men humble themselves, thou dost command ex- 
altation ; i. e. the humble and meek thou dost exalt." This 
construction is preferable to any other that has been proposed. 



so 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXIII. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

30 He shall deliver the island 
of the innocent : and it is de- 
livered by the pureness of thine 
hands. 

CHAP. XXIIl. 

Then Job answered and 
said, 

2 Even to day ^s my complaint 
bitter: my stroke is heavier than 
my groaning. 

3 Oil. that I knew wliere I 
might find him ! that I might 
come evoi to his seat ! 

4 I would order 7nij cause be- 
fore him, and fill my mouth with 
arguments. 

5 I would know the words 
which he would answer me, and 
understand what he would say 
unto me. 

6 Will he plead against me 
with Ais great power? No; but 
he would put strength in me. 



HEBREW TEXT. 



CHAP. XXIIl. 

1- ■ l-r-- 

ino 1-172 di^M -C5 

^• • J* : -I - 

:inn5x-is) n-i33 i-i^ 



A" T ; V : • ': - T\ f j- - r 



IT I : - T 

asttjja 'i'^itib naisjx 

AT J • JT T : jT : V r." 

: ninsin xbax ''S!i 

I T I J 



ijjyi tsi^a tis^a 

■A--:i- A- • T : "i 

r ~ ' — T't: 



ft-T- J*T -V t;- 

r r T 1 - / 



n 



REVISED VERSION. 

He will deliver one that is 30 

not guiltless ; 
and he shall be saved by the 

pureness of thy hands. 

CHAP, xxiri. 

Then answered Job, and i 
said : 

Even to-day, my complaint is 2 
frowardness ! 

The hand upon me is heavier 
than my groaning. 
0 that I knew how I might 3 
find him, 

might come even to his seat ! 

I would array my cause be- 4 
fore him, 

and fill my mouth with argu- 
ments. 

I would know the words he 5 

would answer me, 
and mark what he would say 

to me. 

Would he, with great power, c 
contend with me ? 



no 



! he surely 
heed to me. 



would give 



V. 2. is bitter 



But the sense of the verb : ivhen men humble themselves (ubi 
submisse agunt homines) is not the appropriate one. An 
opportunity for the exercise of clemency towards the meek 
and submissive, was not what Eliphaz would be likely to 
promise Job, from his view of the character of the latter, and 
of his treatment of others. 

An ingenious construction of the sentence is thus happily 
expressed by ROdiger (Thes. fasc. poster, p. 1466 ; given in 
Dr. Robinson's last Am. ed. of the Man. Lex. art. bs'd) : Ac 
simili ratione expedis locum Job XXII, 29: "QMMm depri- 
munt (te homines superbi et violenti), et dicis : O insolen- 
Liam! (i. e. quum conquerendum tibi est de eorum insolentia) ; 
turn (Deus) juvahit (te) demisso vuUu incedentem. Vulgo ex- 
ponunt : quum humiliatae fuerint, sc. vise tuse (ex comm. 28), 
dices : elatio ! &c. ; sed ex comm. 28, vias obscuratas potius 
expectaveris quam humiliatas. 

The extreme brevity of the expression, and the possible re- 
ference of the leading verb to more than one word for its 
subject, makes the construction doubtful. Fiirst (Hdwbch., 
ms, 2) : denn wenn sie erniedrigt haben, so verheissest du 
Erhebung. The connection of thought favors the one first 
suggested. 

V. 30; ipS""!!*, not guiltless, as expressed in the Chald., and 



correctly explained by Raschi, and adopted by Mercier and 
other early Christian Hebraists. The absurd rendering island 
(Pagnino : liberabit habitatores insulas innocens), was adopted 
in the Genevan, and thence in the Bishops' and the common 
version. 

Ch. XXIIL V. 1, 1-153; frowardness, the sense authorized 
by usage, is more pertinent here than bitterness, which is 
founded only on analogy. 

Second member: my hand (objective use of the suff. pron.) 
= the hand upon me. This is the more easy, as the hand, 
the instrument of the infliction, is almost synonymous with 
the infliction itself; e. g. ch. 13 : 21, thy hand remove thou 
from upon me ; Ps. 32 : 24, day and night thy hand was 
heavy upon me. Heiligstedt: SuflELxum in i^ri passive acci- 
piendum est (cf. vs. 14; 20 : 29; Gen. 16 : 5;' 27 : 13; Jer. 
51 : 35) ; manus mea, 1. e. manus quam sentio, manus Dei quas 
me ferit, i. e. calamitas quam Deus mihi infligit ; cf. 13 : 21 ; 
19 : 21 ; Ps. 32 : 4. — For the secondary sense, blow, stroke (Ge- 
senius. Lex. 4), there is no ground here, or in 20 : 22. — Heavier 
than ; Lex. bs, 2, c. 

V. 3, first member ; § 142, 3, a. Rem. 

V. 6; Qiiai, elliptically (as in 4 : 20), Lex. 4, c. — This ooa- 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXIII. 



81 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

7 There the righteous might 
dispute with him ; so should I 
be delivered for ever from my 
judge. 

8 Behold, I go forward, but 
he is not there; and backward, 
but I cannot perceive him : 

9 On the left hand, where he 
doth work, but I cannot behold 
him: he hideth himself on the 
right hand, that I cannot see 
him : 

10 But he knoweth the way 
that I take : when he hath tried 
me, I shall come forth as gold. 

11 My foot hath held his 
steps, his way have I kept, and 
not declined. 

12 Neither have I gone back 
from the commandment of his 
lips ; I have esteemed the words 
of his mouth more than my ne- 
cessary food. 

13 But he is in one mind, and 
who can turn him ? and what his 
soul desireth, even that he doeth. 

14 For he performeth the thing 
that is appointed for me: and 
many such things are with him. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

1532) nsiJ ^ffli dia 

A • JT T TV T 



.* T iT ; ■ 



p.- : v J : ' • T ' / : - 



i-ias 'n'T^ Sill -13 
iitsx sn-ts "isiin? 

JTT - — T ; 

K I- JT IT •-. -: i-v 



■ T V : ~ 



«T j: tt:\ j-:- 



.1? * : J- T ■■• :i J : 

nmx iiassi 

- IT - jTi* v:~: 



11525) man ns!i2i 



11 



12 



13 



14 



V. 9. b-isiVa 



REVISED VERSION. 

There, the upright might 7 
reason with him ; 

and I should be delivered for- 
ever from my judge. 
Lo, I go toward the east, 8 
but he is not there, 

and toward the west, but I 
perceive him not ; 

toward the north where he 9 
worketh, but I behold him 
not, 

he covers himself in the south, 

and I see him not. 
But he knows the way that I 10 

take ; 

when he tries me, I shall come 

forth as the gold. 
My foot has held fast to his ii 

step ; 

his way have I kept, and not 

turned aside. 
The commandment of his lips, 12 

I put it not away ; 
above my own law, I prized 

the words of his mouth. 

But he is the same, and who 13 

can turn him ? 
and what his soul desires he 

will do. 

Truly, the purpose concerning 14 
me he will accomplish ; 

and many such things are with 
him. 



V. 10. the way within me. 



fidence Job might well express ; and there is no necessity for 
adopting the construction : 

Shall he, with great power, contend with me ? 

no ! let him only give heed to me ! 

V. 9, first member; lit. toward the north, in his working, the 
sense of which is expressed by the form in the text. — 
( jussive form) § 128, 2, Rem. 

The Genevan version had rendered correctly these common 
Hebrew designations of the cardinal points, by the corre- 
sponding terms in English (as is done in all recent transla- 
tions), thus : 

8. Behold [i/] / go to the East, he is not there : if to the 
West, yet I cannot perceive him : 

9. [If] to the North cohere he ivorketh, yet I cannot see 

11 



him : he will hide himself in the South, and I cannot behold 
him. 

The common version, unfortimately, preferred the rendering 
of the Bishops' Bible, borrowed from Cranmer, and thus ob- 
scured the majesty of this passage to the English reader. 

V. 10. Lit. the way (that is) with me ; i. e. my accustomed 
way (Ewald : den mir gewohnten Weg), the way which I ha- 
bitually pursue. — 13, Lex. 3, c. — Second member ; Perf. as in 
7 : 20 (§ 155, 4, a). ' 

V. 12, first member, § 144, 2 ; i with the apodosis, after an 
absolute clause, § 155, 1, a, 3d T[. 

V. 13. Hirzel : aier er (bleibt) auf Einem, ist Eines und 
unveranderlichen Sinnes . . . und wer will ihn anderen Sinnes 
machen ? 



82 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXIV. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

15 Therefore am I troubled 
at his presence : when I consider, 
I am afraid of hira. 

16 For God maketh my heart 
soft, and the Almighty troubleth 
me : 

17 Because I was not cut off 
before the darkness, neither hath 
he covered the darkness from 
my face. 

CHAP. XXIV. 

Why, seeing times are not 
hidden from the Almighty, do 
they that know him not see his 
days ? 

2 Some remove the landmarks ; 
they violently take away flocks, 
and feed thereof. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

^nax iiiQ^a p-by la 

A" TV JT T • ' "\ - 



Tpn 16 



CHAP. XXIV. 

«■ * J : : • •^ - 

IT T / T I T : I : 

A* - f ; 

! ii'ii^l 'tis; 

V. 1. 'p "iiSJIi 



REVISED VERSION. 

Therefore do I tremble before 16 
him, 

I consider, and am afraid of 
him. 

And God makes my heart soft, IG 
and the Almighty confounds 
me. 

For I should not be dumb be- 17 

cause of darkness, 
because thick darkness covers 

me. 

CHAP. XXIV. 

Why, if times are not hid- i 
den from the Almighty, 
do they that know him not 
see his days ? 
Landmarks they remove ; 2 
flocks they seize upon, and 
feed. 



V. 1. 



Why are times not treasured up by the Almighty, 
and why do they that know him not see his days ? 



V. 17 ; n?2S in its original signification, as understood by 
Ewald, Hirzel (nioas hier in seiner urspr. Bedeutung : zum 

Schweigen gehracht iverden, verstummen), Schlottmann, and 
others. — Perf. as in § 126, 5, a. 

Second member. I take dijQ in the sense of person, self 
(Lex. 1, k), and "jp before the whole clause. Wir nehmen an, 
dass IP vor dem ganzen Satze steht, eben so wie "inx, 19 : 26 
(Schlottmann). But if 'xi is taken with ijQ alone {on account 
of my person, which darkness covers), the sense is the same, 
and the form in the text is the proper expression of it. 

Some construe the verse thus : quia non sum excisus ante 
tenebras (afflictionum) et a conspectu 7neo (non) texit caligi- 
nem, i. e. me non immunem prsestitit a calamitatibus. But 
the above construction (so, essentially, Ewald, Hirzel, Heilig- 
stedt, Schlottmann), is far preferable. 

Ch. XXIV. V. 1. Why, if ifc. So the verse is construed 
by Gesenius. — Perf. in a conditional clause, as in 7 : 20 (§ 155, 
4, a) ; are times not hidden = if times are not hidden. 

Another construction of the first member, proposed by A. 
Schultens {Quare ah Omnipotente non sunt recondita in the- 
saurum tempora ; et noscentes Deum non vident dies Ejus ?), 
is followed by Umbreit, Ewald, Heiligstedt, Schlottmann, and 
others. But this question is not pertinent here. The point 
of inquiry is not, why are such times of retribution not ap- 



pointed by God ; but why, if they are appointed by him (as 
alleged), do not good men witness them 7 That they do not, is 
the burden of the following verses. 

Times — days. These terms are often used in the Old 
Testament (see references in Expl. Notes), with the same 
specific sense as in this passage. The law of translation is. 
that they shall be rendered by their literal equivalents : since 
1st, the usage of the book is supposed to be known to its 
readers, and that determines, to the attentive reader, the 
sense in which such words are employed ; 2d, the peculiarity 
of the usage lies in the thought, and can be expressed, there 
fore, by the corresponding word in any language; 3d, the 
substitution of explanatory forms is not translation, but para- 
phrase, which enfeebles the expression and is never to be 
resorted to without necessity. — In this passage, moreover, 
the reader of the version should judge for himself, whether 
the word times is here used in its ordinary or its special 
sense. The translator may be of one opinion, and the reader 
of another. The former should not preclude the judgment of 
the latter, by giving him an interpretation instead of a trans- 
lation. A version which adheres rigidly to this law, may not 
be as clear as a paraphrase ; but it is more just to the origi- 
nal, as well as to the reader. The translator should be satis- 
fied, when he has made the version as clear as the original 
(happy, if he can do this !) ; he has no right to go any 
further. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXIV. 



83 



KING JAMES' VERSION. 

3 They drive away the ass of 
the fatherless, they take the 
widow's ox for a pledge. 

4 They turn the needy out of 
the way : the poor of the earth 
hide themselves together. 



5 Behold, as wild asses in the 
desert, go they forth to their 
work ; rising betimes for a prey : 
the wilderness yiddeth food for 
them and for their children. 

6 They reap every one his corn 
in the field : and they gather 
the vintage of the wicked. 

7 They cause the naked to 
lodge without clothing, that (hey 
have no coverinof in the cold. 

8 They are wet with the 
showers of the mountains, and 
embrace the rock for want of a 
shelter. 

9 They pluck the fatherless 
from the breast, and take a 
pledge of the poor. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

AT : ■ J- : J ~: 

IT T : - J : : - 



AT- J" -: I- : T t:it :i j : it 
i"T ;- -.• / /TT -: 



* ' ; • J - : V T -I 



lawb liaia iiD-^bi diniy 

A : J- : ' 'TV J T 

im-jT' tjiin di-ta 

AT : • J" T vv -i 



Qini iQsi !ibi5"i 

AT ■ ; : -r 

I ; - r T - : 

V. 4. 'p V. 6. 'p TTi:£pi 



REVISED VERSION. 

The orphans' ass they drive 
away ; 

they take the widow's ox for 
a pledge. 

They turn aside the needy 
from the way ; 

all the oppressed of the land 
are made to hide them- 
selves. 

Lo, as wild-asses in the wilder- 
ness, 

they go forth to their toil, 
searching for the prey ; 

the desert to him is bread for 
the children. 

In the field, they reap his 
fodder, 

and glean the vineyard of the 
wicked. 

Naked they pass the night, 
without clothing, 

and with no shelter in the cold. 

They are wet with the moun- 
tain storm, 

and cling to the rock for want 
of refuge. 
The orphan is torn from the 
breast, 

and on the sufferer is imposed 
a pledge. 



V. 4. aU the poor (V. E.) 



V. 3. Qin^ , like the English orplian, a child that has lost 
father or mother, or both. There is no necessity for assuming, 
however, that the parties here named are related as mother 
and child. The orphan, in general, is doubtless intended. 

V. 4, first member. In the construction adopted by some 
(e. g. Heiligstedt : dedinant (detrudunt) pauperes de via ; 
pauperes in loca deserta et invia detrudunt), the common 
Heb. idiom in the use of nart (see references in Expl. Notes), 
is strangely overlooked. The theory on which the words, so 
construed, are explained (Hi DiJiinx et y-in i^3J.' haud dubie 
sunt aboriginum subactorum posteri, qui in deserta terrae loca 
pulsi in summa miseria et inopia vivebant ; Heiligstedt), will 
be noticed in the remarks on ch. 30 : 1-8. But this passage 
seems rather to be a general description of oppressions practiced 
by the rich on the defenseless poor. All parts of the 0. T. 
abound with expressions, testifying that God cares for the 
poor and needy, and will avenge their wrongs, — " though he 
bear long with them." Whose posterity, then, are meant in 
all these passages ? 

Second member: as in 3 : 18; Gesenius, Lex. 2, f. 



Sie alle ; so viel ihrer sind (Hirzel). The poor of the land, 
according to the Qeri. — Kelhibh : the oppressed, in the same 
general sense, and designating the same class ; viz. those whose 
poverty exposes them to oppression. 

V. 5. Schlottmann : worth als Waldesel, mit der so haufi- 
gen Vermischung des Bildes und der Sache. 

V. 9. bsfi construed with Isy, implying something laid, or 
bound, upon the victim of oppression. Maurer, Hdwbch, art. 
)>2'n : einnial mit der Pers. Hiob 24 : 9 (angemessen der 
eig. Bedeutung des Umbindens ; weder heisst hs bin iiber- 
pfanden, noch ist fur ^li^ gesetzt). Ewald : und legt 
auf Leidende diess Pfand. Less happily, Gesenius (Thes. and 
Lex. hs, 1, a, jS; n^j, Piel, 2), supposes an ellipsis of im 
{what is upon the poor = his covering) ; appealing to Lam. 
2 : 14, and 4 : 22, for proof of such an ellipsis. So Heilig- 
stedt : et quse super pauperem sunt (i. e. vestes pauperis) pro 
pignore auferunt ; and others. But the act of uncovering, 
expressed by in those passages, is done over the thing un- 
covered, and there is no ellipsis. — Hirzel : they take a pledge 
above (i. e. beyond the ability of) the sufferer. 



« 



84 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXIV. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

10 They cause him to go na- 
ked without clothing, and tliey 
take away the .sheat" from the 
hungry; 

11 Which make oil within 
their walls, and tread their wine- 
presses, and suifer thirst. 

12 Men groan from out of the 
city, and the soul of the wound- 
ed crieth out: yet God layeth 
not folly to them. 

13 They are of those that rebel 
against the light ; they know not 
the ways thereof, nor abide in 
the palhs thereof. 

14 The murderer rising with 
the light killeth the poor and 
needy, and in the night is as a 
thief. 

15 The eye also of the adul- 
terer waitetli for the twilight, 
saying, No eye shall see me : and 
disguiseth his face. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

A : J* : ; ■! J T 



ft I - JT I ' t" 

IT : • - : IT 't ; 



It:* • : <• - 

IT : • y r I - 7:i'.- 

^ix-i'i'iaa I nail 

/ " ; p T t <- 

ATT : J • • I 

IT i> : • : IT t i 

- - '< T T 

{ asas ■'ill nlsignq 

IT J' : T - 

IIS) li'iiiuin-fib -ijaxb 

!• T J' T V V : 



11 



12 



13 



14 



1l2 



REVISED VERSION. 

Naked they go about, without lo 

clothing ; 
and hungry they bear the 

sheaves : 
prepare oil between their ii 

walls ; 

tread the winepresses, — and 
thirst. 

For anguish do the dying 12 
groan, 

and the soul of the wounded 

cries out ; 
and Grod heeds not the prayer. 
There are they who rebel 13 

against light ; 
they know not its ways, 
and they abide not in its paths. 
At the dawn, the murderer 14 

rises up ; 
he slays the poor and needy : 
and by night, he will be as the 

thief. 

And the eye of the adulterer 15 

watches for the twilight, 
saying : No eye shall see me ! 
and puts a veil over the face. 



V. 12. Do men gi'oau (V. R.) Others: From the city do the djang groan. 



lb. the wrong (V. R.} 



V. 12. The pointing dinn is sustained by the Syr. 
,QjaJ|£j men groan, the Chald. "iipriS KttSj 133 the 

sons of men groan, and is found in MS. 193 of De Rossi, and 
some early EDS. It is favored by the parallelism (dibbn), and 
is followed by most modern translators and critics. Comp. 
Gesenius, Lex. "iiy (II.). 

For anguish: Gesenius, Lex. 115 (H-)- T^'s signification 
of the word is certainly best suited to the passage. Gesenius, 
Thes. II., p. 1020 : eodem apte referas lob. XXIV, 12, si modo 
cum Syro Qina legas pro D^na prce angore agone mortis 
gemunt morihuitdi ; et nescio an id priEstet interpretation! 
supra propositae, quam vocales et accentus jubent; and p. 830 : 
hand male quidem Syr. h. 1. d^ina morientes pronunciat, parall. 
dibbn. — From the city, is the rendering of the ancient versions 
(where the above signiflcatiou, though not unknown, is less 
common and familiar), and in most of the modern ones. 

Third member. The prayer, after the pointing n^&Pl, which 
has the authority of the Syr. ^cnZai^^ (]" ftru^lo 

and God accepts not their prayer, MS. 245 of Kennicott, and 
780 of De Rossi. This reading is followed in some of the best 
modern versions ;* e. g. Dathe : sed Deus non respicit preces 

* Convenit quidem inter recentiores interpretes, mutvndum 



eorum ; Hufnagel : aber Gott merkt nicht dies Flehen ; TJm- 
breit : doch Gott beachtet nicht das Flehen. — d^iai , ellipt. as 
in Ps. 50 : 23 (Gesenius, Lex. 3, 1). 

V. 13. There are they who rebel, is the best English ex- 
pression of the emphatic form of the original. Lit. among 
rebels against light ; i. e. who are to be classed as such, a 
strongly emphatic form. 

V. 14 ; -lis^, lit. at the light (§ 154, 3, e, 2d If), viz., at the 
appearance of light, the early dawn. 

Third member : ifii, will be, which best expresses the sub- 
jective view indicated by the jussive forro (§ 128, 2, Rem.).' — • 
As the thief; i. e. more furis noctu facinora sua perpetrat 
(Heiligstedt). Kaph veritatis, which some assume here, is un- 
necessary and out of place. Comp. § 154, 3, f. 



esse vocem nVsin in nfeSFi, ut sensus sit : Deus non curat pre- 

T : • T ■ ; ^ 

cationem ; Schnurrer, Diss. p. 264. His own objection to this 
(that the ellipsis of 'Tab — b:S is unauthorized), is not valid. 
The meaning judicium, which he suggests, has the support of 
the Sept. avtbs Sh Sia rt tovrwv eniaxonrjv ov TtsTtoirjrar but 
is confined to other modifications of the stem (Isba, Piel and 
its deriv.). 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXIV. 



85 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

16 III the dark they dig 
through houses, wldcli they had 
marked for themselves in the 
daytime : they know not the 
light. 

17 For the morning is to them 
even as the shadow of death : if 
one know them, they are in the 
terrors of the shadow of death. 

18 He is swift as the waters ; 
their portion is cursed in the 
earth : he beholdeth not the way 
of the vineyards. 



19 Drought and heat consume 
the snow waters : so doth the 
grave those which have sinned. 

20 The womb shall forget 
him ; the worm shall feed sweet- 
ly on him ; he shall be no more 
remembered ; and wickedness 
shall be broken as a tree. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

Q'^nli ™na ^nn ic 

fit : - /T 



miiabs iab ipia i i^ini "^a 17 

:* mi • JT 'v J T ! - <• 



tana-'iia-^? i NSin-bg 18 
v-ixa oripbn ^^ptn 

V V ' : : • - <T . 

IT T J : 



T - '< T : 



REVISED VERSION. 

They break through houses in 16 

the darkness : 
by day they shut themselves 

up; 

they know not the light. 

For morning is death-shade to 17 

them all : 
when one can discern, it is the 

terrors of death-shade ! 
Light is he on the face of 18 

the waters : 
accursed is the portion of such 

in the earth ; 
he turns not into the way to 

fruitful fields. 
Drought and heat bear off the 19 

snow-water, — 
the under- world them that sin. 
The womb will forget him, 20 
when the worm feeds sweetly 

on him ; [ed, 
he will no more be remember- 
and iniquity will be broken, 

as the tree. 



V. 17. for the terrors of death-shade they know 



V. 16 ; "inn, Ausdruck des uubestimmten Subjects : man 
bricht ein (Hirzel). 

V. 17 ; Tnni connects most naturally with i'db. Gesenius, 
(Lex. e), the morning is to them all the shadow of death. 
Others (as Lex. d), to them alike, i. e. to one equally with 
another, to all alike. 

Second member: ^131, the indeterminate Zd pers. (§137, 
3, a) ; niab^ nin^S, with the impers. suhst. verb implied : the 
terrors of death-shade (is it). 

Such, essentially, is the construction followed in the 
Genevan version {if one know them, [they are] in the terrors 
of the shadow of death), and adopted thence in the Bishops', 
and in the common version. The sentence was so construed 
by Castellio (nam eis et matutinum pro tetra nocte, et agnosci 
pro tetrae noctis horroribus est), and in the version of Junius 
and Tremellius (quum quis cognoscit, terrores sunt lethalis 
umbrje), and by other early Christian Hebraists. 

The common construction is : For the terrors of death-ihade 
they know ; that is, they are familiar with the horrors of dark- 
ness, and fear them not. So the Sept., ore Iniyvmaexai taqa- 
Xog ay.iSg d'avdzov. But with this construction of the second 
member, the subject and praedicate in the other should rather 
be reversed, as remarked by Seb. Schmidt ; nos invertimus : 
Nam pariter umbra mortis est illis mane, h. e. amant, eligunt 
umbram mortis, noctis densissimam, ut alii amant matutinum 
tempus ; . . . ratio heec est, quia agnoscunt, approbant, terrores 
noctis, qui ipsis in facinoribus patrandis auxilio sunt. So OIs- 



hausen (Hirzel, 2^'^ Aufl.) ; Ich erklare den Vers anders : denn 
ihnen allzumal ist Morgen die Finsterniss ; denn er ist (d. h. 
sie sind) vertraut mit den Schrecknissen der Finsterniss. But, 
in either case, the sense of the second member, as thus con- 
strued, is less spirited and pertinent, and the parallelism is 
less happy than with the construction first given. 

V. 18. Paranomasia (bp — ^'Ipsr) ^'^ merely verbal pe- 
culiarities, can seldom be imitated successfully in another 
language. Such attempts as : Im Flug ist er hin iiber des 
Wasscrs Fldche ; verflucht wird ihr Erbtheil im Lande 
(Hirzel), only sacrifice sense to form. — There is no indication 
of the optative use of the verb ; nor is such a use required 
by the connection. 

v. 19. The simple construction of this verse (§ 155, 4, h ; 
Ewald, § 323, b) suggested by Gersonides, is now generally 
adopted by Heb. scholars. Rosenmiiller : sic infernum (mors) 
rapit cito eos qui peccant; Ewald: die Holle, die so siin- 
digte ; Hirzel: sixan, Relativsatz, diejenigen, welche gesiln- 
digt haben ; . . . den Stindern ergelit es wie dem Schnee- 
wasser ; plotzlich und spurlos, wie dieses die Hitze, rafFt jene 
der Scheol hinweg ; Heiligstedt : sic orcus rapit eos, qui pec- 
cant ; Schlottmann : so die Holle den Siinder. — Qa expresses, 
in Hebrew, the emphasis which is naturally felt in connection 
with the following word, as one of stronger import than that 
which precedes it. The expression of it, by any form in 
English, would only mar the sense. 

V. 20. ipina ; the Perf. indicates state or condition (§ 155, 



86 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXV. 



KING JAMES' VERSION. 

21 He evil entreateth the bar- 
ren tliat beareth not : and doeth 
not good to the widow. 

22 He draweth also the migh- 
ty with his power : he riseth up, 
and no man is sure of life. 

23 Though it be given him to 
he in safety, whereon he resteth ; 
yet his eyes are upon their ways. 

24 They are exalted for a 
little while, but are gone and 
brought low ; they are taken out 
of the way as all others, and cut 
off as the tops of the ears of corn. 

25 And if it be not so now, 
who will make me a liar, and 
make my speech nothing worth? 



CHAP, XXV. 

Then answered Bildad the 
Shuhite, and said, 

2 Dominion and fear are with 
him, he maketh peace in his high 
places. 

3 Is there any number of his 
armies? and upon whom doth 
not his light arise ? 



HEBREW TEXT. 

ibn n-ip5) n^-H 21 

A- •■ J T 'r -:i jv 
!■ " : J T T : - : 



inba Qi-iiax 'rm-a'^ 22 

A : J* • - 1 J- T 



nD23 ib-'itT^ 23 



iiarxi I Ui'a !ian 24 



CHAP. XXV. 



I'l'niil^b isaa din 3 

AT : • T : J" -: 

V. 24. 1?3n 



REVISED VERSION. 

He despoils the barren, that 21 
beareth not ; 
and shows no kindness to the 
widow. 

And he removes the strong by 22 

his might ; 
he rises up, and no one is sure 

of life : 

he grants to them safety, and 23 

they are at rest ; 
and his eyes are upon their 

ways. 

They rise high; a little while, 24 
and they are gone! 

they are brought low ; like all 
are they gathered, 

and are cut off like the top- 
most ears of corn. 
And if it be not so, who 25 
then will prove me false, 

and make my words of no 
effect ? 

CHAP. XXV. 

Then answered Bildad the 1 
Shuhite, and said: 
Dominion and fear are with 2 
him ; 

he maketh peace in his high 
places ! 

Is there any number to his 3 

armies? 
and on whom does not his 

light arise? 



V. 24. like all, they gather themselves up to die 



4, a). Gesenius, Thes. II., p. 831, art. pna, 1 : obliviscilur ejus 
(impii) uterus matris (mater quae eum peperit) ... si eum 
sugit vermis, ubi vermium esca factus erit. 

V. 21, ns'-i. The differeut characters, described in this 
chapter, are all of one class (the wicked man), though holding 
different relations to others, and practicing different forms of 
evil. The participial form is properly used, therefore, in de- 
signating one of this class, the common subject in the several 
divisions of the chapter. That it has no reference to the sub- 
ject of in the preceding verse, is evident from the con- 
nection. — Despoils ; lit. feeds upon the barren, i. e. upon her 
substance. Comp. ye devour widows^ houses, Mat. 23 : 14. 

V. 22, 'qiaa. It will be seen, by the construction given in 
the translation, that there is no necessity for assuming an 
unlocked for reference (of which there is no indication), to the 
Divine Being as the subject of this verb ; a reference which 



gives an unnatural turn to some of the following clauses, and 
enfeebles the whole. 

V. 23 ; naib expresses adverbially {manner of being), the 
state or condition which he grants them, or permits them to 
be in. — ib {collect, sing.), is better rendered by the plural 
here, on account of the following plur. suff. pronoun. 

V. 24 ; "jiiiaspi is used absolutely, like its synonym in Num. 
20 : 26 (comp. v. 24). Others (Gesenius, Lex. Niph.) as in the 
Margin; meaning not merely they die, but they die in the 
course of nature ; and not in the agonies of tormenting dis- 
ease, but calmly composing themselves for the final rest. 
Comp. Gen. 49 : 33. 

V. 25. isx, comp. on 9 : 24. 

Ch. XXV. V. 3. Is there any number to his armies ; that 
is, are they not without number, — without limit of number. 
Second member : And above whom, i. e. with superior lustre 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXVI. 



87 



KING JAMES' VERSION. 

4 How then can man be justi- 
fied with God? or how can he 
be clean that is born of a woman? 

5 Behold even to the moon, 
and it shineth not ; yea, the stars 
are not pure in his sight. 

6 How much less man, that is 
a worm ; and the son of man, 
which is a worm ? 

CHAP. XXVI. 

But Job answered and said, 

2 How hast thou helped him 
that is without power? how sav- 
est thou the arm that hath no 
strength? 

3 How hast thou counselled 
him that hath no wisdom? and 
how hast thou plentifully de- 
clared the thing as it is ? 

4 To whom hast thou uttered 
words? and whose spirit came 
from thee ? 

5 Dead things are formed from 
under the waters, and the inhabit- 
ants thereof. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

IT • . J : •.* : • 

ii"ini<i rrri -ts -in n 

N r J : - - TV - I J" 

iTijiM iist-xb Diasisi 

IT •* I J- I • T I : 

: m'bm anx-pl 

IT" I T T ' V 

CHAP. XXVI. 

nb-iibb iaits>-na 2 

I - J ; T : - 

AT : T J : T : -tv 

T : IT / T T • I : 

' K • T ij- • n 
Tl r." • IT : IT • - : • : 

AT : r T : IT 

V. 6. nnSi !!<"32 



REVISED VERSION. 

How then shall man be just 4 

with God, 
and how shall he be pure that 

is born of woman? 
Lo, even the moon, it shines 5 

not, 

and the stars are not pure in 

his eyes. 
How much less man, a grub ! o 
and the son of man, a worm ! 

CHAP. XXVI. 

Then answered Job, and i 
said : 

How hast thou helped the 2 

powerless, 
succored the feeble arm! 

How hast thou counseled the 3 

unwise ; 
and understanding thou hast 

taught abundantly! 
By whom hast thou uttered 4 

words, 

and whose breath has come 

forth from thee? 
The shades tremble, 5 
beneath the waters and their 

inhabitants ! 



V. 4. To whom 

(Heiligstedt : et super quern non surgit lux ejus ? i. e. quem 
non luce sua vincit?), is not to the purpose. The point is 
not, that he outshines them all, but that he shines in all of 
them. Still more wide of the mark is the suggestion of Hirzel 
and some others, that the light of the sun is meant. 

V. 4. Just with God (i. e. in the view of God; he being 
judge), is equally intelligible in Hebrew, Greek {Sixatos Tta^a 
rS -d-scp), and English; and the form of conception should, 
therefore, be retained. Before God, answers to another 
Hebrew form of the thought. 

V. 5 ; 'IS unto = even (Lex. c, extr.), like h in Eccl. 9 : 4 (Lex. 
h, 6, b), and in eh. 5 : 5 (Lex. bx, 4, b). — Vav before the 
preedicate, after an absolute subject, giving emphasis to the 
assertion (Lex. 1, 1, k, bb, a). Lit. lo, even to the moon, and 
it shines not ; i. e. an object of such purity and splendor as 
the moon itself, even that has no brightness in his sight. 
Hirzel, erroneously: siehe bis zum Monde. — Ewald: biilX"^ 
ist unstreitig so viel als bin'^^, wie einige Handschriften und 
alte Uebersetzungen erklaren, mag diess die urspriingliche 
Lesart sein, oder mag hiim als = bbn gelten. 

V. 6 ; is prop, the small tvorni, or grub, that is bred in 



lb. and whose spirit 

putrescent substances. It is necessarj-, here, to distinguish it 
from the more general name for the wonn in the next member. 
— Grub, as this word is used by Shakespeare R. and J., V, 3, 
line 128 : To grubs and eyeless skulls. — The primary sig. 
putridity, rottenness, is understood here by Ewald (Moder), 
Heiligstedt (quanto minus homo, putredo), and some others ; 
but its ordinary signification is far more pertinent here. 

Oh. XXVI. V. 2 ; prefixed to a noun, giving it the oppo- 
site meaning (Lex. 6) ; n's and ti), the abstract for the con- 
crete (strength for strong), § 83, 2, Rem. 1. So Heiligstedt : 
nb-xb non-vis, i. e. imbecillitas ; Tis)-X> non-robur, i. e. infirmi- 
tas ; naan-sb non-sapientia, i. e. insipientia, imprudentia. So 
also IliVzel: rib-sb die Nicht-Krafl, d. i. die Ohnmacht, &c. 
This is far preferable to Gesenius' construction (Lex. C, 2), 
" for 5<b IttiX^i to him ivho hath no power, &c. 

V. 4 ; nx, tvith, i. e. by the help of (Lex. nx, H., 2). This 
is required by the next member. The construction: whom 
hast thou made to know words, gives a sense every w.iy inap- 
propriate. 

V. 5. S/iat^es - (Gesenius, Thes. IIL, p. 1302; and all the 



88 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXVI. 



KINO JAMES VERSIOIV. 

6 Hell is naked before him, 
and destruction hath no cover- 
ing. 

7 He stretcheth out the north 
over the empty place, and hang- 
eth the earth upon nothing. 

8 He bindeth up the waters 
in his thick clouds ; and the 
cloud is not rent under them. 

9 He holdeth back the face 
of his throne, and spreadeth his 
cloud upon it. 

10 He hath compassed the 
waters with bounds, until the 
day and night come to an end. 

11 The pillars of heaven 
tremble, and are astonished at 
his reproof. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

A J : J T 

J li'n?^^' was ']ii<i 
J nai^a-iiy VIS i-iVn 



AT T : • I" "I 

IT I - UTT V I * : 



! ins ^-ii'J tllj-lQ 

T -: JT T <■ :~ 



siDSTii d^aw i^iiiasJ 

AT : • J- T J" 



11 



V. 9. 'K dipan 'n 



REVISED VERSION. 

Naked is the under-world be- 6 
fore him, 

and destruction has no cover- 
ing. 

He stretched out the north 7 
over empty space; 

he hanged the earth upon 
nothing. 

He binds up the waters in his 8 
thick clouds, 

and the cloud is not rent un- 
der them. 

He shuts up the face of the 9 
throne ; 

he spreads upon it his cloud. 

A circling bound he drew on lo 
the face of the waters, 

unto the limit of light with 
darkness. 

The pillars of heaven tremble, ii 

and are astonished, at his re- 
buke. 



V. 10. exactly dividing light and darkness. 



leading Hebraists of the age) ; not the dead, foe the term 
means that part of man which survives death. As the Hebi'ew 
Scriptures have a distinct name for this separate existence, 
the English version of them should no longer be without one. 
It occurs in Is. 14 : 9, 26 : 14, 19, Prov. 2 : 18, 9 : 18, 21 : 16, 
Ps. 88 : 10, and is everywhere translated the dead ; concealing 
from the English reader "the evidence it furnishes, that the 
Hebrews had the conception of a form of existence after death. 
The Shades, in common Eng. usage, corresponds to the Hebrew 
conception. 

Second member. By some, nnria is taken adverbially ; e. g. 
RosenmuUer: the waters beneath (tremble) and their inha- 
bitants; De Wette (1st and 2d eds.), and Umbreit: the 
Shades tremble beneath. But the Masoretic accentuation (be- 
neath the waters), is followed in the later translations and 
commentaries, and by De Wette in his 3d ed. 

V. 6. Destruction, is subject to the same metonomy (Expl. 
Notes), as the original word > and there is no occasion for 
substituting a feeble periphrasis {place of destruction, Lex.' 2). 

V. 7, first member ; Rodiger (Thes. fasc. poster, p. 1494) : 
extendit Deus septentrionem super vasto spatio (altera pars 
comm. suspendit terram super nihilo, i. e. super vacuo). 

V. 9, tnsva (G-esenius, Thes. and Lex. Piel) he shuts up), as 
in all the recent versions ; e. g. Dathe : claudit adituvi solii 
sui ; Umbreit, and De Wette (3d ed.) : Er verschliesst den 
Anblick seines Throns ; Ewald : der einfasste des Thrones 
Aussenseite ; Hirzel ; trix eig. halten ; im spateren Sprachge- 



brauche, zuhalten, verschliessen, hier in Piel (= Kal) s. v. a. 
verhiillen ; Schlottmann : Er hiillt seinen Thron rings ein. 

V. 10, second member; Gesenius, (Lex. ni^SPi, 2) : ''unto the 
end of the light with the darkness, i. e. where the light ter- 
minates in darkness." — Another construction (the sense of 
which is given in the margin), takes n^^sri 1^ adverbially, 
and connects with pn (or with sn). • Heiligstedt : termi- 
num circinavit super aquas (finibus certis et accuratis maria 
circumdedit) usque ad perfeciionem (accuratissime) lucem cum 
tenebris (juxta tenebras) sc. circinavit ; i. e. lucem et tene- 
brarum terminos accuratissime constituit. So Ewald : 
Runde Grcnzen zog auf Meeres Flache, 
scharfste, Lichts wie der Finsterniss. 
De Wette (3d ed.) : Eine Grenze zirkelte er ab auf Wassers- 
Flache, aufs genaueste, Licht neben Finsterniss. Hirzel : bis 
zur Vollkommenheit, d. h. aufs vollkommenste, haarscharf; 
"ilX schliesst sich als aceus. an in an : er rundete das Licht 
ab, d. h. er granzte, zirkelte es in der Runde herum ab. 
Schlottmann : wOrtl. eine Granze zirkelt er ab iiber der 
Wasserflache, das Licht ganz genau neben dem Dunkel .... 
"list ist Object zu an. — The former is the simplest construction 
of the words. 

V. 12. The derivative conjugations show clearly in what 
sense SJI is used here. — Second member. He smites down 
pride, i. e. he represses the insolence of pride, in whatever 
form it appears ; as he does the raging of the sea, which is 
only one example of this power. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXVII. 



89 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

12 He divideth the sea with 
his power, and by his under- 
standing he smiteth through the 
proud. 

13 By his Spirit he hath gar- 
nished the heavens ; his hand 
hath formed the crooked serpent. 

14 Lo, these are parts of his 
ways : but how little a portion 
is heard of him ? but the thunder 
of his power who can under- 
stand ? 



CHAP. XXVII. 

Moreover, Job continued his 
parable, and said, 

2 As Grod liveth, loho hath 
taken away my judgment ; and 
the Almighty, who hath vexed 
my soul ; 

3 All the while my breath is 
in me, and the spirit of Grod is in 
my nostrils; 



HEBREW TEXT. 

d*l-i 5)5'n inba 12 

AT - J- T W. 

- IT I - SI T 1-. ; ■ 

niso taiaia in^^a 13 

- I- T JTT T *T : I 

'it : ■ • T I ; - #- : 



CHAP. XXVII. 

iSuSa jnxto ai^x a&'i ^ 

I - T : i- : • * ' ■■• J - 

; nas3 n^n i^iiii 

K J* T : ■ / T 

:iQit3 mix nii'ni 

V. 12. 'p maianai v. 14. 'p iia-i'i 
lb. 1112a 'tin i<"3a ib. 'p iTiiias 



REVISED VERSION. 

By his power he quells the sea; 12 
and by his wisdom he smites 
down pride. 

By his spirit are the heavens 13 

adorned; 
his hand formed the fleeing 

serpent. 
Lo, these are the borders of 14 

his ways; 
and what a whisper of a word 

is that we hear! 
But the thunder of his power 

who can comprehend? 

CHAP. XXVII. 

And again Job took up his i 

discourse, and said: 
As God liveth, who has taken 2 

away my right, 
and the Almighty, who has 

afflicted my soul ; 
so long as my breath is in me, 3 
and the spirit of God is in my 

nostrils ; 



V. 13 ; n"i3ffl, the subst. for the adj. as prsedicate of the 
sentence (§106, 1, Rem. 1, 2d T[). 

Second member : Rosenraiiller : formavit manus ejus serpen- 
tem fugacem, s. mohilem ; De Wette : es schuf seine Hand die 
fluchtige Schlange. 

V. 14. Heiligstedt: ia^ 'j^aa susurrus verbi, i. e. yerbum 
lene, vox lenis. 0pp. inn'-iiiaa dSI in hemistich, posteriore. — 
ia 5)^123d in a relative clause. Umbreit : von dem wir horen ; 
Hirzel : ein Relativsatz ; ia geht auf "la'n ; 5)aia mit a auf 
etwas horen. So Ewald : ist im st. c. zu la'n ; und wel- 
ches leise Wort ist das, was wir vernehmen ! . . . sattj hier mit 
a verbunden, wie die Worter des Aufmerkens, Verstehens. 

Ch. XXVII. V. 1. nxilJ — r]D^T (the complementary Inf. 
without h, § 142, 1), in the sense of again took up ; i. e. re- 
sumed his discourse, after an interval, and upon a new topic. 
Continued, does not express the idea with precision. — inaa, any 
set discourse on a particular theme ; the name having been first 
suggested by the for7n whicli such discourses originally took. 
Parable is too specific. 

V. 2. 'ai lion, in sunt enuntiationes relativte (Heilig- 
stedt). 

V. 3 ; 13, after a formula of swearing (strictly, before a de- 
pendent clause; see Note), as in 1 Sam. 20 : 3 &c. (Gesenius 

12 



Lex. B, 1, a). — On the contrary, Ewald, Hirzel, and Heiligstedt 
understand this verse as giving the reason (13 = for), why 
Job tam nervose et audacter loquatur (!). And what is the 
reason for this bold determination to speak nothing but the 
truth 1 Nam adhuc halitus meus (tota vis vitalis mea) in me 
est ; et spiritus Dei in naso meo est (spiritus vitalis, quem Deus 
mihi dedit, adhuc in me est, cf. Gen. 2 : 7, Ps. 104 : 29, 12 : 7) ; 
i. e. . . . adhuc integras animi vires habeo, ita ut adhuc ner- 
vose et confidenter loqui possim. For the weak and almost 
ludicrous turn thus given to the verse,* the only apology is, 
that n'S-^a cannot stand in regimen. On the contrary, 
Schlottmann says correctly : li:) kann als Subst. sehr wohl 
mit Va verbunden werden ; wOrtl. das game Nochsein mei- 
nes Odems in mir. 



* On the contrary, there is weight in the thought, as under- 
stood by A. Schultens {in loc), though the words of the text do 
not express it : lUustris et animosissima Parenthesis, qua se 
sanissime ratiocinari, quin Spiritu Dei agitari, inculcat Noster ; 
jurijurando suo pondus adstituens mentis sedatse, et quid ju- 
raret probe persentientis. The assertion {ibidem) : scabri 
quid habet 13 cum d5<; ita constructum, is not substantiated. 
For 13 introduces the dependent clause, to which gives a 
negative effect ; and its use with a subordinate clause, between 
the two parts of the formxila of an oath, gives a peculiar neat- 
ness and emphasis to the period. 



90 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXVII. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

AT : - J- T ; T : J" - : 
IT • : /T : V ■ • : 

„ . ... 1 y. ; - . . T J- T 

■TT • • T : 't- v:r.- I 

A : J T T :i J' : 

IT - : 

AT : ■ J- '■■ TV J-': • - <■ 

IT T JT T ^ T r 

AT- : • /- - 

I" T ; - J -.*: it': • 



REVISED VERSION. 

my lips shall not speak wick- 4 
edness, 

and my tongue shall not utter 
deceit. 

Far be it from me, that I 5 

should justify you; 
till I die, I will not put away 

my integrity from me. 
My righteousness I hold fast, c 

and will not let it go ; 
my heart reproaches none of 

my days. 
Let my enemy be as the 7 

wicked, 
and he that rises up against 

me, as the unrighteous. 
For what is the hope of the 8 

impure, though he despoil, 
when Grod shall take away his 

soul? 

Will God hear his cry, 9 
when distress shall come upon 
him ? 

Will he delight himself in the lo 

Almighty ? 
will he call on God, at all 

times? 

I will teach you, concerning 11 

God's hand; 
what is with the Almighty I 

will not conceal. 



KING JAMEs' VERSION. 

4 My lips shall not speak 
wickedness, nor my tongue utter 
deceit. 

5 God forbid that I should 
justify you: till I die I will not 
remove mine integrity from me. 

6 My righteousness I hold fast, 
and will not let it go : my heart 
shall not reproach me so long as 
I live. 

7 Let mine enemy be as the 
wicked, and he that riseth up 
against me as the unrighteous. 

8 For what is the hope of the 
hypocrite, though he hath gain- 
edj when God taketh away his 
soul? 

9 Will God hear his cry when 
trouble cometh upon him ? 

10 Will he delight himself in 
the Almighty? will he always 
call upon God? 

11 I will teach you by the 
hand of God : that which is with 
the Almighty will I not conceal. 



V. 4; C35t, § 155, 2, y; 2d If; Gesenius Lex. C, 1, c. 

V. 5. Lit. be it profane to me, if Sfc. Ileiligstedt, correctly : 
Absit a me, ut vos justos esse judicem ; vos vere locutos esse 
fatear. 

V. 6. SoEwald: fest halte ich an meinem Recht und lass 
es nicht ; Schlottmann : An meinem Recht halt' ich und lass' 
es nicht. 

Second member. Such is the simplest construction of the 
words. So Gesenius, (Lex. tj'nri^ 3) : non jnobris officii cor 
meum (conscientia mea) ullum diem, quern vixerim ; i. e. jjoe- 
nitet me nullius diei ; Hirzel : in partitiver Bedeutung : von 
meinen Tagen einen ; Schlottmann : mein Herz schmdht kei- 
nen meiner Tage ; worth mein Herz schmaht nicht von mei- 
nen Tagen einen, d. h. ich brauche mir wegen keiner meiner 
Tage Vorwiirfe zu machen. — But "ja may be taken, here, in its 
temporal use (Lex. 4), as in 38 : 12. So Ewald : nicht tadelt 
sich mein Herz so lang ich lebe. 

V. 7. So all the best versions and commentaries. A very 
feeble turn is given to this verse by Umbreit (mussf ja mein 
Feind ein Frevler sein, und ein Bosewicht mein Widersacher !) ; 



followed by Hahn (1850) ; Nein, es wird zum Bosewicht mein 
Feind, und mein Widerpart zum Frevler! 

V. 8. Gesenius (Thes. I., p. 228, art. 5)sa) : queenam spes est 
impio sisa'i 13 ubi rapuit, si Deus extrahit yelpostulat animam 
ejus. (Ita certe Chald. Syr. Hieron. Schultens in Com. 
Rosenm. Alii, ut ipse Schultens in Origg. p. 221 coll. Pi. 
no. 1. si Deus resecat vitse filum). 

In the construction proposed by Schultens, there is a mingling 
of two incongruous metaphors, in the two successive clauses^ 
with the same subject in both. E. g. as given by Ewald : Denn 
was ist Frevlers HofFnung, wann abschneidet, wann ziehet seine 
Seele Gott heraus ; and by Ileiligstedt : quando (Deus) abscindit 
(sc. animam, vitas filum ejus), quando extrahit Deus animam ejus 
(sc. e corpore, quod est animte quasi vas aut vagina), i. e. quando 
Deus ei vitam aufert. There is, moreover, no support for this 
sense of 5)^3 in Kal; while its established use, in such 
passages as Ezek. 22 : 27, Prov. 1 : 19 &c., is the most perti- 
nent sense here. It is much more probable, that there is a 
play on the kindred senses of s^a^ and ^I2ji . 

V. 11 ; a as in Ps. 25 : 8, 32 : 8 (Lex. 8).—JFhat is with the 
Almighty : not merely in his designs and purposes (Schlott- 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXVII. 



91 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

12 Behold, all ye yourselves 
have seen it ; why then are ye 
thus altogether vain ? 

13 This is the portion of a 
wicked man with God, and the 
heritage of oppressors, which they 
shall receive of the Almighty. 

14 If his children be multi- 
plied, it is for the sword : and his 
oflspring shall not be satisfied 
with bread. 

15 Those that remain of him 
shall be buried in death : and his 
widows shall not weep. 

16 Though he heap up silver 
as the dust, and prepare raiment 
as the clay; 

17 lie may prepare it, but the 
just shall put it on, and the in- 
nocent shall divide the silver. 

18 He buildeth his house as a 
moth, and as a booth that the 
keeper maketh. 

19 The rich man shall lie 
down, but he shall not be gather- 
ed : he openeth his eyes, and he 
is not. 

20 Terrors take hold on him 
as waters, a tempest stealeth him 
away in the night. 



HEBREW TEXT. 



V AT : JT T a : • 



T T :■: r: : 



I V AT JT T IV J -. • 

1 ; - ' J* T V - : 



AT : * ' J* - : I • r\ 



•ni3 -a-jz ,133 

■ A •- JT T JI T 

1 1^5 Ttm nsDai] 



(TT T ■ 



12 



bx-dS) I sijji dix-pbn i nt 13 

kr ' J — • • • IT r—.r- : 



14 



112 



16 



17 



18 



: SIS51N1 npa iijii' 



AT- • ^ J" • - 

: nsiia *in33J fibib' 



IT j-T : 



V. 14. xiiaa 5<"33 V. 15. iim333bxi it"3n 



REVISED VERSION. 

Lo, all ye yourselves have 12 

seen it ; 
and why then speak ye what 

is utterly vain? 
This is the portion of a 13 

wicked man with God, 
and the heritage of oppressors, 

which they receive from 

the Almighty. 
If his children multiply, it ic 14 

for the sword ; 
and his offspring shall not be 

satisfied with bread. 
In the pestilence, shall they i' 

that remain to him be 

buried, 

and his widows shall not be- ~ 
wail ! 

If he heap up silver, as the 16 
dust, 

and prepare raiment, as the 
clay ; 

he may prepare, but the just 17 
shall put it on, 

and the silver shall the inno- 
cent divide. 

He builds, like the moth, his is 
house ; 

and as a booth, which the 

watchman makes. 
The rich man shall lie down, 19 

and shall not be gathered; 
he opens his eyes, and he is 

gone ! 

Terrors, like the waters, shall 20 
overtake him; 

by night, the whirlwind snatch- 
es him away. 



V. 14. If his children grow up 



mann: was der Allmachtige im Sinn hat), but also in his 
ways and his dealings with men. All this is equally well 
and clearly expressed by the Heb. QS, the Gr. Tta^d, and Eng. 
with. 

V. 12; ni, with emphatic elFect (Lex. 3, c), and wherefore 
this (that) ye Sfc. — ban ; i- e. nothing but vanity, what is alto- 
gether vain and valueless. 

V. 13. Heritage, is the proper word here; see Expl. 
Note. 

V. 15 ; WHS in the pestilence (Lex. 3). So this word is 
evidently used in Jer. 15 : 2, 18 : 21, where it is distinguished 



from death by the sword and by famine. This simple and 
natural explanation of the phrase has been overlooked by 
Ewald and others, who understand by it (disregarding the 
art.) : in death shall be huried (or, ly death shall be buried), 
having no burial apart from death ; a thought as unlikely to 
suggest the phrase, as to be suggested by it. 

V. 19. Shall not be gathered ; the absolute use of the verb, 
as in Num. 20 : 26 (comp. v. 24). See Expl. Notes. 

V. 20. Snatches him away. So the sense of asa (with re- 
ference to the sudden and unlooked for violence of the 
tempest), is best expressed in English, 



92 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXVII. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

21 The east wind carrieth him 
away, and he departeth: and as 
a storm hurleth him out of his 
place. 

22 For God shall cast upon 
him, and not spare : he would 
fain flee out of his hand. 

23 Me/i shall clap their hands 
at him, and shall hiss him out of 
his place. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

1^511 d^ip iinxtai 21 
i iaipaa ^irit.siaii 

biani xbi iiby i^iaii 22 

a:~ j: TTi 'Ir-;-: 

: mai nils ii'ia 



iaiQn iai^y psbi 23 

I ' : - T T ' / : ' : 



V. 21. i^apa N"53 



REVISED VERSION. 

The East-wind carries him 21 
away, and he is gone; 

yea, it hurls him out of his 
place. 

For He shall cast at him, and 22 

will not spare; 
he would fain flee out of his 

hand. 

They clap their hands at him, 23 
and hiss him out of his place. 



V. 22. Shall cast, expresses the subjective feeling of the 
speaker, as indicated by the jussive form. 



A very serious difficulty is found by commentators, in 
VV. 13-23, where they suppose Job to concede all that has 
been affirmed by his opponents. The sense in which I under- 
stand these verses, is given in the Expl. Notes, introductory 
remarks to chs. 27 and 28. 

Kennicott, after the fashion of the "slashing criticism" of 
his time, assumes that the text is defective at several points, 
and should be so emended as to make these verses the words 
of Zophar ; a suggestion unsupported by any authority of MSS. 
or VSS., and rejected by all sober criticism. His view is most 
briefly stated in his Dissertatio Generalis, p. 115 (Vet. Test. 
Hebr. Tom. II.) : Ha2C tamen verba (bon^ Lectorum cum 
venia) minime Jobi fuisse arbitror, sed Zopharis. Locutus est 
ter Eliphaz, cui Jobus ter respondit. Locutus est te7- Bildad ; 
cui Jobus ier respondit. Sed locutus est Zophar bis tan- 
tum; nisi tertia vice loquatur, atque hisce verbis. Confu- 
sionem hac ratione solvo. In cap. 25 tertio loquitur Bildad. 
In cap. 20 ad 27, 12, tertio respondet Jobus : ideoque series 
tertise hujus responsionis interturbatur verbis in 27, 1 — 
lax^l ibaa nxuj SlO'^l) ^1^88 videntur efficere titulum 

capitis 28. Finito Jobi ad Bildad responso in 27, 12, Zophar, 
tertio ferociens, exorditur eo ipso axiomate quo priiis desierat, 
in cap. 20, 29. Cessante Zophare fin. cap. 27, suscipit Jobus 
suam de sapientia parabolam ; quam sequitur justissima famae 
sua3 defensio, usque ad lin. cap. 31, ubi ultima 3 commata vi- 
dentur sedem mut^ssc. 

To this and other attempted solutions of the difficulty, De 
Wette has made the following reply ; which I translate from 
Ersch und Gruber's Encyclop. Art. Hiob. 

"The passage, ch. 23 : 11-23 (or 13-23), cannot well be 
attributed to Zophar. In vv. 11, 12, the discourse is directed, 
not to Job but to more than one . . . Zophar cannot be sup 
posed to appear the third time ; for in that case J ob would 
make him no answer, and would in a manner yield to him the 
field. The poet, as it seems, has purposely allowed him, the 
weakest of Job's opponents, to fail of a third speech, as if 
incapable of bringing forward anything more. 



" Others seek to remove the difficulty, which lies in this 
passage. Some suppose Job means to qualify his former 
assertion, that the wicked are prospered in this world, by ad- 
mitting that they are often punished. But this vv. 13 and 
following by no means say ; on the contrary, they speak quite 
generally. Kosenmuller solves the difficulty thus : ' Job's op- 
ponents had maintained, that the wicked sufier punishment 
during their life-time ; while Job only asserts here that the 
wicked would be punished after death.' But Job's opponents 
had also maintained, that the wicked would be punished in 
their children (ch. 5:4; 15 : 30; 34 : 18, 19), and Job had 
rejected this as unsatisfactory (ch. 21 : 19) ; and how can he 
here himself assert this with such emphasis, as if he there- 
by corrected the view of his opposers ? and moreover, he 
here also maintains, that the wicked man himself is punished 
with sudden destruction (ch. 27 ; 20 foil.). — Umbreit, Uebers. 
u. Ausleg. des Buchs Hiob, S. 212 [2d ed. p. 260] says: 
' Hitherto, Job has only set forth in full the most favorable 
side in the experience of the wicked, in opposition to his 
friends' repeated representations of their wretchedness, as a 
proof that guilt is the cause of his own present calamities. 
But now, having put them to silence, he grants their favorite 
doctrine, in order to bring them to a right position forjudging 
of his sufferings. But they gain nothing thereby, is his mean- 
ing; for his own innocence stands just as firm, as the assertion 
of the evil consequences of impiety. Hence, inasmuch as the 
virtuous also sufier, there must be some mysterious grounds 
of human misery, other than wrong-doing. It is in this way, 
Umbreit supposes, ' the whole dispute is brought to a decision; 
and this must have been part of the skillful writer's plan. 
Without this apparent contradiction in the discourses of Job, 
the dispute would have gone on forever.' In ch. 28, this 
scholar finds the solution of the whole problem respecting Job 
anticipated. Inasmuch as the virtuous sometimes sufier, it is 
necessary that man should recognize a higher wisdom in the 
direction of earthly affairs ; which, however, he is unable to 
penetrate.* — But this explanation of ch. 27 : 7 foil., is ex- 
ceedingly arbitrary. The supposed solution of the whole 
problem here, does not comport with the challenge uttered by 

* For the design and import of ch. 28, see Expl. Notes. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXVIII. 



93 



KING JAMES' VERSION. 
CHAP. XXVIII. 

Surely there is a vein for the 
silver, and a place for gold where 
they fine it. 

2 Iron is taken out of the 
earth, and brass is molten out of 
the stone. 

3 He setteth an end to dark- 
ness, and searcheth out all per- 
fection: the stones of darkness, 
and the shadow of death. 



HEBREW TEXT. 
CHAP. XXVIII. 



* I T iTT - I T 



'at JT T I" V : -K 



V rr: - : v j I w 



V. 3. -ipn N-'Si 



REVISED VERSION. 
CHAP. XXVIII. 

s< For there is a vein for the 
silver, 

and a place for the gold, which 

they refine. 
Iron is taken out of the dust, 
and stone is fused into copper. 



He puts an end to the dark- 
ness; 

and he searches out, to the 

very end, 
stones of thick darkness and 

of death-shade. 



V. 2. and stone pours out copper 



V. 3. and perfectly he searches out 



Job ch. 31 : 35 foil. ; and it injures the impression to be made 
by the words of the Divine Being. How can God say, that 
Job darkens counsel by words without understanding, when 
he has already fallen upon the right view? — According to 
Kern (Bengel's Archiv. IV, 2, S. 362 ff.), the poet aims here to 
prepare for the higher view ; and he therefore softens the 
ruggedness of the opposing view, put into the mouth of Job. 
But this softening is nothing else than a weakening and 
crippling. This scholar's explanation of the passage is, more- 
over, the old and long rejected one, that Job here limits his 
former assertion of the prosperity of the wicked, and now 
grants that they suffer punishment (S. 387). 

" The least, therefore, that we can admit respecting this 
discourse of Job, is, that it disturbs the plan of the whole; 
and if it proceeded from the poet himself, he is chargeable 
with a great fault in the structure of the work." 

The harsh judgment, expressed in the last paragraph, is 
somewhat softened in the author's Einleit. ins A. T. 6'^ Aufl. 
(1845), S. 430: "the poet is chargeable at least with want 
of clearness, if not of consistency." But Job cannot be un- 
derstood to assert, in his earlier discourses, that the wicked 
are never, or that they are not often, overtaken by calamities. 
Numerous instances of life-long impunity in wrong, and of 
suffering innocence, were sufficient to overthrow the position 
taken against him; and he asserts no more. To say that 
Job, in those discourses, neglects to limit and qualify his 
general statements, is only saying that he does not speak 
on both sides at once; that he asserts merely so much as 
proves the point in hand. This is all the " want of clearness 
or of consistency," with which the writer is chargeable. 

The criticism that would cut the knot, by conjectural emend- 
ation of the text, has now no favor. Nor is such a resort 
at all necessary. The charge of inconsistency is refuted, even 
on the explanation of Hirzel ; viz. that Job here asserts " the 
General Law, according to which the lot of the wicked man 
is decided" (Schlottmann : audi von ihm anerkannte gott- 
liche Norm der Weltordnung) ; though his application of it 



seems to me too narrow a view of its import. Far more to 
the point is Ewald's view (2te Aufl. S. 245) : 

" Although the wicked often appears externally prosperous, 
and the good innocently suffers, yet, in the eternal order of 
development, innocence cannot remain unrewarded nor wrong 
unpunished ; and thus those doubts, not yet resolved indeed, 
but lessened and made more harmless, retire into the back- 
ground. Job now at length gains the victor's full triumph, 
in the contest with his friends ; and it is done, by giving 
clear expression to what he had ever felt in his inmost soul, 
and by freely declaring the purest, highest truths he held. 
For he yields nothing of his fundamental position ; since, in 
reference to the subject of the whole controversy, he returns 
to precisely what he first asserted, and opposes the firmness 
of a rock to every assault on his innocence." 

Such is the result to which the interpreter must come, who 
looks to the spirit and aim of Job's discourses. The ablest 
translators and interpreters are now united, in vindicating 
the genuineness of the passage, and the consistency of the 
sacred writer in the sentiments he ascribes to Job. 

Oh. XXVIII. V. 1. For: so 13 is rendered here in the 
best versions. Ewald : denn es hat das Silber eine Quelle ; 
Schlottmann : denn das Silber hat seinen Fundort ; Heilig- 
stedt: nanfh est argento exitus, fons, locus ubi erui potest. — 
Second member; Gesenius (Thes. I. p. 428) : et fodina est 
aura, quod purgant. Ewald, in the same sense: einen Ort 
des lauterbaren Goldes. Heiligstedt : aurum, quod liquatur, 
est aurum quod, utpote effbssum ideoque alienis metallis mix- 
tum, liquari debet ; opp. aurum fluviale et arena aurosa. 

V. 2, 2d member ; Maurer, correctly : mit dopp. Accus. den 
Stein zu Erz giessen. Heiligstedt : tertia pers. singul. imper- 
sonaliter posita est, germ, man schmilzt. In the same sense 
and construction, Gesenius (Thes. and Lex.) : et lapis fundi- 
tur, ut fiat aes ; i. e. lapidem aerosum liquefaciunt, ut vertatur 
in aes fusum. 

V. 3. ni^sm-^sb, to the whole end or termination, i. e. com- 
pletely to the end ; to the very end. 



94 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXVIII. 



KING- JAMES VERSION. 

4 The flood breaketh out from 
the inhabitants; even the waters 
forgotten of the foot : they are 
dried up, they are gone away 
from men. 

5 As for the earth, out of it 
Cometh bread : and under it is 
turned up as it were fire. 

6 The stones of it are the 
place of sapphires : and it hath 
dust of gold. 

7 There is a path which no 
fowl knoweth, and which the 
vulture's eye hath not seen : 

8 The lion's whelps have not 
trodden it, nor the fierce lion 
passed by it. 

9 He putteth forth his hand 
upon the rock ; he overturneth 
the mountains by the roots. 

10 He cutteth out rivers among 
the rocks ; and his eye seeth every 
precious thing. 

11 He bindeth the floods from 
overflowing ; and the thing that is 
hid bringeth he forth to light. 

12 But where shall wisdom 
be found? and where is the place 
of understanding? 

13 Man knoweth not the price 
thereof; neither is it found in the 
land of the living. 

14 The depth saith. It is not 
in me: and the sea saith, It is 
not with me. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

T • I" I - «T 

V AT ■ • !• T : - - 



IT J 



VAT "I" T ri • I ■.• 



1 JTT » ; - : 



-AT JT : I 'TV 



-T : /I 



I - AT -• ; /\ ' : • I 



JT T VTT I 



AT J- T • T - 1-1 

! d'^in •ei'^is■Q 'nan 

I* T J • ■ I ~ T 

I ■• *T — IT 't : T : 

tian ni-i!-!3 ll 
Nsan ii.Ha i-iaanni 12 

A" r • f • J- -• T : T I- ^ 

IT • *j : V i" : 

AT : V J v: J- T I 

K^■^-13 'nax dinpi 14 

A- ■ J - TV J : 

:i'ia5) T^it ^aN d^i 



V. 6. ni'iss'i i<"3a 



REVISED VERSION. 

He drives a shaft away from 4 

man's abode; 
forgotten of the foot, 
they swing suspended, far 

from men! 
The earth, out of it goes forth 5 

bread ; 

and under it, is destroyed as 

with fire. 
A place of sapphires, are its 6 

stones ; 
and it has clods of gold. 
The path, no bird of prey has 7 

known it, 
nor the falcon's eye glanced 

on it ; 

nor proud beasts trodden it, 8 
nor roaring lion passed over it. 

Against the flinty rock he puts 9 

forth his hand ; 
he overturns mountains, from 

the base. 
In the rocks he cleaves out lo 

rivers ; 

and his eye sees every precious 
thing. 

He binds up streams, that they ii 
drip not ; 

and the hidden he brings out 
to light. 
But wisdom, whence shall 12 
it be found? 

and where is the place of un- 
derstanding? 

Man knows not its price ; 13 

nor is it found in the land of 
the living. 

The deep saith : It is not in me ; M 

and the sea saith: It is not 
with me. 



V. 4. Lit. from with the dweller (those dwelling on the 
earth) ; i. e. leaving him behind, and penetrating farther and 
farther from him into the bowels of the earth. Olshausen, 
correctly (Hirzel, 2'^ Aufl.) : fern von einem Wohnenden, d. i. 
von jeder menschlichen Wolmung. Der Wanderer gehort 
nicht hieher. Heiligstedt: procul a commorante, procul ab 
iis qui in superficie terrae commorantur. — Third member; 
W5— § 142, Rem. I. 

V. 5, Y^i^, § 145, 2. — Second member; T^slii impers. — 
m-ias, § 118, 3, Rem. c. 

V. 6, 2d member; i^, not <o him, viz man {el gleh^ auri 



sunt ei, sc. homini ; homo glebas auri invenit et suas facit ; 
Heiligstedt). Schlottmann, correctly : das geht auf dipa 
zuruck ; es auf den Menschen zu beziehen, ware vOUig un- 
naturlich. Some refer to lisd (ii, qui liSiO lapidem lazuli 
esse putant, ad "TiQd referunt, et ant nilSS) de punctis 
aureis, quibus lapis lazuli notatus est, intelligunt ; Heiligstedt). 
But this is well refuted by Schultens (in loc.) : vix credi- 
derim, ilium auratilem pulvisculum sapphiri peculiar! mentione 
dignum. Gemmarum miracula, et artificis Naturae lusus hac 
in parte, si tangere voluisset Noster, et plura et illustriora 
dedisset. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXVIII. 



95 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

15 It cannot be gotten for 
gold, neither shall silver be 
weighed for the price thereof. 

16 It cannot be valued with 
the gold of Ophir, with the pre- 
cious onyx, or the sapphire. 

17 The gold and the crystal 
cannot equal it: and the ex- 
change of it shall not le for jewels 
of fine gold. 

18 No mention shall be made 
of coral, or of pearls: for the 
price of wisdom is above rubies. 

19 The topaz of Ethiopia shall 
not equal it, neither shall it be 
valued with pure gold. 

20 Whence then cometh wis- 
dom ? and where is the place of 
understanding ? 

21 Seeing it is hid from the 
eyes of all living, and kept close 
from the fowls of the air. 

22 Destruction and death say, 
We have heard the fame thereof 
with our ears. 

23 God understandeth the way 
thereof, and he knoweth the place 
thereof. 

24 For he looketh to the ends 
of the earth, and seeth under the 
whole heaven ; 

25 To make the weight for 
the winds ; and he weigheth the 
waters by measure. 

26 When he made a decree 
for the rain, and a way for the 
lightning of the thunder ; 

27 Then did he see it, and de- 
clare it ; he prepared it, yea, and 
searched it out. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

T : - J • ' J- I 

T'Six t:ln:=3 fi^sn 



i- - : ht T - I : 



n-isiiaiii ant nsaisji-ii'b 

ft : T Ti TjT : — f~ I 
IT • : JTT I : 



I- • : • T : T \ •: n 



A - : - T -.- : — I I 
I-.' \ I J T v/v ; 

AT I . J- •• T : T 1- ;i 

irtjia Qipa ni' 

IT * 'j ; J" : 



AT T J" - I" T : VI.* l\. 

T IT : • -J- T - ' V " 



iinax mai iTnax 

A ; IT V T T\ ' J - -: 

iRsaiiJ iisaauj iiritxa 



IT * : V /- T : 



W : • - J T J -: I- 

ph ^a!a^ intosa 

'a jt t - J -: I- 

: ni^ip f^mb Tp'^A 



R^QD>ii nx^ tx 

AT i - : - T T\ JT 

! fTnpn-wi Mjiai'T 

rr'T -: - : r • ti 



16 



17 



18 



19 



21 



22 



23 



24 



na 



26 



27 



V. 27. piaaa N"ja 



REVISED VERSION. 

Choice gold shall not be given 15 

in exchange for it ; 
nor shall silver be weighed for 

its price. 
It cannot be weighed with 16 

gold of Ophir, 
with the precious onyx and 

sapphire. 
Gold and glass shall not be 17 

compared with it, 
nor vessels of fine gold be an 

exchange for it. 
Corals and crystal shall not be 18 

named ; 

and the possession of wisdom 

is more than pearls. 
The topaz of Ethiopia shall 19 

not be compared with it; 
it shall not be weighed with 

pure gold. 
But wisdom, whence comes 20 

it? 

and where is the place of un- 
derstanding? 

since it is hidden from the 21 
eyes of all living, 

and covered from the fowls of 
heaven. 

Destruction and death say : 22 
with our ears have we heard 

the fame of it. 
God understands the way to it, 23 
and he knows the place of it. 

For he, to the ends of the 24 

earth he looks ; 
and he sees under the whole 

heaven : 

to make the weight for the 25 
wind ; 

and he meted out the waters 

by measure. 
When he made a decree for 26 

the rain, 
and a track for the thunders' 

flash; 

then he saw, and he declared it; 27 
he established it, yea and 
searched it out. 



V. 17. Gold and crystal 



v. 17 ; iisaiS)i, prop. 3d impers. for pass. — Suff. for dative 
Pik § 121; 4.' 



V. 23 ; TO-i^i, comp. § 114, 2, and § 121, 5. 

V. 27 ; nJiaM, in the sense given in the Expl. Notes. Ge- 



96 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXIX. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

28 And unto man he said, Be- 
hold, the fear of the Lord, that 
is wisdom; and to depart from 
evil is understanding. 



CHAP. XXIX. 

Moreover, Job continued his 
parable, and said, 

2 O that I were as m months 
past, as in the days when God 
preserved me; 

3 When his candle shined upon 
my head, a?id ivhen by his light I 
walked through darkness; 

4 As I was in the days of my 
youth, when the secret of God 
was upon my tabernacle ; 

5 When the Almighty was yet 
with me, when my children were 
about me ; 

6 When I washed my steps 
with butter, and the rock poured 
me out rivers of oil; 

7 When I went out to the 
gate through the city, when I 
prepared my seat in the street ! 



HEBREW TEXT. 

T T It < - 

fir : T J' T -:v j- : • ' <- 



CHAP. XXIX. 

I- T : /■■ : -v ' va - 

luix"! lbs i-i3 i^na 
la^n i53'i3 iniin "itiso 

KIT J" ■ • • T\ JV I- 

!• t: iY J" -: - v: : 

11533) i^iij lisa 



1 1^3)3 wa-iab 

ITT ; J- 1- : 



i-ii3na i3"ibn ■/n'la 
'(laB-ijbQ iiH3> plsi 11^1 

nip-"ib3J -i3>\ij TiNsa 

r T ( I r T : IT 



28 



REVISED VERSION. 

And to man he said : 28 
Behold, the fear of the Lord, 

that is wisdom ; 
and to depart from evil is 

understanding. 

CHAP. XXIX. 

And again Job took up his i 
discourse, and said: 
0 that I were as in months 2 
past, 

as in days when God preserved 
me: 

when his lamp shined over 3 

my head; 
by his light I walked through 

darkness. 
As I was in my autumn days, 4 
when the favour of God was 

over my dwelling; 
while yet the Almighty was 5 

with me, 
my children were round about 

me; 

when my steps were bathed 6 

in milk, 
and the rock poured out by 

me streams of oil. 
When I went forth to the 7 

gate by the city, 
and placed my seat by the 

broad way ; 



V. 7. by the gate up to the city ; others : to the gate, up to the city 



senius (Thes. and Lex. "j^a, Hiph. 1, a) : constituit aliquem, 
anstellen, bestellen, ansetzen . . . (sapientiam hypostaticam ; 
cf. Prov. 8 : 30). But there is no indication of such a per- 
sonification of wisdom here. Schlottmann (Einleitung, S. 75) : 
Goit schaute die Weisheit und verJcundete sie, stellte sie hin 
und durchschauLe sie. Namlich, er schaute von Ewigkeit her 
die in dem Begriif der Weisheit zusammengefasste Fiille der 
ewigen Ideen ; er stellte sie aber durch die Schopfung in der 
Endlichkeit dar, und verkiindete sie denen, welchen er, damit 
sie sie fassen kOnnten, den Hauch seines eigenen Geistes mit- 
theilte. — The reading ffiian, found in a few MSS. and adopted 
by Ewald, has nothing in its favor. It is to be rejected, as 
well said by Schlottmann, nicht bloss weil sie die leichtere ist, 
sondern weil sie zugleich einen bedeutsamen und kraftigen 
Zug aus der Schilderung entfernt. 

Ch. XXIX. V. 2. lirii IX), expression of the Optative, 
§ 136, 1. — a followed by accus. of time when, § 118, 3, Rem. b. 
— '^Xi^'S, use of the constr. st., § 116, 3. 

V. 3, 2d member ; § 132, Rem. 2. 



V. 4. In my autumn days ; § 106, 1, and § 121, 6. — t)^h, '^au- 
tumn, the season when fruits are gathered" (Gesenius, Lex.). 
The expression refers, not to his own person (" days of my 
ripeness, . . . the flower of my age " ; Gesenius, ihid.) ; but to 
the outward prosperity which he then enjoyed, — the season 
of fruits and of the full enjoyment of them. Ewald, less cor- 
rectly: in my summer days (in meines Sommers Tagen). 

Second member; li&a, Gesenius, Thes. II, p. 602 : quum 
Dei amicitia super tentorio mco esset; quum favor ejus prote- 
geret tentorium meuni. 

V. 5, 115)3 ; not, my servants. The word is used as in 
24 : 5. So Gesenius, Thes. art. 1^3, 1, extr. (and Lex., Kobin- 
son's edition ; neglected in Hoffmann's) : sed Job 29 : 5, 
115)3. fueri mei sunt fllii mei pueri. 

V. 6 ; 1153^, mecum, juxta me, juxta meam viam . . . 1. e. 
quum, ubicunque ambulabam, magnam lactis et olei copiam 
invenirem (Heiligstedt). 

V. 7 ; n"i|3 1^?, Gesenius (Thes. and Lex. hs, 3, b, extr.); "by 
the city, juxta urbem " ; according to the accentuation, and 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXIX. 



97 



KING- JAMES VERSION. 

8 The yo,ung men saw me, and 
hid themselves: and the aged 
arose, and stood up. 

9 The princes refrained talk- 
ing, and laid their hand on their 
mouth. 

10 The nobles held their peace, 
and their tongue cleaved to the 
roof of their mouth. 

11 When the ear heard me, 
then: it blessed me; and when 
the eye saw me, it gave witness 
to me : 

12 Because I delivered the 
poor that cried, and the father- 
less, and him that had none to 
help him. 

13 The blessing of him that 
was ready to perish came upon 
me : and I caused the widow's 
heart to sing for joy. 

14 I put on righteousness, and 
it clothed me : my judgment was 
as a robe and a diadem. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

AT : V : J* T : • j 

•••inaa -lap dienaii 

ITT liT * ■ : 

K • : J : IT • Ti 

AT : J* ■ : ' 

! nps'n Qsnb D3ii:jbfi 

'T i" T IT • : T : 



•A" : - : - T : it«. 'v j <■ 
. : - T T I •t-l 



-A" - : J* T " - r 



AT J-T " K J- : • 

! lins naaKs 3bi 

hjEJals'ni ipiaai pis 

* A" T : • - • : - TV I v jv 



11 



12 



13 



14 



V. 13. na^i N-'ja 



REVISED VERSION. 

young men saw me, and hid 8 

themselves, 
and old men rose, and stood 

up. 

Princes refrained from words, 9 
and laid the hand upon their 
mouth. 

The voice of Nobles was lo 

hushed, 
and their tongue cleaved to 

their palate. 
For the ear heard, and blessed li 

me ; 

and the eye saw, and witnessed 
for me. 

Because I delivered the poor 12 

that cried, 
and the orphan, and him that 

had no helper. 
The blessing of the perishing 13 

came upon me, 
and the heart of the widow I 

made to sing for joy. 
I put on righteousness; and 14 

it clothed itself with me : 
as a mantle and a turban, was 

my rectitude. 



the Vulgate rendering, quando procedeham ad j^ortmi civitatis. 
To this BOttcher objects (Proben, S. 285), that it is sehr 
miissig ; and Schlottinann (S. 388), that it is sachlich und 
sprachlich unwahrscheinlich . . . als nahere Bestimmung des 
'ISJID. But not if we understand ^st: as in 5 : 4, 31 : 21, 
namely as the place of assembly, which was by the gate and 
outside of the wall. Rodiger (Thes. fasc. poster, p. 1459) : ad 
portas urbium, et quidem extra muros (v. Job. 29 : 7, Neh. 
8 : 3) erat forum (airrn v. c. 2 Par. 32 : 6, forum portee urhis 
...)... hinc l55Taa in j^orta i. q. in faro, in judicio, Deut. 
25 : 7, Job 5 : 4,"3r: 21, Prov. 22 : 22, Is. 29 : 21, Amos 5 : 10, 
12, 15. 

Bottcher (Proben, S. 285) : Wie 'lau: und aini, scheint 
auch n'np (vgl. Proy. 9 : 3, 14) als 6 f f e n 1 1 i c h e r Ort der 
Privatwohnung Hiobs entgegengesetzt ; . . . . ging ich zum 
Tlior hinaus, in die Sladt hinauf stelW ich auf dem Freiplatz 
meinen Sitz, d. i. wo und luie ich Offentlich erscheinen mochte ! 

Ewald, first edition p. 258 * : als ich zum Thore ging hinauf 
zur Stadt ; als ich heraus ging aus meinem Hause zum Thore 
d. h. Markte hinauf zur Stadt steigend, da die Stadte ge- 
wOhnlich alle hoher lagen als das platte Land. So Hirzel: 
ISO NS'^, ausgehen (aus seinem Hause) nach dem Thore; 

* In his 2d ed. : als ich noch ausging friih hinavf zur 
Stadt ; following the reading of the Sept. (inid), als viel 
leichter (!). 

13 



n^p iba, zur Stadt hinauf die Stadte waren gew. auf AnhOhen 
gelegen. Heiligstedt : quum exirem ex domo mea ad portam 
(forum), ascendens ad urbem; quum ex domo mea exirem, et 
in forum urbis ascenderem. — Some take 1^3) in the sense of 
towering above, — the gate over the city. 

Of these renderings, the first one (by Gesenius and ROdiger) 
is the most probable. If Job had been a resident of the city 
(see Expl. Notes), the proper expression would have been (as 
in Gen. 34 : 20, 24), -i3'ia i5<i33. The meaning is : he went 
forth (viz. from his own home), to the place of assembly of 
the neighboring city. Compare the similar relation of Abra- 
ham's residence to the neighboring city, Gen. 23 : 10, 18. — 
n1n"i3 is explained by 2 Chron. 32 : G] Neh. 8 : 16. 

V. 10. Ilirzel: iiber die Constr. 'in hip vgl. Ges. § 148, 1, 
Ew. § 307 0. 

V. 12, last clause, § 123, 3, Rem. 2. 

V. 14 ; isosb^l (see Expl. Notes). Gesenius, Thes. II. 
p. 742 (and Lex.): justitiam indui, eaque me induit; h. e. 
extrinsecus justitia tanquam veste ornatus eram, eaque intra 
me totum implebat. The latter is the principal thought ; and 
this is the sense now recognized by most scholars. Hirzel : 
Unrichtig Umbreit und Ewald, sie Meidete mich wohl, sie 
schmiickte mich ; denn tt33^ heisst ein Kleid anziehen, sich be- 
kleiden ; nicht aber, einen kleiden, schmiicken. So Heiligstedt 
and Hahn. The latter says well : auswendig wie inwendig, 



98 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXIX. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

15 I was eyes to the blind, 
and feet was I to the lame. 

16 I was a father to the poor : 
and the cause ivhich I knew not 
I searched out. 

17 And I brake the jaws of 
the wicked, and plucked the 
spoil out of his teeth, 

18 Then I said, I shall die in 
my nest, and I shall multiply 7ny 
days as the sand. 

19 My root was spread out by 
the waters, and the dew lay all 
night upon my branch. 

20 My glory was fresh in me, 
and my bow was renewed in my 
hand. 

21 Unto me meji gave ear, and 
waited, and kept silence at my 
counsel. 

22 After my words they spake 
not again ; and my speech drop- 
ped upon them. 

23 And they waited for me as 
for the rain; and they opened 
their mouth wide as for the latter 
rain. 

24 J/^ I laughed on them, they 
believed it not ; and the light of 
my countenance they cast not 
down. 

25 I chose out their way, and 
sat chief, and dwelt as a king in 
the army, as one that comforteth 
the mourners. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

ft- ■ IT • • TK -J- • 

• IT - J" . - .y. . - . 

K : V IT • Tl JT 

I"'; : V • : J- T 1 V : 

ftT - J : - : T : — ; ti 



isp-cis) laxi 

AT : V J* • - - Tl 

; dial iiaix binai 



t]ia-i!:x nwB Hi3iu3 

• AT •• V! - J T J- : T 

:i-ii:!£t52 libi Vol 
1^535* ■a^n 1'^i3^ 

A* T • JT T • :\ 

I I- -: t- j'T : - : : 

A- • : ^ : IT 
I" T yv: : - ; 

A : • J • T :i J" -: 1- 



lb laa:: >ibnii 



A' JT T - 



Wiasi f<b taiiib!!< pnias 

A- -: I- J V " ;i * J- : -.• 

sliibiQi sb lis nixi 



©N-i alUNi QSTn "inatt 

/ v ■■ : T : - J- : 

:Dn3i DibsK ^t3x3 



IC 



17 



18 



19 



21 



22 



23 



24 



V. 15. nnaa it"52 



REVISED VERSION. 

I was eyes to the blind, 
and feet was I to the lame. 



15 



I was a father to the needy ; 16 
and the cause of him I knew 

not, I searched it out. 
And I broke the fangs of the 17 

wicked, 
and from his teeth I dashed 

the prey. 
And I said : Surely I shall ex- 18 

pire in my nest; 
and as the sand, shall I mul- 
tiply days ; 
my root is open to the waters, 19 
and the dew lies all night on 

my branch ; 
my glory is fresh upon me, 20 
and my bow is renewed in my 

hand. 

To me they gave ear, and 21 

waited ; 
they were silent for my counsel. 
After my word, they spoke not 22 

again ; 

and my speech distilled upon 
them. 

Yea, they waited for me as 23 
for the rain, 

and opened wide their mouth, 
as for the latter rain. 

I smiled upon them, they be- 24 
lieved it not ; 

nor let the light of my coun- 
tenance fall. 

Their way I chose, and sat as 25 
chief, 

and dwelt as king in the host, 
as one who comforts the 
mourning. 



V. 16. and the cause which I knew not 



will Hiob sagen, war ich Gerechtigkeit ; G. war meine Aussen- 
seite und G. war mein Inneres ; . . . mein ganzes "Wesen war 
Gerechtigkeit. 

V. 16, 2d member ; the relative and its antecedent are both 
implied, § 123, 3, c. The construction : the cause which I 
knew not, I searched it out, also makes a good sense, but it 
is less to the purpose (Expl. Notes). 

V. 18. And as the sand. Sept. cSaTtsQ arilsxog (poiviKos 
(Itala: sicut arbor palmae) ; Vulg. sicut palma. As the Talmud 
(and hence, the Eabbins) understand here the (bird) phenix, 
and the Codd. Babyl. read bm in distinction from bin sand, 



it has been conjectured, that the Sept. translator knew the 
ivord yotvii to be the proper translation of bin, but not in 
what sense (!). The only ground for the foolish conceit of a 
phenix, is the use of the word nest in the other member. 
Against the usual meaning sand, Ewald makes the trivial 
objection: das Zahllose des Sandes wohl auf die Menge von 
GeschOpfen oder hochstens Kenntnissen (1 K. 5 : 9), aber 
zumal in so kurzer Schilderung schwerer auf Tage oder Zeit 
iibergetragen wird. Gesenius, on the contrary (Lex. bin) : 
" But sand is the frequent emblem of numerous days ; nor is 
there any reason to depart from the common signification." 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXX. 



99 



KING JAMES VERSION- 
CHAP. XXX. 

But now they tliat are younger 
than I have me in derision, whose 
fathers I would have disdained 
to have set with the dogs of my 
flock. 



2 Yea, whei-eto migJit the 
strength of their hands profit me, 
in whom old age was perished? 



3 For want and famine they 
were solitary; fleeing into the 
wilderness in former time deso- 
late and waste. < 

4 Who cut up mallows by the 
bushes, and juniper roots for 
their meat. 

5 They were driven forth from 
among men, (they cried after them 
as after a thief ;) 



HEBREW TEXT. 
CHAP. XXX. 

- T 'j -: IT <T- : 

''K nab dniii nbi-na 

K TJT V " :i - J - 



nia^j 1332^ -nbria 

AT ■ 'j- : I T 



: taanb d'^ani tjiiiii 

IT : - J" T ; V I : 

AT : t" I • 



V. 2. M&"l !!«"22 



REVISED VERSION. 
CHAP. XXX. 

But now, they mock at me, 
they who are inferior to me 

in years; 
whose fathers I disdained, 
to set with the dogs of my flock. 

Even the strength of their 
hands, what is it to me, 

they in whom old age is 
perishing ? 

with want and with hunger 
famished! 

who feed on the desert, 

the darkness of utter deso- 
lation ; 

who pluck the salt-plant by 

the bushes, 
and broom-roots are their food. 
From the midst are they driven 
forth ; 

they cry out against them, as 
against the thief; 



V. 3. who feed on the desert, of old an utter desolation 



V. 25. SoEwald: 

Gern nahm ich ihren Weg, und sass als Haupt, 
und thronte wie ein Konig in der Schaar, 
wie wer da trostet Trauernde! 
So also Hirzel, Schlottmanu, Heiligstedt. The sense is well 
expressed by the latter : eligeham viam corum (viam ad eos 
ducentem), i. e. libenter in eorum concionem ibam (cf. v. 7), 
et sedeham caput (princeps), in summo loco sedebam auctori- 
tate principis fruens, et liahitdbarn (inter eos yersabar) ut rex 
in turma sua . . . ut is qui lugentcs consolatur, tanta laude 
ornatus, quantam is habet qui lugentes consolatur. 

Oh. XXX, vv. 1-8. The suggestion was long since made by 
Pineda,* that a peculiar race of men is here described, dis- 
tinguished by their mode of life (habitations and food), and by 
their barbarous, scarcely articulate speech. The Horites were 
suggested by J. D. Michaelis, a neighboring people of Mt. Seir, 
dwelling (as the name indicates) in caves. That they were 
the Aborigines of the country, was first intimated by Ewald, 
and was more fully shown by Hirzel. The former says of 
them (2te Aufl. S. 273) : " The men of whom Job here com- 
plains, were the original inhabitants of those countries, who 

* Comment, in Jobum (1612). cap. XXX, v. 8. Jam res 
ipsa postulat, ut investigemus an describat nunc Job peculiare 
aliquod genus hominum 1 Nam ita esse, peculiares ipsffi notas 
cibi, habitationis, sermonis quoque barbari, instar rugitus, aut 
ruditus sylvestrium asinorum, et quae ab initio capitis hucus- 
que Job dixit, probare videntur. 



had long before been subjugated by the race to which Job's 
family belonged, and reduced at length to such degradation, 
that those who would not be enslaved fled to the wilds and 
natural coverts of the land, where they led a most miserable 
life ; and who, whenever they ventured near in quest of relief, 
were driven forth from society with abhorrence, as weak and 
despicable beings. Such a relation seems to have existed be- 
tween the Seirites and Idumseans, Gen. ch. 36; here, however, 
is the clearest expression of it found in the Old Testament." 
To which Heiligstedt adds : tales aborigines regiouum, in 
quibus Jobus vixisse dicitur, HoritiB esse videntur. Nam 
Horita3 antiquissimo tempore montana Seir rupium cavernis 
abundantia habitabant (Gen. 14 : 6), postea ab Edomitis pulsi 
(Deut. 2 : 12, 22), sed non prorsus exterminati sunt (Gen. 
36 : 20 sqq.). 

That the same race is also meant in ch. 24 : 4-8, is assumed 
by Ewald, Hirzel, and others ; but with less probability. The 
coincidences are not sufficient to establish an identity; and 
the connection there does not favor such a limitation. 

V. 3. The darkness Sfc. ; so Gesenius and others. Others, 
as in the margin ; e. g. Hirzel : eig. das Gestern der Oede 
und Verddung. d. i. eine seit Langem schon von Niemandem 
mehr bewohnte, langst ode gewordene Gegend. — Vaslitas et 
vasiatio, i. e. maxima vastitas (Heiligstedt). 

V. 4, nib -ibi) ; Gesenius, Thes. Ill, p. 1329 : carpunt sal- 
suginem ad frutices (II, p. 1027, fruticibus inferior est, et sub 
lis crescit). On the contrary, Bottcher, Proben, S. 285 : auf 



100 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXX. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

6 To dwell in the cliffs of the 
valleys, in caves of the earth, and 
i?i the rocks. 

7 Among the bushes they 
brayed; under the nettles they 
wave gathered together. 

8 Tkeij iverc children of fools, 
yea, children of base men: they 
M^ere viler than the earth. 



9 And now am I their song, 
yea, I am their byword. 



10 They abhor me, they flee 
far from me, and spare not to 
spit in my face. 

11 Because he hath loosed my 
cord, and afflicted me, they ha-re 
also let loose the bridle before 
me. 

12 Upon my right hand rise 
the youth; they push away my 
feet, and they raise up against 
me the ways of their destruction. 

13 They mar my path, they 
set forward my calamity, they 
have no helper. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

■jsia^ cii]=ri3 Y'^y^^ 

IT : J T - t- 



• ft T jTT I' : T a. 



1:73 sipni i313"!:i 
!pH ilSton-tib 13352^1 



! iinVij 13359 "jail 

'y T YT : ■ ' * T 

I i^Db ITS) 5<^3 



11 



12 



13 



V. 6. iiin s"33 V. 11. 'p I'lni 
V. 12. nr-i33 i<"33 V. 13. 'p ininb 



, REVISED VERSION. 

to dwell in gloomy gorges, 6 
in holes of the earth and rocks. 

They bray among the bushes ; 7 
stretch themselves beneath the 

brambles. 
Sons of the foolish, yea sons 8 

of infamy ! 
they are beaten out of the 

land. 

And now, I am become 9 

their song ; 
yea, I am become a bye-word 

for them. 
They abhor me ; they stand 10 

aloof from me ; 
they forbear not to spit before 

my face. 
Because He has let loose his 11 

rein and humbled me, 
they also cast off the bridle 

before me. 
On the right hand rises up 12 

a brood ; 
my feet they thrust aside ; 
they cast up against me their 

ways of destruction. 
They break up ray path ; 13 
they aid on my fall ; 
there is no helper against 

them 



V. 11. has relaxed my rein (V. R.) 



Hecken, wo die Blatter der Melde wachsen. But such a use 
of rib is incoHsistent with the connection. — Q^n^; Gesenius 
(Thes. Ill, p. 1317) : ad calefaciendum. But the roots of this 
shrub "yield the best charcoal";* and it is well objected (by 
J. D. Michaelis, in loc.) that gathering them for fuel is no 
index of extreme poverty and privation. Winer (Rlwbch., I, 
S.431) : die Wurzel ist ungemein bitter, und kann nur bei der 
grossten Diirftigkeit als Nahrung dienen (Hiob 30 : 4). 

V. 6 ; 'jiS'^b is most naturally construed as complement of 
V>3i;ii • Others, (e. g. Hirzel) : wOrtl. es ist zu ivohnen ; nam- 
lich ihnen ... d. i. sie milssen ivohnen, oder auch geradezu s. 
V. a. sie ivohnen. 

Y. 8, t]\2j"i^3; Gesenius, Lex.: non-Jama, i. e. infamia, Job 
30 : 8. " ' 

V. 10, ijQio ; hefore my face gives the same sense (comp. 
Lex. ijSa, Note), and is the best expression of it in English. 

* Robinson, Researches in Palestine, vol. I. pg. 299, Note. 



V. 13, among tlieni 



Heiligstedt: neque a facie mea (conspectu meo^ cohibeni spu- 
tum ; neque in conspectu meo expuere verentur. 

V. 11 ; iini {Ketliibh) is doubtless the correct reading. 
Because he (God) lias let loose his rein and humbled me ; that 
is (§ 142, 3, a, Rem.) with unchecked violence has humbled me. 

Second member; Gesenius, Lex. (art. '■pn) : frenum coram 
me abjiciunt, h. e. effrenata licentia utuntur. 

V. 13. 2d member. Lit. there is no helper to them ; they 
are an evil without a helper, i. e. with which is connected no 
help for the sulferer. The ambiguity, in the form of ex- 
pression, is corrected by the connection and circumstances. 
SoEwald: ISliemand hilft vor ihnen. Das ijib kann sich in 
diesem Zusammenhange schwerlich auf etwas andres als auf 
die Angreifer beziehen. Another, less satisfactory, construc- 
tion : illi, quibus nullus est adjutor ... i. e. qui ab omnibus 
contemnuntur, et a quorum commercio omnes abstinent ; Hei- 
ligstedt, Hirzel, Schlottmann (as in Arabic, a man without a 
helper = a man despised by all). 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXX. 



101 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

14 They came uiwn me as a 
wide breaking in of waters: in 
the desolation tliey rolled them- 
selves upo7i me. 

15 Terrors are turned upon 
me : they pursue my soul as the 
wind: and my welfare passeth 
away as a cloud. 

16 And now my soul is pour- 
ed out upon me; the days of 
affliction have taken hold upon 
me. 

17 My bones are pierced in 
me in the night season : and my 
sinews take no rest. 

18 By the great force of my 
disease is my garment changed: 
it bindeth me about as the collar 
of my coat. 

19 He hath cast me into the 
mire, and I am become like dust 
and ashes. 

20 I cry unto thee, and thou 
dost not hear me: I stand up, 
and thou regardest me not. 

21 Thou art become cruel to 
me: with thy strong hand thou 
opposest thyself against me. 



HEBREW TEXT. 



inaii mis t]Viin 

A" T !• ; - Ti ' J : • 
I" T I -. : ;t : IT T : 



ft I ~ ij" - : • - Ti T - : 

• I •• : ■ J -: v 



AT T I" 'j- • - T —.y T :- 
'it:- j *- : t : 

itjiiils iassnni ns-a^s is 



^■d'nh i3|]h 19 

V • T iT T IV •• - ; V IT 

■A"-: 1- J : ) ■/ J- : 



V. 18. nsi 'an 



REVISED VERSION. 

As at a wide breach, they 14 

come in; 
they roll on beneath the ruin. 

Terrors are turned against me ; 15 
they chase away, like the wind, 

my princely state, 
and my prosperity has passed 

like the cloud. 
And now, my soul is pour- 16 

ed out within me ; 
the days of trouble have taken 

hold of me. 
By night, my bones are pierc- 17 

ed and severed from me, 
and my gnawers take no rest. 
By sore violence, my covering 18 

is disfigured; 
like my inner garment it girds 

me round. 
He has cast me into the mire, 19 
and I am become like the dust 

and ashes. 
I cry unto thee, and thou 20 

answerest me not ; 
I stand, and thou observest me. 
Thou art become cruel to me; 21 
with thy strong hand thou 

liest in wait for me. 



V. 14. they roll on with a crash 



V. 17. My bones are bored out from me 



V. 14, nstiiU inriFi ; Gesenius, Lex. : beneath the ruin. 
Others, as in the margin ; e. g. Hirzel : unter Krachen walzen 
sie sich heran ; d. i. mit wildem Gelarme, dem Lilrm der ein- 
brechenden Festungsmauern ahnlich, stiirzen sie tiber mich 
her. Der Gebrauch von nntri ist ungewOhnlich ; der Dichter 
mag sich das Krachen denken als iiber den andringenden 
Feinden schwebend. 

V. 15, t]^Tin ; comp. 14 : 19, and § 146, 3. Or the fern, 
sing, may be used impersonally for the Passive. Both are 
expressed by the same form in English. 

V. 17. By night, is the true construction. Rosenmuller: 
noctu ossa mea perforantur, quasi acutissimis doloribus. Sept. 
vvxTi §8- Vulg. node. — ip)3 distributivelj, with reference to a 
plur. subject. — '^'^'Q, constr, presgn. as in v. 30. — The idea 
of an actual severing of the bones (Hirzel, and Heiligstedt: 
in elephantiasi ossa carie inficiuntur, et membra a corpore 
recedunt), is entirely foreign to the connection. That process 
goes on no less by day. But it is in the silence and solitude 
of night, that the pains of disease are most acute. 



V. 18. See Expl. Notes. So Gesenius (Thes. and Lex. 
I23'iab) : translate, vestis dicitur de cute hominis Job 30 : 18. 
On the contrary, Hirzel (and Heiligstedt, who translates his 
note), gives the sense thus : morbo gravissimo . . . corpus 
meum ita corrugatum et mutatum est, ut etiam vestis mea 
aliam speciem induerit; nam laxa vestis superior in corpore 
attenuato tantopere se contraxit, ut in modum vestis interioris 
corpori arete inhterere videatur. That is ; the loose outer 
garment becomes tighter and more like the closely fitting inner 
one, the more the body is contracted by disease. So also 
Ewald (except that he makes ib3 = as the mouth, viz. of the 
body-garment, its opening at the neck) : es umgilrtet mich 
wie's Hemd am Halse ; i. e. the broad outer garment fits as 
closely to the shrunken body, as the shirt-collar to the neck 
(2te Aufl. S. 276). This is the best that can be made out, un- 
less (with Gesenius) we take ti^iab metaphorically for the 
skin, the natural covering of the body. 

V. 20. The effect of ^ cannot be repeated, in the 2d mem- 
ber, after a change of subject, and in a clause which is depend- 
ent on the action of that subject. 



102 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXX. 



KING JAMES VEKSION. 

22 Thou liftest me up to the 
wind; thou causest me to ride 
wpon it, and dissolvest my sub- 
stance. 

23 For I know that thou wilt 
bring me to death, and to the 
liouse appointed for all living. 

24 Ho wbeit he will not stretch 
out his hand to the grave, though 
they cry in his destruction. 

25 Did not I weep for him 
that was in trouble? was not my 
soul grieved for the poor? 



HEBREW TEXT. 



IT ■ n ■- : : 



• A" • : V JT ■ : - TV I* 



22 



23 



24 



V. 22. 'p rriian 



REVISED VERSION. 

Thou dost lift me to the wind, 22 
and let me be borne away, 

and be dissolved in the tem- 
pest's crash. 

For I know thou wilt bring 23 
me to death, 

and to the house appointed 
for all the living. 

Yea, there is no prayer, when 24 
He stretches out the hand; 

nor when He destroys, can 
they cry for help. 
Verily, I have wept for him 25 
whose lot is hard, 

and my soul has sorrowed for 
the needy. 



V. 25. Have I not wept 



lb. and my soul sorrowed 



V. 22. In the tempests crash ; Kethibh with the pointing 
?i1\i3n- Rodiger, Thes. fasc. poster, p. 1376 (and Robinson's 
ed. of Gesenius' Lex.) : " Stuhlmann, Pareau (de immortal, 
p. 131) et Ewald. proponunt man = nN;*nari. Ew. vertit: 
in Sturmes Krachen, Stickel: in das Tosen, idque mihi quoque 
probatur." Gesenius (Lex.), TJmbreit, and Winer (with the 
pointing n^OT), ihou terrifiest me. Otliers (e. g. Gesenius, 
Thes. II, p. 638) : "Keri n^naFi '^SSSriri dissolvisti mihi salutem 
("LXX, cms^QLxpag fiE oato acoxrj^ias' propr. dissolvisti me 
quoad salutem ;" Rodiger, 1. c). 

V. 23 ; nsJia ; lit. house of appointment = appointed 
house. Others (Lex. "^"^12, 2, a), house {or jjlace) of assemhly ; 
Ewald : Versammlungshaus . 

V. 24; isa as understood by Gesenius (Thes. and Lex.) : 
sane nil valent freces, ubi Deus ^natium extendit . . . neque in 
exitio ejus (i. e. ab eo sc. Deo immisso) lis clamor sc. quidquam 
prodest. The of the first member is implied in the second ; 
and with (answering to the conditional form of the first 
member, in some MSS. dXl), is = neque. — iTias in his 
destruction, namely that of which he is author = lohen he 
destroys. 

For the use of the fem. form 'jrip, comp. Deut. 5 : 24. 2 Sam. 
4 : 6 (§ 121, Rem. 1). Instead of 'jjib is read tif\bi in eleven 
Codd. of Kennicott, and in twenty-four of De Rossi; who 
remarks that it is also the reading of the Hagiographa 
Neapolitana, and of i?. Immanuel in his MS. comment, in Job., 
and is so read, or explained, by Kimchi ad Rad. n^j). It is, 
therefore, if not the true reading, a very early and approved 
explanation of it. 

Doederlein (Observationes in Job.), takes both members 
interrogatively : sed nonne precari licet . . . si manum cmittit 
(aflfligit) Deus ? Si exitium infert (iliss) nonne gratiam ejus 
implorare fas est 1 — "jii^ mutare ausim in lii^, praseunte Mei- 



homio. . . . Neque vana conjectura, sed parallelismo poetico 
ducti, emendamus. Non enim dubium, quin Ti n^di et ^Tia, 
'li'S et SSVi: ']Mb sibi respondeant. 

Dathe adopts this version ; and gives the following ex- 
planation of it. which only proves that it is foreign to this 
connection : Nunquam, ne in gravissimis quidem afflictionibus, 
omnem spem abjiciendam esse ; Deum, pro misericordia sua, 
non posse non admittere preces miserorum. 

Of the numerous other constructions put upon this difScult 

verse, the only one deserving of notice is that which regards 

15)3 and 1153 as parallel in sense and form (both with i 

servile), 11 'tibiD^ and i'sia 'fi^ as parallel in sense, and both 

members as interrogative. E. g. Ewald, 2^ Aufl. S. 277 : In 

dem schweren v. 24, entsprechen sich deutlich 15) Sturz. 

Triimmer und T^B Untergang ; "jrib deshalh Ru. 1 : 13. Der 

Satz ist allgemein, aber fragend: nur streckt man nicht lei 

Sturze, wenn jemand stiirzt, aus die Hand ? wenn er (dieser 

jemand) in seiner dussersten Gefahr ist, ist nicht deswegen 

Geschrei urn Hiilfe? Die Kraft der Verneinung bleibt beim 

zweiten Gliede, § 338, a. He translates : 

Nur— streckt man bei'm Sturz die Hand nicht aus? 
wenn in Triimmern — klagt man nicht deswegen ? 

So, essentially, Hirzel and Heiligstedt : Tantummodo vero, 
nonne quis in ruina (si in perniciem ruerit), extendit manum 
suam opem petens? Si quis in calamitate sua est, nonne 
propterea est clamor, imploratio ? Si quis in calamitatem in- 
cident, nonne is propierea auxilium cum clamore postulat? 
The former gives the connection and meaning thus : " I must, 
indeed, submit to this thy will ; but yet, when one is plunging 
in ruin, does he not stretch out the hand for rescue, does he 
not raise his voice for help ?" Obviously less pertinent in the 
connection, and far lower in tone, than the version first given. - 

V. 25, 5<b ; comp. on 17 : 2. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXI. 



103 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

26 When I looked for good, 
then evil came unto me : and when 
I waited for light, there came 
darkness. 

27 My bowels boiled, and rest- 
ed not: the days of affliction 
prevented me. 

28 I went mourning without 
the sun: I stood up, and I cried 
in the congregation. 

29 I am a brother to dragons, 
and a companion to owls. 



30 My skin is black upon me, 
and my bones are burned with 
heat. 

31 My harp also is turned to 
mourning, and my organ into 
the voice of them that weep. 



CHAP. XXXI. 

1 MADE a covenant with mine 
eyes ; why then should I think 
upon a maid ? 

2 For what portion of God is 
there from above? and what in- 
heritance of the Almighty from 
on high ? 

3 Is not destruction to the 
wicked? and a strange punish- 
ment to the workers of iniquity ? 

4 Doth not he see my ways, 
and count all my steps ? 



HEBREW TEXT. 



AT JT- ■ J <• 

Na^i "lix^j nbn\^<i 



AT 1 : ' : V- - 



AT ~ J : ■ : - -K J"' 
~i" : jt't - • : >-K 



IT :r / ; • •• ; 

ii>5»52 inia i^iy 



1 iin-i3a iTin-iai55>i 

V 1 • • T T • : - : 



CHAP. XXXI. 

1313^ 1^-13 rii"ia 

AT -• : • J- T • ;t. 

I inb!iria-^=y liiantt nasi 



AT • J [ ' V J" «C 



AT : J" -: 

13-11 iiKii K!i,i-xbn 

AT : jv : • \. -: 



26 



27 



28 



29 



31 



REVISED VERSION. 

When I looked for good, then 20 

evil came ; 
and I waited for light, but 

there came darkness. 
My bowels are made to boil, 27 

and have no rest ; 
the days of trouble have over- 
taken me. 
I go blackened, but not with 28 

sun-heat : 
I stand up in the congregation, 

I implore help. 
I am become a brother to 29 

Jackals, 
and a companion to the 

Ostrich-brood. 
My skin blackens and falls 30 

from me, 
and my bones are dried up 

with heat : 
and my harp is turned to 31 

mourning, 
and my pipe to sounds of the 

weeping. 

CHAP. XXXI. 

I MADE a covenant for my 1 
eyes ; 

how then should I look upon 
a maid ? 

For what is the portion God 2 
assigns from above, 

and the allotment of the Al- 
mighty, from on high? 

Is not destruction for the 3 
wicked, 

and calamity for the workers 
of iniquity? 

He, does he not see my ways, 4 

and number all my steps? 



V. 26. 



^Forl 
f and I 



looked for good, and there came evil ; 
waited for light, but darkness came. 



V. 27. Ewald, happily : Siedend ist mein Inneres ohne Kuh. 

V. 28. / go S(c., an emphatic expression of state or con- 
dition. Comp. I go m,ourning, Ps. 42 : 10; and Gen. 15 : 2. 

V. 30, constr. freegn. ; lit. my skin blackens from upon me 
= blackens (and falls) from me. 

Ch. XXXI. V. 1. See Gesenius. Lex. ni3, 3, a; and Expl. 
Notes. The construction and meaning are well given by 



Ewald (2te Aufl. S. 281) : einen Bund hatte ich (als Herr iiber 
meine Sinne) geschlossen fur meine Augen, dass sie meinem 
Geiste gehorchen, nicht ihn verleiten und unterjochen sollten. 
— 'jSiatiSi; ; prop, to take note of, to observe, in the sense of the 
English phrase to look upon. Ewald : wie solW ich auf cine 
Jungfrau sehen. 

V. 2. Portion of God (genitivus auctoris), that which he 
appoints, or assigns. 



104 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXI. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

5 If I have walketh with vani- 
ty, or if my foot hath hasted to 
deceit ; 

6 Let me be weighed in an 
even balance, that God may 
know mine integrity. 

7 If my step hath turned out 
of the way, and mine heart 
walked after mine eyes, and if 
any blot hath cleaved to mine 
hands ,* 

8 Then let me sow, and let 
another eat; yea, let my off- 
spring be I'ooted out. 

9 If mine heart have been de- 
ceived by a woman, or if I have 
laid wait at my neighbour's 
door ; 

10 Then let my wife grind 
unto another, and let others bow 
down upon her. 

11 For this is a heinous 
crime; yea, it is an iniquity to 
be punished by the judges. 

12 For it is a fire that con- 
sumeth to destruction, and would 
root out all mine increase. 

13 If I did despise the cause 
of my manservant or of my maid- 
servant, when they contended 
with me; 

14 What then shall I do when 
Grod riseth up ? and when he 
visiteth, what shall I answer 
him ? 



HEBREW TEXT. 

: AT • * : T 



! "Viati niBx 



'n'Tnn i"ie5< nan ax 

■ I V /T V • ■ -.. jv • r 

tSt^ laij) -inxi 

K ' ' b- T - "i J- - : 
I ' -JT — : 



IT : i- T v: v: ; 



At - " • H JT : • 



■iriiais; imh )not\ 
''T^^^. I^S'I^I O"^^?! 

/iT • /' • 

!■ • : T : 

'ii':73i4-ii) tit* 13 

r J : -i J" <• 



^■ T • : -I. j- : ■ - : ■.- 



'j T I- V v: \:\ JT 

!*iS3im na 'ip&'^-ia'i 



11 



12 



13 



V. 11. 'p t<in lb. 'p Nim 



REVISED VERSION. 

If I have walked with false- 5 
hood, 

and my foot has hastened to- 
wards deceit; 

he will weigh me in scales of 6 
justice, 

yea, Grod will know my inno- 
cence. 

If my step has turned aside 7 

from the way, 
and my heart has gone after 

my eyes, 
and a stain has cleaved to my 

hands ; 

Let me sow, and another eat, 8 
and let my products be rooted 
up! 

If my heart has been enticed 9 

towards a woman, 
and I have lain in wait at my 

neighbor's door; 
let my wife grind for another, 10 
and let others lie with her. 

For that is wickedness ; 11 
yea, that is a crime for the 
judges. 

For it is a fire ; to destruction 12 

will it consume, 
and root out all my increase. 
If I spurn my servant's and 13 
my handmaid's right, 
in their controversy with me ; 

then what shall I do, when 14 

Grod ariseth? 
and when he visiteth, what 

shall I answer him? 



V. 13. If I refuse. 



V. 8. Genevan version, correctly: yea, let my plants he 
rooted out. 

V. 9 ; nnS3, Niph. as passive of Piel (§ 51, 2, t^). 

V. 10, 2d member; Schlottmann: und aadere mogen bei 
ihr liegen. So T3'ndale : and let other lie with her ; Cranmer 
and the Bishops : and let other men lie ivith her. The Gene- 
van was followed in the common version. 

V. 11, yia: §116, Rem. b; Evvald, § 287, h (6te Ausg. 
1855).* Hirzel: wahrscheinlicher [ist], dass dieser Puncta- 

* The references to Ewald's Grammar, in the remainder of 
this volume, are to the Sechste Ausgabe, 1855. 



tion eine Vermischung der beiden hier vorkommenden Les- 
arten: i^ibQ "I'ly eine richterliche (d. i. vor den Richter gehO- 
rende) Frevelihat, wie viele MSS. und die altesten Ausgg. 
nach Analogic von v. 28 lesen, und tiib'^^Q )hs eine Frevelihat 
der Richter (genit. passiv.), d. i. eine von den Eichtem zu 
bestrafende Frevelthat, zum Grunde liege. Schlottmann : aus 
•jiS) ist nach den bekannten analogen Fallen '(is zu erganzen ; 
die seltene Construction ist hier wohl absichtlich deshalb 
gewahlt, um das Missverstandniss, als sei eine Schuld der 
Richter selbst gemeint, zu vermeiden. 

V. 12. All my increase ; 3, Ewald, § 217, /, 1, a : es soil 
verwUsten . ... in meinem ganzen Einkommen ; d. i. ganz 
durch dasselbe, seinen ganzen Umfang hindurch. entlang. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXL 



105 



KING JAMEs' VERSION. 

15 Did not he that made me 
in the womb make him? and 
did not one fashion us in the 
womb ? 

16 If I have withheld the 
poor from tlicir desire, or have 
caused the eyes of the widow to 
fail; 

17 Or have eaten my morsel 
mjrself alone, and the fatherless 
hath not eaten thereof; 

18 (For from my youth he 
was brought up with me, as with 
a father, and 1 liave guided her 
from my mother's womb ;) 

19 If I have seen any perish 
for want of clothing, or any 
poor without covering; 

20 If his loins have not blessed 
me, and if he were not warmed 
with the fleece of my sheep ; 

21 If I have lifted up my 
hand against the fatherless, when 
I saw my help in tlie gate : 

22 Then let mine arm fall from 
my shoulder blade, and mine arm 
be brolien from the bone. 

23 For destruction from Grod 
was a terror to me, and by reason 
of his highness I could not en- 
dure. 

24 If I have made gold my 
hope, or have said to the fine 
gold. Thou art my confidence ; 



HEBREW TEXT. 

AT T - J" ' V V 

iiai "ins !5:ni 17 
:nsa'3 din"! i)DX-xbi 

T iV ■ J T V" T I ; 

isbu 13 18 

ui^i^b ^bs^ nni.x !i?<'-is-nj< 19 

ATT - J : I" J 

■'^"1 dini-!53 im'sjiin-dx 21 
biQT: nosffia "isns 22 

A • JT : • • • - 

13X "liN -i^N; 23 

IT J : • 

ib&3 nnt ipT2b-Dx 24 

*• - JTT • : J- 

:ini352 iPi'nax tinsbi 
V. 20. 'p i-isbn V. 24. ynpa "jn 5<"3a_ 



REVISED VERSION. 

Did not he, who made me in 15 

the womb, make him? 
and has not One formed us in 

the womb? 
If I keep back the weak from 16 

their desire, 
and make the eyes of the 

widow consume away; 
and eat my morsel alone, 17 
and the orphan hath not eaten 

of it; 

(for from my youth, he grew 18 

up to me as to a father, 
and I have been her guide, 

from my mother's womb) : 
If I see one perishing for want 19 

of clothes, 
and that the needy hath no 

covering; 
if his loins have not blessed me, 20 
and he has not been warmed 

from the fleece of my 

lambs : 

If I have shaken my hand at 21 

the orphan, 
because I saw my helper in 

the gate : 
let my shoulder fall from its 22 

shoulder-blade, 
and my fore-arm be broken 

from its bone! 
For to me, destruction from 23 

God is a terror ; 
and before his majesty I am 

powerless. 
If I made gold my hope, 24 
and said to the fine gold : My 

trust ! 



V. 21. when I saw 



V. 18, hj^-ij: § 121, 4; Ewald, § 315, b. 

V. 22, M^3i2a ; n ^ for the pronorn. suff. (though without 
Mappiq ; Gesenius, Lex., dSB, 1), as in the Syriac and 
Vulgate, and as pointed in six of De Rossi's MSS.,* and the 
printed Masora; comp. Num. 15 : 28. For the meaning of the 

* De Rossi, Supplem. ad Var. S. T. Lect., p. 123: n cum 
mappiq, seu suflBxo ah humero vel dorso suo cod. mei 31, 277, 
368, 380, 680, 737, Bibha Pisaurensia 1517, Vulgatus, Syrus, 
Arabs, et Chaldagus in cod. meo 31, et in Bibl. Ven. Rabbin. 1517. 
Ita referendum nomen ad communem formam DDUJj non ad 
!i?33l!J, quae alibi non extat. 

14 



word, see Gesenius, Lex., 1. — In lijp also, the ii is to be re- 
garded as pronom. suff.* 

V. 23. Schlottmann: eigentl. von seiner Hoheit aus ver- 
mag ich nichts, werde ich zu einem nich'ts Vermogenden 
gemacht. 



* De Rossi, ibidem.: Iterum n cum mappiq, a canna sua, 
legunt cod. mei 31, 193, 230, 368, 380, 552, 737, Erfurt. 1, 
et 3, Biblia Brixiensia 1494, Antiqua sine an. et loco, Pisau- 
rensia 1517, Veneta 1766, Pisana 1781, Vulgatus, Syrus, Arabs, 
Chaldasus in cod. meo 31, et in Bibliis Ven. Rabbin. 1517, et 
1525. 



106 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXI. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

25 If I rejoiced because my 
wealth was great, and because 
mine hand had gotten much; 

26 If I beheld the sun when 
it shined, or the moon walking 
ill brightness; 

27 And my heart hath been 
seci'etly enticed, or my mouth 
hath kissed my hand : 

28 This also were an iniquity 
to be punished bij the judge: for 
I should have denied the God 
that is above. 

29 If I rejoiced at the de- 
struction of him that hated me, 
or lifted up myself when evil 
found him: 

30 (Neither have I suffered 
ray mouth to sin by wishing a 
curse to his soul.) 

31 If the men of my taber- 
nacle said not, Oh that we had 
of his flesh ! we cannot be satis- 
fied. 

32 The stranger did not lodge 
in the street: but I opened my 
doors to the traveller. 



HEBREW TEXT. 



I- r *T : IT • ~ <• I 



^rri 13 ^ix nx-ix-DS 26 
! iVri "ip^ nn'^i 

lab -ino3 rip'^i^ 27 



ibiba I'ly Nin-aa 28 
\bs^-Q hah in-dr3-"i3 



ixiiaa i"iS3 nainx-Dit 29 



IT ir I • i - I • I 



i3n x-jtiTj inn:-i<bi b 
ribxs Va^h 

I : - jt T ; \. ; • 

^"bnx 'in^ ■I'l^K i<b-d5< 31 

K t; it j" : : iTi 

IT : • I T : • ' J" • I* 

^5 f^na 32 

! nnax n-ixb ^hb^ 



V. 26. "I^Jin 5<"33 

V. 29. in-i-nsnni t<"3a 



walking in 



REVISED VERSION. 

If I rejoiced, because my 25 

wealth was great, 
and because my hand hath 

gotten much: 
If I saw the sun, how it shined, 26 
and the moon 

majesty ; 
and my heart in secret was 27 

beguiled, 
and my liand my mouth hath 
kissed : 

this too were a crime to be 28 
judged; 

for I should have been false 
to God on high. 
If I rejoiced in my enemy's 29 
calamity, 

and triumphed when evil be- 
fell him; 

(yea, I suffered not my mouth 30 
to sin, 

to ask, with cursing, for his 
life) : 

If the men of my tent have 3i 

not said, 
where is one, that with his 

meat has not been filled ! 
(the stranger passed not the 32 

night without; 
my doors I opened to the 

traveler) : 



V. 26, iiXIX ; Imperf., here of repeated or customary action, 
§ 127, 4, b. — lix, the light xar iiox'iv, for the Sun. As this 
metonomy is not common in English, the true sen.se would 
not be suggested by the word light. 

Second member ; -ipi , Gesenius' Lex. 4, extr. Hirzel : Ij^i 
adverbiell, zur naheren Bestimmung des Verb, dienend; 
Schlottmann: wOrtl. in Pracht und Herrlichkeit. 

V. 27. And my hand my mouth hath kissed; i. e. h">S 
gently touched my mouth, in order to wave the homage of 
the lips towards the object of adoration. To have said : my 
mouth hath kissed (i. e. done homage to) my hand, would 
have been absurd. The English phrase : to kiss the hand to 
one, is not the Heb. form of conception. The verb pas, in 
the sense to touch lightly (as in English to kiss), occurs in 
Ezek. 3 : 13 {the wings, that kissed each other). 

V. 28. Hirzel : denn . . . ein Liigner war ich an dem Gott 
dcr Hdhe, eig. ich log ihm etwas vor, log ihn an (diess be- 
deutet V t3ri3, vgl. 1 KOn. 13 : 18, verschieden von a Tijn3 
einen verldugnen, 8 : 18, Is. 59 : 13), indem ich oft'entlich 



mich als seinen Verehrer ausgab, insgeheim aber andern Got- 
teru meine Huldigung brachte. 

V. 31, iFii la ; see note on 14 : 4. Lit. who can give (fur- 
nish, i. e. show) one, = where is one. 

By some, the Optative use of the phrase is understood 
here ; but in the same sense, as well explained by Heilig- 
stedt: utinam sit, qui came (epulis) ejus non sit satialus, i. e. 
ubi est, qui epulis ejus non satiatus sit? i. e. nemo facile 
invenietur, qui non satiatus a foribus ejus prohibitus sit. 
E. g. Ewald : war' einer doch von seinem Pleisch nicht satt. 
So Hirzel : 0 kame doch einer, der noch nie sich gesiittigt 
hatte an unseres Herrn Tische, damit wir auch ihn sattigen 
kcinnten ! 

On the contrary, it is well said by Olshausen (Hirzel's 
Hiob, 2'e Aufl., S. 194) : die Idee des Wunsches scheint in 
Stellen, wie diese hier und 14 : 4, etwas weniger hervorzutre- 
ten, als sonst bei der Formel "jni der Fall ist. Man durfte 
wohl iibersetzen : wo todre jemand zu Jinden, der nicht von 
seinem Fleische gesdttigt worden ware 1 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXI. 



107 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

33 If I covered my transgres- 
sions as Adam, by hiding mine 
iniquity in my bosom : 

34 Did I fear a great multi- 
tude, or did the contempt of 
families terrify me, that I kept 
silence, and went not out of the 
door ? 

35 Oh that one would hear 
me ! . behold, my desire is, that 
the Almighty would answer me, 
and that mine adversary had 
written a book. 

36 Surely I would take it 
upon my shoulder, and bind it 
as a crown to me. 

37 I would declare unto him 
the number of my steps; as a 
prince would I go near unto him. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

iSUig iniS3-DH 33 

AT T : JT T : 'J* 

* rS" ■ : y T : ■ I 



;i3i'i t3ii< aha laoi 



rt'.* TV • '. '\. J 



AV • - J- T ; y- ; • 

It* :'iT -: • T / : 



REVISED VERSION. 

If I have covered like Adam 33 

my transgression, 
to hide my iniquity in my 

bosom : 

then let me dread the great 34 

assembly, 
and let the contempt of the 

tribes confound me; 
and let me hold my peace, nor 

go forth at the door ! 
O that I had one who would 35 

hear me ! 
behold m*y sign; let the Al- 

mighty answer me, 
and my adversary write a 

charge- 
Verily, on my shoulder would 36 

I bear it ; 
I would bind it on, as a crown 

for me ! 

All my steps would I show 37 
him, 

as to a prince would I go near 
him. 



r 0 that I had one who would hear me, 
V. 33. like men ,V. 35. < (behold my sign; let the Almighty answer me) V. 37. as a prince 

(_ and the charge my adversary has written. 



V. 33, 01X3 ; ut homo = ut homines (after the manner of 
men), as understood by Aben Ezra, and many modern inter- 
preters. But there is little force in this. On the contrary, 
there is pertinency and point in the reference to a striking 
and well known example of this oifense, as a notable illustra- 
tion of its guilt. 

V. 34 ; 13 with the apodosis (Gesenius, Lex. 5). Schultens 
pointed out the true relation of this verse, as the apodosis to 
the foregoing conditional clauses, — 13 answering to the con- 
ditional dX in the preceding verses. The objection, that 
■jr'-iSX and i3nni must then be taken jussivehj (Schlottmann), 
is nugatory ; see § 128, 2, Rem. Schultens : sane conterrear Bfc. 

V. 35. Hirzel: im -p, hier 7neine Unierschrift ! nilmlich zu 
alien den ausgesprochenen Betheuerungen ; d. h. ich stehe zu 
allem Gesagten ! 

Third member. This clause is most naturally connected 
with the preceding one, by the Vav consec. (separated from 
the verb by an intervening word, § 126, C, c). So the con- 
nection is given by Dathe (and Kosenmuller), though 1 is 
improperly expressed by aut : 

En imaginem meam 1 Omnipotens mihi respondeat, 
Aut libellum scribat adversarius mens. 

The former adds in a note : i^'^'n ©"^X sine dubie Deus h. 1., 



quern ut adversarium suum in jus vocat, et ab eo audire 
cupit, cujus ipsum possit accusare. Audacius quidem hoc 
dicttim est; sed supra jam Cap. 9 : 13, 23, [? 13 : 15, 22], 
similia loca adfuerunt. Rosenmiiller: Adversario autem suo 
intelligit Deum. 

A less simple construction makes the intervening member 
parenthetic, and connects this clause with ib iJ3. So 
Ewald : 

0 hatt' ich einen der mir horte zu ! 

da ist mein Kreuz : erwidre mir der Macht'ge ! 

und dass ich hatte meines Gegners Schrift. 

So also Hirzel and Heiligstedt : Et (utinam haberem) librum 
(libellum accusatorium) quem scripsit vir litis meee (adversa- 
rius mens) ; sc. ut scirem ea qu;e Deus mihi crimini dat. . . . 
Verba n^i": — iBOl cum ib "S'l "^a conjungenda sunt, "nso est 
accusativus pendens ex 'jpi'^ "^a, et 303 est enuntiatio relativa. 
Secundum versus membrum est enuntiatio interjecta. 

v. 36, xb dX ; the literal form of this asseveration (note to 
ch. 1 : 11), would not have a happy effect here. 

V. 37. As to a prince (i. e. as I would to an earthly 
prince), is undoubtedly the true construction. As a prince 
ivould I come near him, — though a possible construction of 
the words, is not the most natural one. Ewald ; Ich wiirde 



108 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXIL 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

38 If niy land cry against me, 
or that the furrows likewise 
thereof complain ; 

39 If I have eaten the fruits 
thereof without money, or have 
caused the owners thereof to 
lose their life : 

40 Let thistles grow instead 
of wheat, and cockle instead of 
barley. The words of Job are 
ended. 



CHAP. XXXII. 

So these three men ceased to 
answer Job, because he was 
righteous in his own eyes. 

2 Then was kindled the wrath 
of Elihu the son of Barachel the 
Buzite, of the kindred of Ram : 
acfainst Job was his wrath kin- 
died, because lie justified him- 
self rather than God. 

3 Also against his three friends 
was his wrath kindled, because 
they had found no answer, and 
yet had condemned Job. 

4 Now Elihu had waited till 
Job had spoken, because they 
ivere elder than lie. 

5 When Elihu saw that there 
was no answer in the moutli of 
these three men, then his wrath 
was kindled. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

prjin inaix ■^by-ox 38 

t rtT : • J- T : - - \ 

! 111311 nin^sn mil 

I it;' t jvt ; - - ; 

S03-i^33 in^sx nn's-DX 39 

I VAT • : • : J- T T 1 

iinnan nib>-3 as?') 



nin !!tsi I iT^n nnn a 

AT : T jT : - I- : 

: aiis I'ln'n lan 

CHAP. XXXII. 

: 115133 pi^:i t<in is 3iix-ni< 

iti3ri ^=5<2'n3-'i3 wni^x I Six mil 2 
ip'i^-'is:) iax nin 3iix3 tin nnsaan 

't ',- - A ~ JT T • 



JT *■ V- 



;QirTpx^ lias: 



-^b lax bs) iss rnn 115-1 nabas^i 3 



YT T T 



-DiDpt 13 D1-I313 311X ln3n ihi^XI 

I'T ; jv X* 

niiibti 1S3 nb'Ts 'iist 13 xihibx xnii 

- -J* - • r IT 



REVISED VERSION. 

If my land cries out against 38 
me, 

and all its furrows weep ; 

if I have eaten its fruits with- 39 

out pay, 
and made its tenants sigh out 

their breath : 
let thorns come forth, in place 40 

of wheat, 
and weeds, in place of barley. 

The words of Job are ended. 

CHAP. XXXII. 

So these three men ceased i 
from answering Job, because 
he was righteous in his own 
eyes. 

Then was kindled the anger 2 
of Elihu son of Barachel the 
Buzite, of the family of Ram. 
Against Job was his anger 
kindled, because he accounted 
himself more just than God: 
and against his three friends 3 
was his anger kindled ; be- 
cause they had found no an- 
swer, and yet had condemned 
Job. But Elihu had delayed i 
answering Job, because they 
were older than he. And 5 
Elihu saw that there was no 
answer in the mouth of the 
three men, and his anger was 
kindled. 



wie ein Fiirst iliin frOhlich nahen ! . . . mit stolzeni Schritte 
wie ein Fixi'St ihia nahn, iiicht wie ein gebeugter Ungliiclv- 
licher ! 3"ip und r^Ti langsam nahe kommerij Kiev vom festen, 
nicht schwankendeu Schritte. 

V. 38 ; ini (Gesenius, Lex. 2, f), as in 3 : 18 and 24 : 4.— 
All its furrows weep! A common and beautiful figure in 
Hebrew. (See Expl. Notes.) The verse is happily expressed 
by Ewald : 

Wenn iiber mich mein Acker schreit, 
und siLmmtlich seine Furchen weinen. 

So all the recent translations ; e. g. Heiligstedt : et una sulci 
ejus Jlent ; Schlottmann : und all seine Furchen weinen. 

V. 39 ; nib:j)3 means, of course, the occupants (not the 
owners) of the soil ; compare in^'iit in v. 38. 



Ch. XXXII.* V. 2. More just than God ; as explained in 
the Note on ch. 4 : 17. 

V. 4. Delayed answering Job, is the import of -nx nsn 
Di-il'is 3iix (lit. awaited Job with ivords, i. e. was ready with 
an answer to him, and waited for the proper time to speak), 
and is as near the form of the Hebrew as English idiom will 
allow. Had ivaited till Job had spoken (common version) is 
not the proper import of the phrase ; nor does the reason 
subjoined {because they ivere older than he), account for his 
waiting till Job had spoken, though it is a good reason why 
he should wait for them. Ewald: Elihu aber hatte schon auf 
Ijob mit Worten gewartet. 

* The question of the genuineness of chs. 32-37, as it is 
closely connected with the consideration of the design and 
plan of the book, belongs properly to the Introduction, 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXII. 109 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

6 And Elihu the son of Bara- 
chel the Buzite answered and 
said, I am young, and ye arc very 
old ; wherefore I was afraid, and 
durst not shew you mine opinion. 



7 I said, Days should speak, 
and multitude of years should 
teach wisdom. 

8 But there is a spirit in man : 
and the inspiration of the Al- 
mighty giveth them understand- 
ing. 

9 Great men are not ahvays 
wise: neither do the aged under- 
stand judgment. 

10 Therefore I said. Hearken 
to me ; I also will shew mine 
opinipn. 

11 Behold, I waited for your 
words; I gave ear to your rea- 
sons, whilst ye searched out what 
to say. 

12 Yea, I attended unto you, 
and behold, there ivas none of you 
that convinced Job, or that an- 
swered his words : 



HEBREW TEXT. 

* T :v, J- -; <• T 

ft • : Jv - : 

IV : ■.- J* •• I. I" T -IT 



A iv J* - ) I ■• Ti 

ife-ns^aa iniiax pb 

AV " I : - ' ■ TV 



11 



12 



: D3?2 nils) 

IV • JT T KV 



V. 6. asm V. 7. Ili'llll i<"33 

V. 11. s-h^ 'i-JSi 



REVISED VERSION. 

Then answered Elihu, son 6 
of Barachel the Buzite, and 
said : 

Young am I in years, 
and ye are men of age : 
therefore I was afraid, 
and feared to show you my 
opinion. 

I said : Days should speak, 7 
and the multitude of years 

teach wisdom. 
But a spirit there is in man ; 8 
and the breath of the Almigh- 
ty gives them understand- 
ing. 

Not the great are wise, 9 
nor do the old understand the 
right. 

Thereibre I said : Hearken to lo 
me ; 

I will show, I also, my opinion. 
Behold, I have waited for ii 
your words ; 

have given ear to your reason- 
ings, 

whilst ye searched out words. 

And unto you I gave heed ; .12 

and lo, Job has none that con- 
futes him, 

none of you that answers his 
words. 



V. 8. 



But the spirit is it, in man, 

even the breath of the Almighty, that gives them understanding. 



V. 11. till ye should search out words. 



V. 6. / am young Sfc. Genevan : / am young in years, and 
ye are ancient. — Second member, as happily expressed by 
Tyndale, Coverdale, and Cranmer : And ye he men of age. 

V. 8. x'lii merely repeats the subject, and makes an em- 
phatic connection with the prajdicate, being in effect an em- 
phatic copula: a spirit, ii (is) in man (comp. § 121, 2) = a 
spirit there is in man. 

By another construction, x"^?! is made the prajdicate: hut 
the spirit (is) that in man. It is then necessary to construe 
W'^lnPl as a relative clause : (which) gives them understanding. 
But the former is undoubtedly the true construction, being 
the simplest, and required by the parallelism. 

V. 9. is taken by some with reference to age merely, 
and as synonymous with old, as it is understood by them in 
Gen. 25 : 23. But in both passages, it refers rather to the 
superiority founded on age. Hirzel : die Grossen, nilml. an 
Jahren, noXvx^ovioi LXX. Schlottmann: = grandsevi, Gen. 



25 : 23 ; doch weise das Wort hier wohl zugleich auf die 
hohere Wtirde und Macht der Greise hin. 

V. 10. Hirzel: die Lesart einiger MSS. und LXX, Vulg. 
Syr. iiS^jO, welche Houbig. und de Rossi um v. 11 ff. willen 
vorziehen, ist sicher eine Correctur, welche aber den Character 
des Redners gerade verwischt. 

V. 11 ; IS*, as in 1 : 18, 8 : 21. — Searched out words: comp. 
18 : 2. (Margin) : till ye should search out words as in 
27 : 5), gives the same general sense. — This, the natural con- 
struction and meaning of the phrase, gives the appropriate 
sense required by the connection. Hirzel on the contrary, 
and Heiligstedt: •j'ib'a verba, sc. Jobi. Donee exploraretis verha, 
sermones (sc. Jobi) ; i. e. attente expectabam, donee vos sa- 
pienter dictis sermones Jobi accurate examinaretis, et apte ad 
eos responderetis. 

V. 12. Job has none S^c, the proper construction of 
3i''i<;b "px ; for in this common and familiar formula, b is natu- 



110 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXII. 



KING JAMEs' VERSION. 

13 Lest ye should say, We 
have found out wisdom : God 
thrusteth him down, not man. 

14 Now he hatli not directed 
his words against me : neither 
will I answer him with your 
speeches. 

15 They were amazed, they 
answered no more : they left off 
speaking. 

16 When I had waited, (for 
they spake not, but stood still, 
and answered no more ;) 

17 I said, I will answer also 
my part, I also will shew mine 
opinion. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

AT T JT T : tV ' ■.- 

li^a ibx rpsi-i<bi 14 

' A* • J- li- T It 

A JT V 

I 'T ; IT /• 

• IT I - J' *• cr -: 



REVISED VERSION. 

That ye may not say : We 13 

have found out wisdom ; 
that God may thrust him 

down, not man. 
For he has not directed words 14 

against me ; 
nor with your words will I 

answer him. 
They were confounded; they 15 

answered no more : 
words were taken away from 

them. 

And I waited, because they I6 

spoke not ; 
because they stood still, and 

answered no more. 
I, I also on my part will an- n 

swer ; 

I will show, I also, my opinion. 



• V. 13. \ = '''^^'^ ^"''"'^ ' V. 15. words had departed from them. 

i God shall thrust him down, not man. 



rally taken with 'jiii;. Comp. Deut. 28 : 31, rjb and 

22 : 27. The construction and meaning of b niDin found in 
ch. IG : 21 (Ewald: keiner rechtet gegen Ijob), is not per- 
tinent here. 

V. 13. For the meaning, see Expl. Notes. On the con- 
trary, Gesenius (Lex. "jQ, 2, a), velantis est et dehortantis (ut 
bx). Job 32 : 13 .... we dicatis, nolite dicere. But the 
form would still imply an evil to be shunned, as in Is. 36 : 18 
(cavete) ne, which is not apparent here. 

There is, moreover, little force in the sentiment thus ex- 
pressed, viz. say not: We have found wisdom (i. e. we are 
wiser now than when we thought to convince Job of his 
wickedness) ; let God subdue him, for it is not in the power 
of man. 

We have found wisdom, is explained still less happily by 
Hirzel, and after him by Heiligstedt, thus : " Ne dicatis (nolite 
dicere) ; invenimus sapientiam, incidimus in sapientiam, quae 
nobis superior est; Deus fugel (vincat) eum (Deus eum vin- 
cere potest), non vir (sed nuUus homo) " ; i. e. nolite vos eo 
excusare, quod Jobum vobis esse sapientiorem, omnemque ho- 
minem ei cedere oportere, ac Deum solum eum viucere posse 
dicitis. This is presuming quite too much on the youthfulness 
of the speaker. 

The second member, it has been said, cannot be taken as 
Elihu's own reflection, well er ja derjenige ist, welcher mit 
Hiob es aufnehmen will, und ihn wirklich iiberwindet (Hirzel). 
But Elihu claims the victory for God, by whose wisdom he 
speaks (v. 8), and not for himself 



V. 15 ; iipiS7i5)?i, the impers. Zd plur. for the passive (§ 137, 
3, note). So Gesenius (Lex. Hiphil) ; Hirzel : die 3. Pers. des 
Plur. fiir das unbestimmte Subj.; Heihgstedt: Ahstulerunt ah 
lis verba, verba iis ablata sunt, i. e. nihil proferre possunt, 
prorsus obmutescunt. . . . Tertia pers. plur. impersonaliter 
posita est. Ewald, on the contrary: gewandert • sind von 
ihnen fort die Reden. Schlottmann : Das Wort war ihnen ent- 
wichen, worth die Worte waren von ihnen fortgegangen, fort- 
gewandert. p'^nSri eigentlich vom Abbrechen der Zelte 
daher von der Fortwanderung eines Nomadenzuges gebraucht, 
Gen. 12 : 8 ; so schon Jarchi. 

V. 16, second member. The asyndot consti'uction, in the 
second clause, would require in English the repetition of the 
subject, which injures the expression of the sense, and even 
makes the clause ambiguous. 

Schlottmann : das Imperfect ill^T^ ist hier ganz am Ort, da 
ja das Nichtreden wahrend des Wartens fortdauert. Hernach 
folgt das einfach erzahlende Prateritum. 

V. 17. The separation of "ipbti from the verb, and its con- 
junction with 'ijit, makes the adverbial accusative the most 
natural construction. 

Of the tone of this verse, Schultens {in loc.) has justly said: 
Jucunda et decora formula, Respondebo partem meayn. . . . 
Modestum, ut et alterum illud, scire meum ; quod est, quan- 
tum mild quidem scire et percipere datum. Frustra sunt, qui 
hsec ad arrogantiam detorquent. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXHI. 



Ill 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

18 For I am full of matter, 
the spirit within me constraineth 
me. 

19 Behold, my belly is as wine 
which hath no vent ; it is ready 
to burst like new bottles. 

20 I will speak, that I may be 
refreshed : I will O'pen my lips 
and answer. 

21 Let me not, I pray you, 
accept any man's person, neither 
let me give flattering titles unto 
man. 

22 For I know not to give 
flattering titles ; in so doing my 
Maker would soon take me away. 



CHAP. XXXIII. 

Wherefore, Job, I pray thee, 
hear my speeches, and hearken 
to all my words. 

2 Behold, now I have opened 
my mouth, my tongue hath 
spoken in my mouth. 



3 My words sliall he of the up- 
rightness of my heart : and my 
lips shall utter knowledge clearly. 

4 The Spirit of God hath 
made me, and the breath of the 
Almighty hath given me life. 

5 If thou canst answer me, set 
thy words in order before me, stand 
up. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

• • J" T -I 

nns"; •)ii3 ii-j3 njn 

A" - : • ; ; : 

i>v - ■ : J- T J <■ 

t'^y&J IJXttJI X2-J->Z2 

CHAP. xxxm. 
1^53 3i^x strsao tiBiixi 

AT • J ■ JT - l; T l: 

T i- -.- I- I- T I T ; 

IS iFinna n3 -nsn 

K • : J-T TV. •■ • 

:i3na ijlttib n"i3'n 

I* • : J* : VT : • 

AT T -: !• ' V I 

n^b^a n^iia ihaiu ^ns^^ 

I" • J T T ; /-J 

■ : AT T /- - I 

•A- • -: t~ 
T IT- ; • - T : JT 



18 



19 



21 



22 



V. 18. V'aa V. 20. xnan '^-n i<"2n 



REVISED VERSION. 

For I am filled with words ; is 
the spirit within me constrains 
me. 

Behold, my breast is as wine 19 
that has no vent ; 

like new bottles that are burst- 
ing. 

I will speak, and be relieved ; 20 
I will open my lips, and will 
answer. 

Let me not regard the person 21 

of man ; 
nor will I give flattery to a 

man. 

For I know not how to flatter : 22 
speedily would my Maker 
take me away ! 

CHAP. XXXIII. 

But hear now, 0 Job, my 1 

sayings, 
and give ear to all my words. 
Lo now, I have opened my 2 

mouth, 

my tongue has spoken in my 
palate. 

My words, they are the inte- 3 

grity of my heart, 
and my lips speak knowledge 

purely. 

The Spirit of God made me, 4 
and the breath of the Al- 
mighty gives me life. 
If thou art able, answer me ; 5 
array thyself against me, take 
thy stand. 



V. 18, second member. Schlottmann : es drangt mich der 
Geist in meinem Innern. 

V. 19, second member. Gesenius (Lex. six, 1), and Hirzel 
construe Spai as a relative clause, with a subject referring to 
niax. Correctly, witliout doubt ; for the comparison is with 
new bottles, which are yet ready to burst notwithstanding 
their strength and elasticity. Less happily, Ewald, Heilig- 
stedt, Schlottmann : it is bursting, like new bottles ; by which 
the point of comparison it at least obscured. 

V. 21. The subjective and the absolute negation are dis- 
tinguished in the two members. Schlottmann : das ist hier 
sehr bezeichnend. Es liegt darin nicht nur der Entschluss, 
sondern auch die sorgfaltigste Wachsamkeit, jenen nicht 
durch aussere Eindrucke vereiteln zu lassen. 

V. 22, first member, § 142, 3, c. 



Ch. XXXIII. V. 3. The order of the words in Hebrew 
(which cannot be imitated in English), makes an emphasis 
which is best expressed by the emphatic repetition of the 
subject. 

Second member, ro'n : not that ivhich I know (Gesenius, 
Lex. 1^3, 3) ; nor what I think {quod sentio), my views or 
opinions. It is implied, as Schlottmann well says, that from 
the moral rectitude of the heart proceeds a right understand- 
ing of the matter in discussion. 

v. 5, ii3'n2>. Gesenius supposes an ellipsis of di^^, as in 
37 : 19. But the more appropriate sense here is the one found 
in ch. 6 : 4, as it is understood by Ewald, and by Heiligstedt: 
Strue (te) coram me (prsepara te ad causam tuam contra me 
defcndendam), sisle tc. — ijsb, against me (Lex. 2, d). 



112 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXIII. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

6 Behold, I am according to 
thy wish in God's stead : I also 
am formed out of the clay. 

7 Behold, my terror shall not 
make thee afraid, neither shall 
my hand be heavy upon thee. 

S Surely thou hast spoken in 
mine hearing, and I have heard 
the voice of tluj words, saijing, 

9 I am clean without trans- 
gression, I am innocent ; neither 
is there iniquity in me. 

10 Behold, he findeth occasions 
against me, he counteth me for 
his enemy. 

11 He putteth my feet in 
the stocks, he marketh all my 
paths. 

12 Behold, m this thou art not 
just: I will answer thee, that 
Grod is greater than man. 

13 Why dost thou strive 
against him ? for he giveth not 
account of any of his matters. 



14 For Grod speaketh once, 
yea twice, yet man perceiveth it 
not. 

15 In a dream, in a vision of 
the night, when deep sleep fall- 
eth upon men, in slumberings 
upon the bed; 

16 Then he openeth the ears 
of men, and sealeth their in- 
struction, 

17 That he may withdraw 
man from his purpose, and hide 
pride from man. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

: "i^it-DS 'in:inp "ip'ri^? 
;r|n?)an sib in^,"ix nsn 7 

IT : • I I ;v T • : - : 

"isTi^i ri'i^st Tit* s 

AT : T : T : J- T ) -\ 

[i^ I'ly sn 

I' 'j T V : K IT ' J~ 

1^5-1 -I3S Qbi 11 

.\T : J- - J" T 

IT : T T ; • 

■qasix npi^-x3 nxt-in 12 

T W'-: r." T ' : J- T I \ I :■ 

iiiis 13 

T A • JT •• - • -I 

IV I- J T T : T J* 

bx— 13^1. nnxa— 13 14 
tjiasx-^:) nw^n ^333 

fit I ~ T •• I \ J : ■ 
IT : • J" : : • 

di02N 'iTN nbii 10 

; JT T I ; 

n'lrsia Dnx I'^onb 17 

AV-: I- JT T • r ;i 

! nsDi "l3^^ n'.ni 



V. 9. Nn^i't 'n 



lb. n3nx3 j5i;3a 



REVISED VERSION. 

Lo, I am of God as thou art ; 6 
I too was taken from the 
clay. 

Lo, the di-ead of me will not 7 

make thee afraid, 
nor my burden be heavy upon 

thee. 

But thou hast said in my 8 
ears, 

and the sound of the words I 
heard : 

I am pure, without trans- 9 

gression ; 
I am clean, and have 110 guilt. 
Lo, he devises quarrels against 10 

me, 

he regards me as his enemy. 
He puts my 'feet in the 11 

stocks ; 
he watches all my paths. 
Lo, in this thou art not just; 12 

I will answer thee : 
for God is greater than man. 
Wherefore dost thou contend 13 

with him ? 
for of none of his affairs will 

he give account. 
For once does God speak, U 
yea tvs^ice, when one heeds 

it not : 

in a dream, a vision of the 15 
night, 

when deep sleep falls on men, 
in slumbers upon, the bed. 
Then opens he the ear of I6 
men, 

and seals up their instruction : 
that man may put away a deed, 17 
and he may cover pride from 
man ; 



V. 13. for of none of his words ; Others: for none of his words will He answer 



"V. 10. niitliri quarrels or feuds, by metonomy, for grounds 
of quarrel ; referring to such passages as 10 : 6, and 14 : IG. 
Ewald: da lindet er doch Fehden wider mich. 

V. 13. Lit. for as to none (§ 152, 2d H) of his affairs (or 
words), loill he make answer (to one who arraigns him) ; i. e. 
will give account of them (Gesenius, Lex. MiS), 3, d). 

V. 16, second member. Heiligstedt : 3 dnn sigillum impri- 
mere in aliqua re, ohsignare earn ; hinc firmiter claudere, in- 



cludere aliquid, cf. 37 : 7. . . . Tunc hominibus admonitiones 
ita imprimit, ut haec pectori eorum infixse haereant. 

V. 17. There is no necessity for correcting the Heb. text 
(niaissiri for nma), by the Sept. and Vulg. The change of 
subject objected to, is one of frequent occurrence, and has here 
a good effect. Any deed is meant, which he may be meditat- 
ing or may have become accustomed to, and against which he 
is thus divinely warned.— ri&3\ § 132, Rem. 2. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXIII. 



113 



KING JAMEs' VERSION. 

18 He keepeth back his soul 
from the pit, and his life from 
perishing by the sword. 

19 He is chastened also with 
pain upon his bed, and the mul- 
titude of his bones with strong 
fain : 

20 So that his life abhorreth 
bread, and his soul dainty meat. 

21 His flesh is consumed away., 
that it cannot be seen ; and his 
bones that were not seen stick 
out. 

22 Yea, his soul draweth near 
unto the grave, and his life to 
the destroyers. 

23 If there be a messenger 
with him, an interpreter, one 
among a thousand, to shew unto 
man his uprightness : 



HEBREW TEXT. 

! nbiiia 'nhsTo ih'^tTi 



' IT ■• jT T \ : 

'.•at j r - J — :r : 

! njxri- ^sax?: iiz323'i 



r • ; I- T - : 

It:- t t *- 

'•.'fit • ■ rr ■• I • .. 

! inui o^ixb ^ijnb 



18 



19 



21 



22 



23 



V. 19. > V. 21. 'p isiai 

lb. ujJ'ia 'xn "in 



REVISED VERSION. 

may keep back his soul from IS 
the pit, 

and his life from perishing by 

the dart. 
And he is chastened with 19 

pain upon his bed ; 
and with a strife in his bones 

continually. 
And his spirit abhorreth bread, 20 
and his soul dainty food. 

His flesh w^astes away from 21 
sight ; 

and naked are his bones, that 

were not seen. 
And his soul comes nigh to 22 

the pit, 
and his life to the destroyers. 
If there be a messenger with 23 

him, 

an interpreter, one out of a 

thousand, 
to show unto man his right 

way : 



V. 19. and the strife in his bones is continual 



V. 20. his life 



V. 23. to show unto man Ilis rectitude. 



V. 18. The word nnui is used for the grave, with the same 
effect as j)it in English (and Orube in Germ.). The figure, 
on which the Heb. usage is founded, should be retained. — 
From perishing by the dart. So Gesenius and others. Ewald, 
less happily : nicht zu fahren ins Geschoss ; Heiligstedt : we 
transeat (incidat) in tela mortis, Transire in is not = inci- 
dere in. 

V. 19, second member, with a implied from the first (§ 154, 
4). So Ewald, Hirzel, Heiligstedt, Schlottmann. Gesenius, 
as in the margin ; which is not favored by the order of the 
words. 

V. 20. fT^n, life, the principle of animal life ; by nietonomj', 
in Hebrew, for the sensuous nature common to man with other 
animals (e. g. of young lions, as in 38 : 39), to which belong 
the physical appetites and other sensations, as hunger, thirst, 
satiety &c., and for which it stands as their representative. 
But this metonomy is not used in English, and would convey 
no sense to the reader. The word spirit (HmI) is used in the 
same sense in Hebrew (Lex. 2), and expresses the true mean- 
ing here. The suff. in ^inortt is an emphatic pleonasm. Ge- 
senius, Lehrgebaude S. 735 : sie vcrabscheut es, seine Seele, 
das Brod. Others (Ewald, Hirzel &c.) construe the verb as 
causative, and the suff. as accus. of the person. The incon- 
gruity necessarily involved in this construction, is very clear 
.in Heiligstedt's expression of it: et fastidire facit eum vis 
vitalis (fames) ejus pa7iem. 

15 



V. 21, second member; 15^ (Kethibh), Subst. as priBdicate 
instead of the Adj. (§ 106, Hem. 2). Heiligstedt: et nuditas 
(nuda) fiunt ossa ejus, quae antea iion videbantur. — The Q.eri 
gives a comparatively feeble construction and sense: wasted 
are his bones; they are no more seen. The text is doubtless 
the true reading. Vulgate : et ossa, quae tecta fuerant, nuda- 
buntur. 

V. 22, difiTopb. Schlottmann : uns scheint es das Natiir- 
lichste, dabei an die letzteh tOdtenden Schmerzen zu denken, 
die hier personificirt werden. Der Ausdruck ist nicht kiihner 
als der in ipns>, 30 : 17. Die Rabbinen denken an Todesengel, 
wozu aber in den Worten kein Anlass gegeben ist. Und 
selbst wenn man an Engel denken wollte, brauchte man nicht 
an eine besondere Klasse derselben zu denken, denen gerade 
die Verhiingung des Todes besonders ubertragen worden ware. 
■ — Others explain this term, by reference to 2 Sam. 24 : 16 ; 
1 Chron. 21 : 15 ; Ps. 78 : 49, 50. 

V. 23. A messenger, one who brings tidings, or information 
of any kind, as in 1 : 14 ; where the idea of being sent, or 
commissioned for the purpose, is merged in the general one 
of a bearer of tidings &c. — Interpreter : so ybp is used, ab- 
solutely, in Gen. 42 : 23, 2 Chron. 32 : 31.— What is meant by 
'7\<^\'Q and "i^'ib'a, is clearly shown by the office ascribed to 
him in the last clause, viz. to show to man his right way. 

Gesenius' translation, an interceding angel, is not an 
authorized use of yi'b'a. Nor is it pertinent in this connec- 



lU 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXIIL 



KING JAMES' VERSION. 

24 Then he is gracious unto 
him, and saith, Deliver him from 
going down to the pit: I have 
found a ransom. 

25 His flesh shall be fresher 
than a child's : he shall return to 
the days of his youth : 

26 He shall pray unto God, 
and he will be favourable unto 
him : and he shall see his face 
with joy ; for he will render unto 
man his righteousness. 

27 He looketh upon men, and 
if any say, I have sinned, and 
perverted that which was right, 
and it profited me not ; 

2S He will deliver his soul 
from going into the pit, and his 
life shall see the light. 

29 Lo, all these things worketh 
God oftentimes with man, 



HEBREW TEXT. 

nnii: rri^?: sins-ifi) 

V I • JT T 

lysia iiiaa maai 

"A • J T ; J — .• (V 

IT -: <■• • T 

AT : - T Ti. 

_ , r -; - < T 



1 nx-in ^ixa ^n^ni 

IV : • / T T - : 



V IT ■ J T - V- -: I- 



24 



26 



27 



28 



29 



V. 28. p laSD 



lb. 'p mini 



REVISED VERSION. 

then will He have mercy on 24 
him, and say : 

deliver him from going down 
to the pit ; 

I have found a ransom. 

His flesli becomes fresher than 25 
in childhood ; 

he shall return to the days of 
his youth. 

He shall pray to God ; and 26 
He will accept him, 

and cause him to behold His 
face with joy, 

and will render back to man 
his righteousness. 

He will chant it before men, 27 
and say : 

I have sinned, and have per- 
verted right ; 

and it was not requited me. 

He has redeemed my soul 28 
from going into the pit, 

and my life, that it may be- 
hold the light. 
Lo, all these things doth 2» 
God, 

twice, yea thrice, with man : 



V. 27. and it availed me not 



tion ; for it is the evident aim of the speaker to illustrate 
the case before him, not another and a supposed one. 

To the above view Schlottmann objects,* that it is impossible 
and contrary to the intent of the writer, that Elihu should claim 
for himself so responsible an office of mediation, and should 
assume (as in the next verse) to say, in reference to Job's 
case, " I have found a ransom." But Elihu does not assume 
for himself the mediation objected to. Nor does he utter 
this language as his own ; it is ascribed to God, the subject 
of the verbs in the first and third members of the next verse. 
Equally groundless is his objection : " for God could not say 
to a man, ' Deliver him ! ' " Of course it is not said to man, 
or to any one ; it is merely the expression of the divine will, 
in the spirited dramatic form of oriental conception. 

Third member ; his right way. So the early English 



* He translates as follows : 

23. 1st dann fiir ihn der Engel der Fiirsprecher, 

der Eine von den Tausend, 
dass er dem Menschen was recht ist verkiinde. 

24. Und erbarmt sich der und spricht : 

" erlOse ihn, dass er nicht in die Grube fahre, 
ich fand eine Slihne ! " 



versions, Tyndale, Cranmer, Bishops : and to shew him the 
ryghte waye. The Genevan substituted: to declare unto man 
his righteousness ; the ground of which appears in the Note 
annexed : " to declare .... wherein man's righteousness 
standeth, which is through the justice of Jesus Christ, and 
faith therein." — In the marginal rendering, his rectitude, God 
is the subject (see Expl. Note). 

V. 24, i£3. The investigation of the proper import and use 
of this word, so important in its connection with the Old and 
New Testament economy, belongs properly to the considera- 
tion of the passages where it occurs in the Pentateuch. The 
ground idea is covering over, and thus hiding from view. 
Hence its figurative use to denote a bribe (1 Sam. 12 : 3, 
Amos 5 : 12), by which a fault or crime, or the right in a con- 
troversy, is covered from the eye of the judge. 

V. 25, ^S2a ; comp. m^a Ps. 4 : 8, more than in the time 
(mehr als in der Zeit; Gesenius, Lehrgeb. S. 748). 

V. 26 ; Nl^l, Hiph. rather than Kal. Lit. and let see his 
face ; the 2^'ronom. accus. omitted, § 121, Rem. 2. 

V. 27, 'lilji ; the object (neut. pron.) omitted, § 121, Rein. 2.. 
— It was not requited me. Gesenius (Lex. fi^-io II, 2): Impers. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXIV. 



115 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

30 To bring back his soul from 
the pit, to be enlightened with 
the light of the living. 

31 Mark well, 0 Job, hearken 
unto me : hold thy peace, and I 
will speak. 

32 If thou hast any thing to 
say, answer me: speak, for I 
desire to justify thee. 

33 If not, hearken unto me : 
hold thy peace, and I shall teach 
thee wisdom. 



CHAP. XXXIV. 

Furthermore Elihu answer- 
ed and said, 

2. Hear my words, 0 ye wise 
men; and give ear unto me, ye 
that have knowledge. 

3 For the ear trieth words, 
as the mouth tasteth meat. 

4 Let us choose to us judg- 
ment : let us know among our- 
selves what is good. 

5 For Job hath said, I am 
righteous : and God hath taken 
away my judgment. 

6 Should I lie against my 
right? my wound is incurable 
without transgression. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

- AT • ■ ; -1 J- T : 

r - r J : ^ 



- i: -v J"* : - 

! 'la'nx isb.xi annn 

T I'r.* : - • : J- T c .. - 

itiVDn Tisfesxi D^nn 



CHAP. XXXIV. 



AT • J' T -: J : - 

I" -: 1- ■ : I : 



I - J- •• vr If 



• ' ; r J- T I* 

!• T : - <• •• •• ; 

1 5)^3-1^3 '^sn tti^iax 



31 



32 



33 



V. 5. n2nx3 nns 



REVISED VERSION. 

to bring back his soul from 30 

the pit, 
that he may be lightened with 

the light of life. 
Attend, 0 Job ; hearken 31 

unto me : 
keep silence, that I may speak. 
If there are words, answer me ; 32 
speak, for I desire to justify 

thee. 

If not, do thou hearken unto 33 
me ; 

keep silence, and I will teach 
thee wisdom. 

CHAP. XXXIV. 

And Elihu answered, and i 
said : 

Hear ye wise men my words ; 2 
and ye knowing ones give ear 
to me. 

For the ear trieth words, 3 
even as the palate tastes to 
eat. 

Let us examine for ourselves 4 

the right, 
let us know among us what 

is good. 

For Job has said : I am righte- 5 
ous ; 

and God has taken away my 
right : 

against my right, shall I speak 6 
false ? 

my arrow is fatal, without 
transgression. 



V. 4. Let us choose 



h tilW, asquatum i. e. satisfactum est mihi. lob. 33 : 27. — 
Eodiger, more fully (Thes. fasc. poster, p. 1375) : peccavi 
quidem et improbus fui, hit: xbl sed non par factum est 
mihi, non parem gratiam retulit mihi Deus. Vulg. : et ut eram 
dignus, non recepi. 

V. 32. If there are words : as in English, if there is any- 
thing to be said. 

Ch. XXXIV. V. 1. Answered: namely, to the assent given 
by the silence of Job ; see note on ch. 3 : 1. 

V. 3 ; 1 of comparison, as in 5 : 7 &c. 

V. 6. For tlie sentiment, see ch. 27 : 4, 5. — Others under- 
stand h'S as in 10 : 7. So Gesenius, Thes. (and Lex.) bs, 1, 
b, S, non obstante jure mco; Ewald: trotz meines Rechtes 



V. 6. notwithstanding my right 

soli ich Ltigner seyn. But the above reference, as well as the 
form of the thought itself, seem to me to favor the vepsion in 
the text. Hirzel: Bei meinem Hechic soil ich liigen; d. h. 
entweder, obgleich ich Recht habe, soil ich doch, wenn ich 
dasselbe behaupte, ein Lugner sein (etwas aussprechend, was 
mir nach Gottes Urtheil gar nicht zukomme) ; oder, obgleich 
ich Recht habe, soli ich lugen, d. h. sagen, ich habe Unrecht, 
mich schuldig bekennen ; wie 10 : 7, 16 : 17. Schlott- 
mann : Wider me.in Recht soil ich liigen; d. h. ich soli mich 
fiir schuldig erklaren, wahrend ich mich unschnldig weiss. 
Andere erklaren, trotz meines Rechtes soil ich ein Ltigner 
sein ; was dem Sinn nach auf dasselbe hinauskommt. 

Second member. The literal meaning, arrow, is appropriate ; 
and is far more forcible than the metonomy, arrow-ivonnd 
(Gesenius, Lex. 2), for which there is no necessity. 



116 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXIV. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

7 What man is like Job, who 
drinketh up scorning like water; 

8 Which goeth in company 
with the workers of iniquity, and 
walketh with wicked men ? 

9 For he hath said. It profiteth 
a man nothing that he should 
delisrht himself with God. 

10 Therefore hearken unto 
me, ye men of understanding : 
far be it from God, that he should 
do wickedness ; and from the 
Almighty, that he shoidd commit 
iniquity. 

11 For the work of a man 
shall he render unto him, and 
cause every man to find accord- 
ing to his ways. 

12 Yea, surely God will not 
do wickedly, neither will the 
Almighty pervert judgment. 

13 Who hath given him a 
charge over the earth? or who 
hath disposed the whole world? 

14 If he set his heart upon 
man, if he gather unto himself 
his spirit and his breath ; 



HEBREW TEXT. 

% -IT- V : • 

VAT ' T : • J - T* I- 

- V •- ;"T T V r 

i'b-d^^iii ti'i5< bs)3 13 11 

IT : • J" - : I - - I 



nsnx ii^i* npB-'in 13 

T ; ,iT JT r u- r i- 



isb li?3S< diiu''-db( 14 

A • JT " J* T • 

' I v: IV *T r T : • : j 



REVISED .ERSION. 

Who is a man like Job, 7 
that drinks in scoffing, like 
water ; 

and walks in company with 8 

evil-doers, 
and goes with wicked men ? 
For he has said : a man is not 9 

profited, 
when he takes delight with 

God. 

Therefore, men of under- lo 
standing, hearken to me : 
far from God be wickedness, 
and iniquity from the Al- 
mighty ! 

For man's work will he re- il 
quite to him, 

and let each one receive ac- 
cording to his way. 

Yea, of a truth, God will not 12 
do evil, 

nor will the Almighty pervert 
justice. 

Who has committed to him 13 

the earth ? 
and who founded the whole 

habitable world? 
Should He set his thoughts U 

upon him, 
withdraw to himself his spirit 

and his breath ; 



V. 14. upon himself 



V. 8, nsbb coordinate with fTiifib ; lit. and in going 
(keeping company, Gesenius, Lex. 1, g) with. So Hirzel: 
tis^b von rrns^l abhangig, parallel mit fTninb ; er wandelt in 
Gemeinschaft — and im Umgange. 

V. M>. nb"'bn druckt dem durchgangigen Sprachgebrauche 
gemass den Abscheu davor aus, so etwas von Gott auszu- 
sprechen oder auch nur zu denken. Der auch von Schultens 
gebilligten Erkliirung Seb. Schmidt's: abominatio est Deo a 
malo widerstreitet der bestandige Gebrauch des Inb^bn 
(Schlottmanu). — Ewald, Gram. § 217, 1, 1 : unmoglich ists ihm 
zu thun, Ijob 34 ; 10. 

V. 13. Heiligstedt: Qwis ierram ei mandavil (terram cura3 
ejus commisit), cl quis posuit (condidit)* orbem terrarum 



* On the contrary, Hirzel : diU, da d'^iiJ von der Griindung 
der Erde sonst nicht vorkommt, wird am passendsten mit 
".iby im 1st Gl. verbunden, so dass zu iibersetzen : und wer 
Itgte auf ihn die game Welt, d. i. iibertrug ihm ihre Regie- 



totum ? ipQ, sq. by pers. curee alicujus committere ; cf. 36 : 23. 

V. 14. iab libs d^iDi ; undoubtedly, as the corresponding 
phrase is used in 7 : 17, to make an object of close attention 
and scrutiny, to observe narrowly ; here, for the purpose ex- 
pressed in Expl. Notes. 

By some the pronoun is taken reciprocally, as in the 
Margin : should he set his heart upon himself. Schlottmann : 
Wenn er an sich nur ddchte, seinen Hauch und Odem an sich 
zoge. Diese schon im Targum sich findende und dann von 
Grotius aufgenommene Erklarung ist die einzig leichte und 
in dem Zusammenhange passende. Unter den tibrigen Deu- 
tungen ist noch die leichteste die, welche sich schon beim 
Presbyter Philippus findet: wenn er auf den Menschen 

rung? Vgl. d^ia mit d. Accus. der Sache und b? der Person 
2 Mos. 5 : 8, 14. But the objection against so natural and 
obvious an application of the verbal idea in diiU, is not valid ; 
especially in a style of poetic composition, which has so many 
peculiarities of verbal usage as that of Elihu. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXIV. 



117 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

15 All flesh shall perish to- 
gether, and man shall turn again 
unto dust. 

16" If now thoio hast under- 
standing, hear this : hearken to 
the voice of my words. 

17 Shall even he that hateth 
right govern? and wilt thou 
condemn him that is most just? 

18 Is it Jit to say to a king, 
Thou art wicked ? and to princes, 
Ye are ungodly ? 



HEBREW TEXT. 

- iM jT T T J- : • 



A T : ■ T r • I 
IT * 'j : T ■ t- 



bsi'sba rh-oh ^TSXM 

-AT- : Iv jv : J -: 1- 



16 



17 



18 



REVISED VERSION. 

all flesh would expire together, 15 
and man return to dust. 

If now there is understanding, 16 

hear thou this ; 
give ear to the voice of my 

words. 

Can he indeed bear rule, 17 

that hateth right? 
or wilt thou condemn the Just, 

the Mighty ? 
Shall one say to a king : 0 18 

Worthless ! 
0 Wicked ! unto princes ; 



achte, d. h. es streng mit ihm nehmen woUte, so wiirde er 
dessen Geist und Odem an sich ziehen, d. h. ihn sterben 
lassen. Heiligstedt : Deum non injustum esse etiam inde in- 
telligitur, quod is non suas tantum res curat, ita ut eo ad 
injuste agendum non impellatur. Non suas tantum res Deum 
curare id docet, quod omnia, quse in mundo vivant, ab eo 
conseryantur ; sin vero Deus seipsum tantum respiceret. ideo- 
que omnem vitam, quse in mundo esset, ad se reduceret, mox 
esset futurum ut omnia animantia pcrireot. 

But the sarae general thought is expressed by the above 
more natural construction of the words. In the hypothetical 
form of y. 14, 1st member, there is implied what is directly 
asserted in Acts 17 : 30, viz. that God is not strict to "mark 
iniquities " (much less, to punish beyond desert) ; otherwise, 
none "could stand" (Ps. 130 : 3), and all must perish to- 
gether. There is no incongruity between vv. 14, 15 (as thus 
translated and explained), and y. 11. The latter is to be un- 
derstood, not absolutely, but in a relative sense. Elihu does 
not assume, that man is faultless in the sight of God. 

VV. 17 foil. The ground-thought of the argument in these 
yerses, is happily given by Ewald (2'® Ausg. S. 331): Es soil 
also hier bewiesen werden, dass Gott eben als Gott, d. i. nach 
seinem inneren Wesen nicht ungerecht sein kOnne ; und der 
weitere Beweis dafiir geht eben von jenem zuletzt schon hin- 
geworfenen Grundgedanken aus. um dann allmahlig naher 
auf Ijob's Sache zuruckzukehren. Aus dem BegrifFe Gottes 
als hochsten letzten Herrschers folgt von selbst (vv. 17-20), 
dass er nicht ungerecht sein kann, weil die Herrschaft nur 
durch tiberall und stets gleiches Recht besteht, durch das 
Gegentheil sich auflost. 

Bear rule. Hirzel : " So, in the signification to rule, the verb 
U:an is understood by almost all the older interpreters, Jew- 
ish and Christian ; and among the moderns, by Schiirer, Ro- 
senmiiller, De "Wette, Gesenius (Lex. ttinn), [Ewald]. In 
support of this, may be adduced: 1) the natural connection 
between the signification to govern, to rule, and the ground- 
idea of the word, to hind ; 2) the analogy of the synonymous 
word ia5>, which also has the signification to rule in 1 Sam. 



9 : 17 ; 3) the LXX, in Is. 3 : 7, where they express iiiah by 

" On the contrary, Schultens, Schnurrer, Eichhoi'n, TJmbreit, 
Winer, translate: Will he, who hates right, restrain (bind) 
wrath ? (^i<!i = num iram? not num etiam ?) Elihu's proof, 
that God is not unjust, would then be this, yiz. : that he does 
not punish, even when he might with all justice do it ; namely, 
in the case of such criminal language as that of Job. But aside 
from the fact, that the connection t|5t laart does not else- 
where occur, there is against this view: 1) the position of 
the words, namely the separation of ttsiari'^ C]X, which belong 
together ; 2) the parallel passage 40 : 8, 9, where as here, two 
successive questions are introduced, one by fjxti and the other 
by dNI ; 3) the old VSS., which all take t]S as a conjunc- 
tion." 

V. 18. The objection to the Masoretic pointing (viz. that 
the construction would require 'nbXfi), is not valid; the Inf. 
constr. being used as in § 132, Rem. 1? 2) and 3). So the 
Chald. ^a'^ab liDSIi. Schlottmann : Darf man zum Konige 
sagen: Bosewicht? Jarchi : -jbals laxb 11X^1 )^yr^ i31 "ist 
es wohl anstehend und geziemend zu einem Konige zu sagen ". 
Dabei ist es keineswegs nOthig, die Vocale zu andern und 
"laxtn zu lesen ; vgl. Ps. 40 : 6, "^ibN -j1i> '■px =■ non licet com- 
parare tibi. 

There is, therefore, no such necessity as has been asserted,* 
for a different punctuation ; e. g. the purely conjectural 
"laxii, or the reading (^akfj) of the Sept. aae^^g 6 Xkycov 

* J. D. Michaelis (in loc.) : Den, der zum Konige sagt. 
Der . . . sagt: Ich bin in diesem Worte yon den Puncten 
abgegangen, die in der That gar keinen Sinn geben. Ewald : 
v. 18, zu lesen laxn. E[irzel: Die gew. Lesart, wornach zu 
iibersetzen; darf man sprechen, . . . mtisste wenigstens ^axfi 
punctirt werden anstatt 'nbxri, da nur der Inf. abs. so gesetzt 
sein kann ; vgl. zu 40 : 2. Olshausen, on the contrary (ibidem) : 
Die Texteslesart soil wahrscheinlich im Anschlusse an y. 18, 
als vorwurfsvolle Frage verstanden werden; einem Konige 
sagen: Nichtswiirdiger ? (darf man sich das herausnehmen?) 
In diesem Sinne ist der sog. Inf. constr. durchau» nicht am 
unrechten Orte. 



118 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXIV. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

19 How much less to 1dm that 
accepteth not the persons of" 
princes, nor regardeth the rich 
more than the poor ? for they 
all are the work of his hands. 

20 In a moment shall they 
die, and the people shall be 
troubled at midnight, and pass 
away : and the mighty shall be 
taken away without hand. 

21 For his eyes are upon the 
ways of man, and he seeth all 
his goings. 

22 There is no darkness, nor 
shadow of death, where the work- 
ers of iniquity may hide them- 
selves. 

23 For he will not lay upon 
man more than right; that he 
should enter into judgment with 
God. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

■ T r* : T T t «v 

AT •• : • - I - • J : 

IT \ JT T J" -: |- • 

Mb-iV wai i wi 

T : jr V -: I- -. t - <r 



K •■ :- - T !• 

p.- : • ;t t ; t : 

'v IT •• -: J t V JT • : 

A J' T - J <• 

IT ; * - " V w 



19 



21 



22 



23 



REVISED VERSION. 

to him who regards not the 19 

persons of princes, 
nor knows the rich more than 

the poor? 
for they are all the work of 

his hands. 
In a moment they die ; 20 
at midnight, the people are 

smitten and pass away, 
and the mighty is removed 

without hand. 
For his eyes are on each one's 21 

ways, 

and he sees all his steps. 
There is no darkness, and no 22 

death-shade, 
where the workers of iniquity 

can hide themselves. 
For not again does He set his 23 

thoughts upon one, 
that he may go to Grod in 

judgment ; 



V. 20. the people quake ; or, the people reel 



fiaaiXeZ, Vulg. qui dicit regi, and a single MS. (prima manu) 
of De Rossi. To the latter, Schulteiis has well objected: at 
prffidurum, etiainsi de mutata lectione, vel de quod in 

■Tiaxa a Piscat. intortum, sileatur, ut Deus inducatur Reges 
et Principes tali convicio feriens ; quum contrarium potius 
series suggerat, Regi, ut Undo Dei, et Principihus, non esse 
obtrectandum, aut convicium faciendum. 

V. 19. IpX, him who, including the aatecedent and relative 
(§ 123, 2) ; the former taking the grammatical relation of the 
two nouns which it follows in the same construction. The 
preposition would properly be repeated; but for this there 
is the less necessity, as the relation has just been twice ex- 
pressed. Schlottmann : Der die Person der Filrsten nichl 
ansieht. Mit prachtvoller Ruhe kniipft das ^-iif); einfach 
schildernd an die Hauptperson an, von welcher im Vorher- 
gehenden die Rede war. 

The ellipsis of 13 t]X, which some have assumed here,* is 
contrary to the nature of the ellipsis, as a law of thought and 
speech. (Hermann de Ellipsi, p. 697.) 

V. 20. *iO>5, the Passive of Piel (the only example of the 
verb in this form), where the primary, physical signification 

* Mcrccrus : Hie subaudiendum is tjX, quanta minus talia 
dicenda sunt nb, scilicet Domino Regi regum. Rosenmiiller : 
Ad hunc versum ut subandiatur 13 quanta minus, poscit 
res ipsa et orationis series. 



seems to be retained (§ 52, 2, Rem.). The secondary senses, 
found in other foi-ms of the verb, would also be pertinent here; 
viz. to he agitated, to he made to quake, with the midnight 
alarm of invasion ; or, to he made to totter, to reel, as from the 
effect of a violent blow. But the use of the Piel jiassive is in 
favor of the primary sense. 

Third member. Lit. they remove the mighty; 2>d pers. plur. 
impersonally for the passive (§ 137, 3, note.) Hirzel : 
ohne bestimmtes Subj. : man entfernt ihn = er wird entfernt. 

V. 23. S'lto'^ with ab implied (Gesenius, Lex. 4, c), as in 
4 : 20, 23 : 6, and in the sense of the corresponding phrase 
in 7 : 17. Gesenius, Thes. III. p. 1325 : non diu attendit ad 
hominem. Hirzel : Subj. ziim Inf. 'r^tih ist la^X : dass der- 
selbige, der Mensch, gehe vor Gott ins Gericht; b giebt den 
Zweck des b^ d'^iU an. Heiligstedt: Nam nan ad virum 
(hominem) attendit iterum, ut eat ad Deum in judicium; i. e. 
nam non necesse est Deum homines diu observare, ut eos reos 
et ad judicium vocandos esse cognoscat. 

God, from whose eye there is no concealment (vv. 21, 22), 
needs not to repeat the scrutiny, by which the guilty is de- 
tected and made to come before him in judgment. Ewald's 
remark on the next verse applies equally well here : bei ihm 
Untersuchung und Gericht zusammenfiillt, ohne dass es bei 
ihm erst einer weitlaufigen und zweifelhaften Vorfrage wegen 
Schuld Oder Unschuld eines Verdachtigen bediirfte, wie bei 
menschlichen Richtern.. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXIV. 



119 



KING JAMEs' VERSION. 

24 He shall break in pieces 
mighty men without number, 
and set otliers in their stead. 

25 Therefore he kuoweth their 
worlcs, and he overturneth them 
in the night, so that they are 
destroyed. 

26 He striketli them as wick- 
ed men in the open sight of 
others ; 

27 Because they turned back 
from him, and would not con- 
sider any of his ways : 



V. 25. Because he beholds 



V. 24. as in 12 : 24 (Gesenius, Lex. 4). Ewald : er zer- 
schmettert die Gewaliigen ohne Frage. 

V. 25. Some regard -jd^ as = 'laji; )J3 (as in Is. 2G : 14; 
Gesenius Lex. a). E. g. Rosenmiiller: propterea quod cognos- 
cit facta eorum ; Umbreit : -^db fur '-iffiX -(rb deshalb weil, wie 
Is. 26 : 14; De Wette (2d ed.) : dieweil er ihre Handlungen 
kennel (but 3d ed., darum kennet er). This verse would then 
assign the reason why no investigation is made ; it is because 
he heliolds their works, and needs no after inquiry. 

Hirzel also recognizes this use of 'jsb: ebenso steht 
auch Jes. 26 : 14, und auf dieselbe Weise ist p "b'J ^'S 1 Mos. 
18 : 5, Richt. 6 : 22, zu erklaren. But its ordinary illative 
use is also conceivable here ; of which the best expression is 
given by Hirzel: ^'■therefore (namely because, in order to 
punish the mighty, he needs no C'lb, no 'ij^n), knows 

he their deeds ; i. e. he is therefore the All-seeing. Here also 
isb is inferential. But what is here represented as a conse- 
quence, is properly the ground ; that being conceived as the 
ground, which is properly the consequence, as in common life 
we often find such, an interchange in these logical relations." 
So Schlottmann: Also er kennt Hire Werke. Zu dem •jab 
bemerkt Seb. Schmidt richtig: Servit recajntulationibus ante- 
cedentium, quando hsec in sumn^m coUiguntur et concludun- 
tur. Andere nehmen mit Jarchi 'ph als Causalpartikel, an- 
geblich = ^'ijx "(Sb, was aber hier wie an anderen ahnlichen 
Stellen ganz willkiirlich ist, und wobei man unschOner Weise 
mit Jarchi das erste Versglied vom zweiten trennen muss, da 
letzteres ("er stiirzt sie iiber Nacht" u. s. w.) nicht als wei- 
terer Grund von V. 23 angefiihrt werden kann, sondern mit 
diesem vielmehr parallel ist. — Less happily, Ewald: darum 
eben, weil er alles weiss, kennt er auch, was vorztiglich ent- 
scheidend ist, der Machtigen Thaten ; and Heiligstedt : prop- 
ierea, propter banc ipsam causam, quod omnia scit, novit 
opera eorum. 

V. 26. S^s-'an nnin; in the place of the wicked, — namely, 
as such ; occupying (in his view), the place of wicked men = 
as being wicked. 



REVISED VERSION. 

24 he breaks the mighty, without 24 

inquisition, 
and set up others in their stead. 
s^=> He therefore knows their 25 

works ; 

and in a night he overturns, 
and they are destroyed. 

26 As the wicked does he smite 26 

them, 

in the place where men look on. 

27 Because they turned from after 27 

him, 

and regarded none of his ways ; 



V. 27. "Who therefore turned 



Such is the simplest conception of this bold, but not un- 
natural, use of tiriFi.* This is also the best expression in 
English (see Expl. Notes), of Ewald's view: An Frevler 
statt (nrtFi statt ihrer, als waren sie eben solche ; vgl. v. 18). 

Gesenius (Lex. 2, b, /S) : pro pleniore n'^i*!*:'] trriiri miin, eo 
quod impii sunt. But nntn, in Deut. 21 : 14, does not 

mean for the reason that = because. The phrase is equiva- 
lent in sense (though different in form) to the English ex- 
pression after having humbled her (following, and coming in 
place of it). In 2 K. 22 : 17, the connection is different, and 
the sense is : in return (i. e. in requital} for. Moreover, mnti 
with the Inf. (Is. 60 : 15), is rather: in pilace of being = in- 
stead, of being. 

Schlottmann : Mit den Ruchlosen, worth unter den Ruch- 
losen ; ntiin wie Jes. 10 : 4. Andere nehmen es = loco : fiir 
Gottlose = quasi impius (Vulg.). Aber dies ist weniger leicht; 
und es giebt auch einen viel nachdrucklicheren Sinn, wenn ge- 
sagt wird, dass die machtigen Frevler, von denen vorher die 
Rede war, unter der ganzen Masse der Ruchlosen mit ver- 
nichtet werden. — Mit Schnurrer nehmen mehrere auch d^Siai 
als Plural von S-'anf /t*'" die Frcvel, was sowohl sprachlich 
nicht begi'iindet, als auch unserm Gefuhl nach matt ist. 

V. 27. )3 'nt3i< = 'i5 ■'3 in Gen. 38 : 26, Jud. 6 : 22, 
as it is understood here by Gesenius, Thes. II. p. 682: eadera 
significatione reperitur -|3 b'J "iBS Job. XXXIV. 27 ; LXX, art 
Syr. 5 So also Rosenmiiller : vropterea quod ; Umbreif 

and Halm : darum wie.X 

* Heiligstedt (in another sense of the phrase) : suh inipro- 
bis, i. e. in loco improborum (in loco, quo improbi supplicii^ 
affici Solent). Cf. v. 24 ; 40 : 12 ; Ex. 16 : 29 ; Jos. 5 : 8. 

t Gesenius, Thes. and Lex. Art. Sian : "Plur. W^St"! improb* 
facta,, Job. 34 : 26." Aber kommt iiberall in persdn- 

licher Bedeutung, als Plur. von SBI^, nirgends als Plur. vo? 
SJ^a^i vor (Hirzel). 

X In favor of this view is the near relation of 13 and lu5t<. 
Schlottmann objects to it : dass dadurch der schune Zusam- 



HEBREW TEXT. 

(■/ I J* • - - J T 

idFinn dinnx ^■a'J^^ 

IT : - J' " -; v: 1 — 

A7 •■ IT : - • -I I •• T 

iT-«: t;- } - it I 
't T : J* T ; - I- 

! d''s'-i di'i^pa 

AT ~: I- •• jT '.^ - jv 

I- ; • J T T : T ; 



120 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXIV. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

28 So that they cause the cry 
of the poor to come unto him, 
and he heareth the cry of the 
afflicted. 

29 When he giveth quietness, 
who then can make trouble ? and 
when he hideth his face, who 
then can behold him ? whether 
it he done against a nation, or 
against a man only : 

30 That the hypocrite reign 
not, lest the people be ensnared. 

31 Surely it is meet to be said 
unto Grod, I have borne chastise- 
ment, I will not offend any more : 



HEBREW TEXT. 

1 S'^aiii'i d'^^^DS njjss^ 

A? I J" ■ ri, J" : - : 



Clin bnx T\^iyQ^ 

IT ■■ t • 



V. 28. that they might bring 



But "jS may be taken here in its usual signification, 
therefore, and TiZitj; as the proper relative : luho therefore turn 
mvay S(c. ... v. 28, to bring S^-c. ; a frequent form of con- 
ception in Hebrew. This is best explained by Ewald : welche, 
wenn man ihr Geschick von diesem Ende aus [their humilia- 
tion and punishment] betrachtet, nur deswegen von Gott ab- 
gewichen und in TJngerechtigkeit gesunken scheinen, um desto 
gewisser die Klage der ungereclit gequalten vor Gottes Thron 
zu bringen (v. 27 f.). Hirzel: •js denn darum; 'j3 
geht auf das Folgende, wie 20 : 2, und wird in i<"i2n^ v. 28 
vrieder aufgenommen : darum, um gelangen zu machen. 

Second member ; n]: — 'hs = nulla, § 152, 1, 2d TJ. 

V. 29. aipllin ; the causative form of the signification found 
in 3 : 13, 26, is the appropriate sense here, viz. to give rest or 
peace, to make secure, from outward evils. Some take it here 
in the intransitive sense (corresponding to the use of this 
verbal idea in Ps. 83 : 2). E. g. Heiligstedt: et is (sc. Deus) 
quietum se tenet, omnem curam et opem denegat (so. principi- 
bus et populis, ita ut a Deo deserti intereant), et quis eum 
condemnabit, injustitiaa arguit? But this overlooks the em- 
phatic i<!in ; and, moreover, is not so pertinent in this connec- 
tion, where God is represented as the active avenger of the 
wronged. 

More appropriate is this sense of the word, as explained by 
Schlottmann : Das Stillesein Gottes (parallel mit dem Ver- 
bergen des Angesichts) ist, wie so oft in den Psalmen, seine 
scheinbare Unthatigkeit bei dem TJngluck des Frommen und 



menhang von vv. 27 und 28 zerrissen, und v. 28 auf unertrSg- 
liche Weise isolirt wiirde. But this is not correct. The rela- 
tion is well expressed by Hahn: der Inf. mit h fiihrt die 
untergeordnete nahere Erklarung des Hauptsatzes von v. 27 
sin ; hringend vor ihn das Geschrei, &c. He refers to Ewald 
§ 280, d, where this us? of the luf with is happily stated. 



REVISED VERSION. 

28 to bring up to him the cry of 28 

the weak, 
and that he may hear the cry 
of the afflicted. 

29 For he gives rest, and who 29 

shall condemn ! 
he hides the face, and who 

shall behold it ! 
toward a nation, and toward a 

man, alike ; 
^ from the ruling of corruptmen, 30 
from snares of the people. 

31 Surely, to God it should be 31 
said : 

I have borne it ; I will not be 
perverse. 



V. 29. shall disturb 



dem Uebermuth des Frevlers. This is so far well ; though it 
might be objected, that by usage this intransitive sense of 
Hij)h. expresses only a state of rest and security from out 
ward disturbing force, — not abstinence from the use of it 
towards others. But he fails altogether of showing a connec- 
tion with T. 30, which he translates : Dass nicht die gottlosen 
Leute herrschen ; and remarks on it : In inhaltsschwerer 
Ktirze ist hier das Ziel des gOttlichen Schweigens bezeichnet. 
Die gottlosen Gewalthaber werden am Ende um so tiefer ere- 
stiirzt, je mehr sie eine Zeit lang Raum zu haben scheinen. 
This is sufficiently inconsequent, even under the favorable 
form given it in the version (dass nicht &c.) ; but it is quite 
impossible in the Hebrew form of the conception ()'q), which 
requires before it the idea of restraint, hindrance, or the 
like, such as would be implied in the transitive sense of 
-jipi^jn. 

It would require pages to present and examine the different 
views which have been given, of the construction and the 
connection of thought in these verses ; and all would probably 
be less satisfactory than a simple reference to the direct and 
literal version of the words given in the text. It will be at 
once seen, that the thoughts thus expressed bear directly on 
the subject of discussion, and on the case of Job himself. If 
it is God's pleasure to give a nation or an individual rest and 
security, whose condemnation will then avail (in allusion, 
probably, to Job's repeated complaints that he was condemned 
by men, on the ground of God's treatment of him) ; and if he 
chooses to withhold his aid, who then shall move him from 
from his purpose ? What will complaints then avail ? 

V. 30 connects well with both members of v. 29 ; since the 
expression "hides the face," in the second, implies a disregard 
both of the sufferer and his wrongs. 

V. 31. Schlottmann: 'naxii = 1a!S;l^, mit Verkiirzung des 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXIV. 



121 



KING JAMES' VERSION. 

32 That which I see not, teach 
thou me : if I have done iniquity, 
I will do no more. 

33 Should it be according to 
thy mind ? he will recompense 
it, whether thou refuse, or wheth- 
er thou choose; and not I: there- 
fore speak what thou knowest. 

34 Let men of understanding 
tell me, and let a wise man hear- 
ken unto me. 

35 Job hath spoken without 
knowledge, and his words were 
without wisdom. 

36 My desire is that Job may 
be tried unto the end, because 
of his answers for wicked men. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

ij'ih nnx nTnx i^^-ba 

I I- J ■ : - T n 

T : - T I* 



I" - T : r-r 



K : J T "I J" : - 

•lb 5!^-i!3 Qbh 



f ~ r' T T 

tr- i -J- : -i 

-AT - -i * ' J" T • * T 



32 



33 



3i 



nb 



3C 



V. 32. Kiirn 'nn N"5a 



REVISED VERSION. 

Beyond what I see do thou 32 

teach me ; 
if I have done evil, I will do 

it no more. 
Shall he according to thy mind 33 

requite it, 
that thou dost refuse, — 
that thou thyself wilt choose 

and not I ? 
then whatthou knowestspeak. 
Men of understanding will 34 

say to me, 
even the wise man who listens 

to me 

Job speaks v/ithout know- 35 
ledge, 

and his words are without 
wisdom. 

My desire is, that Job may be 36 

tried to the end, 
for answers in the manner of 

evil men. 



V. 36. I would that 



Zere untev ti wegeii des Dagesch occullum in In der 
Form liegt also gar keine Schwierigkeit. Der Injin. ahsol. 
steht als Bezeichnung dessen was geschehen soli. 

To the construction, nam num quis Deo dicit (num cui licet 
Deo dicere), ''pertuli (poenas lui), non prave ago (licet non 
prave agam)," it is well objected by Hirzel: Man iibersehe 
nicht, dass sttoS der Gegenwart, ban hingegen der Zukunft 
angehOrt ; daher die Erklarung von Umbreit, Ewald, u. A., ich 
biisse, und Kobe nichts vcrschuldet (wobei zu TiNlua ergiinzt 
wird unrichtig, weil es heissen mtisste, "ipibnn xbl (vgl. 
imbya, T. 32). 

His own expression of the interrogative form is more 
happy. Dcnn hat er etwa zu GolL gesprochen : " ich trage und 
werde nicht abwerfen; (v. 32) loas ich nicht sehe, das lehre 
du mich ! wenn ich unrccht gcthan, ivilL ich^s nicht wieder 
thun 1 " (das gemeinsame zu inxii33 und bsnx zu erganzende 
Object ist bi) das Joch, vgl. Klagl. 3 : 27, bs> Ntos ; und Jes. 
10 : 27, bi) ban) ; d. h. haben die gottlosen Fiirsten jemals in 
Demuth sich Gott unterworfen, Reue gezeigt, und Willen sich 
zu bessern ? Niemals ! But there is no proof of the assumed 
ellipsis ; and the thought thus expressed is feeble, compared 
with the construction first given. 

/ have home it (the neut. pron. implied as object of the 
verb, § 121, Rem. 2.), viz. whatever has been appointed me. 
This suggests itself, in the connection, independently of the 
use elsewhere of "ji^ (or the like) with ttius. Gesenius (Lex. 
Nias, 4, d, and '>2ri, 3) : I have borne (chastisement) ; / will 
(no more) do corruptly. 

16 



V. 32. i-is-ba, with the relative implied, § IIC, 3. 
-•-It • ' 

V. 33, can be regarded only as Elihu's expostulation with 
Job, for his murmurs against the method which God had 
chosen in the correction of his faults. Hence, that (not for, 
or because), is the sense of most appropriate to the 
passage. 

The abrupt and bold personation of the Deity, in the first 
person ("and not I "), is not unnatural in one who is speak- 
ing on behalf of God, and representing his just prerogatives 
and claims. Ewald : hier, bei der Auseinandersetzung dieser 
hOchsten Thorheit, wird Elihu so von gottlicher Begeisterung 
ergriffen, dass er sogar Ich setzt fur Gott (v. 33 b), als redete 
Gott selbst. 

V. 3G. My desire is (Margin, I would that) expresses the 
sense, whether we assume a nominal form nax (Gesenius, 
Thes. I. p. 8) occurring only here, or regard inx as an optative 
particle.* 

Schlottmann: O dass Hiob gcprilft werde immerfort ; 
wiirtl. mein Wunsch ist, dass Hiob u. s. w. ; ins< von nax der 
Wunsch. So schon der Targum (itjia^), Kimchi, Gersonides. 
The Vulg. Pater mi is with some justice objected to by Um- 



* Ewald {in loc.) : selten ist i2X (v. 36), welches nur einen 
Wunsch sehr stark ausdriicken kann ; and Gram. § 358, a. 
note: so findet sich 2 KOn. 5 : 13 gewiss durch Einfluss einer 
Volksmundart lax (wie die Masora punctirt) fiir 13b == -^ib 
( Wenn etioas Grosses der Prophet dir bcfohlcn hdtte, wiirdest 
du es thun. urn wievielmehr dies Kleine!) und daher dient es 
fur den Wunsch Ijob 34 : 36, wie >ib § 329, b. 



122 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXV. 



KING JAMES' VERSION. 

37 For he addeth rebellion 
unto his sin, he clappeth his hands 
among us, and multiplieth his 
words against Grod. 



CHAP. XXXV. 

Elihu spake moreover, and 
said, 

2 Thinkest thou this to be 
right, that thou saidst, My righte- 
ousness is more than God's? 

3 For thou saidst. What ad- 
vantage vrill it be unto thee? 
and, What profit shall I have if 
I be cleansed from my sin ? 

4 I will answer thee, and thy 
companions with thee, 

5 Look unto the heavens, and 
see ; and behold the clouds which 
are higher than thou. 

6 It' thou sin nest, what doest 
thou against him? or if thy 
transgressions be multipliedjwhat 
doest thou unto him? 

7 If thou be righteous, what 
givest thou him ? or what re- 
ceiveth he of thine hand? 

8 Thy wickedness may hurt a 
man as thou art ; and thy righte- 
ousness may profit the son of 
man. 

9 By reason of the multitude 
of oppressions they make the op- 
frcssed to cry : they cry out by 
reason of the arm of the mighty. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

JSCS ini<-jn-l=3 tiio'^" i3 37 

I A ; • J" - 

I" «■ JT T V (.7 : 

CHAP. XXXV. 

iNT : • : T : J- T -:i 

,.. .. 'j- ; . T : - r 

IK- Jl : I- •-:v 

A" : 'J- T J" - 
T nv • / : IT ' ■ T : / : 

* r ; • - T T T> 

'it • ^ J :iT • - I 

^ipisif Dipiitt3:y iii72 9 
! Qia'i i'i^-Ta ijiio^ 

V. 1. Kirribx K'a:! 



REVISED VERSION. 

For he adds rebellion to his 3'; 
sin ; 

in the midst of us he mocks, 
and multiplies his words 
against God. 

CHAP. XXXV. 

And Elihu answered, and 1 
said : 

This dost thou regard as 2 

right,— 
my righteousness, thou saidst, 

is more than God's ? 
For thou say est : What will 3 

it profit thee ; 
what shall I gain more than 

by my sin ? 
I will make answer to thee, 4 
and to thy friends, with thee. 

Look to the heavens, and see; 5 
and survey the skies, that are 

high above thee. 
If thou hast sinned, what dost c 

thou against him ? 
and are thy offenses many, 

what dost thou unto him? 
If thou art righteous, what 7 

givest thou to him? 
or what will he take from thy 

hand? 

For a man, like thyself, is thy 8 
wrong, 

and for a son of man, thy 

righteousness. 
For the multitude of op- 9 

pressions they cry out ; 
they cry for help, because of 

the arm of the mighty. 



breit as, in this connection, zu pathetisch ; and by Hahn, als 
eine sehr ubertriebene, durch den Zusammenhang gar nicht 
irgend gerechtfertigte Affectation. 

Ch. XXXV. V. 1. Answered 8(c. ; marking another division 
of his reply. 

V. 2, The construction is correctly given by Ewald : 

du habest noch mehr Recht als Gott. Others: Sprechend, 
Ich bin gerecht vor Gott (Schlottmann) ; dicis justilia mea 
est preB Deo, cogitans te Deo judice innocentem esse (Heilig- 
Btedt). But this sense of 'p2 (denoting "the author or agent, 



from or by whom any thing proceeds or is done "), is plainly 
inadmissible here ; for the complaint here rebuked is, that his 
rectitude vras not acknowledged on the part of God. 

V. 3. ilnNari"5, with the same construction of "j?; as in 
33 : 25. Heiligstedt : Quid magis projicio quam peccato meo, 
i. e. quanto plus utilitatis capio, si probus fuerim, quam si 
peccaverimi Ewald: was denn gewinn' ich mehr als wenn 
ich fehlte? 

V. 9. Ewald : Vor einer Menge von Unrecht man klagt. 
Hirzel: b''pnj32} Bedruckung, als Abstr. mit der Pluralform, 
auch A«ios 3 : 9. Schlottmann : Ob der vielon Bedruckungen 
schreit man. — D'^S'i, as in Gesenius' Lex. 2. a. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXV. 



123 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

10 But none saith, Where is 
God my maker, who giveth songs 
in the night ; 

11 Who teacheth us more 
than the beasts of the earth, and 
maketh us wiser than the fowls 
of heaven? 

12 There they cry, but none 
giveth answer, because of the 
pride of evil men. 

13 Surely God will not hear 
vanity, neither will the Almighty 
regard it. 

14 Although thou sayest thou 
shalt not see him, yet judgment 
is before him ; therefore trust 
thou in him. 

15 But now, because it is not 
so, he hath visited in his anger ; 
yet he knoweth it not in great 
extremity : 



HEBREW TEXT. 

litis) frtihii n^5< ^^Dj^-x^i ^ 

T :iT - J • ; ' v 

ni?2naa wab-o ll 

(- : - : • J- T - I I 



I- T ' J : ■■ : ■ 



A? : -I - K !• I JT 

1 I : T T : ' i' 



A - 'j- T I • -V • T - : 



la 



REVISED VERSION. 

But they say not : Where is 10 

God my Maker, 
who giveth songs in the night ! 
who has taught us more than il 

the beasts of the earth, 
and made us wiser than the 

birds of heaven. 
There cry they and he answers 12 

not, 

because of the pride of evil 
men. 

Surely, vanity will God not 13 
hear, 

nor v^ill the Almighty regard 
it. 

Much less when thou sayest : 14 

Thou regardest him not ! 
the cause is before him ; and 

wait thou for him. 
But now, because his anger ]5 

visits not, 
nor does he strictly mark the 

oftense ; 



V. 14. thou beholdest him not 



V. 15. the folly ; or, the pride 



V. 11. Hirzel : !i5B^^ fur !li3i;K5a, wie ^inm 2 Sam. 22 : 40, 
wofur Ps. 18 : 40, '^i^tXS^I . " 

V. 12. Schlottmann, correctly : Z>ort schrci'n sie unci Er 
trhort nielli — wegen des Hochmuths der Bosen. Das tatJ 
weis't auf die Bedrangten, von welchen so eben V. 9 die Rede 
war, gleichsam mit dem Finger Iiin. 

V. 13. Das sufF. n5_ bezieht sich nicht auf die grammat. 
Form von KIO, sondern auf die damit bezeichnete Sache, auf 
das Schreien ; ist also als Neutr. aufzufassen (Hirzel). 

V. 14. Ewald: Wie sagst du nun: "du nimmst drauf keine 
Riicksicht; der Streit ist vor dir — doch du wartest drauf. 
Against this construction, is the change in the gender of the 
first, and in the person of the second suff., and in the pers. 
of the verb. He admits: Das SulBx der dritten Person in 
V. 14 wechselt etwas zu schnell abspringend von der 
geraden Anfuhrung mit dem der zweiten, und ist vielleicht in 
y zu verbessern, oder besser bbinrv';'] (vgl. W. 37 : 7) zu lesen, 
da b^Jin in dieser Bedeutuug nicht welter vorkommt. 

Ileiligstedt : ibiri h. 1. exspectare, pro quo alias in Jobi libro 
^jni (14:14; 29': 21, 23 ; 30 : 26), et ^inin (32:11), positum 
est. This is not more strange than other acknowledged pecu- 
liarities of these chapters. 

tlirzol : iisniiifln l<b (indir. Ptede wie V. 3), dass du ihn (Gott) 
nicht schauen konnesi, d. h. nach Anm. zu 34 : 29, dass er sich 
deiner nicht annehme, dir iiberall absichtlich sich entziehe ; 
vgl. Hiob's Aeusserungen 19 : 7, 23 : 8 foL, 30 : 20. So Heilig- 
stedt: Quanto minus (Deus querelas tuas audit) si dicis te 
eum non spectare (te favore ejus carere). This is allowable ; 



but the indirect form is less spirited and less likely to be used 
here, than the direct quotation. The reference of the pronoun 
(Jiim) is readily supplied by the connection. 

V. 15. Schlottmann: wOrtl. da es nichts ist, was sein Zorn 
heimsuchte. iSK 1^3 ist abgekiirzter Eelativsatz. Dass "jix 
jemals geradezu fur ii? stehe, wird durch keine der dafur 
angcfuhrlen Stellen (vgl. 2 Sam. 17 : 6 ; Ps. 135 : 17) bewiesen. 
Ewald : 'px steht auftallend allein und vor dem Verbum, ist 
aber eben deshalb wohl so zu nelimen, dass es mit dem pf. 
zusammen unser nocA Mi'c/ii ausdruckt; eigentlich: es ist nieht 
dass er untersucht hat, da sonst auch wohl die einfachste Ver- 
neinung fiir diesen Begriff hinreicht. 

Ileiligstedt : Et nunc, quia non est aliquid, quod punit ira 
ejus (i. e. quoniam Deus iratus Jobum querelas impias funden- 
tem non statim punit), nec novit (curat) stultiliam (scelus, 
i.e. Jobi serniones scelestos) valde; Johus vane aperit os suutn. 

Second member; = Siajj, Gesenius Thes. and Lex. 
Ewald: zu iBS vgl. und ^j^JuuS, wenu nicht nach LXX 
SffiS Missethat zu lesen ist. Hirzel: das nur hicr vorkom- 
mende 'O'S, wofiir LXX u. Vulg. S)u3s tibersetzt und vielleicht 
auch gelesen haben, wiewohl in den MSS. diese Lesart nicht 
vorkommt (adoptirt hat sie Houbigant). lasst verschiedene 
Erklarungcn zu; am passendsten nach Cocceius, Thorh-cit, 
Albernheit, was s. v. a. Frevel, von IZios, nach dem arab. 

y^Lfij^i debilis mente fait, fatuus ; vgl. auch ^JM,XJMS und 
fjuXkjM>i fatuus ; oder nach Winer und fruher Gesenius, 



124 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CliAP. XXXVI. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

16 Therefore doth Job open 
his mouth in vaia ; he multi- 
plieth words without knowledge. 



CHAP. XXXVI. 

Elihu also proceeded and said, 

2 Suffer me a little, and I will 
shew thee that / have yet to 
speak on God's behalf. 

3 I will fetch my knowledge 
from afar, and will ascribe righte- 
ousness to my Maker. 

4 For truly my words shall 
not be false : he that is perfect 
in knowledge is with thee. 

5 Behold, God is mighty, and 
despiseth not any : he is mighty 
in strength a?id wisdom. 

6 He preserveth not the life 
of the wicked : but giveth right 
to the poor. 

7 He withdraweth not his 
eyes from the righteous: but 
with kings are they on the throne ; 
yea, he doth establish them for 
ever, and they are exalted. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

iin-ie-nasi ban ai*xi 



CHAP. XXXVI. 

:b"'^a mbxb ^1si-''3 

I- • - J -.-.v: \ 
* ATI-: • "K jT •-• 



: rc&'S nis'n QiaFi 



£3X521 jibl ^133 bit-in 
n'S 1133 



nini-Kb 

AT T /7 - : 1 



IG 



N&3b bisbTs-nis;'] 
iiin35'»i n^jiiH D3itt5ii 



REVISED VERSION. 

therefore. Job fills his mouth lo 

with vanity, 
he multiplies words without 

knowledge. 

CHAP. XXXVI. 

And Elihu added, and said : i 

Wait for me a little, that I 2 

may show thee ; 
for there are yet words for 

God. 

I will bring my knowledge 3 

from afar ; 
and will render justice to my 

Maker. 

For verily, my words are not 4 
falsehood ; 

one perfect in knowledge is 
before thee. 
Lo, God is mighty, but he 5 
contemns not ; 

mighty in strength of under- 
standing. 

He will not prosper the wick- 6 
ed ; 

and the right of the suffering 

he will grant. 
His eyes he withholds not 7 

from the righteous ; 
and with kings on the throne, 
he makes them sit forever, and 

they are exalted. 



Uebermuth, welches ebenfalls ein WechselbegrifF von Frevel 
ist, vom hebr. aiQ. Die Rabbinen erklaren es Menge, von 
liilQ, im Chald. sick vermehren ; darnach De Wette, er merlcet 
nicht auf (der Siinden) grosse Menge — aber die Ellipse dieses 
Genit. ist zu hart ; und Umbreit, er trdgt nicht Sorge fur die 
grosse Menge (den grossen Haufen) — in den Zusammenhang 
nicht passend, da das Thema der Rede die Nichtbeachtung 
und daher die Gefahrlosigkeit des Frevels ist. 

This verse, as rendered in the common version, has no 
meaning ; and jet the sense was given with exactness by the 
Genevan, though not in the happiest form of expression: "But 
nowe because his anger hath not visited, nor called to count 
[the evill] with great extremitie." 

V. 16. 1 (with an inferential clause) = then, so then ; Ge- 
senius. Lex. 4. 

Ch. XXXVI. v. 2. Ewald : Wart' mir ein wenig, dass ich 
dich belehre ; denn noch hab' ich von Gott zu reden. Hirzel 
and Heiligstedt : expecta mihi paulisper (paululum temporis 



ad meditandum mihi concede) ut te doceam, nam adhuc Deo 
sunt verbo (nam adhuc sunt, quae ad Deum defendendum afferre 
possum). The meaning is rather : wait for me, while I utter 
what 1 have yet to say. Umbreit's explanation is more 
correct: erlaube mir nur noch einige Worte, um dich zu 
liberzeugen. 

V. 3. § 154, 2, Note. 

Second member. Gesenius (Thes. and Lex. p'li, 2) : Crea- 
tori meo tribuam jus ; i. e. jus suum vindicabo (Thes. 1, 
f: jus (justificationem) conciliabo Creatori meo). Ewald: und 
meinem Schopfer geben die Gebiihr. 

V. 5, second member. Gesenius, Lex. ib, 1, e: "ab Ks 
strength of understanding, Job 36 : 5 ; spoken of the infinite 
wisdom of God." Ewald : machtig an Kraft von Einsicht. 

V. 7, second and third members. Schlottmann: Das 
ivS^b disba ist mit grossem Nachdruck vorangestellt, und dann 
durch das oanai^l wieder aufgenommen, wie wir sagen : "da 
lasst cr sie sitzen." Vav consec. is here analogous to that 
which follows an abs. subst. (§ 129, 3d U, 6). 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP XXXVI. 



125 



REVISED VERSION. 

And when, bound with chains, 8 
they are held in the bonds of 

affliction ; 
then he shows to them their 9 

deed, 

and their transgressions, that 
they deal proudly ; 

and opens their ears to the lo 
instruction, 

and commands that they turn 
from iniquity. 

If they hear and obey, ii 

their days they shall spend in 
prosperity, 

and their years in pleasures. 

But if they hear not, by the 12 
dart they perish, 

and expire without know- 
ledge. 

So the impure in heart lay up 13 
wrath ; 

they cry not for help when he 

binds them. 
Their breath shall expire in U 

youth, 

and their life with the un- 
clean. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

8 And if they he bound in fet- 
ters, and be holden in cords of 
affliction ; 

9 Then he sheweth them their 
work, and their transgressions 
that they have exceeded. 

10 He openeth also their ear 
to discipline, and commandeth 
that they return from iniquity. 

11 If they obey and serve AwH, 
they shall spend their days in 
prosperity, and their years in 
pleasures. 

12 But if they obey not, they 
shall perish by the sword, and 
they shall die without know- 
ledge. 

13 But the hypocrites in heart 
heap up wrath : they cry not 
when he bindeth them, 

14 They die in youth, and 
their life is among the unclean. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

ATT: IT JVT J.*- — 

IT- : • J* '.* : • 

AT - T : TV VJ* - 

IT ' / : I' •/ - 

!i-ih5>'i ri^tt3a iii'safflt'^ i!<^"t)i<'! 

iM^n 1^53 iii'lS'^'i 

'at y t "1 : - : 

IT T -; J- : - : ' 

drsj ^i'sa nbn 

AT : - -J - J T 

; diU)"iS)3 dn^nn 

,...».- T T - : 



11 



12 



13 



11 



V. 9. and he shows 



V. 10. from iniquity ; 



V. 8. Ewald: Doch wenn mlt Ketten sie gefesselt 

gefangen werden in des Leidens Banden. 

V. 9. Tlien he shows Sj-c. ; Vav, with the apodosis. Ewald 
supposes the apodosis to begin with ii^s'i in v. 11. To this it 
is well objected (Hirzel): dass er aber schon hier beginne. 
ergiebt sich daraus, dass Elihu anzugeben hat, wie der v. 8 
gesetzte unbegreifliche Fall zu erklaren sei. 

V. 12, !|lb3)i n^ti? ; compare on 33 : 18. 

Second member. riS"! i^33 wilhout knowledge (in defectu 
8(c.), Gesenius, Lex. n^a, 4, Amer. ed. — By want of knowledge 
(Hirzel), though etymologically admissible, is without other 
support from usage. The whole expression is parallel with 
4: 21. 

V. 13. Hirzel: d^b, eine sonst nicht vorkommende 
Verbindung, scheint nach Analogic von 12533 m'sy Did Sor- 
gen hegen im Busen Vs. 13 : 3, iS'ipa fiO'ia n^ttj Trug hegen 
in seinem Inner en Spr. 26 : 24, erklart werden zu miissen ; 
also: Zorn hegen, durch das Ungliick aufgebracht werden 
wider Gott. Die am meisten verbreitete, von Ahen Ezra 
herruhrende Erklarung, sie haufen den Zorn (Gottes), wozu 
neuere Ausll. das &rjaav^i^Biv o^yrjv ROm. 2 : 5, vergleichen, 
eine Parallele, welche doch nur zum deutschen, nicht aber 



V. 11. if they hear 



zum hebr. Ausdrucke passt, ist sprachlich durchaus nicht 
gerechtfertigt. The last objection is not well founded; for 
the phrase, in this special sense, requires the complement 
tSBSS or ia'ipS. Schlottmann further objects : die erste Er 
klarung passt viel besser in den Zusammenhang ; but not if 
we understand by " wrath," that which may at any moment 
be visited upon them. 

The literal translation is preferable, therefore, as it will 
bear either interpretation. So Gesenius (Lex. dS|i!3, 3, k), lay 
up ivratli (reponere tanquam in thesauro), though he gives the 
former interpretation the preference. 

V. 14, nai ; the jussive form referring to the subjective 
feeling of the speaker. 

Second member. Ewald : ihr Lebeyi mitten unter den Un- 
keuschen; d^ttJIp sind xad-d^/uaTa, purgamenta, Auswiirflinge; 
3 unter., wie einer von ihrer Zahl, 34 : 366. — Among (a), i. e. 
with such ; either as one of their number, or as sharing the 
same fate with them, or as reckoned with them in desert. 
The point of comparison is not indicated. Umbreit : Eigent- 
lich, sie sterben unter Geschandeten (vgl. ch. 34 : 36) d. i. friih 
und auf eine schreckliche Weise ; so dass das zweite Hemi- 
stich eine Verstarkung des Sinnes des ersten enthSlt. So 



12G 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXVI. 



KING JAMES' VERSION. 

15 He delivereth the poor in 
his affliction, and openeth their 
ears in oppression. 

16 Even so would he have re- 
moved thee out of the strait into 
a broad place, where there is no 
straitness ; and that which should 
be set on thy table shovM be full 
of fatness. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

i"'3sn '^yj v^ni its 

A : T ; J* T I J" - : 
IT : T I -J- - V V : 

T AS : - ' J- I ^ 

' V IT *• JT I ; IT : ~j- 1 



REVISED VERSION. 

The sufferer he delivers in i£ 

his affliction, 
and in the distress he opens 

their ear. 
Thee too he lures from the 16 

jaws of the strait, 
to a broad place with no 

narrows beyond it; 
and thy table in peace, filled 

with fatness ! 



V. IG. and the provision of thy table, filled with fatness ! 



Ewald, Hirzel, Ileiligstedt. But I think, with Schlottmann, 
that the moral relation is the point of comparison in this 
member ; and that the example is chosen, to show the turpi- 
tude of all guilt in strongest contrast with the purity of the 
divine law. 

v. 15. The leading sentiment of vv. 8 fol. is here repeated, 
in order to make the application to Job in the following 
verses. This verse is commonly regarded as the close of the 
preceding paragraph. But this would require a special use of 
lys (viz. a meek and lowly sufferer, in distinction from such as 
continue proud and rebellious, v. 12), in which case the second 
member of the verse would not be pertinent; nor could the 
adversative particle, to indicate so marked a contrast, be dis- 
pensed with. The close connection of this with the following 
verse is also indicated by tiH"]. 

V. 16. The verb nia always has reference to the motive, in 
in the mind of another, by which one seeks to influence him, 
and incite him to anj"^ act.* It cannot, therefore, be translated 
simply remove (Rosenmiiller : ideo verbum hoc pro remover e 
sumitur) ; and hence the perfect cannot be translated as a 
promise of the future (ibidem ; § 125, 4) lie will lure, or he 
will move, for it expresses what God is doing, or aims to do, 
by Job's present afflictions. 

In the words and p^*l?3 the original image, on which 
their tropical use was founded, seems to have been before the 
writer's mind, and should be retained, therefore, in the trans- 
lation. The substitution of the metaphorical sense enfeebles 
the expression, and incongruously mingles imagery and meta- 
phor.f J. H. Michaelis (Annott. uberior.) : an") latitudo, 
evQvxcoQia xai eiiTto^ia, amplum quasi obambulandi spatium 
tibi erit, et magna animi nXrj^otpo^ia- . . . pjiiia iiii nec ulla 
unquam angustia, orevoxco^ia. 



* As well said (in reference to this passage) by Gussett, 
Lex. Hebr. p. 1057 : Deum intelligo aliquem educere ex ore 
miseriffi instinctu quodam, aut sapientias lumine cum fortitu- 
dine conjuncto, quo in animum ejus indito sese expedire sciat. 

t Gcsenius vacillates between the significations strait and 
enemy, Thes. and Lex. Wb: "Job. 36 : 16, et etiam te educet 
ex ore augustice;"r^^, 1 : "poet. Job. 36 : 16, "is iQa ex ore s. 
rictu hostis." 



Second member, iiinriri, in place of it ; i. e. coming in its 
place, or succeeding to it, and hence = beyond it. Schlott- 
mann : in die Weite, dahinter Jceine Enge ist. Such seems to 
me to be the conception of the writer.— Gesenius (Lex. 2): 
"a broad space, where'''' [prop, in whose place'] ''there is no 
straitness." Hirzel : n"irinn psia i<b Relativsatz, durch 
welchen der Begriff der Weite verstdrkt wird ; eig. ein weiter 
Raum, an dessen Stelle (d. i. wo) keine Beengung ist, wo man 
sich nach alien Seiten ganz frei bewegen kann. But though 
the emphatic tautology is admissible, there is an incongruity 
in the conception; and it may well be doubted whether a 
form would be chosen, which gives the fullest effect to it. — In 
place of it = coming after it, here implies a succession in 
space, as in Deut. 21 : 14 (see above, on 34 : 26) it does a 
succession in time. 

Third member; nri3, adverb, accus. as in Eccl. 4 : 6, a 
handful in quietness. So the Chald. XJiii'i xbr T\yT^'B n'^Saii, 
and in quietness, he fills thy table ivith fatness. Vulgate : 
reguies autem mensce tuce.* Ewald also, die Ruhe deines 
Tisches (though with a different construction of the sentence). 
Castalio: ita ut mensam habeas et quietam et adipe scatentem. 
Rosenmiiller : mensamque habebis quietam et adipe plenam.f 

Gesenius (after the later Jewish interpretation}): the 
letting down of (upon) thy table — what is let down upon it, 
what is placed thereon ; the furnishing of the table, the food 
with which it is supplied. § 

* In the same sense mns is taken by Saadias : and to the 

rest of thy table (Ewald und Dukes, Beitrage, S. 111). 

t But in his notes: nnj, a verbo n3'^ descendere, . . . de- 

missionem, descensum notat, et hoc speciatim loco, quicquid 
ciborum mensas imponitur, in eam quasi e ccelo divinitus de- 
mittitur. 

} What is let down (or, is placed) upon the table ; either 
its furniture (hence Buxtorf, Lex. R. nj'^ . et depositum mensee 
tuce Job 36 : 16, id est fercula, quae in mensam tuam deponun- 
tur, and r. nn3 , et demissum, depositum, i. e. ferculum ; Pag- 
nino, et mappam, vasaque mensce tuce replevit pinguedine) ; 
or the food placed on it (Seb. Schmidt : nobis est id cibi, quod 
super mensam ponitur ; q. d. Et quicquid cibi super mensam 
tuam tibi ponetur, erit pingue &c. 

§ Thes. II. p. 862 ; demissio (das Ruhenlassen, Niedersen- 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXVI. 



127 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

17 But thou hast fulfilled the 
judgment of the wicked : judg- 
ment and justice take hold 071 
thee. 

IS Because thcTe is wrath, he- 
v>a,re lest he take thee away with 
his stroke : then a great ransom 
cannot deliver thee. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

T {(• T IT T ' • i 

t : • JT ; • ' V* 



sniD-^-ia nan -13 



17 



18 



REVISEll VERSION. 

But if thou art filled with the 17 
judgment of the wicked, 

judgment and justice will lay- 
hold of thee. 

For beware, lest anger stir thee 18 
up against chastisement, 

and a great ransom shall not 
deliver thee. 



V. 17. 



But if thou fill up the guilt of the wicked, 
guilt and punishment take hold on each other 



V. 18. not let the great ransom lead thee astray 



But this, it must be conceded, is rather a harsh application 
of the primary meaning letting down. Nor is the construc- 
tion of the whole phrase, "the provisions of thy table shall be 
full of fatness," the natural and probable one. "Filled with 
fatness" is more properly predicated of the table itself, as 
being loaded with rich provisions. Moreover, the secure and 
peaceful enjoyment of such gifts is the nearest thought, in 
the case of one from whom they had been suddenly wrested 
by violence. I therefore give the preference to the older 
interpretation, as the version for the text ; and place the 
other (adopted in most of the modern translations*), in the 
margin. 

W. 15-17 must certainly be regarded as the application, 
to Job himself, of the general statements in vv. 8-12. In this 
view, nothing could be more pertinent in conception, or more 
simply and aptly expressed for the purpose. We must, there- 
fore, reject the otherwise fanciful and overstrained construc- 
tion of the sentence hy Ewald : 

Ja dich hat mehr als scharfe Noth verleitet 
die Weite, unter welcher keine Enge, 
die Kuhe deines Tisches, voU von Fett. 
Die Anwendung vv. 10-25 geht von der Voraussetzung aus, 
dass Ijob durch zu grosses Gliick und Ueberfluss an aussern 
Giitern zu Unbesonnenheiten verleitet sey. 

V. 17. 'ji'n is the appropriate word (referring to Job's con- 
demnatory censure of the divine government), being intended 
to point the antithesis of the two members. If thou join the 
wicked in their false judgment (condemnation) of God's ways, 
thou thyself shalt not escape a judgment that is according to 



ken, Niedersetzen) ; . . . concr. qziod demittitur i. e. coUoca- 
tur, ponitur. Job. 36 : IG, cibi mensce tuce impositi, q. d. die 
Besetzung deiner Tafel. 

* Umbreit : und was herniedersteigt auf deinen Tisch, wird 
voll des Fettes seyn. Hirzel : nnj . . . eig. deniissio, hier 
metonymisch fur id quod demittitur gesetzt; deines Tisches 
Besetzung. Heiligstedt: id quod mensce tuce imponilur, die 
Besetzung deines Tisches, i. e. cibi menste tuiE impositi. 
Schlottraann : auf deinen Tisch. kommt fette Speise ; wortl. 
das was auf deinen Tisch herabkommt, ist fette Speise. 
Hahn: und der Aufsatz deines Tisches ist voll Fett. 



truth.* By "judgment of the wicked" he means what ho 
has already spoken of, in 34 : 7-9. — Pcrf. rxia in a con- 
ditional clause (§ 155, 4, a). 

Gesenius (Thes. and Lex. 1, c), takes -p'TT here in the 
secondary sense of " ivrong, guilt, as being judged." But 
there is no necessity for assuming this metonomy ; which, 
pioreover, takes away the point of the verbal correspondence 
in the two members. If simply vjrong-doing is meant, with- 
out any specific reference to the character and form of the 
offense, then there is no point in the choice of the word 
•p'n.t — Judgment and justice, namely the two in union ; a 
judgment of which the element is justice. 

Second member., Gesenius (•p'n, 1, c) : guilt and punish 
ynent take hold on each other (culpa et poena se excipient) , 
to which Rodiger justly objects, that the reciprocal sense is 
foreign to the word (Thes. fasc. poster, p. 1507) : jus et judi- 
cium prehendent s. arripient, sc. te. Male Gesen. Hirzel. alii; 
causa et judicium sese excipient, reciproca enim significatio 
aliena est. — The pronoun, as object of the verb, is implied iu 
the connection (§ 121, 6, Bern. 2). 

V. 18, first member. As thus translated, the words are 
taken in their usual sense and simplest grammatical construc- 
tion, and the course of thought is unbroken. — By nan is 
meant the heat of passion, which had been the motive to the 

* Umbreit : Man ubersehe das Wortspiel nicht, welches in 
der doppelten Setzung von •p'n in verschiedener (?) Bedeutung 

liegt. Zuerst ist es das Urtheil iiber Golt, gleichsam die 
richterliche Entscheidung, wie sie der S)ui im Ungliick aus- 

spricht, dann das Urtheil von Gott, namlich iiber jenen Frevel, 
also synom. von dem folgenJen csda (?). So scheint die 
vielfach missverstandene Stelle klar. 

t This fully obviates, I think, the objection (Thes. I. p. 336), 
that "iTn is never applied to the judgment (in the sense of 
opinion) of a private man; sed 'pti nunquam dicitur de sen- 
tentia vel arbitrio privati hominis. Another more serious 
objection is made {ibidem), namely to the unusual form of 
expression, "filled with anolher^s judgtnent," for fully imbued 
with his manner of judging; et vereor ut recte dici possit: 
impleri aliquo judicio . . . pro imbutum esse hac vel ilia sen- 
tiendi vel cogitandi ratione. But it must be admitted that, 
in itself, the conception is just and forcible; and it probablf 
was suggested by the preceding clause. 



as 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXVI. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

19 Will he esteem thy riches? 
no, not gold, nor all the forces 
of strength. 



HEBREW TEXT. 




. REVISED VERSION. 




19 


Will he value thy riches with- 19 


- 1 1 




out stint, 




and all the might of wealth ? 



V. 19. 



Will he value thy riches ? 

Not precious ore, nor all the might of wealth. 



words so rashly uttered against God's chastisements. Here 
it stands absolutely, in the emphatic position at the beginning 
of the sentence (comp. the similar usage, § 145, 2), its place 
being mentally supplied with the verb, from which it is 
separated by the intervening adverbial form ; hence the gender 
of the subject is neglected (comp. §137, 1).— Hirzel: irjrT^&i 
kann als Neutr. gesetzt sein. . . . Vgl. Spr. 2 : 10, wo das 
Subj. auf dieselbe Weise unbestimmt gedacht ist, obgleich ein 
bestimmtes Nomen, worauf sich das Verb, eigentlich bezichen 
sollte, vorangegangen ist. — "jS (Gesenius, Lex. 2, a), as in Is. 
36 : 18. — n^iD (with accus. of the near and a of the remote 
object), in the same sense as in 1 Sam. 26 : 19, where the 
phrase is well translated in the com. vers, "stirred them up 
against." — paia prop, a smiling ; comp. psiU to smite (e. g. 
the hands together) 27 : 23, and p£& to srnite, in the sense of 
chastise, 34 : 26.* 

Gesenius (Thes. II. p. 945) : Difficiliora sunt quae paulo 
post sequuntur comm. 18, quae vulgo interpi-etantur : si ira 
(Dei est, i. e. ubi irascitur Deus), cave ne educat (i. e. expellat) 
ie cum casligatione. So Rosenmiiller and others; but beside 
the objection here made, this construction of iron is obviously 
less happy than the one above given, and the thought is less 
appropriate in the connection. 

It is claimed by Hirzel, that "j^ and bx are 

parallel; and that consequently, han (for nxan milk = 
abundance) and isb i'T, correspond to each other in sense: 
the abundance, let it not entice thee to scorn, nor let the great 
ransom lead thee astray. But the evidence of such a paral- 
lelism is by no means decisive ; and the alleged corre- 
spondence is dearly purchased by the assumption, that iiotl 
milk is put, absolutely, for abundance.^ A land flowing with 
milk, is a land of plenty ; and the man whose steps are bathed 
in milk (29 : 6), enjoys a superfluity. It is the concomitants, 
flowing with and steps bathed in, that make out the idea of 
abundance. Let not milk (or, cream if one pleases ; Hirzel, 
Saline) entice thee to scorn, would be a ludicrous conception, 
in whatever language uttered. — In defense of the construction, 
^entice thee to scorn," he adds that "n^Wn is commonly so 



* It is there followed by the simple accus., and can mean 
only to smite. It is well said by Schlottmann, on that passage: 
sollte es " verhohnen " bedeuten (wie hier manche es nehmen), 
so wUrde es seinem urspriingUchen Sinne gemiiss (= hohnend 
iiber jemanden in die Iliinde klatschen) mit Isj) construirt 

sein ; vgl. Kap. 27 : 23. 

"t Ewald, vacillating between this assumed sense of the text 
and his own conjectural reading (doch ist vielleicht richtiger 
Don Unrecht), renders it Macht ! 



construed with 3." True, but in a different sense ; namely^ 
to stir up against, to incite against, a? the phrase is always 
used, viz. Job 2 : 3, 1 Sam. 26 : 19, 2 Sam. 24 : 1, Jer. 43 : 2. 

Second member, bx, as in 20 : 17, is used with reference to 
the subjective view of the speaker, indicating his sense of the 
justice of the prohibition, and making the expression of it 
his own. — Ransom, as in Ps. 49 : 8. 

Shall not deliver thee. Gesenius : " a great ransom cannot 
turn thee away, scil. from the divine punishment, so as to 
avoid it" (Thes. II. p. 877: summum j^relium te non declina- 
bit a casligatione divina. Locutio petita est ab iis, qui peri- 
culum quoddam imminens evitaturi a via deflectunt).* — Ewald, 
Hirzel, and others : and let not the great ransom turn thee 
aside, viz. from the right way. That is : let not the great 
ransom, which thou art able to give, lead thee astraj'; be not 
tempted to rebellion against God, by falsely imagining that a 
great ransom will save thee fi'om its consequences. f But in 
this form of expression (with this sense of "r^'^l), the ransom 
is said to corrupt, not him who offers it, but him who is 
offered and accepts it. Such must be its import, from the 
nature and design of a ransom ; viz. to influence another to 
act in a certain way, by the offer of something valuable to 
him. So in the parallel expression, let not the greatness of 
the bribe mislead thee, it is not the one who offers the bribe 
that is warned against being corrupted by it ; and to under- 
stand it so would be a perversion of language. — Altogether 
inept is the reference of la's to the calamities .Job was suffer- 
ing,J as being an expiation of his guilt. . 

V. 19. '-i:i3 , according to the Masoretic vowels and accents ; 
3 with a noun of quality, as a periphrasis for the adjective 
(Lex. B, 2, d; like iv So^rj, Phil. 4 : 19); 1^ in its primary 
sense§, 1 Sam. 2 : 32, comp. Prov. 24 : 10. 

* Rosenmiiller: non te declinare faciei, scil. a percussione 
sive exitio ; unde nullo pretio te redimere possis. 

t Hirzel : Demnach der Sinn des Verses : wahne nicht, 
durch deinen Reichthum, durch ein grosses LOsegeld (z. B. 
richterliche Opfer), welches du Gott bieten wollest, dich von 
dem dir (fur dein SfflT -p'n) drohenden Gerichte befreien, dein 
Leben etwa Gott abkaufen zu konnen ! 

X So Umbreit : " Des LOsegeldes GrOsse " ist das schwere 
Ungluck, welches Hiob als siihnende Strafe geduldig ertragen 
muss. 

§ Schlottmann, in the secondary sense, nicht in der Noth; 
which would require the article, and is also less pertinent 
here. Ewald also takes it in the sense ohne Noth (ohne dass 
eine aussere Noth da ist, da der Feind, der dich bedrangt 
vielmehr Gott ist, gegen den man sich nicht riisten kann ; vgl 
V. 16 a) ; founded on his false view of v. 16. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXVL 



129 



KING JAMES' VERSION. 

20 Desire not the night, when 
people are cut off in their place. 

21 Take heed, regard not ini- 
quity : for this hast thou chosen 
rather than affliction. 

22 Behold, God exalteth by 
his power : who teacheth like 
him ? 



HEBREW TEXT. 

T :iST - h- : • 

; dnnn ci'^^::^ nibrb 

IT : - J* " I ~: I" 

•jis-K^ 'iSn-!:M: 'n^at-n 21 
:i3is.'ia n"iri3 mt'-psi is 

• 1 •• T : r- T V - J* 

inba 22 



REVISED VERSION. 

Long not for that night, 20 
where the nations are gathered 

to the world below them. 
Take heed, turn not to ini- 21 

quity; 

for this thou choosest rather 
than affliction. 
Lo, God shows himself great 22 
in his power ; 
who is a teacher like to him ? 



Gesenius. Hirzel, and others (disregarding the Masoretic 
pointing), take n:ia in connection with the second member, 
and with the same sense as in 22 : 24, viz. precious ore : "iVoi 
precious ore, nor all" Sfc. But the parallelism favors the Ma- 
soretic pointing, and the interrogative sense in both members 
is by far the more spirited expression of the thought. 

Second member ; nb (Lex. 1, b), as in 6 : 22. The form of 
expression is specially appropriate here, as implj-iiig what 
wealth can do, and hence its worth in human estimation. 
There is no propriety in the use of "^SpiS;^ with ns in its 
literal sense, as it is taken by some. 

V. 20. Night is here put for the realm of darkness, night 
xar e^o/,rjV, as described in 10 : 21, 22. — Second member. Ge- 
senius, Lex. (Amer. ed.) iihs, 2, a : " long not for that night, 
whither the nations are taken away " (Thes. IL p. 1023 : ne 
anheles illam noctem W'b'J nibyi quorsum auferuntur populi). 

Lit. for the hearing away Sfc, i. e. destined for this = the 
place whither they are to he borne. Hirzel: welche dazu 
bestimmt ist, dass die VOlker an ihrer Stelle entriickt 
werden. Or, as construed by others with the same effect, 
mbyls = mbyb rr^n {Gerund for Imperf § 132, Rem. 1). 
Heiligstedt: ad ascendendum sunt gentes, i. e. ascendunt 
gentes. Ne inhies (avide appetas) noctem, qua ascendunt 
(tolluntur, auferuntur) gentes.* 

The verb fibs is used in the sense, to come up, {to he brought 
up), to a common place of deposit, to he laid up ; and hence, 
to be entered in a record, or an account, as in a common 
repository (Gesenius : in tahulas referri), 1 Chron. 27 : 24, 
1 K. 9 : 21. In usage, therefore, the word means not merely 
to he home away (for which there are other terms), but to be 
borne to a common gathering-place, — to he laid up or collected 
there. So it is used in 5 : 2G. As this is the prominent 
thought, it should not be sacrificed to a mere verbal form. 

To the world helow Ihem ; cnnpi as the accus. of direction. 
The Heb. conception of CPinn has no exact correspondent in 



* According to Ewald, b is ecbatic: Lechze nicht nar.h der 
Nacht, dass die schwarze Nacht allgemeinen Elendes uber die 
Erde komnie (35 : 10 b), dass ganze Vdlker vergehen ... da ja 
ganze VOlker oft durch die Verblendung eines Machtigen 
leiden 34 : 29 c. But this is foreign to the connection, and to 
the relations of the parties. Job's position was not such, that 
an act of his could involve a whole people in ruin. 

17 



English; prop, to their under-space, viz. the space beneath 
them while here on earth. 

Heiligstedt, in their place (accus. of place where) i. e. 
suddenly and without power to escape : suh sc, loco suo . . . 
i. e. ex loco suo se non moventes ; i. e. qua gentes e vestigio 
et repente evanescunt et intereunt. But this, evidently, is 
not the writer's thought. He is not speaking of any sudden 
calamity, that sweeps whole races of men to the grave. This 
would be out of place here ; for Job had desired no such 
thing. It was the repose of the grave for which he longed ; 
for that night of death, where successive generations sink 
down to the world beneath them. — Still less justifiable is the 
assumption, that Qnnn == Dnrifnis; as though any writer 
could say in or to a place, when he means from it. Such 
an ellipsis is contrary to the laws of thought ; and cannot, 
therefore, be a usage of speech founded on them. 

V. 21, second member. Sentiment : instead of submissively 
accepting the chastisement, thou choosest rather the guilt of 
resisting and spurning it. Hirzel: denn daran hast du mchr 
Lust als am Leiden ; denn du scheiust es vorgezogen zu 
haben, zu murren und zu llistern, als hingegen dich geduldig 
zu fiigen. Schlottmann : np!3 ist nur hier mit ba construirt 
nach Weise der Verba, welche ein Sehnen und Verlangen aus- 
driicken ; es bezeichnet dabei die Ilichtung nach etwas bin. 

V. 22. Who is a teacher like to him ? That is : from whom 
else can we learn such lessons, as he has taught us by the 
exhibitions of his power ? The signification teacher is there- 
fore the appropriate one; and there is no ground for resorting 
to the Aramsean usage (Ewald : nmo v. 22, Herr, verwandt mit 

Mann ist schon ganz Aramaisch; LXX richtig Swd- 
arrjs), which the Sept. seems to have followed.* — Schlottmann: 

* Schlottmann : Ganz unberechtigt ist man daher, n-.Ta 
wie das Aramaische Nla = Herr (LXX : SvrdoTi^s) odcr 
j(-i>i:a = Schrecken, schrecklich, furchtbar, oder endlich mit 
Schultens (von der Wurzel ni^a) = stringens plagis zu neh- 
men. Ganz verfehlt ist es auch, wenn Hirzel den BegrifF eines 
HOliern, eines Herrn. aus dem des Lehrers ableiten will, mit 
Berufung auf Buxt. Lex. 984: mi^: summus titulus est docto- 
rum, penes quos summa judicandi et decidendi potestas, cui 
alii Rabbini et Magistri subditi sunt, et quern in rebus dubiis 
appellant. Als ob deshalb auch bei den Rabbinen nni^; jenials 
geradezu = ein IlOhercr, eih Ilerr, gewesen ware. 



130 



TPIE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXVI. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

23 Who hath enjoined him his 
way? or who can say, Thou hast 
wrought iniquity ? 

24 Remember that thou mag- 
nify his work, which men be- 
hold. 

2-5 Every man may see it ; 
man may behold it afar offl 

26 Behold, God is great, and 
we know him not, neither can 
the number of his years be 
searched out. 

27 For he maketh small the 
drops of water : they pour down 
rain according to the vapour 
thereof ; 



HEBREW TEXT. 

rr : - -r i m - t c 

A t: IT J" ; - c a 

IT -: J ; I v.- -: 

A IT /T T T 

• I T I" r ~ -r. 

5>13 N^l N'lSb bx'in 26 

AT- J : * -K J" ' :' 



b^ia-iBas 5>'nai 13 27 

• AT " : • J- f : • ^ 

; iix^s ^an sisn 

I •• I JT T ' ^ T 



REVISED VERSION. 

Who appoints to him his way? 23 
and who says: Thou hast done 
wrong ? 

Remember, that thou magnify 24 

his work, 
which men do sing. 
All men gaze thereon ; 25 
man beholds from afar. 

Lo, God is great, and we 26 

know him not ; 
the number of his years, it is 

unsearchable. 
For he draws up the water- 27 

drops ; 

rain, of his vapor, they refine; 



V. 24. which men survey 



aijart wieder den Zustand, als einen nach aussen hin sich 
kundgebenden andeutend. 

V. 23. The sentiment is : who can claim for himself the 
oversight of God's ways, as one who has appointed him his 
course of duty, and hence can pronounce his conduct good or 
evil 1 — Heiligstedt : (^uis mandavit ei viam ejus, viam qu£e ei 
ingredienda sit ? i. e. quis ei prsescripsit, quid ei agendum 
sit? Schlottmann : TVer zeichnet seinen Weg ihmvor? Die 
gewohnliche Bedeutung des 'iptJ passt auch hier besser, als 
die schon von der Vulgate angenommene : an jemandem etwas 
untersuchen (quis poterit scrutari vias ejus) . . . Das Praterit 
'ipQ steht von der Gegenwart mit Einschluss der Yergangen- 
heit. 

V. 24, second member. Rodiger, Thes. fasc. poster, p. 1398 
(and Gesenius, Lex. Amer. ed. 1112;, PH.): quod homines 
canunt, i. e. celebrant. Male alii : quod homines contcmplan- 
tur, a rad. "iia 11. 3, d. Schlottmann ; Der Sinn : stimme 
auch du in das alien Menschen gemeiusam obliegende Lob 
Gottes ein. 

V. 25. Heiligstedt: 3 Mm h. 1. videre, adspicere aliquid 
cum stupore, admiratione. . . . Omnes homines cum admira- 
tione adspiciunt id, sc. opus, facta Dei. 

V. 26, second member ; lit. as to the number of his years, 
there is no searching ; Vav. consec. after an abs. subst., the 
emphatic force of which is expressed by the form in the 
text. 

V. 27. For he draws up the water-drops ; namely, the vapors 
which afterwards fall in drops of rain. Others suppose, that 
by water-drops are meant the minute watery vesicles that 
form vapor. So Ewald (below, note), and Schlottmann : 
indem namlich im Nebel die kleitien Wassertbeilchen aufwiirts 
steigen. But this (as Hirzel says of another modern idea), 
ist tu physikalisch gelehrt. 



Second member. They refine ; Ewald, die Regen Iduteren. 
A new signification of the Heb. verb (to pour out), is quite 
unnecessary here. It elsewhere means only to refine ; and in 
this sense is happily applied here to the solution of gross 
vapors into the crystal drops of rain. 

The subject of the verb is properly a pron. referring to 
di_^ ''B^??) unless we regard it as the indeterminate Sd pers. 
In a merely poetical description of natural phenomena, it 
would be absurd to expect the strictness of a scientific 
formula. The idea is : the vapors are refined to rain. 

In the diflScult form ik^j I take h in the sense of pertain- 
ing to, belonging to, namely as the source or origin (§115, 2, 
note). Gesenius, Thes. I. p. 428 : fundunt (guttas) pluviam 
quae orta est ex vapore ejus. 

Of the other explanations proposed, none are very satis- 
factory. Umbreit Q? of state or condition, in his vapor), 
wenn Nebel ihn umhiillt. So Schlottmann : zu Regen Idulert 
sich's im Nebel.* But this is little to the point ; and still less 
so is RosenmuUer's : pluviam pro vapore ejus, i. e. pro vaporis 
s. nubis, ab eo (Deo) coalit£e et constipatas copia (Dathe: im- 
brem efiundunt pro copia vaporis sui). Hirzel (after Ewaldf 



* Schwierig ist das b in ilNi. . . . Tins scheint das ein- 
fachste, das b als Bezeichnung des Umstandes zu nehmen ; bei 
scinem Dunst oder Nebel, d. h. wenn Nebel vorhanden ist 
(ibidem). 

t In his fi ,6t ed. : die Regen Iduteren, seinen Dunst ; indem 
Wassertropfon, aus der triiben Erde aufgezogen, den reinen 
Regen hervorbringen, der zugleich zum Nebel oder zur nebel- 
haften Wolkenhiille Gottes dient. But in his second ed. : Die 
Regen Iduteren als seinen Dunst (b = for, as) ; of which he 
gives the same explanation,— viz. that the mist turns to rain, 
in order to serve as mist. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXVI. 



131 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

28 Which the clouds do drop 
and distil upon man abundantly. 

29 Also can any understand 
the spreadings of the clouds, or 
the noise of his tabernacle? 

30 Behold, lie spreadeth his 
light upon it, au i covereth the. 
bottom of the sea. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

IT T T -: : ■ 



A JT T J- T ' - 

IT • JT - c : T I 



28 



29 



REVISED VERSION. 

with which the skies flow 28 
down, 

they distill on man abundantly. 
Yea, can one comprehend the 29 

bursting of the cloud, 
the crash of his pavilion ? 
Lo, around him he spreads his 30 

light, 

and covers over with ocean- 
depths. 



V. 28. on multitudes of men. V. 29. the outspreading 



takes "b as sign of the accus., and ix in apposition with 
But such a use of it is inadmissible before the second of two 
nouns in immediate connection and the same grammatical 
relation. In the examples appealed to (Ps. 135 : 11 ; 136 : 19. 
20) the separation of the second noun makes it proper to 
mark its relation to the government of the first. — Stickel : for 
its vapor (b for = in place of) ; "the suff. pron. referring to 
iH'a, and indicating a connection of rain with vapor, if not its 
origin therefrom". So Hahn: das dient . . . zur Bezeich- 
nung des in einen andern iibergegangenen urspriinglichen Zu- 
fitandes (/tir = stall) : Nieder sickern Regen sie fiir seinen 
Dunst ; statt des Dunstes, der Regen geworden ist. 

V. 29. 5)5t, according to Ewald (in loc, and Gram. § 354, 
c), wechselt mit 13 r]X (from the near relation of 13 and cx)- 
But is to be taken, rather, in its interrogative sense. f 

The bursting of the cloud. Hirzel : die Berstungen des Ge- 
tvolkes ; es ist das Reissen des Gewolkes beim Blitze zu ver- 
stehen. This signification (nearest the primary, to break, to 
break in j)ieces), is favored by the parallelism.^: — On the con- 
trary, Gesenius and many others (from the secondary sense 
of the verb) ; expansion, outspreading, as in Ezek. 27 : 7 j 
which also gives a good sense.§ though at this stage of the 
description, and after the emphatic fix, it is certainly not as 
pertinent. 

His pid'vilion ; as the same image is used in Ps. 18 : 12 (11). 
— The use of the plur., in the two members, is a Ileb. idiom 

* So Heiligstedt : b in iixb est signum accusat., cf 5 : 2, et 
■initb est appositio (cf. 135 : 11 ; 136 : 19, 20), ad -lao pertiuens, 
quse indicat unde pluvia mirabili modo orta sit. 

t Hirzel : C]X, starker als \ deutet an, dass das Folgende 
noch ein grOsseres Wunder sei : und noch mehr ; dit als Frag- 
partikel (das Subject zu -jini^ ist unbestimmt) : und ob einer 
gar sich verstehen mag auf u. s. w. 

X Hahn : kann man vollens erst verstehen der Wolke Bersten, 
wie die Wolken sich theilen, vom Blitze gespalten, und das 
damit zusammenliangende Tosen des Donners ? 

J Namely: Quanto minus nYiquis intelligit cxpansiones nu- 
biuni: intelligit, quomodo nubes ad coelum tegendum expan- 
dantur (Heiligstedt). 



Lo, he spreads thereon his light, 
and covers the ocean-depths. 



merely, not transferable to the English nor necessary to the 
expression of the sense. 

V. 30. Around him he spreads his light. So Gesenius 
(Thes. II. p. 1132): expandit ... v. c. lucem (sq. iiby, circa 
se) Job. 36 : 30. Ewald : wenn er um sich sein Licht aus- 
brcitet. 

Second member. And covers S{c. ; iiss construed " with 
accus. of the covering and }>si of the thing covered" (Gese- 
nius, Lex. 1, d; Thes. 1, dd). So Ewald: und driiber deckt 
des Meeres Grilnde ; Hirzel : und mit den Wurzeln des Meeres 
bedeckt er sich (eig. er zieht sie iiber sich weg als Decke) ; 
Heiligstedt (and Schlottmann) : et radices (imo) maris tegit 
sc. super se ; i. e. et aquis ex imo maris petitis se tegit. . . . 
^'^hv etiam cum n&3 in hemistich, poster, conjungendum est.* 

According to this construction of the verse (the one now 
generally adopted), ocean-depths is of course a figurative 
expression, as well explained by Ewald : ■' the densest mass 
of waters as if drawn from the ocean-depths ".f Hirzel, on 
the contrary, understands by it the sea of clouds above, and 
by its inmost depths, where God veils himself deep in 

the tempest clouds. J So also Schlottmann, who adds : " the 
roots of this sea are its inmost, most hidden part".§ But 
this is confounding all distinction in terms. By roots, in this 
metaphorical sense, is meant the base or lowest part, on which 
a thing rests, not the midmost part, the core or heart of it. 
The passage appealed to, moreover, gives no countenance to 
this use of sea. As understood by Ewald, the figure, based 
on the implied comparison, is noble and consistent. 



* This, however, is not necessary to the sense. Covers over, 
namely himself and the light by which he is surrounded, is as 
probably the meaning. 

t Die wie aus den Meeresgrunden gezDgene dichteste Was- 
sermenge. Or still better, perhaps, as Cocceius : tantum aquaa 
agglomerat, ut videatur mare a fundo exhaustum iri. 

+ ist das Wolkenmeer, wie 9 : 8 (?) ; die Wurzeln des- 
selben sind seine Tiefen ; gesagt werdcn soli, dass Jehova 
sich tief in die Wetterwolken einhulle. 

§ Die "Wurzeln dieses Meeres sind das Innerste, Verbor- 
genste desselben. 



132 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXVI. 



KING JAMEs' VERSION. 

31 For by them judgeth he 
the people ; he giveth meat in 
tibandaiice. 

32 With clouds he covereth 
the light; and commandeth it 
not to shine by the cloud that com- 
eth betwixt. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

ti'ia^ t]3-i3 31 

/f~ ' J' T TV 

Tix-nss tiiQa-bs) 32 

A T - 



REVISED VERSION. 

For therewith rules he nations, 31 
gives food in abundance. 

The palms of the hands he 32 
covers over with light, 

and gives it a command against 
the enemy. 



V. 32. against the object 



As to the general connection and import of the verse, Hirzel 
says : "Jehovah is always surrounded with light (Ps. 104 : 2) ; 
but in the storm, clouds intervene, and veil it in darkness ". 
But this is too general. Verses 29, 30, are parts of the same 
description ; and the sacred writer's conception is rather (as 
more justly apprehended by Ewald*), of the gathering storm- 
cloud, and the sudden crash in its mysterious depths ; of the 
light surrounding God, and flashing forth at intervals, through 
the dark mass of waters which he gathers about him. 

The words admit of another grammatical construction, as 
given in the margin. RosenmuUer : libs' plerique super ipsam 
soil, nubem (31* v. 29, quod nomen non tantum femininum est, 
ut Reg. 18 : 44, sed etiam masculinum, vid. Jes. 19 : 1, Cohel. 
11 : 3) vertunt. — So, in the second member, Gesenius (Thes. II. 
p. 699): naa, iexit; sq. acc. rei . . Job. 36 : 30. Dathe: ex- 
pandit circmn se lucem, legitque profunduyn viaris. The 
import of this is well expressed by Rosenmiiller : significatur 
potestas in summa et ima. Qui in ccelis, circa thronum suum 
lucem dispergit; idem et fundum maris caligine obvelat. Lucis 
et tenebrarum est dominus; utrumque ab eo proficiscitur. 
But this thought, so noble and just in itself, and so fitly 
expressing the power and grandeur of God, is out of place 
in this special description of the terrors of the tempest. 
The view above given (from Ewald), of the proper connection 
and bearing of the verse, fviWy justifies the preference of the 
other grammatical construction, in the translation. 

V. 31. Therewilh (referring to the lightning and the cloud), 
namely with the terrors and the blessings of the storm. 
AVith the one, he overawes and scatters his enemies (comp. 
Ps. 18 : 13, 14) ; with the other, he fertilizes the earth and 
gives food to all. 

V. 32. The palms of the hands he covers over ivilh light; 
that is, he fills them with it. The lightning of course is 
meant, as the whole description shows, filling the hands and 
ready to be "shot forth" on the enemy (Ps. 18 : 14).— The 
verb h&3 is construed, as above, with the accus. of the cover- 



* Aber noch viel wunderbarer . . . ist, wenn im Gewitter 
die Wolken sich . . . ausbreiten; in dessen geheimnissvoller 
Mitte eine dumpfe Stimme kracht, wahrend Er sich zunachst 
in Licht, das bisweilen ztickend ausfahrt, dann aber weiter in 
die wie aus den Meeresgrunden gezogene dichteste Wasser- 
inenge hullt. 



ing and of the thing covered. So Gesenius, Thes. II. 
p. 699, ,153, 1, dd: cum acc. tegumenti et rei tegeudse 
(etwas decken Tiber etwas) . . . Job. 36 : 32, luce tegit manus 
suas ; Ewald : die Hdnde deckt er mil dem Lichte. So Hirzel 
and Ileiligstedt {super manus suas tegit lucem, manus suas 
luce tegit), and all the best modern versions; indeed, no other 
version would now be thought of* 

The strange rendering of the Common Version (with clouds 
he covereth the light) was founded on the assumption, that the 
word hand means also a clmid. from the resemblance of the 
two ! On that principle, how many other words might mean 
a cloud, it would be diflBcult to say. But this sense of the 
word was gravely argued by early Christian Hebraists,! after 
their Jewish teachers, and was adopted by Pagnino in his 
version: nuhihus operuit lucem.X In the English vernacular 
Bible it was first inserted by Cranmer : with the cloudes he 
hydeth the light ; and thence passed through the Genevan and 
Bishops' into the Common Version. 

The sense : with the hands he covers the light (Luther's, and 
other European vernacular versions, Castalio, Junius et Tre- 
mellius &c.), can be obtained from the Heb. by no construction 
of the words. 

Second member, SJiasp ; Gesenius: an assailant, an enemy. 
Ewald : SiJB^a scheint so viel als evavriog, adversarius. 
Hirzel: ss'^SQQ kommt nur noch Jes. 59 : 16 vor, in der Be- 
deutung intercessor, welche aber in den Zusammenhang un- 
serer Stelle nicht passt; vielmehr muss er sich hier an S'r.Bp 
7 : 20 (?), also an die gewohnliche Bedeutung von i'jQ, an- 
schliessen, so dass s'vJBia eig. derjenige, der einem Anderen 
feindlich begegnen Idsst, also selbst auch dem Anderen feind 
ist, daher die allein hieher passende Bedeutung Feind. 

Rosenmiiller: et prcecepit ei (fulmini) in occurrentem, i.e. 
quem locum tangere debeat; amandat Deus fulmen in eum, 
quem feriri vult, locum. But the translation (literally exact) 
is evidence against the comment ; as it is against Stickel's 



* Rosenmiiller (in Compend.) : super manus suas tegit 
(Deus) lucem. i. e. manus velat, vestit, luce i. e. fulmine. 
Sistitur Deus utramque manum armatus fulminatore lumine. 

t Seb. Schmidt: vocem QiQS multi interpretantur nuhes, 
quod initio, ut Mercerus dicit, quum giguuntur, sint palmis 
manum humanarum similes ; vel, ut alii volunt, quod expan- 
dantur in morem volarum. 

X Vulgate : in manihus ahscondit lucem. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXVL 



133 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

33 The noise thereof sheweth 
concerniiig it, the cattle also 
concerning the vapour. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

A " JT T J* - 



33 



REVISED VERSION. 

His thunder tells of him; 33 
to the herds, even of Hiin who 
is on high. 



V. 33. who ascends on high 



expression of tliis gloss (adopted by Hahn) in his version: 
und befehligt, auf wen es treffen soil.* With more reason, 
though not conclusively, Schlottmannf argues against the 
current view of scholars, and in favor of the usual sense to 
meet ivilh one {luxvyy/iveiv^ = the object. 

The suff. in r^'hv refers evidently to -i-ix. Gesenius, Thes. I. 
p. 54, Not. 1 : ^IN; plerumque masculinum, semel cum feminiuo 
construitur, Job. 3G : 32, ubi suffixum in refertur ad 

' T V T 

"n'X ; neque opus est, ut cum compluribus codd. et editt. (v. 
De Rossi ad h. 1.) legas Vocabulaenim lucem ignemqiie 

notantia c. feminino constiui aniant, Lehrgeb. 5i6. Another 
example is quoted by Heiligstedt, in Jer. 13 : 16. 

V. 33. 'Tiji_ is construed, in the first member, with 
of the remote object, to tell of, as in 1 Sam. 27 : 11 ; and in 
the second member, with the accus. of the near and is) of the 
remote object. The general statement of the first member, 
that the thunder speaks to all of God, is specially applied in 
the second to the herds of cattle, who hear and tremble at 
his voice. Comp. Ps. 29 : 9. — I regard iihis as poet. = ; 
the same idea being implied in both, viz. of one who ascends 
or takes his position, above. 

On this difiicult verse, Gesenius says (Thes. II. p. 846 ; 
comp. Lex. "153, Hijih. 2, b) : nunciat de eo (Deo) tonilru ejus 
(Kunde iiber ilin giebt sein Donner). Difficilius dictu est, 
quo spectent reliqua commatis verba, iihiv b'J OS •^t'p'O ; sed 
non male cum Ilirzelio vertas : gregi, eliatn de surgerite. . . . 
nspTa dici potest de eo cui nunciatur . . . ; nbis et libs' 
sibi respondere et ad Deum referenda esse videntur. 

Such is the exact and literal rendering of the verse,J accord- 
ing to the construction given it by the early Jewish scholars, 
who gave us the Masoretic punctuation. No one will willingly 



* Olshausen : Statt ^'^SSO ist vielleicht Stti'o zu lesen : und 
er weist ihni die Stalle an. luo er treffen soil. Admirably hit! 
And it shows how much more easily a man can explain a 
text of his own, rewritten to suit himself (the usual resort 
of this author in a difficulty), than that of the sacred writer. 

t Diese konnte das Hiphil (gleichsam : sich selbst begegnen 
machen) leicht beibehalten. y"i5s^ ist also ein jeder, der dem 
Lichte auf seinem "Wege entgegenkommt (LXX. : aTtavTajf). 

% In the above form is meant; not as understood by Hirzel 
(see text), nor as explained by Gesenius in his subjoined 
comment: i.e. tonitru Deum annunciat adeo gregibus. simul- 
atque hie in tempestate ascendit. To the emphasis adeo 
gregibus applies the objection justlj^ made to Rosenmuller's 
and Ewald's construction (pecus eliam; dasVieh sogar): sed 
t)X nunquam voci, ad quam pertinet, postponitur (Heiligstedt). 
This the nature and use of the word forbid. 



leave this guide to that ancient interpretation, for a shoreless 
sea of futile conjecture. It is a noble and pertinent close of 
the paragraph ; and there is nothing in the thought itself, 
therefore, that should tempt us to distrust the common read- 
ing of the Heb. consonant-text. The omission of h'J (accord- 
ing to the text of the Peshito, and of three MSS. of Keunicott 
and one of De Rossi with varr. in three others), does not 
essentially simplify the gram, structure,* while it introduces 
a thought aside from the connection and below its general 
tone. 

Hirzel, without necessity, departs from the division of the 
verse made so justly, and with such happy effect, by the 
Masoretic accentuation.f He includes fizpro in the first 
member; thus wholly omitting one and that the principal 
assertion of the wiiter, and weakening the parallelism of the 
members. With this somewhat material abatement, his view 
of this difiicult verse is instructive and interesting. It was 
the first correct conception of its grammatical structure.^ 

In Ewald's construction of the verse, n5p?3 is a second sub- 
ject of ^^^•2 , and not its object ; grammatically easier without 



* For it makes a two-fold construction of the verb ; first 
with br, and then with the simple accusative. Hirzel's remark 
is, therefore, not strictly just: Die Lesart nbiy C]X firpp, 
nach Pesch. und mehreren MSS. bei de Rossi gabe, mit Be- 
seitigung dieser Schwierigkeit. den ebenso passenden Sinn : 
die Heerden (verkunden) den Zorn des Heranziehenden. 

t Der Atnach ist von isn weg unter iirpa zu versetzen, 
wodurch der Rhythmus (?) dem des folgenden Verses ent- 
sprechend wird. 

+ Es verkiindigt ihn sein Rollen der Heerde, ihn, wenn er 
bn Anzuge. T^sn mit dem Accus. (n3p?a): einem Kunde 
geben wie 17 : 5, vgl. 26 : 4, und mit Vj des Gegenstandes, 
von welchem man Kunde giebt, wie in h'J von etwas 
reden. r^h'J kann sich nur auf Gott beziehen ; parallel damit 

T r 

ist sicher nbis h'J itn 2. Gl, welches demnach ebenfalls per- 
sOnlich zu fassen ist und auf Gott gehen muss ; es ist Ep- 
exeprese zu dem allffemeinen y^h-J, auf welcher aber der ganze 
Nachdruck ruht, daher durch das steigernde CjX angekniipft : 
ihn, und zwar den im Gewitter aufsteigcnden, heranziehenden 
Gott. Zu r^hs vgl. Hab. 3 : 16. iy-i^ ist Subj. zu eig. 
sein Ldrmen, von in Nom. verb, von i^sn Idrmen, z. B. auch 
Mic. 4 : 9 vorkommend, sicher aber nicht von i'l Freund, 
Nom. verb, von ns-'l (Scharer, Eichhorn, Umbreit, u. A.), 
welches mit dem Suff. 3. Sing. masc. sehr haufig sich findet, 
stets aber sins)"! (in diesem Buche z. B. 6 : 14, 12 : 4, 16 : 21, 
42 : 10) laute't." 



134 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXVII. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 
CHAP. XXXVII. 

Ax this also my heart trem- 
bleth, and is moved out of his 
place. 



HEBREW TEXT. 
CHAP. XXXVII. 

lab Tnni nKTb-riK 



REVISED VERSION. 
CHAP. XXXVII. 

Yea, at this my heart 1 
trembles, 
and starts up from its place. 



V. 1. and flutters out of its place 



Ch. XXXVII. v. 1. Schlottmann: C]X etwas neues star- 
keres hinzuftigend ; not necessarily in the thought itself, how- 
ever; but, as in this case, in the impression which it makes 
on the speaker's mind, and which he would impart to others. — 
nxtb dabei; naml. weun ich seine Donnerstimme vernehme 
(Ilirzel). 

Second member. Starts up from its place, i. e. from its 



resting-place, where it quietly reposes till the moment of 
alarm. Ewald (comp. the use of the verb in Piel) : 

Ja uber diess erschrickt mein Herz, 

und springt von seinem Orte auf. 
Hirzel : eig. es fdhrt auf von seiner Stelle, d. i. es erbebt, 
With some hesitation, this is preferred as the version for the 
text. Gesenius, as in the Margin ; a beautiful image, probably 
derived from the timid bird, frightened out of its resting-place. 



doubt,* but not for that reason more natural or probable, in 
such composition as this. He translates : 

Ihn meldet an sein Donnerruf, 

das Vieh sogar dass er im Zuge ist.f 

Grammatically correct indeed ; but with a great descent from 
the first to the second member. 

The dilEculties, in the construction and interpretation of 
this verse, are acknowledged by all scholars.J There are 
several points.^ which are not determined by the form of the 
words and their grammatical construction, and must be de- 
cided by the connection, and the propriety of the thought itself. 
Thus (in regard to the gram, structure), the verb may have 
for its subject either, 1st God; or 2d the lightning (or the 
storm-cloud, in its whole conception) ; or 3d iri ; or 4th 
may be taken impersonally (referring to man). The p?-ow. in 
libs may refer, either 1st to God; or 2d to the lightning 
(or cloud charged with it) ; or 3d to the rain ; or 4tli to 
7nan ; or 5th (by anticipation) to and nbi". The word 

isi may be, 1st the subject of the verb, or 2d its near object; 
n3p^3 also may be, 1st the subject, or 2d the near object of 
the verb. The noun ri3pia may be taken, in connection with 
the first member, as the only direct object of the verb ; or 

* But irreconcilable with the use of Hirzel: Der auch 
von Ewald angenommenen Erklarung Rosenmiiller's: ihn kiin- 
digt an sein Rollen, die Heerde sogar, wenn er im Anzuge, 
. . . steht die Stellung von t|X entgegen, welches so wenig als 
sich irgendwo dem Worte, das es hervorhebt, nachgesezt 
findet, daher es statt t]N rtSpa durchaus iiJpa fjX heissen 
musste. 

t Him his thunder-peal announces, 

the cattle even, that he is on the march ! 

The allusion is to the well known dread betrayed by brute 
animals, at the signs of an approaching tempest. 

I Rosenmiiller (full work): Obscurissimus locus, in quo 
explicando vix duos iiiterpretes consentientes reperias. 

§ I avail myself, in part, of Schlottmann's digest, who has 
collected and classified most of the principal points. 



2d, with the parallel member, as another coordinate object; 
or 3d (with a different pointing, nspp) may be construed as 
a Part. Finally, S]X may be taken (as assumed by some), 1st 
with the preceding, or 2d with the following subject. 

Again, as to the meaning of words : may mean 1st his 
thunder (from "S"!); or 2d his friend (from fii""i ) ; or 3d 
his thought, his will. The word nspa may mean, 1st cattle ;* 
or 2d property in general; or 3d (on the here gratuitously 
assumed ground of the identity of the 'hb and sb stems), f 
jealousy, zeal; or 4th (with a change of vowels, 'r\tp'q = iHlp-q) 
exciting to jealousy or zeal. The word Six may be taken, 
1st as a particle, or 2d as a noun. By nbij) may be under- 
stood, 1st the rising cloud; or 2d (of Jehovah) he who 
ascends, or marches on (in the storm) or ialces his place on 
high = ivho is above ; or 3d that which comes up (viz. out of 
ground) = the plant ; or 5th the high, the lofty = the proud ;J 
or Gth (nbiiy = fibiy, or with a change of vowels nbiy) 
wickedness, and ahslr. for concr. the wicked 

The following are the most noteworthy combinations of 
these different senses and constructions. I. i"! = thunder ; 
1st (as nominative, the pronouns both referring to God ; ri3p5a 
as a nearer and definite object of the verb; fjX as a particle): 
his thunder tells of him,§ to the herds Sfc. ; or 3d with ii5p?2 
as coordinate nominative (as above expressed, from Ewald) ; or 
4th (the pron. in iiby referring to the storm or rain, and ii:p7a 



* Schlottmann: das phOnicische N5p53 (vgl. die Opfertafel 
von Marseille Z. 15; Movers' PhOnicische Texte, II. S. 111). 

t Nach der haufigen Verwechselung der Verba 'hb und xb 
von n:p = SDp abgeleitet. Vgl. Ezech. 8 : 3 MJpan MNJpn b?3t5 ; 
und auf der andern Seite, die eben angefiihrte phonicische 
Form Nipl2 (ibid.). 

X Einige Rabbinen nehmen es ferner 4) wie es im Talmud 
vorkOmmt = der ubermlithig sich Erhebende, der ubcrmiithige 
Feiud (ibid.). 

§ Gesenius' latest view (Thes. III. p. 1277; Lex. I.): 
minciat de eo (Deo) tonitru ejus. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXVIL 



135 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

2 Hear attentively the noise 
of his voice, and the sound that 
goeth out of his mouth. 

3 He directeth it under the 
vfhole heaven, and his lightning 
unto the ends of the earth. 

4 After it a voice roareth ; he 
thundereth with the voice of his 
excellency: and he will not stay 
them when his voice is heard. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

! i^B^ nshi 

iT- : ■ • J- T - T - J- 

I V IT T / : - - I 

t - : • <T -: r- 

isixa ^ip3 



REVISED VERSION. 

Hearken attentively to the 2 

roar of his voice, 
and the rumbling that goes 

forth from his mouth. 
He directs it under the whole 3 

heavens, 
and his light over the margins 

of the earth. 
After it a sound roareth ; 4 
he thunders with his voice of 

majesty; 
nor lets them linger when his 

voice is heard. 



V. 3. He sends it forth under 



V. 2. slaii;, Inf. ahs. used as in 13 : 17. 

V. 3. Directs it. So Gesenius {Piel of liai ). Ewald, 
Hirzel &c. with many of the older interpreters, find here the 
Kal of !Tiir in its Aramifian use, to loose, to unbind, hence 
to let loose = to send forth. But the evidence is in favor of 
the former view. It is a futile objection,* that the path of 
the lightning is irregular. The meaning is : he guides, or directs 
it wherever he wills, under the whole heaven. — nntn and })S 
doubtless correspond to each other, in their original opposite 
senses under and over. 

V. 4. bip, in the two members, is evidently used in the 
two senses of the word vox. 

Third member. Nor lets them linger fyc. ; the weapons of 
his anger are prompt to execute his will, when his voice 
announces his presence. The change of number (it to them) 
is common, and indicates the store of such weapons at his 
command. 



* Heiligstedt (after Hirzel) : sed fulmina, quffi hue illuc 
volant, recta via duci non apte dicuntur. 



Gesenius (Thes. II. p. 1060) : Job. 37 : 4: non pone relinquit 
ea (fulgura), uhi audita est vox ejus.* 

Others, after the Vulg. (prop, to follow on the heels of one), 
non investigabitur. Sym. y.al ovx av e^cxvtaa&rjaErai ay.ov- 
a&ivTog rov ifofov airrjg. This Ewald expresses as a question: 
und solUe sie nicht finden, wenn erschreckt die Slimme 7 But 
his grounds are not decisive against those for the other view ;t 
and the inquiry, unnatural in itself in such a connection, is 
wholly aside from the parallelism.^ 



* (ibid.) Pi. pone reliquit q. d. a calce reliquit. (Arab. 
^_fcAa pone reliquit, distulit, procrastinavit ; II., III., pone et 
a 'calce venit, secutus est. IV., successit. Chald. iss distulit, 
tardavit. 

t 3)5^ ist wie im Syrischen verfolgcn, richtig Vulg. invesli- 
gare, ein neues aram. Wort, wie auch ma v. 3 loslassen vgl. 

X Schlottmann : Aber auch diese Erklarung ist zu kunstlich, 
und der Gedanke hier fremdartig. 



coordinate with ^'i.);* or 5th as accus., the pron. in ",1^5 
referring to 5-"'JS'!3, or 7th (by anticipation) to the two nouns 
in the next member, in the sense of caLLle and plants.\ 

II. 'S'^ ^friend; 1st as accus. (li^y = dative, the pron. 
referring to "lix; nip's and tipi:) as coord, accus. in the sense 
of cattle and plants) \X or 2d (nspp in the third sense above. 



* Mercerus : Indicat de eo (pluvia) slrepilus ejus (sc. nu- 
bis, vel Dei) ; pecus (indicat) etiam de ascendente. 

t So Gesenius formerly (earlier Lex. fibs), as quoted by 
Schlottmann from MS. notes of his lectures, and expressed by 
one of his pupils (Lange) in a version of Job, prefaced by 
Gesenius : 

Er thut ihm seine Donnerstimme kund, 
Dem Viehe und auch dem Gewachse, 

X Umbreit : Er thut kund ihm seinen Freund, 
das Vieh und das Gewftchs. 



CjX as subst. and iibij) as part.) ;* or 3d with the same use 
of !i2p?2, and nbiy = nblS. So Schlottmann :t 

Er zeigt ihm seinen Freund — 
Zorneseifer iiber die Frevel. 

III. — thought, loill ; 1st (the j;?-o«. in i^^s referring to 
7nan, and hs implied before ri;p52) ;+ or 2d (the piron. in ii^jj 
referring to the lightning) : he makes known to it his ivill ; or 
3d (the pron. referring to 'S'^iS'o) : he makes known to him his 
will. 

Cocceius might well say of the verse : mire explicatur ! It 
needs no argument to show the superiority of the Masoretic 
interpretation, in the true conception of it, to all the others. 

* Hahn : Die Ereiferung des Zornes den Kommenden. 
t Sym. • anayyeXaZ ns^i tovtov sTai^c^ avrov' i^ijXov ns^l 
aSixias. 

X Cocceius: indicat super illo cogitationem euam, pecude 
etiam de eo quod germinat. 



136 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXVII. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

5 God thundereth marvellous- 
ly with his voice; great things 
doeth he, which we cannot com- 
prehend. 

6 For he saith to the snow, 
Be thou on the earth; likewise 
to the small rain, and to the 
great rain of his strength. 

7 He sealeth up the hand of 
every man ; that all men may 
know his work. 



HEBREW TEXT. 



ftT T V/v : 



A : - /T T T - ; 



V. 6. r]p73 n":3 irap 



REVISED VERSION. 

God thunders marvelously 
with his voice ; 

great things does he, and we 
understand not. 

For to the snow he says : Be 
thou on the earth ; 

and to the pouring rain, 

even the pouring of his migh- 
ty rains. 

The hand of every man he 
seals up, 

that all the men he has made 
may know; 



V. 6. Fall thou on the earth 



v. 6. Be thou. Sept. yivov Inl yijs. It may well be 
doubted, whether the Vulg. ut descendat was suggested by 
the special sense to fall of this Heb. verb (prop, to plunge 
headlong, in eager haste), and was not rather a free expres- 
sion of the thought. At any rate, this sense of the Heb. verb 
does not well express the quiet, gentle falling of the snow, 
even in Gesenius' qualified form of. it (rush down), rue in 
terram* Schultens has justly compared it with the nix in-i.t 
Genevan, correctly : For he saith to the snowe, Be thou uj)un 
the earth. Bishops : He coiniibandcth the snowe, and it falleth 
upon the earth. 

Second member. The error of Nachmanides (on which 
that of the Common Version was founded),^ that OTTS means 
a light rain, was noted by Schultens, and is now shown by 
every Heb. lexicon. Prop, a poaring heavy rain (Gen. 7 : 12 
<^c.), it is related to the generic term for rain, as imher 
is to pluvia ; and hence may stand as an emphatic qualifica- 
tion (§ 106, 1, and Rem. 1) either before or after it (comp. 
Zech. 10 : 1). Evvald: 

So spricht zum Schnee er : fall zur Erde ! 
und zu dem starken Kegen, 
dem starken Regengusse seiner Pracht. 

It is mere trifling, to refer one of these clauses to the former 
rain, and the other to the latter rain.§ 



* Schlottmann : Sei auf Erden. LXX. inl yf^s yivov. Ge- 
•wohnlich erklart man jetzt: fall auf die Erde, Vulg. ut 
descendat in terram, Nin wie das arab. (yc = fallen; aber 

die gewohnliche Bedeutung des Verbi giebt einen viel nach- 
drucklicheren Sinn. Das blosse Wort Gottes lasst den in 
seinen Vorrathen aufbewahrten Schnee auf Erden sein. 

t Esto in terra . . . habet pondus ; idque vxpog, quod in 
Mose admirabatur Longinus, "ilK lii"! sit lux. 

X Following the Genevan: likewise to the small-raine, and 
to the great raine of his poxoer. 

§ Schlottmann : Spielcnd ist es, wenn manche Auslegcr an 



By the plur. of rain can by no means be understood the 
rain-drops.* Nor is the plural used intensively. It has 
reference to the heavy rains, repeated at brief intervals 
through the long rainy season ;t and hence the epithet, his 
rains of might = his mighty rains (§ 121, 6). 

V. 7. Seals up ; viz. in the winter season, when the labors 
of the field are suspended, and the hands of the husbandman 
as it were sealed up. 

Second member. Mew of his making = men made by him. 
— May know : that is. may know it ; may understand this, 
that they are his workmanship.J Heiligstedt : i. e. ut omnes 
homines se naturas a Deo creatas, ejusque voluntati et po- 
testati obnoxias esse cognoscant. Or, as better explained by 
Seb. Schmidt : Ut cognoscant omnes homines operis sui (hoc 
est, quos ille fecit et creavit) sc. ilium esse, qui omnia ista 
facit; in cujus manu sit nix, pluvia, labor agri, et omnes tem- 
pestates tempestatumque consequentia, atque ille dicat unicui- 
que quando venire debeant. {Ut cognoscant, sc. quod dictum ; 
ilium esse, qui nivi pluviisque dicit, ut sint super terra.) 

Gesenius, not so well (Lex. fib"^, 3, extr.) "may know 
him ; i. e. that all men as his creatures may know him." 
The change (there quoted) proposed by Reiske and A. Schul 
tens, in the division of words as made in the common text, 
is not necessary to make a pertinent and every way suitable 
sense. The thought is : that men who are themselves his 
work, may observe and know their subjection to his laws in 
nature and providence. 



die zwei Hauptperioden des Regens (den Fruh- und Spatregen) 
denken. 

* Heiligstedt: iniiaia pluvia, i. e. guttae pluvise. 
t Comp. Robinson, Researches in Palestine, vol. II. sec. viil. 
p. 97. 

X So it is translated and explained by Ewald : zum Merk- 
mal alter Leute seiner Schopfung ; wie zum Andenken fiir die 
Menschen dass sie nur geschaffene, einem hOhern WiUen 
unterworfene Wesen seien. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXVII. 



137 



KING JAMES VERSIOX. 

8 Then the beasts go into 
dens, and remain in their places. 

9 Out of the south cometh 
the whirlwind : and cold out of 
the north. 



HEBREW TEXT. 



-.-AT : - J T - 

' 1 : ■ T jv I : ■ 

AT J T V ■.■ -I. ' • 

! flip dl-lTS'^l 



REVISED VERSION. 

and beasts go into the lair, 
and in their dens abide. 



9 Out of the secret chamber 9 
comes the whirlwind, 
and cold out of the north. 



V. 8. N2m N :a 



V. 9. and from the north-winds cold 



v. 8. The noun n*n, and the suff. pron. referring to it, 
are used collectively, as appears from the plur. dens. 

v. 9. TJie secret chamber: as more fully expressed inch. 
9 : 9. the secret chambers of the south, viz. the distant southern 
quarters of the heavens, known only from reports of travelers. 
As "inn is properly an inner, private chamber, it may stand 
absolutely for what is there defined by the addition of 'J'cin. 

Ewald translates: Out of the secret chamber comes a storm;* 
understanding by secret chamber a repository or magazine, 
such as are spoken of in ch. 38 : 22, and Ps. 135 : 7 (where 
not this word, however, but isix the proper word for store- 
house is used). This accords with his supposition, that all 
the examples in vv. 6-13 are taken from the winter season of 
rain and snow, and gives the apparent advantage of unity to 
the whole description. But I'll! does not mean a store-house.^ 
In Prov. 24 : 4, to which some appeal in support of this sense, 
the writer means the inner chambers (viz. of the dwelling just 
before mentioned), devoted to retirement and luxury, and 
abundantly supplied with costliest furniture, clothing, jewelry 
&c. The use of nsiD, moreover, does not favor this view 
(comp. Is. 21 : 1) ; and it is improbable that the writer con- 
fines his description to the phenomena of the northern 
heavens. 

Second member; out of the nortJi. De di'it^a (it was said 
by Seb. Schmidt) major adhuc dissensus est, et lis intermina- 
bilis ; and the case is not much better now.J 

The simplest etymological solution is that proposed by 
Kimchi, and adopted by Gesenius, who adduces Arabic usage 
in its support.^ According to this view, the writer says : 



* aus der geheimen Kammer kommt ein Sturm. 

t Schlottmann: Schon Schultens verwirft mit Rocht die 
von Neueren wieder aufgenommene Erklilrung des "iin = Vor- 
falhskammer, was das Wort so ohne weiteres unmOglich be- 
deuten kann. Ganz anders ist der Ausdruck in Ps. 135 : 7 . . . 
welche Stelle daher fiir die unsere nichts beweis't. 

X Umbreit: W^yxiz erhellet schon aus dem Contexte in der 
Bedeutung von Norden. Aber die Herleitung des Wortes ist 
ungewiss. Rosenmuller; nomine Cii'i'na aquilonem indicari, 
arguit qnidem illud, quod exinde nn|D frigus provenire dici- 
tur ; quid vero illud proprie designat, non liquet. 

§ Thes. I. p. 430. Bene Kimchius : Q'^-ital Q'^auJU nimi 
vend fiantcs et di.tpergenies ; quern ecquuntur Cocceius et 

18 



Out of the secret chamber comes the whirlwind, 
and out of the north winds cold. 

It is without historical support, however, in the ancient 
exegetical tradition ; and the Arabic usage, applied to winds 
in general (as scattering dust ; covering and obliterating with 
dust), adds little to the evidence of this special usage. It is, 
moreover, justlj' objected by Lee (Lex. c^n^i) that "Dil'i'a is 
opposed to Tin, not to fiBID ; which is suflQcient to show that 
Gesenius and Eichhorn's view is groundless." There would, 
in any case, be an incongruity in saying, that cold comes out 
of the north winds ; and more especiall}^, as the locality 
whence it comes, which is the sense required by the corre- 
sponding member.* 

In the oldest traditionary exegesis (that of the Sept. ano §s 
ax^corii^icov y/wj^os), the w^ord ay.^a)TTi^i.a,'\ in the sense of 
fastigia, most naturally means that part of the heavens 
which never appears depressed = the north ; ;|:thus designating 
the thing intended by the Heb. word, without expressing its 
etymological import. The same quarter of the heavens is 
indicated by the Vulg. et ab Arcturo frigus ; and it is quite 
probable (as understood by some of the Jewish scholars, and 
early Christian Hebraists) that this Heb. word, in the sense 
of dispersers, scatterers, was applied to a constellation in that 
part of the heavens, as representing the quarter from which 
these forces come. 

Hoc omnium optimum, quod in hoc consentiunt, notari 
plagam septentrionalem, juxta contextum ipsum et rem ; cer- 
tum namque est, nullum frigus esse intensius et intolerabilius, 



Alb. Schultensius. Addere potcrant etiam arab. v:iLj.t3 dis- 

G ^ J ^ 

pergentes Cor. 51, 1 et k^Lwl.«tj, gj*xt^^ id. de ventis dici. 

* This difficulty seems to have been formerly recognized by 
Gesenius. In his Lexicon Manuale. of 1833, he defines this word : 
dispergenles. poet, de verilh borealibus, . . . adeoque de septen- 
Irione. In the Thes., at a later date, the last clause is omitted ; 
as also in the American edition of his lexicon (where his latest 
views are given), though retained in Hoffmann's ed. of it. 

t This must be regarded as the true reading. It has the unan- 
imous testimony of j\ISS. in its favor, and its signification is 
not alien to the connection. It is unnecessary, therefore, to sub- 
stitute a merely conjectural reading (" a^y.rfocov . . . vel a^xrov- 
Qov, vel simile quid '") as proposed by Bos, Prolegom. ch. iii. 

X Virg. Georg. I. 242; and Probus [in loc): ea pars semper 
supra vertitur. 



138 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXVII. 



KING- JAMES VERSION. 

10 By the breath of God frost 
is given : and the breadth of the 
waters is straitened. 

11 x\lso by watering he weari- 
eth the thick cloud : he scatter- 
eth his bright cloud : 

12 And it is turned round 
about by his counsels: that they 
may do whatsoever he command- 
eth them upon the face of the 
world in the earth. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

nip— ,n'' -ryzr-iifz 

'it : 'J- - i : 
AT - J* : - ■ :v ' - 



11 



T^Qnn^ I niao-a nwi, 12 

att;it : jT : - : 

! ns-ix ^an irs-ljy i c^s'^-ncx Va 

T : IT J" •• V : - • ~ ; v ~: t 

V. 10. i-i^^ia x"3a V. 12. 'p rnbianna 



Revised version. 

By the breath of God there 10 
is ice, 

and the breadth of the waters 

is straitened. 
Yea, with moisture he loads H 

the thick cloud, 
he spreads his lightning-cloud 

abroad ; 

and it turns with his guidance 12 
every way, 

that they may do all he com- 
mands, 

over the face of the habitable 
earth ; 



V. 12. according as they do 



quam quod ab Aquilone venit.* In this judgment all will 
agree ; and nothing more definite can now be affirmed with 
confidence. 

V. 10. "jPii (Gesenius, Lex. 1, h). Ewald : von Gottes Hauch 
giht es Eis. Heiligstedt : ab halitu Dei datur (oritur, existit) 
glades ; '|ni impersonalitur positum est, ut Germ, es giht, 
item Prov. 13 : 10. 

In the second member, the subst. verb is necessarily implied 
with the subject of the clause, from the construction of the 
preceding one.f It is inadmissible to assume, with Hirzel,J 
that "jni (used impersonally in the first member), is implied 
here in its personal use with God for the subject. 

The breadlh of the waters is straitened ; the free and un- 
trammeled stream becomes compressed, within an unyielding 
belt of ice. — an'i, § 106, 1, Rem. 1. 

V. 11. Heiligstedt: ni est nomen a nil derivandum, ut 13 
(Jes. H : 23) a ma, ix a ti^a. Ewald: die breite, mit in 
FeuchLigkeit schwer beladene Wolke seines Lichtes, wodurch 
sein Blitz leuchtet, . . . iiber der Erde hin und herwendet. — 
n'l'nan in the sense to burden, to load heavily; Heiligstedt: 
onerare, cf. n"ib onus Deut. 1 : 12. Sym. «x2a y.al xa^ncp 
iTtifi^ioei vetpkhj. — Casts down the thick cloud (Gesenius, 
Lex.), is not suited to the connection with vv. 12, 13. § The 



* Seb. Schmidt, in loc. 

t Ewald: des Wassers Weite kommtin Enge ; where, (wird) 
in Enge would give the literal form. 

X Zum 2. Gl. muss aber das Verb, personell gefasst und auf 
Gott bezogen werden : und die Breite des Wassers hringt er 
in eine Enge, macht er eng, zieht zusammen. 

§ Hirzel: Die Erklilrung: im Regen stiirzt er herab die 
Wolke (de Wette, Gesenius, u. A.), so dass vom Wolkenbruch 
die Rede sei, passt nicht zum Zusammenhange dieses Verses 
mit V. 12 u. 13. Dasselbe gilt von der Erklarung Rosen- 
muUer's, Scharer's, Umbreit's, u. A., welche I'na als Nom. 
verb, von n"ia (s. die WBB.) herleitend iibersetzen: und 

T T _^ 

Heiterkeit verireibt die Wolken. 



only signification of this root known to Hebrew usage (Deut. 
1 : 12) is the appropriate one here ; Hiph. to make heavy = to 
load heavily. — ma is prop, with moisture that drenches or Jills 
to saturation (root nin) ; which is implied in the phrase loads 
with moisture. — Second member; i-ix "|5y, § 121, 6. 

V. 12. The general import is well expressed by the Vul- 
gate: qucE [nubes] lustrant per circuitum, quocumque eas 
voluntas gubernantis duxerit, ad omne quod praceperit illis, 
super facieni orbis terrarum.* 

Second member. The trimembral division of the verse is 
required by the relation of its parts to each other. — That 
they may do (obl'sii) ; the suff. referring either to the cloud 
{collective sing.),\ which best suits the connection ; or (as 
the pron. Zd pers. pilur. is often used) indefinitely to men in 
general.J (ch. 36 : 31). With this latter use of the suf. 
Ewald,§ Hirzel, II and Heiligstedt make the connection: guided 
by him according as they (men) do all he commands. But 
the connection is forced and unnatural, both in the thought 
itself and in the expression of it.T[ 



* Schlottmann contends, that itsin refers, not to the cloud, 
but to God ; to which Ewald rightly objects : aber dies ist 
gegen den Zusammenhang der Rede, und ware an sich Gottes 
wenig wurdig gesagt (er, namlich Gott, wendet sich mit seiner 
Leitung ringsum) ; Jahrbb. der Bib. Wissenschaft, IV, 67. 

j Schlottmann: Das suff. pi ur. in tihssh bezOge sich auf 
den in dem vorhergehenden Singular 'jjj) liegenden Collectiv- 
begriff. 

% Heiligstedt : SufBxa 3 pers. plur. in abi'sb et tils'! non 
ad subjectum in antecedentibus nominatum, sed ad subjectum 
indefinitum, i. e. homines, referuntur ; cf. Ps. 4:8; 65 : 10. 

§ — von ihm geleitet wie die Menschen thun 
was alles er ihnen befiehlt — 

II Eig. an seiner Leitung, . . . und zwar geleitet dbsssi • • • 
7iach ihrem Thun alles das, was er sie heisst ; d. h. nach dem 
Masse, als man seine Gebote erfullt. 

T[ Schlottmann: Hierbei scheint uns jede der einzelnen 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXX VH. 



139 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

13 He causeth it to come, 
whether for correction, or for his 
land, or for mercy. 

14 Hearken unto this, 0 Job : 
stand still, and consider the 
wondrous works of God. 

15 Dost thou know when God 
disposed them, und caused the 
light of his cloud to shine? 



HEBREW TEXT. 

is-ix^DX as-i'^j-cx 13 

A * J T J' I- 

• IT -t J - • I 

V. 14. nsi x"32 V. 15. s-'sni x''3:: 



REVISED VERSION. 

whether as a scourge, for its 13 
land, 

or as a kindness he allots it. 
Give ear to this, 0 Job ; U 

stand and consider the won- 
ders of God. 

Dost thou know, when God 15 
sets his thoughts upon 
them, 

and the light of his cloud 
blazes forth ? 



V. 13. for his earth 



Third member; niJ'ix bsPi = j? oly.ov/ievrj, and with the 
same happy combination of thought. 

V. 13. So Schlottmann : 

Ob zur Zuchtigung fur seine Erde 
ob zum Wohlthun lenkt er sie. 

The particles Cii< — CX, in the first and second members, 
plainly correspond to each other (sivesive). The second 
clause of the first member (cx Uinporal = when)* connects 
with the second clause of the second member, and stands 
empliatically between the two alternatives, referring to both. 
This spirited arrangement was overlooked by Ewald, who 
adds unnecessarily, and without warrant, a pronom. reference 
to the preceding clause : 

Zur Zucht entweder, wenn die ist fiir's Land, 
Oder zur Gnade lasst er kommen sie. 

That 6X in the second clause of the first member must be 
either conditional, or more properly temporal, follows from 
the logical relation of the first and second members, in which 
the good and the evil, as alternatives, are set over against each 
other.f The form in the text fully expresses the thought in 
English, which will not bear the extreme brevity of the 
Hebrew. 

For its land ; referring to the cloud, as overspreading the 
land. So Ewald. Others, less happily : for his earth. — Second 
member ; •ini<''^'a'i , as in 34 : 11. 

TVortverbindungen im hOcbsten Grade verrenkt und gezwun- 
gen ; denn wo ware eine Analogic fiir eine \'^erbindung wie 
t^i'sb l^nbianra, oder wie konnte in dem Dini Dbyab 
der Sinn liegen, je nachdem, sie seine Gehole erfiillcn oder nicht 
erfiillen ; endlich, wie matt wtirde das nsix isnn "^JB auf 
das Bchwerfallige Einschiebsel folgen. 

* Schlottmann: Das erste und dritte Qx steht in der Be- 
deutung sive — sive : das mittlere ist einfaches Bedingungs- 
wort, worth " wenn sie fiir seine Erde ist." 

*f Hirzel : Schon die Gesetze der Logilc dulden es nicht, 
dass zwischen die Begrifie aaia und ipn, die sich zu einander 

verhalten wie Ungliick und Gliick, ein drifter hineintrete. 
Demnach kann ls"ixb-DX kein Glied der Disjunction, sondern 
muss £ediD°;ungssatz sein. 



V. 15. when God gives them the charge 



The felicity and truthfulness of the description of physical 
phenomena, in this and the preceding chapter, have been 
remarked by one of the most distinguished observers of 
Nature.* 

V. 15. d^ib; with implied (Gesenius, Lex. 4, c), as in 
24 : 23. So Gesenius, Hirzel and others. 

The phrase is taken in another sense by some (bs s^o, im- 
ponere alicui aliquid, sc. pra?standum; Gesenius, Lex. 3, e) ;f 
the verb used absolutely here. So Ewald : Verslehest du, wie 
Goit ihnen gibt Auftrdge? Heiligstedt: Scisnc, quomodo 
iwponat (mandata det) Deus lis, sc. miraculis; i. e. nostine, 
quomodo Deus efficiat, ut haac rairacula oriantur. Schlott- 
mann : Weisst du, wie Golt dem allein Befehl giebt 1 This 
abs. use of DVi) is admissible indeed, though without other 
example; but its common use in Job is equally pertinent 
here. — The use of s >"t^ in the sense, to know of = to regard, 
Ps. 31 : 8 (the instances quoted below, though adduced by 
Gesenius as examples of this construction, do not require it), J 
is not at all probable in so frequent a combination as iiibx C^iba. 
— Schlottmann: tiii'il5i; steht neutrisch, und geht der Sache 
nach auf rixbss zurilck. 

Second member; and (as a consequence) his light blazes 
forth. The usual intransitive sense of the verb is the proper 



* Aehnliche Ansichten des Kosmos kehren mehrmals wie- 
der. am vollendetsten vielleicht in dem 37sten Kapitel des 
alten, wenn auch nicht vormosaischen Buches Hiob. Die 
meteorologischen Processe, welclie in der "Wolkendecke vor- 
gehen, die Formbildung und Auflosung der Diinste bei ver- 
schiedener Windrichtung, ihr Farbenspiel (?), die Erzeugung 
des Hagels (?) und des rollenden Donners werden mit indivi- 
dueller Anschaulichkeit beschrieben ; auch viele Fragen vor- 
gelegt, die unsre heutige Physik in wissenschaftlicheren Aus- 
driicken zu formuliren, aber nicht befriedigend zu losen ver- 
mag. {Humboldt, Cosmos, Vol. II. Part. I. Descriptions of 
Nature in Heb. literature.) 

t Vulgate : 'Numquid scis, quando praceperit Deus plu- 
viis 1 

X Heiligstedt : 3 ST^ , scire aliquid, von etwas wissen ; cf. 
Gen. 19 : 33, 35; i Sam. 22 : 15 ; Jer. 38 : 24. Schlottmann: 
5^1 ist mit 3 construirt = mn etwas wissen, Gen. 19 : 33, 35. 



140 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXVII. 



KINO JAMES' VERSION. 

IG Dost thou know the ba- 
lancings of the clouds, the won- 
drous works of him which is 
perfect in knowledge? 

17 How thy garments arc 
warm, when he quieteth the 
earth by the south wind? 

IS Hast thou with him spread 
out the sky, which is strong, a?id 
as a molten lookingglass? 

19 Teach us what we shall 
say unto him; for we cannot 
order our speech by reason of 
darkness. 

20 Shall it be told him that I 
speak? if a man speak, surely 
he shall be swallowed up. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

tjian rp^'Tja-'iaii; 17 
ts'^pno^ lay isipin 18 

* IT 4" : • t ■ T -: 

-laxs-na siJSi'iin 19 

h - J - ■• • IV 

IT ^ : J* ■ - tt 

V. 17. a-ipirnn it"33 



REVISED VERSION. 

Understandest thou the balanc- 16 

ing of the clouds ; 
the wonders of the Perfect in 

knowledge ? 
What time thy garments are 17 

hot, 

when he lulls the earth with 

the south wind ; 
dost thou with him spread 18 

out the skies, 
firm as the molten mirror? 
Teach us what we shall say 19 

to him ; 
for we cannot order it because 

of darkness. 
Shall it be told him, that I 20 

would speak? 
or does one say a thing, that he 

may be swallowed up ? 



one here ; and it is unnecessary to assume a causative use, of 
which there is no example elsewhere. 

V. 16. The balancing of the clouds : how they are poised 
on high, and with their vast weight and extent are yet kept 
in equilibrium.* 

V. 17. In vv. 15, IG, it is asked, whether Job is privy to 
the divine purpose of bringing on the storm, and understands 
how it is effected. The same general thought is continued in 
these verses, by another question, viz: In the sultry summer 
heats, hast thou any part with him in the spreading out of the 
vaulted sky, which then overhangs the earth like a polished 
mirror?! (Comp. Deut. 28 : 23.) 

I take ^'^ix as it" is often used (Lex. B, 5) = ore. The use 
of it suggested by Gesenius for this passage (Lex. No. 7), 
" in what way, how,'" is at least a doubtful one, and makes a 
feeble sense. J — It may be construed as a sign of relation with 



* Schlottmann : Das Gleichgewicht, in dem die Wolken 
schvveben, ist etwas wundcrbares. Mit Unrecht nimmt hier 
Ewald eine Verwechselung des n mit b an, die er doch selber 
in der Bemerkung zu 38 : 32 fiir sehr schwierig erklart. Eine 
Zuriickdeutung auf das 3>' 3G : 29 iindet allerdings 

statt, aber eben dabei liebt der Hebraer leichte sinnvolle 
Aenderungen des Wortes. . . . Hier bildet das i^ubsa zu- 
gleich ein Wortspiel mit dem folgenden nixbs^, welche seltene 
Wortform deshalb statt rnxbss gesetzt ist. 

f Humboldt has remarked the propriety of this fine image : 
"the pure ether spread, during the scorching heat of the 
south wind, as a molten mirror over the parched desert." 
(Cosmos, Vol. II. Part. /., as quoted above.) 

X Schlottmann : Verwerflich ist die Verbindung des ids* 

mit dem vorhergehenden r'lrn ; selbst der Sinn : weisst du, wie 

deine Kleider heiss iverden u. s. w. ware sehr matt. Die 
Worts kOnnen nicht einmal dies bedeuten, sondern nur: 



the 2d pers. pron. (§ 123, 1, Rem. 1) : thou, whose garments 
are hot Sfc. i. e. who art so easily overcome, by the gentlest 
of his forces (connected with v. 16). So Ewald construes the 
relative ; but connects this with the following verse, as well 
as with the preceding one, in the sense : thou, who hast no 
part in the summer heats, except to endure them. — Prop. 
at the lulling the earth, with an implied reference to God as 
the efficient cause. Schlottmann. less happily : when earth is 
lulled {Hiph. intrans.). 

V. 19. '^■'-1^3 , with its object implied from the preceding 
member (§121, Rem. 2) ; we cannot 'put in order, viz. what 
we should say. An ellipsis of 'jibri, or D"'"i3'n, is unnecessary. 

V. 20. — = utrum — an. There is no other construc- 
tion of the verse, that gives an appropriate sense, and accounts 
for the alternation of the tenses.* The verso expresses the 
folly and rashness of challenging a hearing before God, as Job 
had often done. — It is not necessary to assume that "i^X is 
strictly = "i2'ri (Wmer, Simonis Lex : raro, locutus est, i. q. 
'na'n) ; though the reference to the thing said is sometimes 
barely implied in the connection, or in the nature of the case.f 



weisst du, dass deine Kleider heiss werden u. s. w. (vgl. Ex. 
11 : 7). 

* Hirzel: oder hat je einer gewollt, dass ihm Verderhen 
Icomme? eig. gesagi, dass er wolle verderbt werden? Ewald : 
sprach einer je, er werde aufgerieben 1 Schlottmann : oder 
fordert jemand, dass man ihn verschlinge? Probably not ! 

t Fiirst, Hdwbch.: im spateren Hebraismus, selten im 
fruheren, steht IrS zuweilen wie -iS'n auch absolut, wo n\fin 
das Gesagte nicht tindet (Ex. 19 : 25";" 2 Ghr. 2 : 10; 32 : 24) 
. . .'in alien Fallen aber lasst sich das Gesagte leicht aus 
dem Zusammenhange erganzen, so dass l^ts; nur scheiubar 
absolut steht. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXVH. 



141 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

21 And now see not the 
bright light which is in the 
clouds: but the wind passeth, 
and cleanseth them. 

22 Fair weather cometh out 
of the north : with God is ter- 
rible majesty. 

23 Tuuching the Almighty, we 
cannot find him out: he is ex- 
cellent in power and in judg- 
ment, and in plenty of justice : 
he will not afflict. 

24 Men do therefore fear him : 
he respecteth not any that are 
wise of heart. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

lix iiXTK? I i-i'ni"! 21 

I-. -: I- : - T ; IT - t t 

nnx"! 2nT ilsia-a 22 

AV V V JT T ' T -V 

I T J - — 

>in:xa?3-Nb "^^v 23 

- A J* - 



d^OSX iiniNIi 'flh 24 



REVISED VERSION. 

For now, they look not on the 21 
light, 

when it is shining in the skies, 
and the wind has passed over, 

and cleared them. 
Out of the north comes gold; 22 
with God there is terrible 

majesty. 
The Almighty, we cannot find 23 

him out ; 
great in power and rectitude, 
and in fullness of justice ; he 

will not oppress. 
Therefore do men fear him ; 24 
he regards not any of the wise 

in heart. 



E. g. in 2 Chron. 32 : 24; prop, and he said a thing to him, 
i. e. sent him a special message. So here: does one say a 
thing, viz. what is implied in the desire to speak expressed in 
the first member. 

V. 21. TTiey look not on the light (fixi = to look on, to 
gaze on, with purpose, or intently). Meaning : men cannot 
look on the clear sun-light in the cloudless sky ; how then 
(v. 22) can they comprehend God, whom a more fearful 
majesty surrounds. (Comp. 1 Tim. 6 : Iti.)* 

W. 22-24. Whatever earth has, in its farthest bounds, of 
wealth and splendor, can be traced out and brought within 
the survey and the knowledge of man ; but the Almighty is 
incomprehensible in his majesty, and in his power and justice ; 
he is therefore to be feared &c.t ^' 

Out of the north comes gold. This fact is asserted in other 
ancient writings, and indications of it are found in early 
legends. The ancient Colchis (of wider extent than the 
modern), was famed for it (Gen. 2 : 11. Strabo XI. 2, 19); 

* Schlottmann : Den Sinn hat unter den Rabbinen schon 
Simeon ben Zemach Duran richtig aufgefasst: . . . Und nun, 
sagt er, wie kOnnten die Menschenkinder, die in der Finster- 
niss sitzen, dem gepriesenen Gott und seinem allerhOchsten 
Glanze gegeniiber sich das Gericht anmassen, die nicht einmal 
das sinnliche Licht zu sehen vermogen, wenn es glanzend am 
Himmel steht, wie es dcr Fall ist, wenn der Wind dariiber 
liiufuhr und den Himmel von den Wolken reinigte. 

t So Ewald has justly given the connection : da man wohl 
alle entfernten gianzenden Kostbarkeiten der Erde schauen 
kann (v. 22 a, vgl. 28 : 10), aber noch weniger als das strah- 
lende Sonnenlicht, auch wenn es in seinen lichten Hohen 
eben durch den die Wolken reinigenden Wind wolkenlos 
geworden und ganz hell zu schauen ist, vermag man den mit 
sinnlichem Auge zu erreichen, welchen der hehrste Glanz 
(6*113 nach § 2U8c vorgesetzt) deckt, der in gleichem Masse 
machtig und gerecht ist (ch. 34) ; also ist er, wie auch die 
Erfahrung der Geschichte schon gelehrt hat, von den Men- 
schen nicht zu verwerfen und zu verurtheilen, sondern zu 
fiirchten. 



and Herodotus speaks of gold, as found in great abundance in 
the north of Europe (III. 116).* Why these remote sources 
of it, in the comparatively inaccessible regions of the north, 
are mentioned here, has already been shown. 

The proper and usual Heb. term for gold has been taken 
here, by metonomy, for what is purest and brightest.f 
Hence, in the Genevan version :f The hrightnesse commeth out 
of the North ; with the marginal comment : " In Hebrewe, 
golde ; meaning, fair weather and clear as golde." On this 
hint, the Bishops advanced a step farther: The faire weather 
commeth out of the North ; which was followed in the Common 
Version. 

It cannot be denied, however, that this metonomy, though 
sanctioned by eminent names,§ is exceedingly harsh and im- 
probable in such a connection as this. It is no more natural 
in Hebrew than in English, to say: out of the north comes 
gold, when one means a golden brightness, what is bright 
and clear, viz. fair weather (or the golden sun-light ; or the 
sun). The case is quite difierent in the only other example 
of this metonomy (appealed to in justification of it here), 
viz. Zech. 4 : 12; What are these two Olive branches, which 
are by the tivo golden pipes, which pour out of themselves the 
gold ? Here the whole connection is significant of the thing 



* Der Norden, das Goldland vieler Volker des Alterthums 
(Herod. 3, 116. Plin. Hist. Nat. 6. 11. 33, 4) . . . wie denn 
Chavilah (1 Mos. 2, 11) wahrscheinUch kein anderes als Colchis 
ist (Hirzel). 

t JMercerus : Per aurum hie accipe luccm serenissimam et 
purissimam, ut aurum ; sicut in Zach. cap. IV. v. 12, oleum 
splendissimum et purissimum appellatur aurum. 

X In the earlier vernacular Bible (Tyndale, Coverdale, 
Cranmer) : Golde is brought out of the JSorthe. 

§ Gesenius (Thes. and Lex.): Metaph. de splendore ccdi 
aureo, fortasse de ipso sole; Job. XXXVH. 22. Winer (Si- 
monis Lex.) : Job. 37 : 22. ant est splendor, qualis auri esse 

solet. 



142 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXVIII. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 
CHAP. XXXVIII. 

Then the Lord answered Job 
out of the whirlwind, and said, 

2 "Who is this that darkeneth 
counsel by words witlioufc know- 
ledge? 



HEBREW TEXT. 
CHAP. • XXXVIII. 



REVISED VERSION. 
CHAP. XXXVIII. 

Then Jehovah answered 1 
Job out of the storm; and he 
said : 

Who is this, that darkens 2 
counsel, 
by words without knowledge? 



Ch. XXXVIir. V. 1. Out of the storm. The use of the 
art. implies no reference to a storm already spoken of (ch. 37), 
as supposed by some. So in Eng. we should say, out of the 
storm, — not, out of a storm. 

V. 2. Counsel ; not my counsel* for which there is no 

* Ewald : Wer isl der da verdunkelt Rath 7 . . . Es wird 



authority, either in the form of expression, or (by implication) 
in the connection. Counsel is meant, in the primary sense of 
the Ileb. word (from the verbal root to consult^ to deliberate 



also zu verstehen gegeben, dass hier in der ganzen ijobischen 
Sache nicht Zufall, sondern wohldurchdachter klarer Eath 
Gottes walte, namlich wie man aus C. 1-2 weiss. 



intended. The lamps and the Olive branches point to the oil 
which the latter pour out to supply the former, through the 
golden pipes. When, in this connection, it is said of the 
Olive branches:* ''ivhich pour out of themselves the gold'' it 
is readily understood that the liquid gold from the Olive is 
meant, the golden stream of its rich and lustrous oil. Here, 
on the contrary, there is no indication of any metouomy ; and 
one more harsh, or more incongruous, in its connection with 
the other terms, can hardly be imagined. f Since it is mere 
metonomy, and no one claims it as a metaphorical sense of the 
word, established in Heb. usage, it may fairly be required that 
the metonomy be retained in the translation, where it is just 
as proper and intelligible as in Hebrew.J 

In all the best modern versions and interpretations, both 
the metaphorical sense and the metonomy are discarded. 
E. g. Ewald: von Norden her kommt zwar das Gold. De 

* The reference required, in the nature of the case ; for it 
is the Olive branches, which are seen pouring out the oil, and 
not the golden pipes, which are named only to show the close 
proximity of the former to these channels for conveying their 
treasure to the lamps. JMaurer's objection (on Zech. 4 : 12), 
founded on the genders indicated respectively by ipi'j and 

liilj, is not valid. The consir: ad sensum is the more proper 
here, as D^p'i'iisrt is a repetition of the subject (not a prasdi- 
cate) = they that pour out, § 109, 2d *[[, 2. On this point 
Henderson (Minor Prophets), is correct, though his construc- 
tion of the words is erroneous, viz. which, by means of the 
two tubes of gold, empty the golden liquid out of themselves. 
De Wette, correctly : Was sind die ziveen Oelzweige an den 
zwo goldenen JRohren, ivelche das Gold [des Oeles] von sich 
ausgiessen? So Ewald (die Propheten) : Was sind die zwei 
Oelzweige, die neben den zwei goldenen Candlen, die das Gold 
von sich ergiessen 1 

t Schlottmann : Sowohl das IIS^^j als das SUT iinsi waren 
in diesera Falle hOchst incongruente Ausdrticke ; und die 
nachste einzig natiirliche Auffassung: vom 'Norden kommt das 
Gold, wird sich jedem unbefangenen Leser aufdrangen. 

1 Umbreit is bold enough to venture it: Vom Himmel 
kommt das Gold, — meaning the golden sun-light. 



Wette (3d ed.) : Vom Norden kommt Gold.* Hirzel: Vom 
Norden her kommt das Gold. Schlottmann : Vom Norden 
kommt das Gold. 

Second member ; j<ni: is properly preedicate. Schlottmann : 
worth iiber Gott ist furchtbar der Glanz. 

V. 23. This, I think it will appear evident, is the true 
ari'angement of the members. f If the verse is divided into 
two members only (the first ending with ns). then assBia and 
iip^:i a"! must be governed by fii^"] (judgment and justice 
he ivill not bend) ;| in which case the emphatic is with- 
out any force whatever.— Margin : He will not answer (comp. 
31 : 35) is preferred by some, after the reading of the Sept. 
Syr. Vulg. and some of the oldest MSS. of De Rossi§ which 
have the Kal form. But the common reading gives a more 
pertinent sense ; and the omission of the accus. (objected by 
llirzel)|| is not decisive against it. He will not oppress of 
course implies an object, where it is not expressed. The V. R. 
has probably arisen from comparison with other passages. T[ 

V. 24. The wise in heart 8(c. True wisdom (piety, or the 
fear of God) is not meant, as the connection shows ; but 
pretensions to knowledge, on the part of those who affect to 
judge of him and his ways. 



* Abandoning his former rendering (2d ed.) : und am 
Himmel Goldglanz hervorgeht. 

t As construed also by Hirzel : Der Alhndchtige, wir fin- 
den ihn nicht, den Erhabenen an Macht und an Recht und an 
Fiille der Gerechtigkeit ; er erwiedert nicht. 

I Ewald: und der Gebiihr und alles Recht nicht beugt. 

§ Quidam ,1531 in Kal, inter quos mei 349, et 593 vetustis- 
simi. 

II Die Verbindung: Fiille der Gerechtigkeit beugt er nicht, 
ware hart ; ilS^i. aber absolut zu nehmen : er unterdriickt 
nicht, gegen den sonstigen Sprachgebrauch, da iiiy uberall, 
auch Klagl. 3 : 33, mit einem Object verbunden vorkommt. 

Tl Pleiligstedt: Sed hasc lectio tantummodo ex emendatione 
secundum alios locos, ut 33 : 13, 35 : 12, flusisse mihi videtur. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXVIII. 



143 



KING JAMES' VERSION. 

3 Gird up now thy loins lilce 
a man; for I will demand of 
thee, and answer thou me. 

4 Where wast thou when I 
laid the foundations of the earth? 
declare, if thou hast understand- 
ing. 

5 Who hath laid the measures 
thereof, if thou knowest? or who 
hath stretched the line upon it? 

6 Whereupon are the founda- 
tions thereof fastened ? or who 
laid the corner stone thereof : 

7 When the morning stars 
sang together, and all the sons 
of God shouted for joy? 

S Or who shut up the sea with 
doors, when it brake forth, as if 
it had issued out of the womb? 



HEBREW TEXT. 

•(*• • 1 I I : IT : v : 

rx • T : /- T • •• - 

fit - J' T V - ;v JT 

'it T JV T tiTT I' « 

'"3an rr^jix n^a-bs c 

AT : T T JV T -: T\ ~ 

rr r ■ I v jv t t • t 

irs-'ijs lyi^'si 

I* v: J" : T T - 

AT ■ J- T ; • ' 1 VjT - 

J SSI cin^ip iniji 



REVISED VERSION. 

Gird up now thy loins like a 3 
man ; 

and I will demand of thee, and 

inform thou me. 
Where wast thou, when I 4 

founded the earth? 
declare, if thou hast under- 
standing. 
Who fixed its measures, that 5 

thou shouldst know? 
or who stretched the line 

upon it ? 
Whereon were its foundations 6 

sunken ? 
or who laid its corner-stone ; 
when the morning-stars sang 7 

together, 
and all the sons of God shouted 

for joy ! 

And he shut up the sea with 8 
doors, 

when it burst forth, came out 
from the womb. 



V. 5. Who fixed its measures (for thou knowest) 1 



upon) ; viz. the exercise of sound wisdom, in determining the 
practical questions of life. The allusion here is to the general 
discussion of man's relations to the divine government on 
earth, in which Job had borne the prominent part. The 
restriction of the word to God's purpose or plan in the 
particular afflictions of Job (as by Umbreit, Ewald, Schlott- 
mann) * unnecessarily narrows the ground of this majestic 
rebuke. 

V. 4, second member, nj^n PiSJ'ii is an emphatic form (as 
in 1 Chr. 12 : 32, 2 Chr. 2 : 12, Pro v.' 4 : 1, Is. 29 : 24) ; mean- 
ing, to have a true and perfect understanding of things, either 
in their nature and relations (physical or moral), or in respect 
to their origin and cause. f — This member refers to the sub- 
sequent questions, not to tli/3 preceding one. 

V. 5. That thou shouldst know. Ewald: dass duh wiisstcst. 
Others, less happily (as ironical) : for thou knoweil ! The 
dehcate implication, conveyed by the other construction, J is 
the true import of the clause ; and Schlottmann objects with- 
out reason: {dcnn du xceisst es ja), starke Ironie ; wahreud 



* So Gesenius (Thes. II. p. 611): ssepe de consilio divino, 
nini Tisy. • . • Etiam naz' i^oyhv ixiv Job. XXXVIII. 2. 

t Schlottmann: worth wenn du die Einsicht weisst; ein 
starker nachdriicklicher Ausdruck, vgl. Jes. 29 : 24, etwa des 
Sinncs : die vollstiindige Einsicht haben. 

X As well expressed by Ewald: War er vielleicht dabei 
thatig Oder Gott, dass er nach signer Erfahrung alles wiisstc 1 



die Erkliirung, " dass du es weisst" nur einen schwachen Sinn 
giebt. 

V. 6. Laid its corner-stone. This is the proper sense of 
'in nni as a phrase (Gesenius, Lex. irn-i, 2). Schlottmann 
refers to the idea of depth, into which the foundation-stone is 
cast, as accounting for the use of this verb here, and therefore 
favoring the literal meaning.* But there is no such reason 
for its use in Gen. 31 : 51. It expresses merely the act of 
depositing the stone (taken up for the purpose) in its place. 
To cast a corner-stone is not the English phrase for it. — 
nnsQ 'i3^j!, § 121, 6. 

V. 7. Transition from the injin. construction to the finite 
verb (§ 132, Rem. 2). 

V. 8. riD'^l does not connect with !i1i ia in v. 6 (as 
Hirzelf and others), but takes its subject from D^nix in the 
preceding clause. 

Second member ; W'}'^ stands emphatically before the verb, 



* Oder tver warf hin ihren Eckstein? Das hebr. n"ii ist 
hier schwerlich wie das latein. fundamenlum jacere, das 
griech. aarv ^dlXetv, so abgeschwacht, dass man es durch 
'■ den Grundstein legen " tibersetzeri diirfte ; vgl. iibrigens die 
Bemerkungen zu 26 : 7. 

t T^}"^ schliesst sich an iTTi des 6. V. an : wer legte — 
und umschloss ? Die Thore, mit denen das Meer umschlossen 
ward, sind die (hcidcrseitigen, daher der Dual D'^rib'n, von der 
Form ni^T, nicht nb") Ufer, in welche es eingcdiimmt wurdo. 



144 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXVIII. 



KING JAMES' VERSION. 

9 "Wlien I made the cloud the 
ganneiit thereof, and thick dark- 
ness a swaddlingband for it, 

10 And brake up for it my 
decreed flace, and set bars and 
doors, 

11 And said, Hitherto shalt 
thou come, but no further: and 
here shall thy proud waves be 
stayed ? 

12 Hast thou commanded the 
morning since thy days ; and. 
caused the dayspring to know^ 
his place ; 

13 That it might take hold 
of the ends of the earth, that 
the wicked might be shaken out 
of it? 



HEBREW TEXT. 

A ■'. : !iTT r : 

! Infenn bs'^s'i 

'k ■-, JT T J : V IT 
• rTT : - J* : ■ IT T 

&''6h i><b'i tiifin ns-ns) laki 11 

I J : T4 J - - IT 

ia-ih '.ixja nib^ fjai 

^pa ni!!3 ^''■a>-c'n 12 

•v A T J* ■ I VT ■ 

vixn m'BJDa tinxb 13 

J *,• AT T J : - : ■.•:r-^ 

;n:a73 d'^^'iai >nrs"ii 

T IV • I j» T : \ IT * : 



V. 11. !X2n K"3a lb. ti-iDin 
lb. 'n Dipaa 'n V. 12. 'p -man ns^Ti 
V. 13. n^i^n '5> 



REVISED VERSION. 

When I made the cloud its 9 
garment, 

and tlie thick cloud its swath- 
ing band; 

and appointed it my bound, lo 

and set bars and doors; 

and said: Thus far shalt thou 11 

come, and no farther, 
and here shall thy proud waves 

be stayed ! 
Hast thou, since thy days, 12 

commanded the morning, 
made the dayspring to know 

its place; 
that it might take hold on the 13 

margins of the earth, 
and the wicked be shaken out 

of it? 



and for the same reason the asyndoLe constr. is used (§ 155, 
l,a).* 

The birth of the infant ocean is merely a poetical conception 
of its origin ; as are also, in the next verse, the appropriate 
appointments of this wonder of the new world. It is out of 
place, therefore, to inquire what is represented by Dm ; as 
e. g. the interior of the earth,t the primaeval chaos &c.J 

V. 10. This use of ph "laa originated (as best explained 
by Gesenius, after Cocceius),§ in the practice of breaking off 
what was apportioned as a daily allowance. It is an ingeni- 



* Or, as suggested by Hirzel: die Constr. ist dieselbe wie 
in V. 7, nur dass das \ fehlt vor xs'^, welches aber wegen des 
vorangehenden driTO nicht stehen kann (Ew. § 333, a). With 
more reason, he adds : dem Sinne nach ist ks"' Dnia nahere 
Bestimmung des allgemeinen irr^Ja. Man ubersetze: als es 
hervorbrach, aus dem Multerschoosse herauskam, 

t Heiligstcdt (after Hirzel): uterus, i. e. viscera terras, ex 
quibus mare prorupisse et terram inundasse poeta fingit. 

} Ilahn : als es aus dem Chaos gleichsam herausgeboren 
ward, indem sich das Wasser vom Lande schied und sam- 
melte ; vgl. Gen. 1 : 9, 10. 

§ Thes. in. p. 1357: Sed Cocceius locutionem ph laa 
repetitam censet a fracfione pensi panis quotidiani, quae poet, 
trauslata sit ad spatlum mari assignatum ; ph enim turn de 
penso dicitiir, turn de spatio et termino, quod alicui rei attri- 
buitur: atque hoc praefero. 



ous but fanciful supposition, that lailj is used with reference 
to the broken and precipitous ocean-barrier.* But there is 
an emphasis in the use of "laui, which is justly recognized by 
Schlottmann.f 

V, 11. rr^BV impersonally for the passive. Rodiger (Thes. 
fasc poster, p. 1400) : EUipt. et impers. Job. 38 : 11 (mare 
alloquitur Deus) . . . hie ponant i. e. ponatur (sc. terminus, 
V. 10) superbi(e Jluctuum tuorum. 

V. 13. tinx is evidentlj' to be referred to -iriu as its sub- 
ject.J Here, again, the injin. construction passes into that of 
the finite verb (§ 132, Rem,. 2). The thought is the same as 
in Ch. 24 : 16, 17, but more boldly expressed. 



* Hirzel (after Reimarus, and Ewald): von steilen, schroffen 
Uferfelsen kann der Ausdruck nad gebraucht werden, weil 
sie wie abgebrochen erscheinen ; vgl. ^ij/fiiv. 

t In dem "lad liegt aber etwas gevvaltsameres. Dem jungen 
Meere werden, als einer iibcrmiithigen Gevvalt, (vgl. 7 : 12), 
sein Maass und seine Graiize, die es in das Unendliche zu 
erweitern strebte, durch einen Machtigern, namlich durch 
Gott selbst mit Gewalt abgebrochen, und so fiir immer in 
bestiaimte Schranken eingeschlussen. 

X Heiligstcdt: Subjectum inJin. mxb est ^niy. Terra com- 
paratur cum panno expanso, cujus lacinias aurora apprehendit 
et improbos, qui per noctem in eo consederant, excutit. Sen- 
sus : aurora orta, improbi lucem fugiunt et in latibula sua se 
abdunt ; cf. 24 : 13 ff. 



Note. Of the construction, given in the note on Ch. 30. 13, to the last clause of the verse, a decisive example 
occurs in Joel 2:3, last member: nnin-xb fiyba'aai. The example, marked for the purpose some years before, 
could not be recalled at the time of writing the note. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXVIH. 



145 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

14 It is turned as clay to the 
seal ; and they stand as a gar- 
ment. 

15 And from the wicked their 
light is withholden, and the high 
arm sliall be broken, 

16 Hast thou entered into the 
springs of the sea? or hast thou 
walked in the search of the 
depth ? 

17 Have the gates of death 
been opened unto thee ? or hast 
thou seen the doors of the sha- 
dow of death ? 



HEBREW TEXT. 



AT J* T : r- J- T • : 

; i2-ii:n Man ^^-rA 



1ST - ; • - T T -s 
t;it-;* : 'ri-i 

inxiPi rii^^a i-i-jdi 



u 



la 



16 



17 



V. 15. niibn '-J 



REVISED VERSION. 

It is changed like the signet- U 
clay ; 

and they stand forth as in gay 
apparel. 

And from the wicked is their 15 

light withheld; 
and the uplifted arm is broken. 
Hast thou come to the 16 

springs of the sea, 
and walked in the recesses of 

the deep ? 
Have the gates of death been 17 

opened to thee ; 
and the gates of death-shade 

dost thou behold"? 



V. 14. and they stand forth as a vestment. 



V. 14. It is changed like the signet-clay : its dark and 
apparently formless surface is changed to a world of varied 
beauty and magnificence ; just as the shapeless clay takes the 
beautiful device from the seal.* 

Second member. They stand forth : namely the objects on 
the earth's surface, as clearly indicated by the connection. — 
As in gay apimrel ; ti'Vz!? the adverbial accusative.f So Ge- 
senius (Thes. II. p. 742) ; spec, vestis magnifica, splendida, 
2 K. 10 : 22, Esth. 4:2, 6 : 9-11, 8 : 15, Jes. G3 : 1 ; Job, 
38 : 14, €t (omnia) adstant ut veste sjplendida vestita, — de 
terra sole matutino collustrata. 

Others: and they stand forth as a vestynent; a beauteous 
vestment in which earth is robed. Ileiligstedt (after Ilirzel) : 
€t adstant omnia sicut vestimentum ; i. e. omnes res et formas 
an terra (aurora illustrata) ut vestimentum, quo ea induta est, 
apparent. 

To Schultens' constructionj (making and insj the sub- 
ject of *isaini ) it is well objected, that the verb is not suited 
to the subject. The objects on the earth's surface, its hills 
and valleys, forests, streams &c., may be said to stand forth 
when revealed in the sunlight, taking each its place, as a 
gorgeous investiture of the earth. But in no proper sense 
can this verb be predicated of the morning light. Ewald 
(first ed.) sought to obviate this objection, by the explana- 

* Hirzel: Der Siegelthon (d. i. Thon, wie er zum Siegeln 
gebraucht wurde, yTj orjum'T^ig bei Herod. 2, 38), ist eine 
formlose Iilasse; er ivandelt sick, wenn diese Masse ein be- 
stimmtes Geprilge annimmt, d. h. wenn ihr das Siegel aufge- 
driickt wird. 

t Schlottmann; Alles steht wie im Festgcwand ; worth sie 
stehen da, namlich die einzelnen Gegenstilnde der Erde, auf 
welche schon durch das erste Glied deutlich genug hingewie- 
sen wird. So schon Aben Jechaja (■j^nxii ipbn), und unter 
den Neueren Cocceius. Das m'zh ist mit Munster als Accus. 
adverb, zu nehmen; das Wort steht von priichtigem Gewande 
wie 1 Kon. 22 : 10, Esra 3 : 10, 

+ Pg. 1082 : Et ilia', Aurora, ac Lux matutina, sislunt se 
lanquam in vcstimenlo- 

19 



tion : " the morning and the dayspring, taking their place like 
servants at the command, surround all as with a clear, bright 
vestment."* But this, obviously, is not the sense of the 
words ;t and in his second edition (1854), he makes the sub- 
ject of the verb refer to "j^^Xti 

V. 15. Darkness, to them, is in place of light Compare 
ch. 24 : 13, 16, 

V. IG. Ilirzel : ci ip3J, wahrscheinlich, nach LliX. [xi]yT^i> 
d'alu.oay]s\ die Quellen des Meeres ; am niiclisten namlich 
liegt die Ableitung von Ti35'= 3133 aram. hervor quellen. Vgl. 
Tjib, Tj?<5? = dem aram. i,^'o. Olshausen (after Hitzig§) re- 
writes the text to suit himself, and make it easier of explana- 
tion. Statt des ana^ key. 1333 wird mit llitzig, Begriff der 
Kritik, S. 129, zu leseu sein 1^333 ; vgl. V. 37. 

Second member. Heiligstedt: Ign id quod invesiigando 
cognoscitur, hinc intimum alio, rei, i. q. 'iptta Ps. 95 : 4; 
ninn Ipn penetralia maris. 



* Der Mergen und das Friihroth auf den Befehl wie Diener 
sich stellend, wie mit iichtem hellem Gewande alles umgebend. 

t Schlottmann: Das kann aber unmoglich in den Worten 
liegen : " sie selbst stehen da wie ein Gewand." 

+ But with a conjectural reading of the verb (i^iTii for 
lasini, or at least maini = isnini) ; by which nothing is 
gained, however, in clearness or consistency of expression. 
On this conjecture, he ti-anslates: diese [der Erde ZipfelJ 
xcerden hell ivie ein Gewand; and explains: ihre I'liigel oder 
2,'ipfel hell leuchtend werdcn wie ein Gewand. 

§ Bcgriff der Kritik, S. 129: Iliob 38; 1<3, namlich, wird 
statt des ohne Etj'mologie im Semitischen dastehenden 1333 

vermuthlich 1^33 zu lesen sein. Die Vergleichung von V. 37 
a. a. 0. schiitzt diese Conjectur. Die QiaO *iii33 V. 37 sind 
dann den Qi ib33 vollkommen parallel. 

A satisfactory Semitic etym. is not wanting, however, as is 
shown hy Ilirzel and others. As to the alleged j^arallel, there 
is none whatever in the thought. Clouds are vcr^y aptl}'" called 
bottles of tJie heavens; but bottles of the sea, what and where 
are they ? 



146 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXVIII. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

18 Hast thou perceived the 
breadth of the earth? declare if 
thou kiiowest it all. 

19 Where is the way where 
light dwelleth ? and as fur dark- 
ness, whei'e is the place thereof, 

20 That thou shouldest take 
it to the bound thereof, and that 
thou shouldest know the paths 
(0 the house thereof? 

21 Knowest thou it, because 
thou wast then born ? or because 
the number of thy daya is great ? 

22 Hast thou entered into the 
treasures of the snow? or hast 
thou seen the treasures of the 
hail, 

23 Which I have reserved 
against the time of trouble, 
against the day of battle and 
war ? 

24 By what way is the light 
parted, ivhlch scattereth the east 
wind upon the earth ? 

25 Who hath divided a water- 
course for the overflowing of 
waters, or a way for the light- 
ning of thunder ; 

26 To cause it to rain on the 
earth, where no man is; on the 
wilderness, wherein there is no 
man ; 



HEBREW TEXT. 



A ' T : • ■ t V V -i JV 

* f 

! i^ipa Tji^irri 



ibin 

- JT - T : - TV 

f - I JV T V- : • 



^"i-jianb 

K I I v JV - • : - ; I 



18 



19 



21 



22 



23 



24 



"i2 Mb ^nsbn 'idx 

AT J" : ' : - Ti JV 
rr T : • t s j ; 

^in pbni Ti-i^in nt-ix 



nbyti s-jt-b 5^3-153 

ATT ; I V JV- J- • I- 

mibb rtnp rj'TiT 



26 



I /T 1 



V. 19. nrx t<"5n v. 22. m-iaxi 
V. 24. nT^s x"n 



REVISED VERSION. 

Hast thou surveyed even to 18 
the breadths of earth ? 

declare, if thou knowest it all. 
What is the way to where 19 
light dwells ; 

and darkness, vi^here is its 
abode ? 

That thou shouldest bring it 20 

to its bounds, 
and that thou shouldest know 

the paths to its house! 
Thou knowest; for then wast 21 

thou born, 
and the number of thy years 

is great ! 
Hast thou come to the trea- 22 

suries of snow, 
and the treasuries of hail dost 

thou behold; 
which I have reserved for the 23 

time of distress, 
for the day of conflict and 

war? 

What is the way to where 24 

light is dispensed, 
and the east-wind spreads 

over the earth ? 
Who divided channels for the 25 

rain, 

and a track for the thunders' 
flash; 

to cause rain on a land with- 26 

out men, 
a wilderness wherein is no 

man; 



V. 20, 



For thou dost bring it to its bound, 
and knowest the paths to its house. 



V. 18. Ilirzel: e\g. reicht dein BLick (deine Kenntniss) bis 
zu den Breiten der JErde ? 

V. 19. Evvald : Welches ist der Weg, da wohnet Licht ? — 
lix-jSiai , reLative clause (§ 123, 3, c). 

V. 20. Ewald : dass da's ndhmst zu seiner Grenze, 

dass du Idinntest seines Hauses Bahnen! 
So Ilirzel : dass du sie hinhringen konntest an ihre Grdnze 
(d. h. ihnen zeigen konntest, wie weit sie gehen durfen) ; dass 
du iviisstest die Pfade zu ihrem Hause ! 

Margin ; so Gesenius and others. The second member is 
merely continuative of the first (Gesenius, Lex. 13, 2, /?), and 
Eng. idiom does not require the repetition of the particle. 

Second member: its hounds. Hirzel: bl3?, ist die Griinz- 
linie zwischen Licht und Finsterniss ; vgl. 2G : 10. 



V. 21. ^biin, § 127, 4, c, note.— bia'i, § 148, 1. 

V. 24. Here, the topic is the diffusion of light from the 
East (hence its connection with the wind from the same 
quarter),* not the place of its abode, as in v. 19. Others, 
less probably, understand here the lightning of the storm, 
and therefore close the paragraph with this verse.f 



* Hirzel : d. h. auf welche Weise geht es zu, wie fangt es 
das Licht an, dass es sich iiber die ganze Erde yertheilt, und 
der Ostwind, dass er mit seinem Brausen die weitesten 
Strecken erfiillt ? 

t Schlottmann : Das Licht ist wie 36 : 32 der Blitz. So 
Tiur schliesst das zweite Versglied . . . sich passend an. Der 
Blitz und der Sturm werden neben dem Schnee und Hagel als 
Waffen Gottes gegen die Uebclthater genannt. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXVIIL 



147 



KING JAMES' VERSION. 

27 To satisfy the desolate and 
waste groiind ; and to cause the 
bud of tlie tender herb to spring 
forth ? 

28 Hath the rain a father? or 
who hath begotten the drops of 
dew? 

29 Out of whose womb came 
the ice ? and the hoary frost of 
heaven, who hath gendered it? 

30 The waters are hid as with 
a stone, and the face of the deep 
is frozen. 

31 Canst thou bind the sweet 
influences of Pleiades, or loose 
the bands of Orion ? 



HEBREW TEXT. 

V r; T J - ■ ; - : 

ax mSl^ UjiM 28 

AT JT r — J" -; 

rrnsn xs^ ia '■r^lro 29 

~ 'at JT t ■ I 1 :• jv • 

it: j* • - t / : 

it— ; • : J" : 

n?:i3 M's'lSia Ti-priil 31 

AT ' J - 1- - : -\ 

~ I" ~ : J' : V : I t 

V. 27. Mxia x"5a lb. tt"32 



REVISED VERSION. 

to satisfy the wilds and wastes, 27 
and cause the springing grass 
to grow ? 

Is there a fiither to the 28 
rain ? 

or who has begotten the drops 

. of dew ? 
Out of whose womb came 29 

forth the ice ? 
and the hoar-frost of heaven, 

who has begotten it? 
As in stone are the waters 30 

hidden, 

and the face of the deep cleaves 

fast together. 
Dost thou bind the soft in- 31 

fluences of the Pleiads, 
i or loose the bands of Orion ? 



V. 27. NUb in its primary sense, as a qualification of tlie 
following noun.* Gesenius, Hirzel, and others, less probably, 
in the secondary sense: a place springing up with grass. 

V. 28. Hirzel: d'^bjx wahrsch. Tropfen, nach Targ., Vulg., 
Pesch., und der Verwandtschaft mit dem Stamme }ib:>. Nach 
Gesenius, Beltdller, nach dem Arab. ; abcr schon die Verbin- 
dung mit libin erzeugen spricht fiir die erstere ErkUlrung, 
ebenso, dass das AufJiegen in einzelnen gesonderten Tropfen 
gerade eine Eigenthiimlichkeit des Thaues ist. 

V. 30. '13X3, § 118, 3. Rem. a. The thought is conceived 
and expressed with equal felicity. The fluid, congealed as it 
were to stone, is hidden from the senses in the solid mass. 

V. 31. nis^i;^, prop. moUitia (R. psi, Neh. 9 : 25 ; comp. ■ji-is) 
f, ■ 

Is. 47 : 8, and ^jtXi- molUties) ; hence amcenitaies, delicice. 
Here, where the p)owers attributed to the celestial signs are 
the subject, it is a natural metonomy for soft and gentle 
influences, such as were felt after the rising of this constella- 
tion in spring.! — To bind (opposed to loose in the next 
member), viz. to fasten or make them binding. 

The traditionary association of changes in the seasons with 
the rising and setting of certain stars, or groups of them, 
originated of necessity in very remote antiqiiity. At that 
period the bright cluster of the Pleiads, appearing before the 
sun in the east, announced his approach to the vernal point, 
a joyful presage of the coming spring ;J while Orion, in 



* Schlottmann : und den Graswuchs sprossen zu lassen. 
Ewald : und den Keim zu locJccn gruncn Spirosscs. 

t IMercier:. pro verni temporis amanilate, quse hiemis asperi- 
tatem temperat. Schultens : apparet quoque, nil opportunius, 
quam nu'isa arnxnilates, ad verni temporis delicias referri. 

J In the later classic writers, its rising (exortus matuti- 



winter the most conspicuous object in the evening skies, was 
then invisible. His bands, for the time, were loosed. 

There is, therefore, a perfect consistency in the form of 
expression, considered as the traditionarj' one, derived from 
the earliest observation of these two signs in their relation to 
the change from winter to spring. "When, by the gradual 
change in the sun's position, this relation was obscured to the 
common eye, it was still marked by the learned observer, and 
thus the tradition was perpetuated.* 

That this language refers to the great change in the seasons 
(from winter to spring) indicated by these signs, has long- 
been held by interpreters.! Job is asked, in perfect harmony 



nus) marks the close of spring or_jDeginniug of summer. 
Columella, de Ee Eustica XI. 2: Nonis Maiis Vergilite ex- 
oriuntur mane ; . . . VII Idus Maias sestatis initium. Varro, 
I. 28 : Dies primus est veris in Aquario. aestatis in Tauro, 
auctumni in Leone, hiemis in Scorpione. II. 11. Caseum 
facere incipiunt a Vergiliis vernis exortis ad sestivas Vergilias. 
But some centuries earlier, its rising and setting were observed 
in nearer connection with the Equinox. Occasum matutinum 
Vergiliarum Hesiodus . . . tradidit fieri, qimm ajquinoctium 
autumni conficeretur ; Thales [more than (iOO B. C] vigesimo 
quinto die ab ;equinoctio, Anaximander vigesimo nouo. Plin. 
Hist. Nat. XVIII. 57. — Orion everywhere appears as an autumn, 
and winter si^n. 

* Compare the name VergilicE ; a verni temporis signifi- 
catione, quo oriuntur (Serviiis ad Georg. 1, 138). — Die Romer 
nannten die Plejaden Vergilice. "eo quod vere exoriantur," 
wie der Scholiast des Germanicus p. 114 sagt. Der Ausdruck 
soil also so viel als Fruhlingsgestirn bedeuteu (Ideler, 
liber die Sternnamen, S. 146). 

f See above, note f- Grotius {in locum) : Sensus est, 
potesne impedire flores vernos Vergiliarum ? . . . Orionem, 
hybernum sidus labores impediens. Sensus est, poterisne tu 
rusticis facultatem dare laborandi, ubi labores Orion inhibet ? 



148 



KING- .TAMES VEP.SION. 

32 Canst thou bring forth 
Mazzaroth iu his season ? or canst 
thou guide Arcturus with liis 
sons ? 

33 Knowest thou the ordi- 
nances of heaven ? canst tliou 
set tlie dominion tliereof in the 
earth ? 



HEBllKW TEXT. 



tii^2":j nipn s^"nin 



J T ; - *• T 



S3 



V. 32. Kiainn x n 



REVISED VERSION. 

Dost thou lead forth the Signs 32 

in their season ; 
and the Bear vvitli her young, 

dost thou guide them V 
Knowest thou the ordinances 33 

of tlie heavens ; 
or dost thou estabUsli their 

dominion over earth ? 



with the spirit of the passage and with tlio dignity of the 
Speaker, whetlier he can claim to be the author of this great 
and beneficent change in Nature, on which the well-being of all 
depends ! 

It will be seen by the foot-notes (e. g. Grotius, in locum), 
that hind has been taken in the sense to lander^ to prevent, 
with a corresponding application of loose. But Job is not 
asked, whether he can do what is not done ; but whether that 
which is done is effected by his power. The interpretation 
given above is more pertinent, therefore, as w'ell as more 
simple and natural. 

But many regard (by metathesis) as = ni'nsr^ ;* 

and this is now generally adopted. E. g. Ewald : 

B'mdesl du die Fesseln der Plcjaden, 

oder losest du Orions Banden 
So Hirzel understands the words, to fasten the hands of the 
Pleiads, viz. to bind these several stars together in one 
group, as they always appear ; meaning : art thou the cause, 
that this little assemblage of stars is alwaj's seen together, — 
dost thou connect them thus in one group 1 In the contrary 
sense, it is said (2d member) : or canst thou loose Orion's 
fetters ; i. e. canst thou remove from their place the stars 
that compose this figure, so that they shall no more form it, 
and thus the chained giant be freed from his bonds and dis- 
appear from the skies ? So Umbreit, Heiligstedt, Schlott- 
mann.J Ilahn, and others. 



So Patrick: "'Canst thou forbid the sweet flowers to come 
forth, when the Seven Stars arise in the Spring; or open the 
earth for the husbandman's labor, when the winter season, at 
the rising of Orion, ties up tlieir hands 1 " 

* Gesenius (Thes. II. p. 995) : Sed aliud nomen esse vide- 
tur nis'ir^, Job. 38 : 31, idque vincula, fasciculos, significans, 
ex usu Talmudico (de fasciculis myrti Schabb. fol. 33, 2, de 
aliis vinculis nodisve Kelim c. 20. Succa fol. 13, 2), pro 
rii^:^"'^: a rad. Inde Job. 1. c. . . . num Ugasti vincula 

Pleiadum? LXX. Seofiw TtletdSos. Targ. xna'^S Kinachi 
et Jarchi : rnaia "inap- Masora quoque obsei-vat, '72 h. 1. alio 
sensu poni atque 1 Sam. 1. c. 

t Bindest du die Banden des Siebengestirns, eines ge- 
drangten, wie zusammengebundenen Ilaufens von Sternen, 
dass diess Gestirn gcrade immer so erscheint? Oder losest du 
Orions Fesseln, dass dieser an den Himmel gebundene Thor 
der Urwelt zu Zeiten, als wiirde er losgebunden, am Ilimmel 
niiher kommt 1 

X Die einzelnen Sterne der Plejaden sind an einander und 



But in this form, I am constrained to say. Die Frage 
scheint mir klein ! In the midst of questions relating to 
God's grand and beneficent arrangements for his sentient 
creatures (as shown by the provision made for them in the 
structure of the universe, or in their own natural endow- 
ments), any question of mere power or skill, apart from a 
wise and benevolent purpose in the use of it, would be quite 
out of place; and the more so, if relating to matters of curious 
speculation merely, as whether one could group some little 
cluster of stars, or worse still, could do or undo some feat of 
profane Mythology. The sacred writer is intent on higher 
things than these.* 

y. 32. The circuit of the year is meant ; as marked (first 
member) by the succession of the celestial Signs (led forth 
each in its season), and (second member) by the varj'ing 
position of the great northern constellation, in its annual 
circuit of the Pole. These would soon become a necessary 
measure of time ; the latter marking also, as on a dial, the 
progress of the night. 

To the arguments for this meaning of ni"i??: (Gesenius, 
Thes. II. p. 869), Ewald can only object, that a single con- 
stellation is more appropriate here, as the others stand singly, 
and that the interchange of ? and ^ in this book is hard ;t 
preferring the signification crown (viz. the two constellations, 
the northern and the southern crown). But of this there is 
no historical evidence, nor have these any specific connection 



alle zusammen an den Himmel gefesselt : Bezeichnung der 
festen, unverriickbaren Ordnung des Sternenhimmels. Bei 
den Fesseln des Orion findet zugleich eine Anspielung auf die 
zu 9 : 9 erwiihnte Sage statt. 

* As little can we ascribe to him such elegant trifles as the 
following. Die asiatischen Dichter Sadi, Hafiz und andere 
betrachten die Plejaden immer als eine brillantene Rosette 
mit einem Solitilr. . . . Herr Beigel, der mir diese Stellen 
nachgewiesen hat, setzt hinzu : " In diesem acht orientali- 
schen Geiste muss man, denke ich, die Worte C. 38 V. 30 des 
Hiob verstehen : .... kannst du die Liehlichkeiten (die 
Brillanten-Rosette) der Pltjaden hinden (zusammenreihen) ? 
d. i. wer kaun sagen, dass er die Plejaden-Ptosette an den 
Ilimmel gesetzt habe ? " (Ideler, fiber die Sternnamen, 
S. 147). 

t Indess ist der Uebergang des ^ in 1 bei dem Dichter 

dieses Buches schwer, und hier scheint nur ein einzelnes 
Sternbild passend neben den andern einzelnen zu stehen; 
besser also wohl die Sterne der nordlichen und die der siid- 
lichen Krone, von nt3 Krone. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXIX. 



149 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

34 Canst thou lift up thy. voice 
to the clouds, that abundance of 
waters may cover thee ? 

35 Canst thou send lightnings, 
that they may go, and say unto 
thee, Here we are ? 

36 Who hatli put wisdom in 
the inward parts? or who hath 
given understanding to theheart? 

37 Who can number the clouds 
in wisdom ? or who can stay the 
bottles of heaven, 

38 When the dust groweth 
into hardness, and the clods 
cleave fast together? 

39 Wilt thou hunt the prey 
for the lion ? or fill the appetite 
of the young lions, 

40 When they couch in their 
dens, and abide in the covert to 
lie in wait ? 

41 Who provideth for the 
raven his food? when his young 
ones cry unto God, they wander 
for lack of meat. 



CHAP. XXXIX. 

Knowest thou the time when 
the wild goats of the rock bring 
forth? or canst thou mark when 
the hinds do calve ? 

2 Canst thou number the 
months that they fulfil ? or know- 
est thou the time when they 
bring forth ? 



HEBREW TEXT. 

I JTT J* T -: 

Tir.-- : -J- - : • i: 



ft— : 'j* T : J — : I- 



u-a-zn nin-j;3 T:6-^-a 36 

AT : T -< \ ~ TV 

;i-i3''3 iirjsb ".nria ii< 

IT ■ ■ : JV* ' v-T (• < 

naana d'lpnta 'iaoi-'i53 37 

AT : T : 'j- T : j — ; r 



ps^iab 'naa inp:ja 38 

'at " JT r 'v JV : 

• IT \ : i-T I 

' V ^T J* T : J T 



A : - / T I* 

V IT : JT \ - V : I" 

i •• •• IT ' J- T <• 

A™ - : J- V T T :v 



CHAP. XXXIX. 



T A7 ~ : J* T : / : • 

T IT ; • J- T ; -T ; 



V. 41. 'p iiilsi V. 1. naujn i<":a 

V. 2. -i5&n J{"5a lb. 5!1^>0 K"5a 



REVISED VERSION. 

Dost thou lift thy voice to the 34 
clouds, 

and a flood of waters shall 

cover thee ? 
Dost thou send forth light- 35 

nings, and they go ; 
and say to thee : Here are we ! 
Who put wisdom in the reins, 36 
or who gave to the spirit un- 
derstanding ? 
Who numbers the clouds by 37 

wisdom, 
and who inclines the bottles 

of the heavens ; 
when dust is poured into a 38 

molten mass, 
and clods cleave fast together. 
Dost thou hunt the prey for 39 

the lioness, 
and the craving of the young 

lions dost thou fill ; 
when they crouch down in the 40 

dens, 

lie in ambush in the covert? 
Who provides for the raven 41 

its prey, 
when its young ones cry unto 

God, 

wander without food ! 

CHAP. XXXIX. 

Dost thou know the time 1 
the wild rock-goats bear, 
observe when the hinds are in 
labor ? 

Dost thou number the months 2 

they fulfill, 
and know the time of their 

bringing forth ? 



V. 36. or who gave understanding to the heart 



with the great topic of the discourse ; any other constellations 
might equally well have been named. 

V. 34. In the second member, 1 should be rendered and 
(denoting a consequence or result) ; the allusion being evi- 
dently to the same circumstances as are described in ch. 
3G : 27-30. 

V. 37. Who is able, by his wisdom, to determine their proper 
number ! — Inclines them, so that their contents are poured out. 

V. 39. A new chapter should have commenced here, as the 
subject of this and the two following verses belongs to ch. 39. 



Second member, n^in. See the note on 33 : 20. It is the 
craving of the animal nature that is here meant. As we 
cannot preserve the metonomy in English, the sense should be 
expressed in the simplest and most natural form. 

Ch. XXXIX. V. 2. Dost thou numher ; not canst thou 
number, which would be no difficult matter. The idea is: 
dost thou determine these times, in the established and un- 
varying order of Nature ; and are these things under thy 
supervision and control ? 



150 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXIX. 



KING JAMES' VERSION. 

3 They bow themselves, they 
bring forth their young ones, they 
cast out their sorrows. 

4 Their young ones are in 
good liking, they grow up with 
corn ; they go forth, and return 
not unto them. 

5 Who hatli sent out the wild 
ass free? or who hath loosed tlie 
bands of tiie wild ass? 

G Whose house I have made 
the wilderness, and the barren 
land his dwellings. 

7 He scorneth the multitude 
of the city, neither regardeth he 
the crying of the driver. 

8 The range of the mountains 
is his pasture, and he searcheth 
after every green thing. 

9 Will the unicorn be willing 
to serve thee, or abide by thy 
crib ? 



HEBREW TEXT. 

nsnbsn 'iniibi ni^^ian 3 

IT jT I : : IT 

ini3 ti'zyj ii^53b-^;aN; 6 

IT" : ;t ; : ■ 

ni"ip lianb pniai 7 

(t ; • J - ^ : 

!in5»i?D cii'nn i*ini 8 

1 : • ' J T t ». — ; 

]^ T J" V J -; 

V. 7. niXIffin n"53 lb. n":3 



REVISED VERSION. 

They bow tliemselves, they 3 
bring forth their young, 

they cast away their pains. 

Their young mature, grow up 4 
in the field, 

go forth, and return not to 
them. 

Who sent out the wild-ass 5 
free, 

and who loosed the wanderer's 
bands ; 

whose house I made the desert, 6 
and the barren waste his 
abodes '? 

He mocks at the clamor of the 7 
city; 

the driver's shouts he hears 
not. 

The range of the mountains is 8 

his pasture, 
and he searches after every 

green thing. 
Will the wild-ox be willing 9 

to serve thee, 
or abide at thy crib ? 



V. 3. They cast out 



W. 3, 4. Remote as they are from human aid, and abandoned 
as they seem, the care of the All-Seeing suffices for them. — 
Cast away their 2'>ains ; viz. by the birth of their young, 
which brings them relief. This purpose of Nature is accom- 
plished in them, no less surely than in animals housed and 
watched with tenderness and care. Less happily, others : 
ihey cast forth their pains, by metonomy for their young 
produced with pain. — Return not: i. e. are soon dismissed 
from them, and need no further care. 

YV. 5-18, Here the same general truth is illustrated, by 
the difference of disposition in animals of the same outward 
structure and capacities, but diflering widely in their internal 
dispositions and consequent habits. The wild-ass, for example, 
is outwardly as well adapted for man's use as the domestic 
animal ; and yet no power or art of man can make him 
serviceable. So of the wild-ox. Whence and how is it then, 
that animals apparently the same and fitted for the same uses, 
are yet so unlike, that while one patiently submits to every 
task imposed by man, the other baffles all his attempts to sub- 
due it to his service ? 

V. 5. K^Q is the usual name of the animal ; (an oc- 

casional name) is used as an expression of one of its prominent 
traits referred to in the following lines, and for the same reason 
its sense should be expressed in the version 



V. 6. His ahodes, plural, becanse he has many; choosing 
his temporary habitation wherever he wills. (See Expl. Notes.) 

V. 8. ^^ni , as a noun,* is best expressed by range, which 
is nearest the primary meaning of the root and best suits the 
connection. 

VV. 9-12. It is evident, that the animal here spoken of 
belonged to a class employed in the labors of husbandry ; that 
it was fitted for draught by its bodily structure and great 
strength, but, from its intractable disposition, could never be 
subdued to it by man. On the supposition that it belonged 
to any other class of animals, the questions would be irrele- 
vant. (See above, on 5-18.) That this animal was of the 
bovine class, is to be inferred also from other connections in 
which the name occurs. 

The term wild-ox is the appropriate one, whether with Ge- 
senius and othersf we understand by Qi'i the Oriental luffalo 

* Eodiger, Thes. fasc. poster, p. 1499 : Alii 'liini 3 pers. sing, 
fut. more chaldaso pro 'nini scriptam habent ; et hoc quidem 
bene conveniret verbo Di'Tii in altera commatis parte, qua- 
propter alii scribi malunt '^Jini . 

t Gesenius, Thes. III. p. 1248. A more complete and very 
instructive view of the evidence is given by Dr. Robinson, in 
his additions to Taylor's ed. of Calmet's Dictionary, Art. uni- 
corn. What is known of this latter animal may there be seen. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXIX. 



151 



KING JAMES' VERSION. 

10 Canst thou bind the uni- 
corn with his band in tlie furrow? 
or will he harrow the valleys 
after thee ? 

11 Wilt thou trust him, be- 
cause his strength is great ? or 
wilt thou leave thy labour to 
him ? 



HEBREW TEXT. 



ins 21-13 is-n-jann 

A J- • \. - ; • -: 



11 



E.EVISED VERSION. 

Wilt thou bind the wild-ox lo 
with his cord in the furrow, 

or will he harrow the valleys 
after thee ? 

Wilt thou trust him because ii 
his strength is great, 

and commit to him thy labors? 



(not our American buffalo, prop, the hison), now found in 
Palestine and adjacent countries in the domesticated state ;* 
or, as I prefer, the primeeval wild-ox, the Urus of the ancients, 
now extinct in the natural state, and known only from de- 
scriptions of ancient writers and its fossil remains. f " The 
Urus and the Bison" it is said on well ascertained grounds, 
'• wei'e spread anciently from the Rhine to 'China, and existed 
in Thrace and in Asia Minor."t 

The natural and just inference from the passage is, that the 
animal spoken of was not only untamed, but in its nature 
untamable. This is strongly, if I should not rather say de- 
cisively, against the supposition, that the Oriental buffalo is 
meant ; an animal easily and for many ages past extensively 
domesticated. The case is well stated by Dr. Mason, of the 
Assam Mission. § 

" The buffalo has performed for man, from the earliest 
historic times, || the precise things which the Scriptures tell 
us the Reem would not. 'Will the unicorn be willing to 
serve thee, or abide by thy crib ? ' - The buffalo does both 
as readily as the ox, the horse, or the elephant. ' Canst 
thou bind the unicorn with his band in the furrow, or will 
he harrow the vallej's after thee ? ' The buffalo may be seen 
yoked to the plough and harrow in India, as customarily as 



* Robinson's Researches in Palestine, vol. III. p. 306. " In 
Egypt, as likewise here and around the lake el-Huleh, they 
are mingled with the neat cattle, and are applied in general to 
the same uses. They doubtless existed anciently in Palestine; 
though probably in a wild state, or unsubdued to labor, as at 
the present day in Abj'ssinia. . . . The actual existence of 
this anitnal in Palestine leaves little doubt that it is the Reem 
of the Hebrew Scriptures ; for which both ancient and modern 
versions have substituted the apparently fabulous unicorn." 

t It is thus described in Cses. B. G. VI. 28. Hi sunt magni- 
tudine pauUo infra elephantos; specie et colore et figura tauri. 
Magna vis eorum et magna velocitas ; neque homini, neque 
ferae, quam conspexerint, parcunt. . . . Sed adsuescere ad 
homines et mansuelieri ne parvuli quidem excepti possunt. 
Amplitudo cornuum et figura et species multum a nostrorum 
boum cornubus differt. 

+ C. Hamilton Smith, in Kitto's Cyclopedia, Art. Reem, 
p. 607. 

§ Christian Review, No. LXXXIII. Jan. 1856. He adopts 
the opinion of Bochart, that the Oryx is meant. 

11" In the laws of Menu, the great Hindoo legislator, . . . 
a book supposed to have been written about the time of 
David, domestic buffaloes are frequently mentioned." {Ibid. 



the ox was in Judasa. In the Tenasserim provinces, nearly 
every acre of paddy land is exclusively ploughed and harrowed 
by buff'aloes. '"Wilt thou believe him, that he will bring home 
thy seed ; or gather it into thy barn 1 ' The buffalo brings all 
the sheaves from the field on sleds to the threshing-floor, 
where he treads out the corn ; after which the grain is put 
into carts, which the buffalo draws to the bai-n. The buffalo, 
though a fiercer animal usuall}^ to strangers than the common 
ox, is perfectly docile with its owner; readily obeying a 
woman or child that attends it. It will be easily seen, that 
though to render Reem by buffalo may pass in Germany, 
where the buffalo is known only by an occasional stuffed 
specimen in the museums, yet in the East, where from the 
Indus to the Irrawadd}', and from the Sheinam to the Hoangho, 
it may be seen ploughing and treadmg out the corn in every 
cultivated field, and where the missionary has often his 
baggage drawn by buffaloes, and may sometimes be seen riding 
in a cart or sled behind one, as I have frequently been ; to 
translate Reem by buffalo, were to make the Scriptures ridi- 
culous." 

That the was of the goat kind (as maintained by 
Bochart* and others), rests mainly on the use of this word 
by the Arabs. But it is a sufficient answer to this, that 
"the Arabs and other natives of the climates where the 
animals are found, do not consider them as antelopes, but 
as a species of buffaloes";! and that they call animals of 
the deer kind wild-oxen, for the same reason.J 

Of this passage it is justly said by Schultens (p. 1114): 
tota series postulat animal Bovi aratori non nomine, sed cor- 
IJore et universa sjjecie, simillimum. The Oryx, from its ex- 
traordinary agility, vigor, and fierceness, is a formidable 
assailant, even to much more powerful animals. But it is iu 
no respect fitted for draught; and neither the size of the 
animal, nor its physical force, justifies the application to it 
of the words, '' because its strength is greal." 



* Hierozoicon, vol. II. pp. 350-366, ed. Rosenm. 
t Chr. Rev. (as quoted above) p. 39. 

t Schultens, p. 1114. Gesenius (Thes. III. p. 1249) : 
Antiloparum enim species majores bobus feris bubalisque 
simillimte sunt, quam ipsam ob causam gr. ^ov^aXos, ^ov- 
§al\s vocantur ; ut apud Arabes animalia cervini generis 
^^^yi ^iLJI> appellantur. Facile 

igitur vc. quod llebrasis bubalum significabat, ab Arabi- 
bus de antilopas majoris specie usurpari poterat. 



152 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXIX. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

12 Wilt thou believe him, that 
he will bring home thy seed, and 
gather it into thy barn ? 

13 Gavest thou the goodly 
wings unto the peacocks? or 
wings and leathers uuto the 
ostrich ? 

14 Which leaveth her eggs in 
the earth, and warmeth them in 
the dust, 

15 And forgetteth that the 
foot may crush them, or that the 
wild beast may break them. 

16 She is hardened against her 
young ones, as though they were 
not hers : her labour is in vain 
without fear ; 

17 Because God hath deprived 
her of wisdom, neither hath he 
imparted to her understanding. 

IS What time she lifteth up 
herself on high, she scorneth the 
horse and his rider. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

ssit aiui-is ia I'^rxnn 12 

Iav : - J* T I' I ' J' -; I- 

n&M"5 tDiSSTtlJS 13 

TAT v:r.' fT : >- : 

yix^ at55n-i3 14 

T aV " I V JT T J -: 1- I- 

rr-i^itm bsTia nsani i-j 



T IV ; JV T ~ I. : 



iniia nidpn 16 

- IT • I JT ■ : ' • : 

nrsn j^ibx .Tien-ia 17 

AT : T - J v: JT • r- 

IT • - T ' - IT I i 



A' : - J r - .. T I 



V. 12. 'p n-itt5"> 



REVISED VERSION. 

Wilt thou believe him, that he 12 
will bring home thy seed, 

and gather into thy threshing- 
floor ? 

The wing of the ostrich 13 
waves exulting; 
with pious pinion and plum- . 
age? 

Nay, she abandons her eggs to 14 
the earth, 

and warms them in the dust : 

and forgets that the foot may 15 
crush them, 

and the beast of the field tram- 
ple them. 

She is hard towards her young, ic 
as not her own ; 

in vain her pains, without 
fear ! 

For God has made her forget- 17 
ful of wisdom, 

and given her no share in un- 
derstanding. 

When she lashes herself on I8 
high, 

she mocks at the horse and 
his rider. 



V. 13. with pinion and plumage of the pious birdl 



V. 14. and lets them be warmed in the dust 



V. 12. ?^5"i:,l, accus. of place whither; Gesenius (Lex. -j-ij, 
extr.) by an unnecessary metonomy, for the grain of the 
threshing-floor. 

V. 13. Another striking instance of this truth is seen in 
the peculiar instincts and powers of one of the most i-emark- 
able of the feathered tribes. 

Second member ; dx sign of interrogation, followed by the 
adverb, accus. — Pious, i. e. tender and afl'ectionate towards 
its young; ivith j)ious jnnion and plumage, as is that of the 
stork {pia avis), to which n'^'^Dr! (its usual name) alludes.* 

V. 14 ; '^3, Gesenius, Lex. 3, b.f — Second member : warms 
them (or lets tkem be warmed, lit. lets ivarm them) in the dust ; 
viz. during the day-time, when she leaves them exposed.^ 



* Ewald: der Straussin Flugel. welcher sich lustig bewegt, 
ob er wohl ist, ist er etwa (cx als Fragwort § 314e) ein from- 
mer Fittig und Fedcr? wie der Storch, fiir seine .Jungen so 
besorgt, schlechthin der Fromnie nT^DH heisst W 104, 17, 

worauf hier angespielt wird. 

t Hirzel: 13 schliesst sich, wie 5:2, 22 : 2, an die in der 

Yorhergehenden Frage liegende Verneinung an: nein! so ist 
cs nicht, sondcrn vielmehr. 

I Schlottmann (from Lichtenstein's Travels in South-Africa) : 
Am Tage verlassen sie ijfter das Nest, und iiberlassen der Sonne 
das Geschilft des Briitens. 



V. 16. iiiiapii, masc. with reference to the animal as a species, 
without regard to the gender of the individual.* But as all 
the other forms are fern., it is with some reason supposed, 
that this is rather the Infin.\ (used as in § 131, 4), and should 
have its appropriate pointing.J 

Ileiligstedt : Duriter tractat pullos suos tanquam non suos. 
. . . Pulli sui, i. e. ova sua ox quibus pulli prodituri sunt, 
ri^ K^b tanquam eos qui non sibi sunt; i. e. tanquam non 
suos, tanquam alienos. Compare Gesenius, Lex. \, 13. 

Without fear, i. e. without a proper apprehension of real 
danger, and caution to provide against it ; the want of which 
makes all her pains abortive. 

V. 18. On high, i. e. to its full height. — Lashes, viz. by the 
beating of its powerful wings, which assist its flight, though 



* Bochart, Hieroz. II. pp. 859-60: Duriter tractat pullos 
suos, ac si non essent sui. . . . Verbum niirpn masculinum 
hie pro feminino . . . frequens hsec generis enallage, maxima 
circa animalia. Hahn: die Masculinform erklart sich daraus. 
dass der Strauss iiberhaupt als Gattung gemeint ist. 

t Schultens, p. 1125 : niffipin injin. cum ChireJc ad Cha- 
racterist. 

Ewald: well durchaus das Fem. durchgefiihrt ist, liest 



man fiir ^''pujri besser H'^pori nach 



; 280a. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XXXIX. 



153 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

19 Hast thou given the horse 
strength? hast thou clothed his 
neck with thunder ? 



20 Canst thou make him afraid 
as a grassliopper '? the glory of 
his nostrils is terrible. 

21 He paweth in the valley, 
and rejoiceth in his strength: he 
goeth on to meet the armed 
men. 

22 He mocketh at fear, and is 
not affrighted ; neither turneth 
he back from the sword. 

23 The quiver rattleth against 
him, the glittering spear and the 
shield. 

24 He swalloweth the ground 
with fierceness and rage ; neither 
believeth he that it is the sound 
of the trumpet. 

25 He saith among the trum- 
pets, Ha, ha ! and he smelleth 
the battle afar off, the thunder 
of the captains, and the shout- 
ing. 



26 Doth the hawk fly by thy 
wisdom 

toward the south ? 



a7id stretch her wings 



27 Doth the eagle mount up 
at thy command, and make her 
nest on high ? 



HEBREW TEXT. 

AT ; J - r J" • 



M : - IT V ' I - -A 



nsa lunaii p^:;^ ii-iarr^ 



19 



:^3id T^-bxT xbi 

IT 'U . I . -. I- J . 



sT T : • - J- T ' T f V 

IT : • T ~ 1- 

I K .• -: I I :jt • • -:v 

'it : JTT : «. : • 



21 



22 



21^ 



V AT " J* : ■ 



2(i 



27 



! 15p di":i 



V. 2G. 'p i^saD 



REVISED VERSION. 

Dost thou give strength to 19 
the horse ? 
dost thou clothe his neck with 
terror ? 

Dost thou make him bound 20 

like the locust ? 
his proud snorting is terrible ! 
They paw in the valley and 21 

exult in strength ; 
he goes forth to meet the 

weapon. 
He mocks at fear, and is not 22 

dismayed ; 
and turns not back for the 

sword. 

The quiver rattles against him, 23 
the flaming spear and the 
dart. 

With trembling and rage he 24 
swallows the ground; 

he believes not that it is the 
trumpet's voice ! 

With every trumpet he says : 25 
Aha! 

and scents from afar the battle, 
the thunder of the captains 

and the shoutini?. 
By thy understanding does 26 

the hawk mount upward, 
spread his wings toward the 

south? 

Or soars the eagle at thy 27 

command, 
and builds his nest on high ? 



V. 27. Or soars the vulture 



not sufficient to raise it from the ground.* — Ewald : rc'S nun. 
um die Zeit, Kicht. 21 : 22; relativ, nun da. sTteiSl] Num. 23 : 23. 

V. 19. With terror (from the signification of the verb, to 
tremble, to he agitated, as with fear; comp. Ezelc. 27 : 35); 
namely, the terrific shaking of the mane of the war-horse, 
when excited to phrenz}'. The familiar metonomy {terror, put 
for the cause of it ; comp. Gray : the terrors of his heak) is 
the more natural here, from the physical image on which the 
original expression is founded. 

V. 23. The quiver, by metonomy for its contents. 

V. 24. With tremMing and rage aptly expresses his ex- 
citement, and restless impatience for the conflict.f 

* Schlottmann : 5<i^xitn hat Schultens zuerst richtig erklilrt : 

stringit sese, et ad cursum incitat. Hirzel : er peitscht sich (mit 
seinen Fliigeln) in die Hohe, d. h. von seinem Neste auf. 
t Virg. Georg. iii. 83. 

Tum, si qua sonum procul anna dedere, 
Stare loco nescit, micat auribus et tremit artus. 
20 



Second member : He &6Ziej;es woi,— scarcely trusts his ears; 
the natural import of the phrase. Comp. its use in chs. 9 : 16, 
and 29 : 24. 

V. 25. Gesenius, Lex. i'ti, 2, c, «. Lit. secundum copiam 
tubcE, quoties tuba inflatur (Heiligstedt). 

V. 20. Heiligstedt: pr. vi lihrationis uti, die 

Schwungkraft Uben ; hinc volando iii altum eniti, in altum 
cum vi efferri, sich krdflig emporschwingen (a rad. ^ax 
fortem, rohustum esse). 

V. 27. ^03, prop, the eagle. Some suppose the vulture 
(Margin) to be meant here, on the ground that the eagle does 
not prey upon decaying carcasses. But such are not neces- 
sarily meant in v. 30, 2d member, and the usual sensd of the 
word may be retained. Comp. Matt. 24 : 28. 

Here, Cix marks the second member of a disjunctive question, 
commenced with in v. 26. — Second member. Hirzel: 131 
abhangig von 'jia-^S-dX ; und geschieht .es auf deinen Befehl, 
dass er sein Nest in die Hohe haul ? 

^ «. .. 



154 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XL. 



KING JAMES VEKSION. 

28 She dwelleth and abideth 
on the rock, upon the crag of 
the rock, and the strong place. 

29 From thence she seeketh 
the prey, and her eyes behold 
afar off'. 

30 Her young ones also suck 
up blood : and where the slain 
are, there is she. 

CHAP. XL. 

Moreover, the Lord answered 
Job, and said, 

2 Shall he that contendeth 
with the Almighty instruct him ? 
he that reproveth God, let him 
answer it. 

3 Then Job answered the Lord, 
and said, 

4 Behold, I am vile ; what 
shall I answer thee ? I will lay 
mine hand upon my mouth. 

5 Once have I spoken ; but I 
will not answer: yea, twice; 
but I will proceed no further. 

6 Then answered the Lord 
unto Job out of the whirlwind, 
and said, 

7 Gird up thy loins now like 
a man : I will demand of thee, 
and declare thou unto me. 

8 Wilt thou also disannul my 
judgment? wilt thou condemn 
me, that thou mayest be righte- 
ous? 



HEBREW TEXT. 

IT ; - V ' '." 

bas -i3n ti-d-a 

V A - JT T -y. 

r - JT " * T I" ; 

AT : - : JT : V : 

I IT • T -: -J r 

CHAP. XL. 

A • J- - • -;v 



- I - T ; V J • '-T" 



tUv ■ -: JT • '~\ I s" 



rtv v: v: J : • : - -V j — 



T T J r •\. V JT : ' -I — 

- I - 

I AVT VJV : JT T v: 

• I" • ( : I : PT : ■•• 

^- T ; ■ J" T I - -1 



28 



29 



V. 28. "jJlbnil X"33 V. 30. 'p iinisxi 

V. 6. 'p v. 7. m^'z 'an k"33 



REVISED VERSION. 

The rock he inhabits; and 28 
abides 

on the tooth of the rock and 

the stronghold. 
From thence he searches out 29 

food ; 

his eyes behold afar off". 
His young ones suck up blood ; 30 
and where the slain are, there 
is he. 

CHAP. XL. 

And Jehovah answered Job, 1 
and said : 

Will the reprover contend 2 

with the Almighty ? 
he that censures God, let him 

answer it. 
And Job answered Jehovah, 3 
and said: 

Behold, I am vile; what shall 4 

I answer thee? 
I lay my hand upon my 

mouth ! 

I have spoken once, and will 5 

not answer; 
and twice, but I will not again. 

Then Jehovah answered Job 6 
out of the storm ; and he 
said : 

Gird up now thy loins like 7 
a man; 

I will demand of thee, and in- 
form thou me. 

Wilt thou even annul my 8 
right ? 

wilt thou condemn me, that 
thou mayest be righteous ? 



V. 8. even do away my justice 



V. 29, second member. Afar off. Here, the Hebrew form 
■jttii can be very nearly expressed in English. Hirzel: eig. 
nacli dem, ivas pifTnx: d. h. fern ist = in weite Feme hinein. — 
Ewald : loeit hin hlicken seine Augen. 

XL. V. 2, as construed by Gesenius (Thes. and Lex. 
art. ^^^C), and after him in all the recent versions and com- 
mentaries'«(Rosenmuller, in Compend.) viz. ; an litigando liti- 
gabit cum ml%mj>otente castigator Dei.* — Infin. (from n^n) 

* The construcuto is lost in the form given it in the Am. 
ed. of the Lexicon ;c^p. Gr. § 131, 4, JRerii. 1 : "in connec- 



emphatically used in place of the finite verb, § 131, 4, b, and 
Rem. 1. 

V. 5. And will not ansiver, viz. to the refutation of my 
charges. 

V. 6. Out of the storm. So Tyndale, Coverdale, Cranmer, 
Taverner. The Genevan made the unfortunate change to whirl- 
wind, which was followed in the Bishops' and Common Version. 

V. 8. Annul my right (Gesenius, Lex. DQttJa, 2, b) : abolish 
my right, as Supreme. Others, as in the Margin; e. g. Hirzel : 

tion with the subject-noun, the inf. for the finite verb is rare; 
e. g. Job 40 : 2, Ezek. 1 : 14." 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XL. 



155 



KING JAjMES version. 

9 Hast thou an arm like God? 
or canst thou thunder with a 
voice like him ? 

] 0 Deck thyself now ivkh ma- 
jesty and excellency ; and array 
thyself with glory and beauty. 

11 Cast abroad the rage of thy 
wrath : and behold every one 
tliat is proud, and abase him. 

12 Look on every one that is 
proud, (uid bring him low ; and 
tread down the wicked in their 
place. 

13 Hide them in the dust to- 
gether; a?id bind their faces in 
secret. 

14 Then will I also confess 
unto thee that thine own right 
hand can save thee. 

15 Behold now behemoth, 
which I made with thee ; he 
eateth grass as an ox. 



HEBREW TEXT. 
'r^ I bx5 S-'int -DX1 

! dsin iinbs in'pni 

sail "lix.^ -ni-j 
! Babia "iini lim 



ninaiy van 



'T : - J* T : ' I i- 



- AT JT r r.* J" : T 

: "1^22:53 dian tiii'^ss 



tU? r —. - : 



lAT • • J* T -; 

I ^pT.'3 T^kn 



11 



12 



13 



14 



V. 11. 12. -^-i-irin 'i^n N"5a 



REVISED VERSION. 

Or hast thou an arm like God ; 9 
and canst thou thunder with 

a voice like him ? 
Deck thyself now with grand- 10 

eur and majesty, 
and array thyself in splendor 

and beauty. 
Send out the floods of thy 11 

wrath ; 

and behold all that is high, 

and abase it. 
Behold all that is high, and 12 

bring it low ; 
and tread down the wicked in 

their place. 
Hide them in the dust to- 13 

gether ; 

bind up their faces in darkness. 
Then I too will praise thee, 14 
that thy right hand can save 
thee ! 

Behold now the river-ox, 15 
which I have made with 
thee ; 

he eateth grass like the herd. 



V. 12. the wicked to the ground 



das Recht, xvelches ich iihe in der Regierung dcr Welt, s. v. a. 
meine Gerechligkeit in dcrselben. Heiligstedt: Num (non 
solum mecum iitigas et contra me loqueris, sed) etiam f ranges 
(tolles) jus meum, justitiam qua utor in. mundo gubernando; 
i. e. me in mundo gubernando juste agere negabis ? 

V. 9. QXI answering to ri in the disjunctiTe question (Ge- 
senius, Lex. B, 1).* 

V. 11. All that is high. The generic idea (including the 
specific) should be expressed, as there is no reason for the 
limitation. 

V. 12. In their place, onnn accus. of place where, as in 
34 : 26.t Others take it as accus. of place whither (as it is 
used in 36 : 20), to the place under them = to the ground.J 

To this latter use of it Gesenius (Lex. nnin, 1, b), gives an- 
other turn (with a verb of motion) viz. nhPi = y.aza, deorsum. 
But the possibility of such a use in any case (Am. 2 : 13) is 
very questionable; and here it is quite unnecessary, where 



* So Hirzel: dX fragend wie 39 : 13; ^ kniipft die Frage 
an die des vorhergehenden Verses an, 

t Hirzel: An ihrer Stelle, da loo sie stehen, vgl. 34:26; 
es soli das augenblickliche Niedertreten ausgedriickt warden. 
Schlottmann : an ihrer Stelle. 

t Ewald : stiirze Frevler nieder an den Boden. 



the verb of motion is already followed by its proper object 
(d'^s'a'i), and dnnn is added as an adverbial qualification.* 

V. 13. 'i^iraa, prop, in the hidden place (Hahn : ins Verhor- 
gene).^ Gesenius, Thes. I. p. 552 : Part. )^^:^ absconditum, i. e. 
tenebrffi. Ewald : an Dunlcel. Hirzel : ihr Angesicht schliesse 
ein in Finsterniss ! d. h. mache, dass sie dem Lichte der Welt 
entzogen werden, mache sie unschiidlich ! vernichte sie 1 Der 
Ausdruck ist hergenommen von einem, welcher auf Lebenszeit 
zum finsteren Kerker verdammt ist. 

Tlieir faces (from which the light is thus shut out) are 
aptly said to be hound up in darkness. 

V. 14. So Ewald: . 

So will ich auch loben dich 
dass dir die Rechte hilft ! 

Heiligstedt: Etiam ego (qui te nunc reprehendo) laudato 
te, quod opitulatus till dextra tua ; quod tua ipsius virtute, 
non adjutus ullius alterius auxilio, magnas res (sicut ego) 
efBcere potes. 

V. 15. River-ox ; the appropriate name of the animal, and, 



* It is, however, adopted here by Rodiger (Thes. fasc. poster, 
p. 1496) : Job. XL. 12, dpriri dii'lD"] impios prcecipites 
prosterne. 



156 



THE BOOK OF JOB. (JllAP. XL. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

16 Lo HOW, his strength is in 
liis loins, and his force is in the 
navel of liis belly. 

17 He moveth his tail like a 
cedar : the sinews of his stones 
are wrapped together. 

. 18 His bones are as strong 
pieces of brass ; his bones ai-c 
like bars of iron. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

AT r ; J jT ■• • 

n!<-i?:3 iaiT vbni 17 
: inns ^-i^s, 



naina ipiBx iia^jy 18 

AT : 'j- ■ T T -.-v 



V. 17. 'p i"i"ina V. 18. nirns x"Da 



REVISED VERSION. 

Behold now his strength in lo 

his loins, 
and his force in the sinews of 

his belly. 
He bends his tail like a cedar; 17 
the sinews of his thighs are 

knit together. 
His bones are pipes of brass ; is 
his bones are as bars of iron. 



in the opiuiou of the best scholars, the literal meaning of the 
original word. 

It is now generally agreed among scholars, that the animal 
here described is the one commonly known by its Greek name 
hippopotamus, or river-horse ; and that, in all probability, the 
word niana was the Hebrew expression of its Egyptian 
name,* meaning loatcr-ox (as it is called in Italian homarino):\ 

That the animal was what we call the hippopotamus admits 
of no reasonable doubt. It is described as amphibious (comp. 
vv. 15, and 20-22, with 23, 2J:), and is introduced in this last 
discourse (after the land animals and birds had been spoken 
of in the previous ones), in connection with the crocodile, the 
other aquatic monster of Egypt. All the points in the de- 
scription harmonize with this view; while there is not one 
distinctive reference to the structure or habits of any other 
animal. 

If, therefore, we should reject the probable Egyptian origin 
of the name, and regard the word as the intensive plural of 
the Heb. finfia {hellua pcrmagna), still the evidence is de- 
cisive in favor of the river-ox^ as the animal is properly called. 
— Other explanations of the plural-form have been suggested ; 
viz. that the writer designates no one animal (leaving that to 
the reader's sagacity).! or that "he speaks of the beasts 
generally" (Lee, Lex. and in loc). But the practice of the 

* Prof. Lee's objections were answered by Gesenius in the 
American edition of his Manual Lexicon, 1844 (copied into 
Hoffmann's ed. 1849), as follows: "the objection urged (Lee's 
Heb. Lex. p. 74), that it is formed contrary to the laws of the 
language, is not valid. It is said indeed that elie (ox) is of 
the fem. gender, and that the word for water is mou not moul. 
But die is of the com. gender, and is frequently used as masc., 
see Peyron, p. 4G ; and the t in mout may be an article post- 
positive, see Lepsius Lettre a Rosellini, p. 63." 

t Bochart, Hieroz. (ed. Rosenm.) vol. III. pp. 705-736. Ge- 
senius, Thcs. I. p. 183 ; and Lex. (Am. ed.) art. fiaiia. Dr. 
Robinson, Calmet's Diet. art. Behemoth. Ersch und Gruber's 
Encyclop. Sect. II. S'^'' Tli. Art. Hippopotamus. Winer, Rwbch. 
Art. Nilpferd. 

+ Reiske, Conject. in Jobum, p. 167 : niana non est nomen 
proprium unius animalis, sed omnium bestiarum et belluarum 
in genere. Animal, quod hie describitur, nominatum non est, 
. . . quia confidebat scriptor, lectores ex ipsa descriptione 
quid designet facile assecuturos esse. 



Arabs, quoted in defense of the former supposition,* was not 
that of the sacred writers; and the traits here given are quite 
too distinctive to be predicated of " the beasts generally." 

Second member ; eateth grass like the herd. This charac- 
teristic is the more noteworthy, both because he has ample 
means for preying upon other animals, and because he has 
never been classed (as is the elephant, e. g.) with beasts of 
burden. 

V. 16. So all the best versions, without the copula.f Tyn- 
dale (and Coverdale) : Lo, howe strange he is in hys loynes. — 
The Genevan (and Bishops') inserted the copula : his strength 
[is] in his loynes. 

V. 17. Like a cedar ; viz. as a cedar is bent, which is not 
easily done. J The allusion is to the strength and stiffness of 
this, the smallest and weakest of all the members of his body. 

Second member. Of his thighs ; see the philological evi- 
dence in Gesenius' Thes. and Lex. There is no satisfactory 
ground for the common version, derived from the Vulgate. It 
was first adopted in the Genevan, and thence in the Bishops' 
and Common Version. 

Are knit together, in a firm, compact net-work of muscular 
fibre 

with their numerous interwoven muscles. 



indicating the enormous strength of these members, 



V. 18. Are pipes of brass (the strongest material, in the 
strongest form). So Tyndale {are lyke pypes of hrasse), and 
all the old English versions down to the Genevan, which has : 
His hones are [like] staves of hrasse. The Bishops' weakened 
the expression still more, by substituting for the literal form : 
His hones are strong as hrasse ; and the Common Version by 
the still feebler form : His bones are as strong pieces of brass. 

Second member. Gesenius (Thes. II. p. 852) : Creator ejus 
ohtulit ei gladium ejus.§ The tusk or corner-tooth is meant, 

* Ejusdem, p. 162: Nam Arabum ille mos est, de re quadam 
longe lateque disserere, et eam tamen non nominare. 

t Ewald: 

Sieh doch die Macht in seinen Hiiften, 
die Kraft in seines Leibes Sehnen. 
X Ewald: mit dem kurzen aber wie ein Cedernast steifen 
Schwanze. 

§ Rchlottmann: der ihn schuf reichte ihm sein Schwert. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XL. 



157 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

19 He is the chief of the ways 
of God : he that made him can 
make his sword to approach tmfo 
him. 

20 Surely the mountains bring 
him forth food, where all the 
beasts of the field play. 

21 He lieth under the shady 
trees, in the covert of the reed, 
and feus. 

22 The shady trees cover him 
with their shadow ; the willows 
of the brook compass him about. 

23 Behold, he drinketh up a 
river, and hasteth not: he trust- 
etb that he can draw up Jordan 
into his month. 

24 He taketh it with his eyes : 
his nose pierceth through snares. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

IT ' -: I- : V T - / — T 11 

asijji bibxis-innn 21 

AT : ■ J' ■■: y: - |- 

i^ba Q'^^n;^ 'inss'^ 22 



tiarr^ ixb ins p'mi in 23 



av't • /T " : 



V. 24. QiU3p?3n K 53 



REVISED VERSION. 

He is the chief of the ways of 19 
God; 

He who made him gives his 
sword. 

For mountains yield him pro- 20 
duce, 

and all beasts of the field play 
there. 

He lies down beneath the 21 

lotuses; 
in the covert of reeds, and 

marshes. 
Lotuses weave for him his 22 

shade ; 

willows of the brook surround 
him. 

Lo the stream swells, he 23 

startles not; 
is fearless, though Jordan rush 

forth to his mouth. 
Before his eyes do they take 24 

him, 

pierce through the nose with 
snares. 



of which he lias two. It is more than two feet in length, 
and hard as flint, striking fire with steeL 

V. 20. Ewald: Denn Friichie trageii ih/n die Berge. — His 
home is in the depths of the waters ; and 3'et mountains, the 
haunt of beasts of the field, yield him food. It is stated by 
Lichtenstein (Travels in South- Africa), that this animal is 
accustomed to ascend neighboring eminences in search of food, 
when the plains do not yield it. Of this habit the natives 
take advantage, and destroy him by placing sharp-pointed up- 
right stakes in his path, which pierce him as he descends. 

The verse expresses the fearless security, as well as the 
peaceful and inoffensive habits of the monster-beast, feeding 
on vegetables alone, and formidable only when irritated by 
provocation. 

V. 21. The lotus. iS^ot the lote-tree, but the lotus-plant, 
the Egyptian water-lily, whose broad floating leaves form a 
dense net-work, the stalks and flowers projecting above. This 
characteristic is beautifully illustrated on ancient Egyptian 
monuments, where the animal is often represented among the 
tall reeds and lotuses.* 



* As on one of the sculptures of Thebes, referred to by 
Gesenius (Thes. III. p. 1144, art. dibxa, extr.) : in monumento 
quodam Egyptiaco, hippopotami venationem reprjesentante, 
banc bestiam in loti (?) aquaticaj silva latere video (v. AVil- 
kinson, Customs and Manners, III. p. 71). The animal is lying 
among the tall reeds. The broad leaves and flowers of the 
lotus are also shown in the picture. 



V. 22. His shade; that in which he lies. — Weave d^c, 
strictly, weave him his shade; with two accus. viz. of the 
thing done, and of the one to or upon whom it is done. 
Comp. (§139, 2) the use of the double accus. to express : 
^'•jemandem elivas anthun (1 Sam. 24 : 18)." — In the same 
sense, but with a different construction, 5eiligstedt (after 
Hirzel) : texunt ei loti silvesires umhram ejus ; loti silvestres 
prsebent ei umbram, in qua cubat, i. e. loti silvestres eum 
umbra sua tegunt. . . . De svffixo in !|fi2Qi dativum notante, 
vid. ad 31 : 18. So Ewald (1st ed.) : Lotos ihm machen seine 
schatt'ge Hiitte ; but in his 2d ed. (evading the diflBculty) : es 
machen Lotos seine schatt'ge Hiitte. 

V. 23. Though Jordan t^r. The meaning is : the rush of 
a mighty, overflowing stream, breaking through all barriers, 
would be no object of terror to him. The Jordan was familiar 
to all the descendants of Abraham, and no other stream would 
as properly serve for illustration here. As a case supposed for 
illustration merely, it does not imply that the animal ever fre- 
quented this river. 

V. 24. Do they take him S^c. " The words," says Ewald, 
'• admit no other sense " ; and this is certainly their natural 
construction and meaning. 

Before his eyes ; referring, apparently, to the natural 
sluggishness and inoffensive disposition of the animal, which 
made it an easy prey, notwithstanding its prodigious powers 
of annoyance and defense. Its feeds on vegetables only, and 
has no natural and instinctive impulse to harm other animals, 
or to shun them. Such is the description of it here ; and such 



158 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XL. 



KING JAMES' VERSION. 
CHAP. XLI. 

Canst thou draw out leviathan 
with a hook ? or his tongue with 
a cord wldch thou lettest down ? 

2 Canst thou put a hook into 
his nose? or bore his jaw through 
with a thorn ? 

3 Will he make many suppli- 
cations unto thee ? will he speak 
soft ivords unto thee ? 

4 Will he make a covenant 
with thee ? wilt thou take him 
for a servant for ever ? 

5 Wilt thou play with liim as 
with a bird? or wilt thou bind 
for thy maidens ? 



HEBREW TEXT. 

nsna "inub T.uicn 

AT - ; ' jTf : • I J : • 

isxa lioriX t^b^n 2(i 

A - : ' J : - J* T 

bijiisnn s-^bx ns'Tin 27 

K I- 1 V -'v jv : — : 

1 AT • J .. J- : • -: 

IT vjv; V 't • 

^itjss ia-pnbnrt 29 



REVISED VERSION. 
CHAP. XLI. 

Wilt tliou draw out the i 

crocodile with a hook, 
and press down his tongue 

with a cord ? 
Wilt thou put a rush-cord in 2 

his nose, 
and bore through his jaw with 

a hook ? 

Will he make many supplica- 3 

tions to thee, 
or will he speak soft things to 

thee V 

Will he make a covenant with 4 
thee ? 

wilt thou take him for a servant 
forever ? 

Wilt thou play with him as 5 

with a bird, 
and bind him ibr thy maidens? 



it seems to be in retired and unfrequented regions, wliere it 
lives unmolested by man. 

Many think that the words should be read, not affirmative- 
ly, but with the interrogative tone (before his eyes do they 
take him?), equivalent to a denial.* They appeal to the 
accounts given us of the extreme difficulty and danger attend- 
ing the capture of this animal; and particularly the well- 
known description by Riippell, of a perilous conflict of four 
hours with a full grown male, which (after being harpooned) 
received twent^y-five musket-balls, fired into its head at a 
distance of live feet (only one penetrating the skin and bones), 
and was at last with much difficulty dispatched with five balls 
from a small cannon, fired at the distance of only a few feet. 
The irritability and savage ferocity, described in these ac- 
counts, are evidently not natural traits, but are the effect of 
being constantly hunted, harpooned, and beaten to death; an 
effect observable in other classes of animals. 

But it may be said, on the other hand, that the affirmative 
assertion accords with facts. The monuments of ancient 
Egypt show,t that the chase and capture of this monster was 
one of the favorite amusements of sportsmen. In the repre- 
sentations given on these monuments, the animal is assailed 



* Or ("with the jussive sense of the verb) as tauntingly per- 
missive: let one take him! Ilirzel: V. 24 . . . ist sicher nicht 
aussagend (LXX. Vulg., Umbr., Ew.), sondern entweder fra- 
gend : fdngt man es wohl ? — durchbohrt man ? — oder ironisch 
auflbrdernd : es fange es einer ! — man darchbohre es ! Denn 
alle Nachrichten schildern tibereinstimmend die grosse Schwie- 
rigkeit, das Nilpferd zu fangen. 

t Wilkinson's Manners and Customs of the ancient Egyptians, 
Vol. III. One of the scenes in the Mosaic of Palestrina re- 
presents the spearing of the river-ox from a pleasure-galley. 



with spears, and at the same time is entangled with nooses, 
and is thus captured and destroyed.* 

I must think, howevei-, that all this is irrelevant, serving 
only to embarrass a plain case. The words seem rather to 
respect the natural disposition and powers of the two parties; 
without reference to advantages which the arts of civilization 
give to one over the other, or the effect on one of continual 
annoj'ance and persecution. 

Second member. Gesenius : with hooks pierce through the 
nose. But any such instrument, by which the animal was 
captured and prevented from escaping, would fall under the 
general denomination snare. It is not probable, that liipia 
is simply = nipi. 

V. 25. Crocodile. It is agreed, among all critics of any 
note, that this animal is meant here, in this specific application 
of the term 'jni'i^J. The description, though highly poetical in 
spirit and form, is so minutely characteristic of the crocodile, 
as to leave no reasonable ground of doubt. 

Second member. Press down i^-c, as the tongue is com- 
pressed by the noose, drawn tightlj' round the under jaw. 

V. 26. Heiligstedt : Num 2^onis juncum (funem junceum, 
e junco plexum) in naso ejus. 

V. 27. Soft things ; nisi. , fern, as tieuter. 



* A writer of some note (but more skilled in Natural His- 
tory than in Heb. philology) objects, on this ground, to the 
supposition that the hippopotamus is meant here ; " which 
says he, ''numerous pictorial sculptures, on the monuments 
of Egypt, represent as fearlessly speared by a single hunter, 
standing on his float of logs and reeds." (Kitto's Cyclop. 
Vol. I. p. 317.) 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XLI. 



159 



KING- JAMES VERSION. 

6 Shall the companions make 
a banquet of him ? shall they 
part him among the merchants ? 

7 Canst thou fill his skin with 
barbed irons ? or his head with 
fish spears? 

8 Lay thine hand upon him, 
remember the battle, do no 
more. 



9 Behold, the hope of him is 
in vain : shall not one be cast 
down even at the sight of him? 

10 None is so fierce that dare 
stir him up ; who then is able to 
stand before me? 

11 Who hath prevented me, 
that I should rejiSij him? what- 
soever is under the whole heaven 
is mine. 

12 I will not conceal his parts, 
nor his power, nor his comely 
proportion. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

H T ~ T Tl J : • 

; J.. .... p. 

I T T T : ' : 

CHAP. XLI. 

na"=3 ■ipibrrin-in 

TAT : • J - I ' " 

'."bh"^ T^xi^-bx Din 

IT '- JT : - V V -; 



31 



32 



V. 1. in^nn lb. iriin 6<"3a 

V. 2. 'p mn-i V. 4. 'p 1? 



REVISED VERSION. 

Will partners dig a pit for him, 
divide him among the mer- 
chants? 
Wilt thou fill his skin with 
darts, 

and his head with fish-spears? 
Lay thy hand upon him ! 
of battle thou shalt think no 
more. 



Lo, his hope is belied; 9 
is he cast down even at the 

sight of him ? 
None so fierce that he will lo 

rouse him up ! 
then who is he that will stand 

before me ? 
Who has first given me, that li 

I should repay ? 
under the whole heavens, it is 

mine ! 

I will not pass his limbs in 12 

silence, 

and bruited strength, and beau- 
ty of his equipment. 



V. 30. Will partners bargain for him 



V. 30. Partners ; so called, aa associated in the same em- 
ploj^ment. — Dig a jnl for him. So Gesenius.* Others: will 
partners bargain for him?^ But this use of the phrase is 
still a doubtful one.J — Sept. (as the Chald.) evaizovvrai, from 
misapprehension of another phrase, with which this was con- 
founded. Oomp. Keil, iiber die B. der Konigo, S. 380. 

Second member. Merchants ; i3j'_53 became a general de- 
signation of one engaged in merchandise, as in Prov. 31 : 24. 
Canaanites would not, therefore, express the meaning. 

V. 32. The second member is evidently to be construed as 
one sentence. So Ewald : 

Leg doch an die Hand, 

und — dcnlc' nicht ferner noch an Krieg ! 

* Thes. II. p. 711: num insidias ei struunt socii, et distri- 
buunt eum inter mercatores 7 i. e. num, si insidias ei struunt 
piscatores consociati, eum distribuent mercatoribus ? num in 
eo piscium instar capiendo fausto successu utentur pisca- 
tores ? 

f Ewald: warden Gesellen handeln iiber ihn? So Hirzel, 
Schlottmann and others, as in ch. 6 : 27. Fiirst, Hdwbch. : 
um diess schliessen einen Kauf die Handelsgenossen. 

X Gesenius (Thes. II. p. 711) ; Minus etiam placet aliorum : 
Tcaufen uvi ihn Handelsfreunde ? nam vix dicas, quomodo rris 
emit sq. significare possit empturivib aliquid, emptum petiit, 
um etwas handeln. 



Thou shalt S^-c., expressing the subjective view of the 
speaker. 

Ch. XLI. V. 1. His hope; the hope 'of one, who ventures 
on the unequal conflict. This abruptness is characteristic. 

V. 2. "13 = so that ; hence the whole phrase is = so fierce 
that. 

V. 3, explains what is meant by the conflict with God in 
the preceding verse; namely Job's repeated assertion, in oppo- 
sition to him, of his own rightful claims. — ij'oi'npn ; prop, has 
been beforehand with vie. but in the special sense of bestowing 
a prior favor (Gesenius. Thes. and Lex.). — Tjmdale: Or who 
halhe geven me anye thinge afore hand, that I am hounde to 
reicard him agayne 7 So in all the early vernacular versions 
(including the Bishops') except the Genevan, which has : Who 
hath prevented me that I should make an end 7 

V. 4. la'n = report, renown (Gesenius, Lex. 1, e), as a quali- 
fication of the following genitive (§ 106, 1, Rem. 1).* Others, 
less well : that which respects strength — the strength.^ 



* Hirzel : das, was man von seinen Kraften sagt ; d. i. das 
Lob, der Ruhm seiner Krdfte. Vgl. la'^ 1 Kon. 10 : 6. 

t Schlottmann : Das la'n ist hier . . . mit Cocceius nach 
seiner Grundbedeutung zu nehmen : das Wort von etwas, d. h. 



160 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XLI. 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

13 Who can discover the face 
of his garment? or who can 
come to him with his double 
bridle? 

14 Who can open the doors 
of liisface? liis teeth «re terrible 
round about. 

15 His scales arc Ids pride, 
shut up together as with a close 
seal. 

16 One is so near to another, 
that no air can come between 
them. 

17 They are joined one to 
another, they stick together, that 
they cannot be sundered. 

18 By his neesings a light 
doth shine, and his eyes are like 
the eyelids of the morning. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

lonb 133 nh -1-0 
n^is 1153 ipb^ 



bisa?a ipi2x mxa 



IT JT T 



AT • jT V ( JT V 

:d!Ti3i3 N3i-i<b m-A 

tV / T 1 - ; 

IT T : • J ; ! ~ : • 

■nix bnn TirTdji:ij." 

A '.* -IT r I- -:v 



11 



REVISED VERSION. 

Who has uncovered the face of 13 

his garment ? 
his double jaws, who enters 
in? 

The doors of his face who has 14 

opened ? 
the circuits of his teeth are 
terrible. 

The strong shields are a pride ; 15 
shut with a close seal. 

They join one upon another, 16 
and no breath can come be- 
tween them. 
Each is attached to its fellow, 17 
they hold fast together, and 

■ cannot be sundered. 
With his sneezings shines a I8 
light; 

and his eyes are like the eye- 
lids of the morning. 
From his mouth go flames 19 
and sparks of fire escape. 



19 Out of his mouth go burning 
lamps, a7id sparks of fire leap out. 

V.6 . All around 



V. 5. The meaning is : ivlto has uncovered (i. e. turned back, 
removed) the face of his garment, viz. his surface-covering, 
that which is the face or external surfoce of his body* (his 
armor of scales). 

Some understand bj^ face of his garment the anterior part 
of it (Ewald : das Vordere seiues Kleides), and translate: ivho 
has opened &fc., i. e. who has sepai'ated his jaws. But this is 
unnatural ; and the thought, moreover, is expressed in v. G. 

Second member: his double jaws. By a similar metoiio- 
my, 'lalivoi is put for the corners of the mouth. Gesenius 
(Thes. III. p. 1293) : in dentium duplicem seriem quis ingredia- 
tur, quis manum immittat. So Ewald {sein doppeltes Gebiss — 
wer Jcommt hinein?), and all the I'ecent versions. 

V, 10. Sneezings, is the literal meaning of the word, but 
with a special application here. The animal, as it lies basking 
in the sun, is accustomed to inflate itself, and then force the 
heated air and steam through the nostrils, as from a bellows. 

Second member. Hirzel : In der iigypt. Hieroglyphenschrift 
wird die Morgenrothe durch die Krokodilsaugen bezeichnet ; 
den Grund davOn, welcher auch die hier vorkommende Ver- 
gleichung erkUlrt, giebt HorapoUo, Hierogl. 1. 68, dahin an : 

was von einer Sache zu sagen ist. Passend hat man das 
griech. to y.ara to verglichen. Wir konnten es deutsch wie- 
dergeben ; " und wie's steht mit seiner Kraft u. s. w." 

* Gesenius (Thes. II. p. 1110) : Paulo impeditior visus est 
locus Job. 41 : 5, . . . quis retegat superfciern veslis ejus (cro- 
codili) i. e. ipsam vestem s. loricam, quae superficies vel superior 
pars ejus est reliqua tegens (cf. h-j no. 1, b) ; sic aib 135 de 
velo ipso, utpote tegumento Jes. 25 : 7. 



his teeth is terror 

i7ieiSi)7ts^ TiavTOi acouaiog t,ojov ol 6f9'a}.f/.OL ly. rod /Svd'ov 
uvacpatvovrai. 

VV. 11-13, describe the animal as he emerges from the water, 
violently emitting the long repressed and heated breath. The 
thick vapor, glistening in the sun (vv. 12, 13) seems like the 
smoke and flame from burning coals.* These strong ex- 
pressions, it is justly said by Hirzel, are not so much the 
language of poetical exaggeration, as of actual impressions 
made upon an eye-witness, which he labors to communicate hi 
fitting words. 

* Rosenmiiller, Altherthumskunde, IV, ii, S. 249: Bartram 
meldet, als er auf seiner Reise an dem Altamaha-Fhiss hinauf 
im ostlichen Florida einst einen Platz zu seiner Abendmahl- 
zeit gesucht, sei er ein Krokodil gewahr worden, das in einem 
kleinen See von dem mit Rohr bewachsenen Ufer hervor- 
rauschte. "Es blies seinen ungeheuren Korper auf, und 
schwenkte seinen Schwanz hoch in die Luft. Ein d i ck e r 
Rauch stromte aus seinen weit geoffneten 
Nasenlochern, mit einem Geriiusch, das beinahe die 
Erde erschiitterte. Zu gleicher Zeit stieg an dem gegentiber 
liegenden Ufer ein machtiger Nebenbuhler aus der Tiefe her- 
aus. Beide Krokodile werfen sich sogleich auf einander. Die 
gleichsam kochende Wasserflache bezeichnete 
ihre geschwinde Fahrt. . . . Anfangs ist seine Fahi-t schnell 
wie der Blitz ; aber sie wird allmahlig langsamer, bis das 
Thier die Mitte des Flnsses erreicht, wo es seinen Platz ein- 
nimmt. Darauf blaset es sich auf, indem es durch sein Maul 
Luft und Wasser einzieht, welches eine Minute lang ein belles 
Gerassel in seinem Schlunde verursacht. Aber gleich darauf 
spritzt es die Luft durch Maul und Nasenlocher mit einem 
heftigen Gerausche aus, und giesst durch die Oeflfnungen der 
Nase einen Dampf aus, der wie Rauch aussieht." 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XLI. 



161 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

20 Out of his nostrils goeth 
smoke, as out of a seetlaing pot 
or caldron. 

21 His breath kindleth coals, 
and a flame goeth out of his 
mouth, 

22 In his neck remaineth 
strength, and sorrow is turned 
into joy before him. 

23 The flakes of his flesh are 
joined together: they are firm 
in themselves ; they cannot be 
moved. 

24 His heart is as firm as a 
stone ; yea, as hard as a piece 
of the nether millstone. 

25 When he raiseth up him- 
self, the mighty are afraid: by 
reason of breakings they purify 
themselves. 

26 The sword of him that 
layeth at him cannot hold : the 
spear, the dart, nor the haber- 
geon. 

27 He esteemeth iron as straw, 
and, brass as rotten wood. 

28 The arrow cannot make 
him flee : slingstones are turned 
with him into stubble. 

29 Darts are counted as stub- 
ble : he laugheth at the shaking 
of a spear. 

30 Sharp stones are. under him : 
he spreadeth sharp pointed things 
upon the mire. 

31 He maketh the deep to 
boil like a pot : he maketh the 
sea like a pot of ointment. 



HEBREW TEXT. 



' ATT • T • : -V 

' I ~ : - J r \ \ 



K— : J* v: :-i 

: T^ssa ahBi 

A ' T T - ;t 

IT T : J / T f : 

>ip3i i-iaa ibsTD 

( • ~ T T ' V T 



I- 



IT - : • • T : • 

U T i* : V A J" - - 
IT : ■ : JT - V --. 

Mna pnb auini 

IT : ' J 't • I V : 

nir3p-p iisni^ai-Nb 

-.• 'at ' V r: • ; - I 

nnin ^aanj dps 

1ST J : : V I- K 

'.')i'ii3 PD'P'^I 

V AT "J - T : -I 



it't ; V - J- T • 



12 



13 



14 



1:2 



16 



17 



18 



19 



21 



22 



28 



REVISED VERSION. 

From his nostrils goes forth 20 
smoke, 

like a kettle with kindled 
reeds. 

His breath enkindles coals, 21 
and flame goes forth from 

his mouth. 
In his neck abideth strength, 22 
and terror dances before him. 

The flakes of his flesh cleave 23 
fast; 

firm upon him, it is not shaken. 
His heart is firm as stone ; 24 
yea, firm as the nether mill- 
stone. 

At his rising up the mighty 25 

are afraid; 
they lose themselves for terror. 
If one assail him with the 26 

sword, it shall not hold; 
the spear, the dart, and the 

mail. 

Iron he accounts as straw; 27 
brass as rotten wood. 

The arrow cannot make him 28 
flee; 

to him, sling-stoues are turned 
to chaft'. 

Clubs are accounted as 29 

stubble ; 
and he laughs at the shaking 

of the spear. 
Shard-points are under him; 30 
he spreads a threshing-sledge 

over the mire. 
He causes the deep to boil like 31 

the pot; 
he makes the sea like a pot 

of ointment. 



V. 12, second member. Lit. as a kettle, blown and reeds. 
The meaning is obvious (though the construction cannot be 
retained in English) ; viz. a kettle, heated with reeds blown to 
a flame. Ewald, happily : als war's ein Topf mit Binsen keiss 
gehlasen. 

V. 17. Second member, di'nair ; Gesenius, Thes.III. p. 1358: 
terror (ab animo fracto, cf. nnn), pi. QilS'lj terrores Job. 41 : 17. 
Cf. chald. K^inPi pro ins Exod. 15 : 16, Jon. 

Lose themselves. Gesenius, Lex. (American ed.), Nan, Hithp. 
'i. q. Kal no. 1, to tniss one's way, to lose oneself, spoken of a 



person in astonishment and terror missing his way in preci- 
pitate flight, Job 41 : 17." 

V. 18. Part, in !iniii2)?3 used like the cas. absol. in Lat. 
(§ 145, 2, Rem.). 

V. 22. Shard-points ; the scales covering the belly are 
meant. They are not so hard and rough as those on the 
back; yet they leave traces in the mire (2d member), as 
though a threshing-sledge had been drawn over it. 

V, 23. Comp. foot-note, on vv. 11-13. 



162 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XLII. 



KING JAMES' VERSION 

32 He maketh a path to shine 
after him ; one would think the 
deep to be hoary. 

33 Upon earth there is not his 
like, who is made without fear. 



34 He beholdetli all high 
tilings: he is a king over all the 
children of pride. 

CHAP. XLII. 

Then Job answered the Loud, 
and said, 

2 I know that thou canst do 
every thing, and that no thought 
can be withholden from thee. 

3 Who is he that hideth coun- 
sel without knowledge? there- 
fore have I uttered that I under- 
stood not; things too wonderful 
for me, which I knew not. 



HEBREW text. 



^- r J* T T -\ 



A ; T ITT - J 1" 

IT ■ : • TP.' 

CHAP. XLII. 

- 1- T : V ^ * /-r- 

ftS'Ti 

IT ' : Ji : ■ V T • I : 



iiax xbi imjn pb 

I w T J : ■ :- 'i 'j -T 



24 



il3 



26 



V. 2. 'p iW'ii V. 3. Slpa 5{"D2 



REVISED VERSION. 

Behind him he makes a glis- 32 

tening path; 
one would think the deep 

hoar with age. 
On earth there is none that 33 

rules him ; 
he is made without fear. 
He looks on all that is high; 34 
he, the king over all the sons 

of pride. 

CHAP. XLII. 

Then Job answered Jeho- 1 
vah, and said: 

I know that thou canst do 2 
all things; 

and from thee no purpose can 
be withheld. 

Who is this that obscures 3 
counsel without know- 
ledge? 

I have therefore uttered what 

I understand not; 
things too hard for me, which 

I know not. 



V. 25. There is none like him 



v. 24, second member. Gesenius (Thes. III. p. 1328): 
habcat quis fluctum ita agitatum pro canitie. 

V. 25 ; -135) = earlh, with the same implication as in 
ch. 19 : 25. Umbreit : auf dem Staube, d. i. auf dem irdischen 
Schauplatze der Vergiinglichkeit. — ibcn, with the objective 
suff. Hirzel : auf Erden ist keine Beherrschung seiner ; d. h. 
Niemand auf Erden kanu es iiberwaltigen. . . . bl23a Herr- 
schaft, Zach. 9 ; 10. Ewald : Niclits auf dem Staub kann ihn 
beherrschen. 

Second member ; strictly, he who is made (§ 109, 2d If, 2). — 
1^5^, as in 38 : 41 ; i denoting state or condition. Ewald, 
less happily (b after a verb of making or forming) : er, der 
gcschaffen ist zuin Nichtverzagen. 

Without fear. It has been erroneously said, that the cro- 
codile is "a very timorous animal." On land, indeed, where 
its motion is slow and difficult, it is distrustful of its powers ; 
but in its proper element, where its strength and activity are 
fully developed, it is exceedingly daring and ferocious.* 

* Auf dem Lande ... ist es furchtsam, seinen Kraften 
gleichsam misstrauend. . . . Aber im Wasser wird es sogleich 
ein ganz anderes Thier ; seine Energie ist ausserordentlich, 
sein Schwimmen reissend. In diesem Elemente entwickelt es 
das Feuer und die Kraft des Lowens. Geoffroy, Annales des 
Sc. nat. XIII. p. 153 (quoted, Ersch u. Gruber's Encyclop. 
Sect. I. 21ter Th.). 



The following remark of Bochart (Hieroz. III. p. 746) is 
applicable to all that is here said : Has ad Jobum provoca- 
tiones tantum eo pertinent, ut scias, non esse quod sibi quis 
facilem de eo animali spondeat victoriam, cum et mole sit 
vastum et robore tremendum. 

v. 26, second member ; he, the king Sfc. So (according to 
the accentuation) Umbreit : er, der Konig u. s. w. J Ewald: ex 
Konig iiber alle stolzen Thicre ! 

Ch. XLII. V. 3. Who is this 8(c. ; quoting the words of the 
Almighty (38 : 2), as justly applicable to himself. 

Second member. Therefore Sfc., as being one who only 
darkens counsel without knowledge. — Lit. / have uttered, and 
understand not (i. e. when I understand not) = what I do not 
understand* The Imperf here (in distinction from the pre- 
ceding Perf.) expresses what is permanent and abiding. 

Another construction makes a single proposition of the two 
members ; by which the parallelism of thought is destroyed 
and the expression enfeebled. E. g. Ewald : 

Drum sprach ich aus — doch unverstandig 
fiir mich zu wunderbares — ohne Wissen I 

* Gesenius (Thes. II. p. 846) : Job. 42 : 3, ... . ubi sen- 
tentia est, quasi dicas Kb "iiax il^liafi dixi de rebus, quas 
non perspexeram. 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XLII. 



163 



KING JAMES VERSION. 

4 Hear, I beseech thee, and I 
will speak : I will demand of 
thee, and declare thou unto me. 

5 I have heard of thee by the 
hearing of the ear; but now 
mine eye seeth thee : 

6 Wherefore I abhor myself, 
nd repent in dust and ashes. 

7 And it was so, that after the 
Lord had spoken these words 
unto Job, the Lord said to Eli- 
phaz the Temanite, My wi'ath is 
Idndled against thee, and against 
thy two friends : for ye have not 
spoken of me the thing that is 
right, as my servant Job hath. 

8 Therefore take unto you now 
seven bullocks and seven rams, 
and go to my servant Job, and 
offer up for yourselves a burnt 
offering; and my servant Job 
shall pray for you : for him will 
I accept : lest I deal with you 
after your folly, in that ye have 
not spoken of me the thing which 
is right, like my servant Job. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

• I" * I : I ; IT : '.* 

I : IT f •• - : 

• : A- • : J- : V ' -v 

•.■ I" T it T ~ 

nii^'nn-riu m'ni 121 inx 

]...., J" : • I*; *• - T T • T I- - 

insiss cnisi ikh 

• " T : • ; • T : * JVT t - t 

''i fiHas aaas) ni'djs ^nbab KiBX T^aa 

T T : V T • < -; • : • : r •/ jt 



vr : f- ■■ /V I 



V. 6. nsrixa nna 



REVISED VERSION. 

Hear now, and I will speak; 4 
I will demand of thee, and 

inform thou me. 
I have heard of thee by the 5 

hearing of the ear ; 
but now my eye seeth thee. 
Therefore do I abhor it, 6 
and repent in dust and ashes. 

Now after Jehovah had 7 
spoken these words to Job, 
Jehovah said to Eliphaz the 
Temanite : My anger is kindled 
against thee, and against thy 
two friends; because ye have 
not spoken of me what is right, 
as my servant Job. Now then, 8 
take ye seven bullocks and 
seven rams, and go to my 
servant Job, and offer up a 
burnt-offering for you. And 
Job my servant will pray for 
you. But him will I accept, 
that I visit not the folly upon 
you ; for ye have not spoken 
of me what is right, as my 
servant Job. 



Hirzel : also Jcund gethan haV ich und verstand nichl, fur 
mich zu Wunderbares, und hatle nioht Einsicht. 

V. 4, second member, is also quoted from the words of the 
Almighty (38 : 3) ; and expresses, therefore, his own sense of 
the justice of the implied rebuke. As quoted for this purpose, 
the words are not irreverent. The sentiment is : Rather let 
me demand of thee, and be instructed ! No questions are 
proposed ; the expression of this sentiment being all that is 
intended by the repetition of the words. 

V. C. / ahlior it ; the pronoviinal object of the verb omitted, 
as the neut. Sd pers. often is when readily suggested by the 
connection (§ 121, 6, Rem. 2). So the verb is construed (in- 
deed, no other construction is possible), in all the best modern 
versions.* Some render it reject ; but the verb expresses 
more, the ground-idea being that of loathing and abhorring. 
Rosenmiiller : propterea aversor soil. n'lDiBXIii i^3^!3 verba 



* Gesenius (Thes. II. p. 766): Absol. omisso accus. Job. VI. 
14 [VII. 16] : inOi*^ reproho ista (comm. 15); XLII. 6. Um- 
breit (note) : OXax, verwerfe ich ; namlich, meine friiheren 
Reden gegen Gott. Ileiligstedt : sperm (retracto) sc. ea quae 
antea contra te temere locutus sura. Schlottmann : Darum 
verwerf icKs. Too feebly, Ewald: drum widerrufe ich und 
uhe Rene ; and Hirzel : ohne Obj. wie deprecari, wider- 
rufen. 



mea piriora, ut bene Aben-Esra; quicquid antea in te sum 
temere loquutus et imperite. 

Contrary to the laws of the Heb. language, the LXX insert 
the pronoun of the first person : §ib Icpavliaa lixavrov. Sym- 
machus : Sea ravro y.areyvcov ifiavTov. This was followed in 
the Vulgate (idcirco ipse me reprehendo), and was thence 
adopted in the old Eng. vernacular versions. Tyndale (and 
Coverdale) : luherefore I geve mine owne selfe the blame. So 
alo Taverner, Cranmer, and the Bishops. — Genevan : therefore 
I abhorrc {my selfe] and repent in dust and ashes. 

On the contrary, Pagnino (correctly as to the general 
sense) : idcirco reprobabo quod male dixi. Junius & Tre- 
mellius, with the true construction : idcirco aspernor ilia 
atque poenitet me in pulvere et cinere. 

V. 8. Q5t 13, but (Gesenius, Lex. B, 3 ; not= 13, ibid. C, 2); 
referring to the implication in the preceding clause, viz. that 
their prayer would not be accepted. 

Him will I accept ; ii'^t< 1i33 (in a good sense, Gesenius, 
Lex. 3, b, a), the opposite of to turn away the face of one (liJQ 
mUDii) i. e. to repulse him. 

Visit not the folly upon you, is the nearest and best English 
expression of the oi-iginal thought.* 



* As well illustrated by Ewald : doch will er auf Ijob's Filr- 
bitte Rilcksicht nehmen, an ihnen' nicht zu iiben Thorheit d. i. 



J 



164 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XLII. 



KING JAMEs' VERSION. 

9 So EliphaztheTemaniteand 
Bildad the Shuhite and Zophar 
the Naamathite went, and did 
according as the Lord com- 
manded them: tlie Lord also 
accepted Job. 

10 And the Lord turned the 
captivity of Job, vi^hen he pray- 
ed for his friends : also the Lord 
gave Job twice as much as he 
had before. 

11 Then came there unto him 
all his brethren, and all his sis- 
ters, and all they that had been 
of his acquaintance before, and 
did eat bread with him in his 
house : and they bemoaned him, 
and comforted him over all the 
evil that the Lord had brought 
upon him : every man also gave 
him a piece of money, and every 
one an earring of gold. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

■n&ir in^it-ri "iji^^ii 'i3'a"'rnri t2"'^x S^b'si 9 

T< T |- I • I" ' IT : It ' - 

wsn Irs i^b'sriris ai^ n^ad-nx 

t: t;- t: TV T T" jr- 

■■ : V V J • : 1 - ■ T : jt : 1 

T T JT T -< J -:|- ; - -\T - 

•< : • - AT T »T : r " v 

IT V IT r v;-.' • : V JT • 

T. 10. 'p niiw 
lb. IK nna ?)i:n3 'bn x"Dn 
V. 11. nnsa 'nm 'itn x"3S 



REVISED VERSION. 

Then went Eliphaz the Te- 9 
manite, and Bildad the Shu- 
hite, Zophar the Naamathite, 
and did as Jehovah had spoken 
to them ; and Jehovah ac- 
cepted Job. 

And Jehovah turned the 10 
captivity of Job, when he 
prayed for his friends. And 
Jehovah increased all that Job 
had, twofold. And there came 11 
to him all his brethren and all 
his sisters, and all who before 
had known him ; and they ate 
bread with him in his house, 
and mourned with him, and 
comforted him for all the evil 
which Jehovah had brought 
upon him. And they gave 
him each a kesita, and each a 
ring of gold. 



V. 10. Turned the captivUy of Job ; i. e. reversed it ; brought 
him out from the bondage of aflBiction, to his former state of 
prosperity. 

So Ewald translated in his first edition ;* with the explana- 
tion : " The figure of captivity is suggested by 7 : 12, 12 : 14, 
13 : 27 ; and is perfectly appropriate, since overpowering suf- 
ferings hold men as it were captive. "f 

It may also be said, that such a metaphorical use of the 
phrase would naturally arise, in times when captivity, one of 
the most dreaded evils, was not an uncommon calamity ; and 
this is quite as probable an explanation. 

Regarded merely as a proverbial phrase, employed in this 
sense, it is not well expressed by : restored the 2^>'osperity of 
Joh-X The idea of afiiiction, of extreme suffering, is expressed 
in the original, while in this version some misfortune is only 
implied. Moreover, the striking and suggestive image, on 
which this proverbial usage was founded, and all its associa- 
tions with circumstances of the age, are lost to the reader of 

Strafe die solcher Thorheit entsprache, wie und viele 
Worter der Siinde auch die damit von selbst folgende Strafe 
bezeichnen. 

* Wandte IjoVs Gefangenschaft. 

t The propriety of the figure he still admits (2te Ausg. 
S. 309) : Wenn nimuj in der Redensart v. 10 wirklich Ge- 
fangenschaft bedeutete, als babe Gott diese von Ijob gewandt, 
so konnte das Bild nach 7 : 12, 12 : 14, 13 : 27 gewahlt und 
ziemlich passend scheinen, da iibermiichtige Leiden den Men- 
schen wie gefangen halten 

X Gesenius (Thes. III. p. 1352) : metaph. restituere aliquem 
pristincB felicitali et saluli. Job. 42 : 10, . . . el Jova in inte- 
grum restituit Johuni. 



the version. But this proverbial usage, though probable, is 
not certain ; and it is sometimes a question, which the reader 
should be allowed to decide from the connection, whether the 
literal or the metaphorical sense is intended. The literal form 
should therefore be retained ; especially as the metaphorical 
use is an obvious one, readily inferred from the circumstances 
of the age, and from the connection. 

That the word ni^d properly means captivity (as held by 
Gesenius and most other Hebraists*) is very evident. For 
1st, it is a regular and established formation from ;t 2d, it 
has this meaning, undeniably, in Num. 21 : 29 ;J 3d, it is used 
(in the phrase ni3\a a'^^ii) where an actual return from literal 
captivity is intended ; e. g. Jer. 29 : 14, 33:7; Ezek. 29 : 14, 
39 : 25 (comp. vv. 23, 27 and 28) ; 4th, the metaphorical appli- 
cation of it is easy and natural (as shown by Ewald, above). 

In later works,§ Ewald contends that rY^attj (or nsilnd) is 
the same as n^ilZ) (from m^ld), a turn (in one's fate, or fortune 
in life). II But he fails to establish this identity, or to justify 



* Lengerke (Ps. 14 : 7, 126 : 1, 4) adopts Ewald's view, but 
adds nothing to the evidence for it. 

t Comp. e. g. Ewald, Gram. 6*® Ausg. § 16G, b. 

X To this Ewald can only object (Gram. S. 371, Anm. 2) : 
nur einmal in dem ganz besondern (!) Liede, Num. 21 : 29. 

§ Propheten, 2ter B. S. 124. Gram. (6te Ausg.) S. 371 : 
dahin gehort auch das verkannte Jn^i^iUi oder ni2a im st. constr., 
welches nicht Gefangenschaft. sondern Wendung bedeutet . . . 
Das Wort fur Gefangenschaft ist vielmehr ^aiu, oder mehr 
dichterisch und spiiter ni^©, womit nur einmal in dem ganz 
besondern Liede Num. 21 : 29 n^lad wechselt. 

II .Jahrb. der B.AV. V. S. 216: " .Jemandes wendung (schick- 



THE BOOK OF JOB. CHAP. XLII. 165 



KING JAMES' VERSION. 

12 So the Lord blessed the 
latter end of Job more than his 
beginning : for he had fourteen 
thousand sheep, and six thousand 
camels, and a thousand yoke of 
oxen, and a thousand she asses. 

13 He had also seven sons, and 
three daughters. 

14 And he called the name 
of the first, Jemima; and the 
name of the second, Kezia ; and 
the name of the third, Keren- 
happuch. 

15 And in all the land v^ere 
no women found so fair as the 
daughters of Job : and their 
father gave them inheritance 
among their brethren. 

16 After this lived Job a 
hundred and forty years, and saw 
his sons, and his sons' sons, even 
four generations. 

17 So Job died, being old and 
full of days. 



HEBREW TEXT. 

intii^^ia ninnx-nx 'n'^a nihil 12 

ntJiii 'jNi: ^)>k ^ias fis^^s? 

sbxi -ipa ^a:£ tibxi Di^^a D^sbx 

/ T : T X IT : • V • ; i- i 

r i r • : - - IT " «t' : ■ it 

-^33 ai'ix ni333 m'£i is'^m xi'ss si^i id 
riKri nxri^inx ii'^x '^n'^i itin'^nx 16 

• : V : T T <v : - - at r v t : - : 

Ipt ai^x t^^'^^ ininh nraix iiia 17 

I T • TJT - I IT T : T T 

tea'; S'nm 
V. 16. > nxiii 
p t n 

i5a''&i •D'^sjami rjbx ai^N ipi&a o'^sp 

Tium :n?:s<i uibia nnny cnb inilsji 

• niiaia iiniDi • n y ^bi rj^a-.p -iiisx 

'n aMK u-aipi 



REVISED VERSION. 

And Jehovah blessed the 12 
end of Job more than his be- 
ginning. And he had fourteen 
thousand sheep and goats, and 
six thousand camels, and a 
thousand yoke of oxen, and a 
thousand she-asses. And he 13 
had seven sons and three 
daughters. And he called the 14 
name of the first Jemima, and 
the name of the second Kezia, 
and the name of the third 
Keren-happuch. And there 15 
were found no women fair as 
the daughters of Job, in all 
the land ; and their father gave 
them an inheritance among 
their brethren. 

And Job lived, after this, a 16 
hundred and forty years ; and 
he saAv his sons, and the sons 
of his sons, four generations. 
And Job died, old and full of 
days. 



I 



V. 14. Proper names in Hebrew are all significant; and the 
explanation belongs properly to a glossary, or a footnote, un- 



less there is allusion in the connection to their meaning, when 
it may properly be inserted in brackets. 



such a formation. Ps. 126 : 1 and 4 (to which he appeals 
Jahrb. der B. W. V. S. 217) is also against his view ; for no 
satisfactory reason can be given, why two different words 
should be used in the same phrase, in vv. 1 and 4. 

V. 11. The kesita (Gesenius, Thes. III. p. 1241), most 
probably was not a stamped coin, but a piece of gold or silver 
of a certain weight.* From a comparison of Gen. 23 : 16 

sal) wenden," d. i. ihn in seine friihere lage wiederherstellen, 
kurz unser wiederherstellen, restaurare in dem guten sinne, 
welchen dies wort ansich hat. 

* It can hardly be doubted that pieces of gold and silver 
were weighed and marked, for convenience of exchange ; and 
this is favored by the use of kesita in Gen. 33 : 19. Tuch, 
Genesis, S. 399 : Doch war bpm ein bestimmtes Gewicht, wo- 
neben incjiiap, wis man annimmt vier s.ekel, als ein solches 
unten C. 33 : 19 vorkommt, was vielleicht auf den Gebrauch 
abgewogener und bezeichneter Stiicke deutet. 



with 33 : 19 (Josh. 24 : 32), it is supposed by Gesenius and 
others to have been twice the value of the shekel ; but this is 
by no means certain. 

There is no more reason for rendering kesita by a piece of 
money, than for rendering shekel in the same way. It is a 
well established law of translation, that the original names of 
coins, and of weights by which their value is determined, 
should be retained.* It is the more important in this case, 
as showing that this transaction belongs to the patriarchal 
age, after which pieces of money of this denomination are 
never mentioned (Josh. 24 : 32 being only a repetition of the 
original statement of the purchase in Gen. 33 : 19). This 
would have been apparent to the reader of the English version, 
had the name been everywhere retained. 



* Campbell, Diss. VIII. 



Note. In the philological notes to chs. 36-41, it has been found necessary, in order to show that the translation 
gives the true connection of thought and reasoning, to anticipate some of the matter belonging properly to Part Second. 



LB D '12 



